EX-99.1 18 d57439dex991.htm EX-99.1 EX-99.1
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

LOGO

Dear Crane Holdings, Co. Stockholder:

In March 2022, we announced our plan to separate Crane Holdings, Co. into two stand-alone, publicly traded companies through the spin-off to our stockholders of all of our businesses, other than our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. Upon completion of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and will continue to operate our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment as an industrial technology pure-play, and a market leader, in the global payment and currency markets.

The new company distributed to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders in the spin-off, Crane Company, will hold our Aerospace & Electronics and Process Flow Technologies global growth platforms, as well as our Engineered Materials segment. Crane Company will be a focused, leading global provider of mission critical, highly-engineered products and solutions well-positioned to accelerate organic growth in its large and attractive end markets, benefit from favorable secular trends and apply its proven processes to drive growth through new product development and commercial excellence. Crane Company is expected to have a strong, well-capitalized balance sheet underpinning a flexible capital deployment strategy focused on supporting its organic and inorganic strategic growth objectives, while returning cash to stockholders through a competitive dividend.

We believe Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company will each be better positioned as stand-alone companies focused on their respective industries, and to attract a stockholder base aligned with their respective value propositions and capital allocation strategies. Consequently, Crane Holdings, Co. believes that both the long-term earnings and growth potential, as well as the long-term value for our stockholders, will be enhanced as a result of separating its current portfolio into two independent, publicly traded companies.

The spin-off will be effected through a pro rata distribution of all of the outstanding shares of Crane Company common stock to holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock in a transaction that is intended to be tax-free to holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each Crane Holdings, Co. stockholder will receive one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock held on [●], the record date for the distribution. Stockholder approval of the distribution is not required, and you do not need to take any action to receive the shares of Crane Company common stock to which you are entitled as a Crane Holdings, Co. stockholder. In addition, you do not need to pay any consideration or surrender or exchange your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock in order to receive shares of Crane Company common stock.

We expect Crane Company common stock to be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol “CR.” Following the distribution, Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends for its common stock to continue to trade on the NYSE under a new ticker symbol, “CXT.”

I encourage you to read the attached information statement, which is being made available to all holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of [●]. The information statement describes the separation and distribution in detail and contains important business and financial information about Crane Company.

We believe the separation provides significant opportunities for our businesses as we work to continue to build long-term value for our stockholders. We appreciate your continuing support of Crane Holdings, Co. and look forward to your future support of Crane Company.

Sincerely,

James L. L. Tullis

Chairman of the Board

Crane Holdings, Co.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Dear Future Crane Company Stockholder:

I am delighted to welcome you as a future stockholder of our company, Crane Company, which will soon begin operating independently as a focused, leading global provider of mission critical, highly-engineered products and solutions, primarily for the aerospace, defense and process industry markets.

Crane Company’s businesses have a long heritage of success dating back to 1855, and today, we have an attractive financial profile as a result of our differentiated technologies, the mission-critical nature of our products across niche markets, strong secular industry tailwinds and a relentless focus on operational excellence. Following the separation, Crane Company will have a simpler business mix and structure that we believe will permit us to drive stockholder value by focusing on our two global strategic growth platforms, and aligning and optimizing our strategy and capital allocation with those businesses. We are confident in our ability to create value for many reasons, including the following:

 

   

Accelerating organic growth. Our businesses have a long history and culture of innovation, and the rate of innovation has accelerated across our businesses, resulting in truly differentiated products and strengthening our competitive position. Our differentiated technology and focus on breakthrough innovation has allowed us to strategically position our portfolio towards high-growth market verticals across Aerospace & Electronics, including space, electric vehicles and next generation aircraft, and at Process Flow Technologies, including chemical, general industrial, water and wastewater and pharmaceutical end markets.

 

   

Opportunities for acquisitions. Crane Company is well-positioned to capitalize on a deep pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities in core and adjacent markets to accelerate growth, and we expect that acquisitions will continue to be an important part of our growth strategy as we work to actively strengthen our technology capabilities and to increase our presence in new, higher-growth end markets.

 

   

A strong foundation. The separation marks a new start for Crane Company, but we are building on a strong foundation. Across Crane, the three critical aspects of our distinctive high-performance culture that drive results for all stakeholders include (1) the Crane Business System and its rigorous and disciplined cadence, (2) our strong commitment to ethics and (3) our longstanding focus on philanthropy, sustainability and equality.

 

   

Proven leadership team. Most of Crane Company’s senior leadership team are intimately familiar with Crane Company’s businesses, having spent many years managing Crane pre-separation. We have demonstrated that we deliver differentiated execution, and we have worked together driving results through numerous challenges.

We encourage you to learn more about us and our value enhancing strategic initiatives by reading the attached information statement. Our prospects are very bright, and we thank you in advance for your support as a future stockholder of Crane Company.

Sincerely,

Max H. Mitchell

President and Chief Executive Officer

Crane Company


Table of Contents

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 15, 2022

INFORMATION STATEMENT

CRANE COMPANY

Common Stock

(par value $1.00 per share)

 

 

This information statement is being furnished in connection with the distribution by Crane Holdings, Co. to its stockholders of the outstanding shares of common stock of Crane Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co. Prior to such distribution, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company and their applicable affiliates will consummate a series of transactions, resulting in Crane Holdings, Co. owning Crane’s (as defined below) Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment and Crane Company owning all of Crane’s other businesses, including its Aerospace & Electronics and Process Flow Technologies global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment, as more fully described in this information statement. Crane Holdings, Co. will distribute 100% of the outstanding shares of Crane Company common stock on a pro rata basis to existing stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co. The distribution is subject to certain conditions, as set forth in this information statement. Upon completion of the distribution, Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.”

For every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock held of record by you as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date for the distribution, you will receive one share of Crane Company common stock. We expect Crane Company common stock will be distributed by Crane Holdings, Co. to you on or about [●], the distribution date. As discussed under the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—Trading Between the Record Date and the Distribution Date,” if you sell your shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock in the “regular-way” market after the record date and before the distribution date, you also will be selling your right to receive shares of Crane Company common stock in connection with the spin-off.

We are not asking you for a proxy and you are not requested to send Crane Holdings, Co. a proxy. No vote of Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders is required in connection with the spin-off. You will not be required to pay any consideration or to exchange or surrender your existing shares of Crane Holdings, Co. or to take any other action to receive on the distribution date the shares of Crane Company to which you are entitled.

The distribution is intended to be tax-free to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. You should consult your tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the spin-off to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local, and any foreign, tax laws.

There is no current trading market for Crane Company common stock, although we expect that a limited market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, will develop on or shortly before the record date for the distribution, and we expect “regular-way” trading of Crane Company common stock to begin on the first trading day following the completion of the distribution. We intend to apply to list Crane Company common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “CR,” and Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends to change the symbol for its common stock currently listed on the NYSE to “CXT.”

 

 

In reviewing the information statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 31.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this information statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This information statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

This information statement is first being made available to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders on or about [●].

 

 

The date of this information statement is [].

A Notice of Internet Availability of Information Statement Materials containing instructions describing how to access this information statement was first mailed to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders on or about [●]. This information statement will be mailed to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders who previously elected to receive a paper copy of Crane Holdings, Co. materials.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY

     1  

SUMMARY OF THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

     14  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

     20  

RISK FACTORS

     31  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     50  

THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

     52  

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION

     59  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     62  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     63  

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     68  

BUSINESS

     72  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF CRANE

     94  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF CRANE COMPANY (SUPPLEMENTAL)

     130  

MANAGEMENT

     152  

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     158  

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     170  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     171  

CRANE COMPANY 2023 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

     183  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     188  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     195  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     197  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     198  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     205  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

i


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION

Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this information statement, including the supplemental audited annual combined financial statements and supplemental unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements of Crane Company, which are comprised of the assets and liabilities of all of Crane’s (as defined below) businesses (excluding its Payment & Merchandising Technologies business), including its Aerospace & Electronics and Process Flow Technologies global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment, assumes the completion of all the transactions referred to in this information statement in connection with the separation and distribution (together, the “spin-off”).

Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise specified herein, references in this information statement to (i) “Crane Holdings, Co.” refers to the Delaware corporation Crane Holdings, Co., prior to the closing of the spin-off, (ii) “Crane” refers to Crane Holdings, Co. and its consolidated subsidiaries (including Crane Company and its combined subsidiaries), in each case, prior to giving effect to the spin-off, (iii) “Crane Company” refers to the Delaware corporation Crane Company, which is the company whose shares of common stock will be distributed to the stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co in the distribution, (iv) the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Crane Company and its combined subsidiaries, in each case, after giving effect to the spin-off, (v) “Crane NXT, Co.” refers to the Delaware corporation Crane NXT, Co. (which shall be known as Crane Holdings, Co. prior to the completion of the spin-off), following the closing of the spin-off and (vi) “Crane NXT” refers to Crane NXT, Co. and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Crane Company and its combined subsidiaries), in each case, after giving effect to the spin-off.

This information statement is being furnished solely to provide information to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders who will receive shares of Crane Company common stock in the distribution. It is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy or sell any of Crane Company’s securities or any securities of Crane Holdings, Co. or Crane NXT, Co. This information statement describes Crane Company’s businesses, Crane Company’s relationship with Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane NXT and how the spin-off affects Crane Holdings, Co. and its stockholders, and provides other information to assist you in evaluating the benefits and risks of holding or disposing of Crane Company common stock that you will receive in the distribution. You should be aware of certain risks relating to the spin-off, Crane Company’s businesses and ownership of Crane Company common stock, which are described under the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.”

FINANCIAL STATEMENT INFORMATION

This information statement includes certain historical consolidated financial and other data for Crane and certain supplemental historical combined financial and other data for the Company. In connection with the spin-off, Crane Company will become a stand-alone, publicly traded company and the direct or indirect holder of the assets and liabilities of all of Crane’s businesses (excluding its Payment & Merchandising Technologies business), including its Aerospace & Electronics and Process Flow Technologies global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment. Crane Company is the registrant under the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part and will be the financial reporting entity following the completion of the spin-off. Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.”, is presently, and will continue to be, a financial reporting entity following the spin-off. Notwithstanding the legal form of the spin-off described elsewhere in this information statement, for accounting and financial reporting purposes, Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment will be presented as being spun-off from Crane (the reverse of its legal form—a “reverse spin”). This presentation is in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”), specifically Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 505-60, “Spinoff and Reverse Spinoffs,” and is primarily a result of, among other factors, Crane Company’s (which is the legal spinnee) larger operations, greater tangible assets, greater fair value and greater net sales, in each case, relative to Crane NXT. Further, Crane has determined that Crane best represents the

 

ii


Table of Contents

predecessor entity to Crane Company. As such, the historical audited consolidated financial statements included in this information statement are Crane’s historical financial statements. Crane’s historical results are not representative of the results that Crane Company would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company nor indicative of the results expected for any future period. As a result, this information statement also includes supplemental historical audited combined financial statements of Crane Company, which were prepared on a “carve-out” basis and derived from Crane’s consolidated financial statements and accounting records. These supplemental combined financial statements reflect Crane Company’s combined historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows as they were historically managed in accordance with GAAP. The supplemental combined financial statements may not be indicative of Crane Company’s future performance and do not necessarily reflect what the financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had Crane Company operated as an independent, publicly traded company during the periods presented, particularly because of changes Crane Company expects to experience in the future as a result of the spin-off.

This information statement also includes an unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2022 and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, which present Crane Company’s combined financial position and results of operations after giving effect to the separation and distribution, and the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.” The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this information statement may not add up precisely to totals we provide and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

You should read the section of this information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” which are qualified in their entirety by reference to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane and related notes thereto, the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company and related notes thereto and the financial and other information contained in this information statement, including in the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental).”

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this information statement concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from third-party sources, our own analysis of data received from these third-party sources, our own internal data, market research that we commission and management estimates. Our management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. Assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described under the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. For additional information, see the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

iii


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own or have rights to use the trademarks and trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. This information statement also contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks belonging to other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

 

iv


Table of Contents

INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this information statement relating to Crane Company, Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane and the distribution of shares of Crane Company common stock by Crane Holdings, Co. to its stockholders. For a more complete understanding of our business and the separation and distribution, you should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental)” and “The Separation and Distribution” and the other information included in this information statement.

Explanatory Note

Due to, among other factors, Crane Company’s (which is the legal spinnee) larger operations, greater tangible assets, greater fair value and greater net sales, in each case, relative to Crane NXT, for financial reporting purposes, Crane Company will be treated as the “accounting spinnor” and therefore will be the “accounting successor” to Crane following the spin-off, notwithstanding the legal form of the spin-off described in this information statement. As a result, the historical consolidated financial statements of Crane will become the historical financial statements of Crane Company.

When we refer in this information statement to Crane Company’s or the Company’s historic business activities, we are referring to those activities as they were historically operated as part of Crane prior to their transfer to Crane Company in connection with the spin-off.

Crane Company

Crane Company is a leading global provider of mission-critical, highly engineered products and solutions, with differentiated technology, respected brands and leadership positions in its markets. Crane Company is currently owned by Crane Holdings, Co., a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products. The Company is comprised of Crane’s Aerospace & Electronics and Process Flow Technologies global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment.

In March 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. announced its plan to pursue a separation into two independent, publicly traded companies through a distribution of Crane Company shares to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders. Crane Company will have leading positions in its large and attractive end markets, and it will be well-positioned to benefit from strong, favorable secular trends, to drive organic growth through its proven new product development and commercial excellence capabilities and to accelerate growth through acquisitions. Crane Company is expected to have a strong, well-capitalized balance sheet underpinning a flexible capital deployment policy focused on supporting the Company’s organic and inorganic strategic growth objectives, while returning cash to stockholders through a competitive dividend.

Reasons for the Spin-Off

Crane has significantly strengthened and simplified its business over time. As a continuation of that transformation, the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors approved a plan to pursue the separation of Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.”, and Crane Company into two independent, publicly traded companies. The spin-off will create two strong, stand-alone businesses, each of which will have leading

 

1


Table of Contents

positions in the markets they serve, well recognized brands, attractive margin profiles, strong free cash flow generation and compelling growth opportunities:

 

   

Crane NXT, Co. will be an industrial technology pure-play, and a market leader, in the global payment and currency markets; and

 

   

Crane Company will be a focused, leading global provider of mission critical, highly-engineered products and solutions, primarily for the aerospace, defense and process industry markets.

The Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors believes that separating Crane Company’s businesses from the remainder of Crane’s business and distributing Crane Company shares to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders is in the best interests of Crane Holdings, Co. and its stockholders for a number of reasons, including:

 

   

Enhanced ability to attract a stockholder base aligned with Crane Companys clear value proposition. The two post-spin-off companies will differ significantly in several respects, including the nature of the businesses, growth profile, end markets, cyclical trends and business cycles and secular growth drivers. The spin-off will permit investors to better evaluate the individual merits, performance and future prospects of each company’s business, and to invest in each company separately based on those distinct characteristics. Further, the spin-off may attract new investors that either chose not to invest in, or assess the merits of, pre-spin-off Crane given its complexity and its exposure to disparate markets and trends.

 

   

Tailored capital allocation strategies aligned with Crane Company’s distinct business strategies and industry specific dynamics. The spin-off will permit each company to implement a capital structure and flexible capital deployment policy that is optimized for its strategy and business needs, and that is aligned with each company’s target investor base. Each company will also have direct access to the debt and equity capital markets to fund its growth strategies, and the ability to concentrate its financial resources solely on its own operations, and without the same competition for capital inherent in Crane’s pre-spin-off business portfolio structure.

 

   

Deeper operational focus, accountability and flexibility to meet customer requirements. The spin-off will allow each company to more effectively pursue its own operating priorities and strategies, and enable each management team to focus exclusively on its company’s distinct opportunities for long-term growth. The simpler post-spin-off structure of each company will also improve clarity into both business performance and growth opportunities for management, stockholders and other stakeholders.

 

   

Increased operating and financial flexibility to pursue inorganic growth opportunities. The spin-off is expected to provide each company with greater flexibility to pursue its own strategies for growth through acquisitions without having to consider the impact on the businesses of the other company or on the balance and composition of the company’s overall portfolio.

 

   

Enhanced ability to pursue accretive M&A opportunities, with the benefit of an independent equity currency reflective of the strength of each company. Each post-spin-off company will be more focused on its end markets with a financial profile and business mix far more similar to that of peer companies, which may increase the viability of using equity as consideration in acquisitions or other transactions.

Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors also considered potentially negative factors in evaluating the spin-off, including:

 

   

The potential for increased aggregate ongoing administrative costs for the two companies operating on a stand-alone basis post-spin-off.

 

2


Table of Contents
   

One-time costs we expect to incur related to the spin-off and in connection with the transition to becoming a stand-alone public company that are likely to include, among others, professional services costs, tax expense, recruiting and other costs associated with hiring for two stand-alone corporate structures and costs to separate information technology (“IT”) systems and create two separate stand-alone IT structures.

 

   

The potential for execution risks related to the spin-off, including disruption to the business as a result of the spin-off and the possibility that Crane Company and/or Crane NXT, Co. do not achieve the expected benefits of the spin-off.

 

   

The potential that reduced business diversification, with each post-spin-off company operating in fewer industries, could increase the volatility of earnings and cash flow.

 

   

Potentially increased significance of certain costs and liabilities that were otherwise less significant to pre-spin-off Crane could be more significant to Crane NXT, Co. and/or Crane Company after the spin-off as smaller, stand-alone companies.

 

   

Crane NXT, Co.’s and/or Crane Company’s common stock could experience selling pressure after the spin-off as certain pre-spin-off stockholders are not interested in holding an investment in one of the two post-spin-off companies.

 

   

A lack of comparable public companies to Crane NXT may limit investors’ ability to appropriately value Crane NXT, Co.’s common stock.

After weighing all of these potentially negative factors, Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors concluded that the potential benefits of the spin-off outweighed these factors and risks.

The anticipated benefits of the spin-off are based on a number of assumptions, and there can be no assurance that such benefits will materialize to the extent anticipated, or at all. In the event the spin-off does not result in such benefits, the costs associated with the spin-off could have an adverse effect on each company individually and in the aggregate. For more information, see the sections of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Reasons for the Spin-Off” and “Risk Factors.”

Business Overview

Crane Company is a leading global provider of highly engineered, mission-critical industrial solutions, including two strategic global growth platforms: Aerospace & Electronics (“A&E”) and Process Flow Technologies (“PFT”). These two platforms together contributed 89% of our total revenue during 2021, with the remainder generated by our Engineered Materials business.

Our portfolio is balanced across PFT and A&E, with long-cycle market positions supported by a strong recurring revenue base, approximately 40% of which we estimate is from aftermarket sales. Our highly-engineered, technology differentiated products are sold into large ($20+ billion) and attractive end markets, many of which are highly regulated.

We have a portfolio of highly respected brands with a history spanning more than 165 years. Our culture, grounded in the Crane Business System (“CBS”), is ingrained across the organization and we are proud of our longstanding commitment to Philanthropy, Sustainability and Equality (“PSE”). Our values underpin our business and our trusted customer relationships and are the foundation for the mission-critical, high cost of failure products our customers trust us to deliver. We are headquartered in Stamford, Connecticut and serve customers in over 65 countries across 6 continents.

 

3


Table of Contents

In 2021, Crane Company total sales were $2,063 million, with operating profit of $251 million and operating margin of 12.1%.1

 

The Company’s Revenue Split (2021)2
By Segment   By Destination

 

LOGO    LOGO

Our Global Strategic Growth Platforms

There are a number of commonalities across our A&E and PFT segments. Both platforms compete in niche, long cycle markets where deep technological expertise and proprietary offerings are critical to reliably meet demanding customer specifications, qualifications and regulatory requirements. Given the high cost of failure in the environments in which we compete, customers require a partner they can trust. Customers choose Crane Company for its consistently high levels of engineering that can meet the specifications of highly regulated end markets, as well as the breakthrough innovation we offer. Our robust intellectual property (“IP”) portfolio stems from years of organic investment in research and development (“R&D”) across our platforms which supports numerous new product introductions and allows each business to support above-market growth with continued margin expansion.

 

1 

Includes $232 million of sales and $37.8 million of operating profit generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022.

2 

Includes $232 million of sales (11% of 2021 sales) in the PFT segment generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022. All Crane Supply sales were generated in Canada.

 

4


Table of Contents

A&E and PFT segments represented 31% and 58% of fiscal year 2021 revenues3, respectively:

 

Overview of the Company’s Global Strategic Growth Platforms

 

 

Aerospace & Electronics

        

Process Flow Technologies4

 

Segment Financial Profile ($mm):

        

Segment Financial Profile ($mm):

 

‘21 Revenue

    $638        ‘21 Revenue      $1,197  

‘21 Operating Profit

    $110        ‘21 Operating Profit      $183  

‘21 Operating Margin

    17.2%        ‘21 Operating Margin      15.2%  

Description

      

Description

Supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts and services, primarily for the commercial and military aerospace, defense and space markets      Provides highly engineered fluid handling equipment for mission critical applications that require high reliability through its Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves and Pumps and Systems businesses

Key Brands

      

Selected Key Brands

LOGO

    

LOGO

Selected Products

      

Selected Products

 

    Proximity and pressure sensors

 

    Power conversion, distribution and storage

 

    Positive displacement lube & scavenge pumps and centrifugal pumps

 

    True mass flowmeters

 

    Fluid and thermal management systems

 

    Antiskid brake control systems

 

    Integrated microwave assemblies and radio frequency (“RF”) and intermediate frequency (“IF”) components

 

    DC-DC converters and EMI filters

 

    Electronic control systems

 

    Fuel gauging systems

 

    Aircraft seat actuation systems
    Wide range of highly engineered isolation valves, including check valves, sleeved plug valves, lined valves and pipe, process ball valves, high performance butterfly valves, bellows sealed global valves, aseptic and industrial diaphragm valves, multi- and quarter-turn valves

 

    Pump solutions for water and wastewater applications

 

    Valve diagnostic and calibration systems

 

    Fluid instrumentation and sampling components

 

    Valve position monitoring and control systems

 

    Balancing and safety valves for building services

 

    Sensors, switches and regulators for hydraulic and pneumatic systems
 

 

3 

Includes $232 million of sales (11% of 2021 sales) in the PFT segment generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022.

4 

Includes $232 million of sales and $37.8 million of operating profit generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022.

 

5


Table of Contents

Aerospace & Electronics

Our A&E segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace, military aerospace, defense and space markets. The commercial market and military market accounted for 52% and 48%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2021. Sales to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and aftermarket customers were 73% and 27%, respectively, in 2021.

We provide mission critical systems that require high reliability and high accuracy, such as pressure sensors for aircraft engine control, aircraft braking systems for fighter jets, power conversion solutions for spacecraft and lubrication systems for the harshest and most hazardous environmental conditions. Crane Company has invented many of the fundamental technologies that are now the industry standard in the areas where we compete, with a track record for performance, reliability and innovation. Our A&E segment’s integrated capabilities include the following:

 

   

Power Solutions: Provides enabling technology to accelerate electrification of air, land, space and sea vehicles and systems.

 

   

Sensing Systems: Provides components and systems for condition and position sensing, and pressure and flow measurement, with high-accuracy, reliability and engineering to excel in rugged aerospace environments.

 

   

Fluid & Thermal Management: Designs and manufactures positive displacement pumps, centrifugal pumps and true mass flowmeters for aerospace and defense applications.

 

   

Landing Systems: Provides hydraulic and electric brake control systems with antiskid and autobrake functionality, as well as electronic and hydraulic subsystems for landing gear control.

 

   

Microwave Solutions: Designs and manufactures high-performance RF and IF components and millimeter-wave systems and subsystems for defense, space and commercial end-use customers.

Our A&E segment has strong visibility into long-term growth driven by positions on market leading platforms, numerous new program wins and continued investment in technology readiness. The segment is also positioned to benefit from market growth driven by accelerating trends, including increasing new commercial aircraft deliveries, air passenger travel growth, defense investment, ongoing maintenance, repair and overhaul organizations (“MRO”) requirements and emerging applications in the space market, as well as a strong trend driving greater electrification for aerospace and defense applications. Our unique position to drive sustained growth is driven by differentiated technology investment focused on high-growth market segments, including Low Earth Orbit satellite constellations, next-generation aircraft engines, advanced ground and sea-based radar systems, as well as high-power and bi-directional power conversion for numerous emerging commercial and military applications, including more-electric and hybrid-electric ground vehicles and hybrid-electric and pure electric-propulsion aircraft.

 

6


Table of Contents

Our A&E management team has a track record of leveraging CBS and operational excellence to drive productivity and growth, to enhance core capabilities and to expand into adjacent markets both organically and through acquisitions. CBS has been a key driver during the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic’s operating margin performance period, with margins averaging 22% in the pre-COVID-19 period 2011 through 2019, and consistently in the 20% to 24% range during that period. As air traffic returns to pre-COVID-19 levels, our expectation is that operating margins should return to their pre-COVID-19 range.

 

   

Aerospace & Electronics Operating Profit

Margin

   
  LOGO  

Process Flow Technologies

Our PFT segment is a provider of highly engineered fluid handling equipment for mission critical applications that require high reliability and the segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Pumps and Systems and Commercial Valves.

 

   

Process Valves and Related Products: Manufactures a wide range of on/off isolation valves, including check valves, sleeved plug valves, lined valves, process ball valves, high performance butterfly valves, bellows sealed globe valves, aseptic and industrial diaphragm valves and multi / quarter-turn valves actuation. Other related products include lined pipe, fittings and hoses, air operated diaphragm and peristaltic pumps, instrumentation and sampling systems, valve positioning and control systems, valve diagnostic and calibration systems. Across the portfolio, the primary focus is on chemical, pharmaceutical and general industrial end markets. Manufacturing facilities, along with sales and service centers, are located across North America, Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Australia.

 

   

Pumps and Systems: Manufactures pumps products for water and wastewater applications, primarily in the United States municipal and industrial markets.

 

   

Commercial Valves: Manufactures valves and related products for the non-residential construction, gas utility and municipal markets. The primary geographies served by the manufacturing operations are the United Kingdom, the Middle East and continental Europe.

Our portfolio strategically targets high growth, less cyclical markets, including chemical, general industrial, water and wastewater and pharmaceutical. We expect these industries to be outsized growth segments of the market, driven by investment in sustainability and clean energy, aging infrastructure, tightening wastewater regulations and an aging population with a growing demand for healthcare.

Crane has a strong track record of innovation and being a pioneer in the industry, “writing the book” on the flow of fluids with Technical Paper 410, which is still used as the definitive authority on the topic for engineers, professionals and other practitioners. By focusing on accelerating the rate of innovation through R&D investment, we have driven incremental market capture and supported new product sales vitality at our Process Solutions business, more than doubling the percentage of sales derived from recent product introductions from

 

7


Table of Contents

2018 to 2021. New product development has also helped shift the business further into the aforementioned high growth verticals of chemical, general industrial, water and wastewater and pharmaceutical.

Through execution of CBS, we have driven operating margin expansion from under 6% in 2003 to 9.8% in 2017, and to 15.2% in 2021 with opportunity for additional operational upside. Our PFT management team has a long track record of leveraging CBS to drive productivity and growth, to enhance core capabilities and to expand into adjacent markets both organically and through mergers and acquisitions.

 

   

Process Flow Technologies Operating Profit

Margin

   
  LOGO  

Competitive Strengths

We deliver leading mission critical products across our PFT and A&E segments in attractive end markets.

At our PFT segment, we have delivered above-market growth in our core target markets (chemical, water and wastewater, pharmaceutical and general industrial), and we have actively shifted our portfolio to these markets which have strong secular growth trends, as well as limited cyclicality relative to energy-focused markets.

Our A&E segment is well-positioned across major commercial and military aerospace platforms, as well as next generation commercial, military and space platforms. We believe our balanced business mix positions us well to benefit from accelerating growth across both military and commercial market segments, and our technology investments have positioned us to benefit from a number of key secular trends in the industry, including electrification, increasing power requirements and demand for enhanced fuel efficiency.

In addition to our market positioning, we believe several key attributes add to the strength of each business and position us for future growth: (i) delivering mission critical, high cost of failure solutions protected by strong IP positions, (ii) a track record of innovation and strong R&D investment, (iii) the contribution of CBS and (iv) our healthy financial position. Each of these attributes is described in more detail below.

Mission critical, high cost of failure solutions protected by strong IP positions.

Across both our PFT and A&E segments, we offer diverse products and solutions that are mission critical, high cost of failure and protected by strong IP positions. The high level of specification and regulation across both platforms drives stickiness and underpins our strong aftermarket profile (estimated to be ~40% of revenue) while differentiating us from competitors. Our products reflect relatively limited input costs for customers despite the high cost of failure and downtime, which leads to limited turnover across our customer base. Moreover, we participate in long cycle markets in which deep technological expertise and specialized offerings are critical to reliably meet demanding customer specifications, qualifications and regulatory requirements.

 

8


Table of Contents

Track record of innovation and strong R&D investment.

We have a long history and strong culture of innovation at Crane and the rate of innovation has accelerated across our businesses. Within our A&E segment, we have launched nearly 300 new products over the last five years, many of which are expected to support revenue cycles lasting up to 30 years given the long-tail of aftermarket demand, particularly in commercial aerospace. Additionally, our differentiated technology and focus on breakthrough innovation has allowed Crane to strategically position the portfolio towards high-growth market verticals across our A&E segment, including space, electric vehicles and next generation aircraft, and our PFT segment, including chemical, general industrial, water and wastewater and pharmaceutical end markets.

Leveraging the strength of CBS.

CBS is a key contributor to our ability to drive growth and operating margin improvement. We empower our businesses with the tools to leverage strong cultural foundations that support successful execution across each organization. CBS gives us the ability to incorporate “Voice of the Customer” teachings, including specific processes designed to capture our customers’ requirements and continuously improve safety, quality, delivery, cost and growth. Crane has a strong track record of leveraging CBS to drive growth, margin expansion and applying CBS to acquisitions to optimize the portfolio and realize significant synergies.

Healthy financial position.

The Company is well-positioned to capitalize on accelerating mega-trends across both our A&E and PFT segments, which has the ability to drive further top-line growth while also leveraging CBS to support both growth and further margin expansion.

Crane Company is a significant player across a fragmented industry, with revenue of $2.1 billion and operating profit margin of 12.1%. We estimate approximately 40% of revenues are recurring in nature given our high mix of consumable parts and ongoing need for maintenance and repair across the markets we serve. Our strong margins reflect our disciplined application of CBS and the attractiveness of our end markets and overall business model. Limited capital expenditure requirements, estimated at approximately 2.0% to 2.5% of sales, also support the ability to achieve a strong free cash flow profile.

Supportive Industry Tailwinds

A&E Segment Key Market Drivers:

 

   

Demand for efficient and sustainable electrification: Electrification of the aviation industry is rapidly emerging due to significant benefits in cost, and noise, as well as emission reductions. This increasing electrification of the aviation industry not only benefits our power business, but also translates to other product areas, such as our landing systems business. Electrifying aircraft is a key priority for many of our customers, which we believe will continue to accelerate with the advancements in hybrid and all-electric propulsion.

 

   

More complex and increasing power requirements: There is significant demand for higher power capabilities across numerous A&E applications, particularly military, including advanced ground-based Active Electronically Scanned Array (“AESA”) radar that have more complex power and cooling requirements than prior technologies. New hybrid-electric and more-electric applications across commercial and military markets, such as eVTOL, military vehicles and alternative propulsion aircraft, all have evolving requirements with demand for more power, bi-directional power conversion, cooling/thermal management and more complex sensing solutions.

 

   

Demand for enhanced operating and fuel efficiency: Improvements in operating efficiency for OEMs are driving the need for innovation among suppliers. Moreover, there is an increased push towards

 

9


Table of Contents
 

customers reducing their carbon footprint, particularly in commercial aerospace. We continue to be a leading supplier across fuel efficient aircraft, such as the Boeing 737MAX, Airbus A320neo, Embraer E2 and the COMAC C919 and their associated engines. Advancements in our core technologies, including size, weight and performance, can be found on the latest generation aircraft, which are enabling lower operating costs and higher fuel efficiency in commercial aviation. In addition, we have been selected for numerous demonstrator programs given our advanced capabilities across several technologies.

 

   

Rebound in commercial aerospace activity: Since the COVID-19-related flight activity trough in May and June 2020, there has been a rebound in commercial aerospace travel that is expected to continue as the world moves past the pandemic. Longer-term, there is also a growing secular demand for air travel as the global middle class continues to expand and emerging markets further develop their commercial aerospace infrastructure. These trends facilitate both an increase in new aircraft deliveries, as well as increasing passenger volumes, each of which drives a need for more of our products given our exposure to both OEM deliveries and aftermarket servicing.

 

   

Increased defense and space spending given “near-peer” threats: Recent geopolitical uncertainty has prioritized the need for defense spending. While traditional aerospace markets continue to see spending growth, emerging markets, such as space, have become an area of focus given the need for enhanced communications and imaging, lower cost to launch and investment by near-peer threats. We believe we are well positioned across both traditional and new growth markets, including space.

PFT Segment Key Market Drivers:

 

   

Growing demand for next generation chemicals: The chemical market continues to be a long-term growth market, and we have been a major participant in this space for decades. We are seeing continued investment by our customers aligned with new and evolving applications in clean energy and advanced electronics. Our new products are designed to solve our customers’ challenges in corrosive, abrasive and toxic media applications commonly seen in the chemical production process and among the most challenging harsh and hazardous environments in the industry. Many of our customers are also transitioning to alternative energy sources, including hydrogen, which has created a new economy across power, transportation, HVAC, industrial and feedstock markets. The growth in electromobility and the importance of light-weighting and stronger high-performance materials continues to be a focus area for many of our customers and we continue to be well-positioned to address these material and technologically challenging demands.

 

   

Increased focus on industrial Internet of Things (“IoT”) and customer operating efficiency: Many of our customers are investing in solutions that support energy efficiency and reduced downtime and operating costs. We provide innovative solutions in this space to a number of critical applications involving valves, pumps and sensing products that drive productivity for our customers. We are gaining market share in industrial by being a go-to partner for our customers when it comes to increasing energy efficiency, reducing operating expenses and delivering product reliability. We continue to benefit from the global focus on the reduction of carbon footprints, energy efficiency and environmental, social and corporate governance initiatives, as well as reducing operating expenditures through limited unplanned downtime and lower installation costs.

 

   

Water and wastewater market investment is needed to support growing global population: Aging infrastructure, increased global water usage and tightening regulations are driving investment and growth in the water and wastewater industry. Wastewater treatment plants in the United States are an average of 45 years old and close to the end of their designed lifespan, and the Environmental Protection Agency estimates that the capital cost of wastewater and drinking water infrastructure needed to meet federal water quality and safety requirements and public health objectives exceeds

 

10


Table of Contents
 

$744 billion over a 20-year period. Furthermore, there are tightening regulations, such as stricter disposal requirements due to increasing contaminants in wastewater and zero tolerance for environmental incidents. Our wastewater pumps are designed to solve flow disruption problems, increase performance and reduce operating costs in the collection and treatment of wastewater. We believe our innovative products combined with strong market tailwinds are driving our significant growth momentum in the wastewater market segment.

 

   

Growing aging population and increased access to pharmaceuticals: An aging population, improving access to healthcare and increased outpatient services have significantly increased the size of the pharmaceutical market which is a positive tailwind for our business. Breakthroughs in the pharmaceutical industry are generating investment in mega manufacturing facilities where Crane Company is one of the key valve providers, with a large installed base at key facilities around the world. We expect to increase our already strong position in the market with an expanded portfolio of products and solutions. We continue to invest and grow in the pharmaceutical aseptic space, and we expect this will continue to grow as an overall share of our business.

Engineered Materials

In addition to our two global strategic growth platforms, our Engineered Materials segment contributed 11% of 2021 sales. In May 2021, Crane Holdings, Co. announced that it had signed an agreement to divest its Engineered Materials segment. In May 2022, that agreement was terminated after the Department of Justice declined to approve the transaction. Our Engineered Materials segment supplies fiberglass reinforced plastic (“FRP”) based products and solutions primarily for use in the Recreational Vehicle (“RV”), Building Products and Transportation markets. The Engineered Materials segment’s facilities are located in the United States.

RV sales in 2021 were 45% of segment sales and primarily consist of sidewall, roof and slideout panels for RV construction sold to OEMs. We see a favorable market trend in the RV industry benefiting from growth in first-time customers driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, demographic trends favorable for RV ownership and increased interest in camping.

Building Products sales in 2021 were 42% of segment sales and include wall and ceiling panels used in commercial construction across a variety of industries with a focus on national chain accounts, primarily in the restaurant and retail space, and sold through building products distributors. Building Products is positioned to benefit from long-term growth in its targeted national chain accounts in the restaurant and retail industries, with additional growth initiatives focused on key secular growth markets where FRP has a differentiated value proposition, including: (i) “ghost” kitchens that are benefiting from on-demand food delivery trends, (ii) cold storage where demand is driven by a growing consumer adoption of online grocery purchases, (iii) retail health clinics, including urgent care facilities and dialysis centers, (iv) cannabis growing facilities, (v) data centers and (vi) order fulfillment centers and warehouses.

Transportation sales in 2021 were 13% of segment sales and primarily consisted of interior liner and scuff panels, roofs and side skirts for trailer and truck body construction sold to OEMs. We believe this business segment is well positioned for future growth given its strategic focus on high-growth niche segments and increasing sales through its commitment to superior customer service and product innovation. It has a broad product portfolio with 19 distinct product families across 10 leading brands. The segment has a demonstrated track record of new product development and enhancements, as well as commitment to product performance and quality that we believe is differentiated from our peers. Transportation is also positioned for growth given its products aligned with trends that support the expansion of e-commerce and “last-mile” delivery demand.

Overall, longstanding relationships with a diverse base of customers provides the ability to leverage CBS to drive productivity and growth. Low ongoing needs for capital expenditures and working capital efficiency have contributed to strong margins and free cash flow conversion.

 

11


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Sale of Redco

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company and Redco Corporation (“Redco”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that holds liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Redco Purchase Agreement”) with Spruce Lake Liability Management Holdco LLC (“Redco Buyer”), a long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities whereby Crane Company transferred to Redco Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares of Redco (the “Redco Sale”). In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co., on behalf of Crane Company, contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco, which was funded by a combination of Crane Holdings, Co.’s $400 million 364-day Term Loans (as defined below) issued on August 11, 2022 and cash on hand. Concurrent with the completion of the Redco Sale, Redco Buyer contributed $83 million in cash to Redco. Pursuant to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement, Crane Company and Redco Buyer will each indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and obligations and certain liabilities, subject to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement. While indemnification by each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer to the other party for breach of representations and warranties is capped at $83 million, in each case, based on the terms and subject to certain limitations as set forth in the Redco Purchase Agreement, liability of each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer for breaches of covenants and obligations and for indemnified liabilities is generally uncapped. Such covenants and obligations include that Redco has agreed to indemnify Crane Company and its affiliates for all claims arising out of asbestos liabilities, and Crane Company has agreed to indemnify Redco and its affiliates for all other historical liabilities of Redco, which include certain potential environmental liabilities. Crane Holdings, Co. has guaranteed the full payment and performance of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Upon consummation of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will be released from its guarantee of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets have been removed from Crane Holdings, Co.’s condensed consolidated balance sheets and Crane Company’s condensed combined balance sheets effective August 12, 2022. A loss of $162.4 million was recorded on Crane Holdings, Co.’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and Crane Company’s condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

364-Day Credit Agreement

On August 11, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. entered into a new senior unsecured 364-day credit facility (the “364-Day Credit Agreement”), by and among Crane Holdings, Co., as sole borrower, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. Crane Company is not party to the 364-Day Credit Agreement and will not be subject to its restrictive provisions following the spin-off. Following entry into the 364-Day Credit Agreement, on August 11, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. borrowed term loans denominated in U.S. dollars (the “Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million under the 364-Day Credit Agreement. Interest on the Term Loans accrues at a rate per annum equal to, at Crane Holdings, Co.’s option, (i) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% that is determined based upon the ratings by S&P and Moody’s of Crane Holdings, Co.’s senior unsecured long-term debt (the “Index Debt Rating”) or (ii) an adjusted Term SOFR (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by Crane Holdings, Co., plus a margin of 1.25% or 1.50% that is determined based upon the Index Debt Rating. The 364-Day Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including (a) limitations on the ability of Crane Holdings, Co.’s subsidiaries to incur indebtedness and (b) restrictions on Crane Holdings, Co. and its subsidiaries with respect to liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets and transactions with affiliates. Crane Holdings, Co. must also maintain a debt to capitalization ratio not to exceed 0.65 to 1.00 at all times. The

 

12


Table of Contents

364-Day Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by Crane Holdings, Co. or any of its material subsidiaries being false in any material respect, default under certain other material indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting Crane Holdings, Co. and its material subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of Crane Holdings, Co., in each case, subject to thresholds and cure periods where customary. The 364-Day Credit Agreement permits Crane Holdings, Co. to undertake the spin-off.

Sale of Crane Supply

On April 8, 2022, Crane entered into an agreement to sell the Crane Supply business for CAD 380 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. Subsequent to net working capital and other closing adjustments, the sale closed on May 31, 2022 for CAD 402 million. In August 2022, Crane received CAD 5 million related to a final working capital adjustment. A total gain on sale of $232.5 million was recorded on Crane Holdings, Co.’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and Crane Company’s condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

Termination of Agreement to Sell Engineered Materials

On May 16, 2021, Crane entered into an agreement to sell the Engineered Materials segment to Grupo Verzatec S.A. de C.V. (“Verzatec”) for $360 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. In the second quarter of 2021, the assets and liabilities of the segment were classified as held for sale. On May 26, 2022, Verzatec terminated the sale agreement and paid $7.5 million to Crane in termination fees. As such, as of June 30, 2022, the Engineered Materials segment is no longer classified as assets held for sale and is presented herein as continuing operations for all periods presented.

 

13


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

The following provides a summary of the terms of the separation and distribution. For a more detailed description of the matters described below, see the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution.”

Distributing Company

Crane Holdings, Co. is a Delaware corporation, which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” upon completion of the spin-off. Following the distribution, Crane NXT, Co. will not own any shares of Crane Company common stock.

Distributed Company

Crane Company is a Delaware corporation and, prior to the spin-off, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co. After completion of the spin-off, Crane Company will be an independent, publicly traded company.

Distribution Ratio

Each holder of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock will receive one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock held on [●], the record date. Please note that if you sell your shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock on or before the distribution date, the buyer of those shares may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to receive the shares of Crane Company common stock distributed on the distribution date.

Distributed Securities

Crane Holdings, Co. will distribute all of the shares of Crane Company common stock owned by Crane Holdings, Co., which will be 100% of Crane Company’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the distribution. Based on the approximately [●] shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock outstanding on [●], and applying the distribution ratio of one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock, Crane Holdings, Co. will distribute approximately [●] shares of Crane Company common stock to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders who hold Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of the record date.

Record Date

The record date is expected to be 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●].

Distribution Date

The distribution date is expected to be on or about [●].

Distribution

On the distribution date, Crane Holdings, Co., with the assistance of Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare”), the distribution agent, will electronically distribute shares of Crane Company common stock to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf or through the systems of the DTC (if you hold the shares through a bank or brokerage firm that uses DTC) or to you in book-entry form. You will not be required to make any

 

14


Table of Contents

payment or surrender or exchange your shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Crane Company on the distribution date. Your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares of Crane Company common stock or the distribution agent or the transfer agent will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of Crane Company. Please note that if you sell your shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock on or before the distribution date, the buyer of those shares may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to receive the shares of Crane Company common stock distributed on the distribution date.

Distribution Agent

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Conditions to the Distribution

The distribution of shares of Crane Company common stock by Crane Holdings, Co. is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

   

The registration statement of which this information statement forms a part will have become effective under Section 12(d) of the Exchange Act, with no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement in effect, and no proceedings for that purpose will be pending before, or threatened by, the SEC.

 

   

The mailing of this information statement (or notice of internet availability thereof) to record holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of [●], the record date.

 

   

The NYSE, or a comparable public market, will have approved the listing of Crane Company common stock, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. will have received an opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (“Skadden”), tax counsel to Crane Holdings, Co., substantially to the effect that, among other things, the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes other than: (i) intercompany items or excess loss accounts taken into account pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 1502 of the Code; (ii) any gain recognized pursuant to Section 357(c) of the Code; and (iii) gain recognized by reason of the last sentence of Section 361(b)(3) of the Code (such opinion, the “Tax Opinion”), except to the extent that Crane Holdings, Co. may recognize gain as a result of distributions from Crane Company in excess of Crane Holdings, Co.’s adjusted basis in the assets transferred to Crane Company (reduced by liabilities assumed by Crane Company) in connection with the separation (together referred to herein as the “intended tax treatment”). See the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company will have taken all actions and made all filings necessary or appropriate under applicable securities laws or “blue sky” laws of states or other political subdivisions of the United States (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdiction).

 

   

No order, injunction or decree issued by any court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction will have been entered and will be in effect and no law or other legal restraint or prohibition will have been adopted or be effective preventing the consummation of the spin-off or any of the related transactions.

 

   

The reorganization of the Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company businesses prior to the spin-off will have been effectuated in all material respects.

 

   

The Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors shall have declared the distribution and finally approved all related transactions (and such declaration or approval shall not have been withdrawn).

 

15


Table of Contents
   

No other events or developments shall have occurred (or failed to occur) or exist that, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors, make it inadvisable to effect the spin-off or the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement.

 

   

Any material required governmental approvals necessary to consummate the distribution and the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement and related ancillary agreements shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

   

Our adoption of Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and the filing of those documents with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part.

 

   

Each of the transition services agreement, the tax matters agreement, the intellectual property matters agreement, the employee matters agreement and the other ancillary agreements shall have been executed and delivered by each party thereto and be in full force and effect.

Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met, and Crane Holdings, Co. may also waive conditions to the distribution in its sole discretion and proceed with the distribution even if such conditions have not been met. If the distribution is completed and the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors waived any such condition, such waiver could have a material adverse effect on (i) Crane NXT, Co.’s and Crane Company’s respective business, financial condition or results of operations, (ii) the trading price of Crane Company’s common stock or (iii) the ability of stockholders to sell their Crane Company shares after the distribution, including, without limitation, as a result of (a) illiquid trading if Crane Company common stock is not accepted for listing or (b) litigation relating to any injunctions sought to prevent the consummation of the distribution. If Crane Holdings, Co. elects to proceed with the distribution notwithstanding that one or more of the conditions to the distribution has not been met, Crane Holdings, Co. will evaluate the applicable facts and circumstances at that time and make such additional disclosure and take such other actions as Crane Holdings, Co. determines to be necessary and appropriate in accordance with applicable law.

Crane Holdings, Co. may also decline at any time to go forward with the distribution, whether or not the conditions are satisfied. For a more detailed description, see the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Conditions to the Distribution.”

Stock Exchange Listing

We intend to apply to list Crane Company common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “CR.” Following the completion of the distribution, Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends to change the symbol for its common stock currently listed on the NYSE to “CXT.”

Tax Considerations

Crane Holdings, Co. has requested a private letter ruling (the “IRS Ruling”) from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) on certain issues relevant to the qualification of the distribution and certain related transactions for the intended tax treatment, based on certain facts and representations set forth in such request. No assurance can be given that Crane Holdings, Co. will receive the IRS Ruling, and it is not a condition of the distribution. The IRS Ruling, even if received, would not address all of the requirements relevant to the qualification of the distribution for the intended tax treatment, and it is a condition to the completion of the distribution that Crane Holdings, Co. receives the Tax Opinion, although this condition may be waived by Crane Holdings, Co. in its sole discretion.

Accordingly, and so long as the distribution, together with certain related transactions, so qualifies, no gain or loss will be recognized by you for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and no amount will be included in your income, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, upon the receipt of shares of Crane Company common stock pursuant to the distribution.

 

16


Table of Contents

For more information regarding the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences to Crane Company, Crane Holdings, Co. and you of the spin-off, see the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

You should consult your tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the spin-off to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local, and any foreign, tax laws.

Relationship Between Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company Following the Spin-Off

Following the completion of the spin-off, Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company will be two separate, independent, publicly traded companies. Crane NXT, Co. will not own any shares of Crane Company common stock, and the relationship between Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company will be governed by, among others, a separation and distribution agreement, a transition services agreement, a tax matters agreement, an intellectual property matters agreement and an employee matters agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co. of Crane NXT, Co.’s and Crane Company’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane. For additional information regarding these agreements, see the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Spin-Off” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

17


Table of Contents

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in Crane Company’s common stock is subject to a number of risks, including market, financial, regulatory and operational risks related to our business, our industry, the spin-off and Crane Company common stock. Set forth below are some, but not all, of these risks.

Risks Related to Our Business

 

   

Macroeconomic fluctuations may harm our business, results of operations and stock price;

 

   

Our ability to source components and raw materials from our suppliers could be disrupted or delayed in our supply chain which could adversely affect our results of operation;

 

   

The effects of the ongoing pandemic on our business may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows;

 

   

Information systems and technology networks failures and breaches in data security, personally identifiable and other information, non-compliance with our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such information, or a violation of our policies with respect to such information, could adversely affect us;

 

   

Our businesses are subject to extensive governmental regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation;

 

   

The prices of our components and raw materials could fluctuate which may adversely affect our profitability;

 

   

We may not be able to retain our personnel or hire and retain additional personnel needed for us to sustain and grow our business as planned;

 

   

Our operations expose us to the risk of environmental liabilities, costs, litigation and violations that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation;

 

   

We conduct substantial business outside the U.S. and face risks inherent in non-domestic operations;

 

   

Intangible asset impairment charges could adversely impact future results of operations and financial condition;

 

   

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to protect our IP;

 

   

We could face potential product liability or warranty claims, we may not accurately estimate costs related to such claims, and we may not have sufficient insurance coverage available to cover such claims; and

 

   

Additional tax expense or exposures could affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Specific Risks Related to Our Reportable Segments

 

   

Risks related to our A&E segment, which include:

 

   

Our sales are primarily affected by conditions in the commercial aerospace industry which is cyclical in nature, and by changes in defense spending by the U.S. government;

 

   

We are required to comply with various export control laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers; and

 

   

A portion of this segment’s business is subject to government contracting rules and regulations. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in civil and/or criminal liability.

 

   

Risks related to our PFT segment, which include that demand for our PFT products is heavily dependent on our customers’ level of new capital investment and planned maintenance expenditures.

 

18


Table of Contents
   

Risks related to our Engineered Materials segment, which include that demand in the relevant end markets is dependent on general economic conditions, credit availability and consumer and corporate spending levels.

Risks Related to the Spin-Off

 

   

Crane Company may not achieve the expected benefits of the spin-off, the spin-off may adversely affect the Company’s business, and the Company may incur material costs and expenses as a result of the spin-off;

 

   

After the spin-off, if Crane Company is unable to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or its internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it could have a material adverse effect on Crane Company’s businesses and stock price;

 

   

Potential indemnification liabilities to Crane NXT, Co. could materially and adversely affect Crane Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

   

Crane Company may be subject to certain contingent liabilities of Crane NXT following the spin-off;

 

   

Indemnifications provided by Crane NXT, Co. may be insufficient to insure Crane Company against all related liabilities, and Crane Company’s ability to satisfy its indemnification obligations could be impaired in the future;

 

   

If the distribution of shares of Crane Company, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify for the intended tax treatment, you and Crane NXT, Co. could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability and, in certain circumstances, Crane Company could be required to indemnify Crane NXT for material taxes pursuant to indemnification obligations under the anticipated tax matters agreement;

 

   

The spin-off and related internal restructuring transactions may expose Crane Company to potential liabilities arising out of state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal dividend requirements;

 

   

Crane Company’s post spin-off access to and cost of financing may be different from that available to Crane, which may adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations and cash flows; and

 

   

After the spin-off, the value of common stock in Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company may collectively trade at an aggregate price less than what Crane Holdings, Co.’s common stock might trade at had the spin-off not occurred.

Risks Related to Crane Company Common Stock

 

   

Crane Company cannot be certain that an active trading market for its common stock will develop or be sustained after the spin-off and distribution, and Crane Company’s stock price may fluctuate significantly;

 

   

A number of shares of Crane Company common stock are or will be eligible for future sale, which may cause Crane Company’s stock price to decline; and

 

   

Certain provisions in Crane Company’s governing documents and Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of Crane Company, which could decrease the trading price of Crane Company common stock.

These and other risks relating to our business, our industry, the spin-off and Crane Company common stock are discussed in greater detail under the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.” You should read and consider all of these risks carefully.

 

19


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

 

What is Crane Company and why is Crane Holdings, Co. separating Crane Company’s businesses and distributing Crane Company stock?

Crane Company currently is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co. that was formed to hold assets and liabilities related to all of Crane’s businesses other than its Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, including its A&E and PFT global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment. The separation of Crane Company from Crane and the distribution of Crane Company common stock are intended to provide you with equity investments in two separate companies, each of which will be able to focus on its businesses. The Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co. believes that the spin-off will result in enhanced long-term performance of each business for the reasons discussed in the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Reasons for the Spin-Off.”

 

Why am I receiving this document?

Crane Holdings, Co. is making this document available to you because you are a holder of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock. If you are a holder of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date for the distribution, you will be entitled to receive one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that you hold at such time. This document will help you understand how the spin-off will affect your current investment in Crane Holdings, Co. and your investment in Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company after the spin-off.

 

How will the spin-off of Crane Company from Crane work?

The spin-off will be accomplished through a series of transactions in which (i) the equity interests of the entities that hold assets and liabilities of all of Crane’s businesses other than its Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, including its A&E and PFT global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment, will be transferred to Crane Company, (ii) other assets and liabilities will be assigned to or assumed by Crane Company or the entities described in the foregoing clause (i), as applicable, and (iii) Crane Holdings, Co. will then distribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Crane Company to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders on a pro rata basis as a distribution. Following the completion of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will hold Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment and be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.”, and Crane Company will hold all of Crane’s other businesses, including its A&E and PFT global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment.

 

Why is the spin-off of Crane Company structured as a distribution?

Crane Holdings, Co. believes that a distribution, together with certain related transactions, of Crane Company shares to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders, which Crane Holdings, Co. intends to qualify for the intended tax treatment, is an efficient way to separate its industrial businesses from its payment and currency businesses in a manner that is expected to create long-term benefits and value for Crane NXT,

 

20


Table of Contents
 

Co., Crane Company and their respective stockholders. Following the spin-off, Crane NXT, Co. will not retain any ownership interest in Crane Company.

 

What will be distributed in the distribution?

As a holder of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock, you will receive a dividend of one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock you hold as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date for the distribution. Your proportionate interest in Crane Holdings, Co. will not change as a result of the distribution. For a more detailed description, see the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution.”

 

What is the record date for the distribution?

The record date for the distribution is 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●].

 

When will the distribution occur?

It is expected that all of the shares of Crane Company common stock will be distributed by Crane Holdings, Co. on or about [●], to holders of record of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date. However, no assurance can be provided as to the timing of the distribution or that all conditions to the distribution will be met.

 

Is a stockholder vote required to approve the distribution?

No stockholder vote is required to approve the distribution.

 

What do stockholders need to do to participate in the distribution?

Stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co. entitled to receive shares in the distribution will not be required to take any action to receive Crane Company common stock in the distribution, but you are urged to read this entire information statement carefully. No stockholder approval of the distribution is required. You are not being asked for a proxy. You do not need to pay any consideration or exchange or surrender your existing Crane Holdings, Co. common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Crane Company common stock.

 

Will I receive physical certificates representing shares of Crane Company common stock following the spin-off?

No. Following the spin-off, Crane Company will not issue physical certificates representing shares of Crane Company common stock, even if requested. If you own Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date, Crane Holdings, Co., with the assistance of Computershare, will electronically distribute shares of Crane Company common stock to you or to your brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration form. “Direct registration form” refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in this distribution. The distribution agent or the transfer agent will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of Crane Company common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares.

 

  Following the distribution, stockholders whose shares are held in book-entry form may request that their shares of Crane Company common stock held in book-entry form be transferred to a brokerage or other account at any time.

 

21


Table of Contents

How many shares of Crane Company common stock will I receive in the distribution?

Crane Holdings, Co. will distribute to you one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock held by you as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date. Based on approximately [●] shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock outstanding as of [●], a total of approximately [●] shares of Crane Company common stock will be distributed. For additional information on the distribution, see the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution.”

 

Will Crane Company issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution?

No. Because you will receive one share of Crane Company common stock for each share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that you hold, Crane Holdings, Co. will not need to issue, or pay cash in lieu of, any fractional shares of Crane Company common stock.

 

What are the conditions to the distribution?

The distribution of shares of Crane Company common stock by Crane Holdings, Co. is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

   

The registration statement of which this information statement forms a part will have become effective under Section 12(d) of the Exchange Act, with no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement in effect, and no proceedings for that purpose will be pending before, or threatened by, the SEC.

 

   

The mailing of this information statement (or notice of internet availability thereof) to record holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of [●], the record date.

 

   

The NYSE, or a comparable public market, will have approved the listing of Crane Company common stock, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. will have received the Tax Opinion. See the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company will have taken all actions and made all filings necessary or appropriate under applicable securities laws or “blue sky” laws of states or other political subdivisions of the United States (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdiction).

 

   

No order, injunction or decree issued by any court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction will have been entered and will be in effect and no law or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the spin-off or any of the related transactions.

 

   

The reorganization of the Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company businesses prior to the spin-off will have been effectuated in all material respects.

 

22


Table of Contents
   

The Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors shall have declared the distribution and finally approved all related transactions (and such declaration or approval shall not have been withdrawn).

 

   

No other events or developments shall have occurred (or failed to occur) or exist that, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors, make it inadvisable to effect the spin-off or the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement.

 

   

Any material required governmental approvals necessary to consummate the distribution and the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement and related ancillary agreements shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

   

Our adoption of Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and the filing of those documents with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part.

 

   

Each of the transition services agreement, the tax matters agreement, the intellectual property matters agreement, the employee matters agreement and the other ancillary agreements shall have been executed and delivered by each party thereto and be in full force and effect.

 

  Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met, and Crane Holdings, Co. may also waive conditions to the distribution in its sole discretion and proceed with the distribution even if such conditions have not been met. If the distribution is completed and the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors waived any such condition, such waiver could have a material adverse effect on (i) Crane NXT, Co.’s and Crane Company’s respective business, financial condition or results of operations, (ii) the trading price of Crane Company’s common stock or (iii) the ability of stockholders to sell their Crane Company shares after the distribution, including, without limitation, as a result of (a) illiquid trading if Crane Company common stock is not accepted for listing or (b) litigation relating to any injunctions sought to prevent the consummation of the distribution. If Crane Holdings, Co. elects to proceed with the distribution notwithstanding that one or more of the conditions to the distribution has not been met, Crane Holdings, Co. will evaluate the applicable facts and circumstances at that time and make such additional disclosure and take such other actions as Crane Holdings, Co. determines to be necessary and appropriate in accordance with applicable law.

Crane Holdings, Co. may also decline at any time to go forward with the distribution, whether or not the conditions are satisfied. For a more detailed description, see the section of this information

 

23


Table of Contents

statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Conditions to the Distribution.”

 

What is the expected date of completion of the spin-off?

The completion and timing of the spin-off are dependent upon a number of conditions. It is expected that the shares of Crane Company common stock will be distributed by Crane Holdings, Co. on or about [•] to the holders of record of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [•], the record date. However, no assurance can be provided as to the timing of the spin-off or that all conditions to the spin-off will be met.

 

Can Crane Holdings, Co. decide to cancel the distribution of Crane Company common stock even if all the conditions have been met?

Yes. Until the distribution has occurred, Crane Holdings, Co. has the unilateral and sole and exclusive right to terminate the distribution for any reason, even if all of the conditions are satisfied. See the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Spin-Off.”

 

What if I want to sell my Crane Holdings, Co. common stock, my Crane NXT, Co. common stock or my Crane Company common stock?

You should consult with your financial advisors, such as your stockbroker, bank or tax advisor.

 

 

What is “regular-way” and “ex-distribution” trading?

Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and through the distribution date, it is expected that there will be two markets in Crane Holdings, Co. common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. Shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that trade in the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to shares of Crane Company common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. Shares that trade in the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to shares of Crane Company common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. Each stockholder trading in Crane Holdings, Co. shares would make any decision as to whether to trade one or more of such stockholder’s shares in Crane Holdings, Co. in the “regular-way” market or the “ex-distribution” market.

 

  If you decide to sell any shares of your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock before the distribution date, you should make sure your stockbroker, bank or other nominee understands whether you want to sell your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock with or without your entitlement to Crane Company common stock pursuant to the distribution.

 

Where will I be able to trade shares of Crane Company common stock?

Crane Company intends to apply to list its common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “CR.” Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends to change the symbol for its common stock currently listed on the NYSE to “CXT.” Crane Company expects that trading in shares of its common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis on or about the record date and will continue up to and through the distribution date and that “regular-way” trading in Crane Company common stock will begin on the first trading day following the distribution date. If trading begins on a “when-issued” basis, you may purchase or sell Crane Company common stock up to

 

24


Table of Contents
 

and through the distribution date, but your transaction will not settle until after the distribution date. Crane Company cannot predict the trading prices for its common stock before, on or after the distribution date.

 

What will happen to the listing of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock?

Prior to the completion of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “CR.” Following the completion of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends to change the symbol for its common stock currently listed on the NYSE to “CXT.”

 

Will the number of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that I own change as a result of the distribution?

No. The number of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that you own will not change as a result of the distribution.

 

Why is Crane Company being treated as the “accounting spinnor” and therefore the “accounting successor” to Crane for accounting purposes?

Notwithstanding the legal form of the spin-off described elsewhere in this information statement, for accounting and financial reporting purposes, Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment will be presented as being spun-off from Crane. This presentation is in accordance with GAAP and is primarily a result of, among other factors, Crane Company’s (which is the legal spinnee) larger operations, greater tangible assets, greater fair value and greater net sales, in each case, relative to Crane NXT. Further, Crane has determined that Crane best represents the predecessor entity to Crane Company. Therefore, the historical financial statements presented herein and in our future filings, with respect to periods prior to the spin-off, will be represented by the historical consolidated financial statements of Crane, and the pro forma financial statements will present Crane NXT as discontinued operations. See the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Spin-Off—The historical and pro forma financial information presented herein is not necessarily representative of the results that Crane Company would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and therefore may not be a reliable indicator of its future results,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental)” for more information regarding the effects of this accounting treatment.

 

What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the spin-off?

Crane Holdings, Co. has requested the IRS Ruling on certain issues relevant to the qualification of the distribution for the intended tax treatment, based on certain facts and representations set forth in such request. No assurance can be given that Crane Holdings, Co. will receive the IRS Ruling, and it is not a condition of the distribution. The IRS Ruling, even if received, would not address all of the requirements relevant to the qualification of the distribution for the intended tax treatment, and it is a condition to the completion of the distribution that Crane Holdings, Co. receives the Tax Opinion, although this condition may be waived by Crane Holdings, Co. in its sole discretion.

 

25


Table of Contents
  Accordingly, and so long as the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualifies for the intended tax treatment, no gain or loss will be recognized by you for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and no amount will be included in your income, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, upon the receipt of shares of Crane Company common stock pursuant to the distribution.

 

  For more information regarding the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences to Crane Company, Crane Holdings, Co. and you of the spin-off, see the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.” You should consult your tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the spin-off to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local, and any foreign, tax laws.

 

What are the material state, local and foreign income tax consequences of the distribution?

The Tax Opinion will not address the state, local or foreign income tax consequences of the distribution. You should consult your tax advisor as to the particular state, local and foreign tax consequences of the spin-off to you, which consequences may differ from those described in the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

How will I determine my tax basis in the Crane Company shares I receive in the distribution?

Assuming that the distribution is tax-free to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, your aggregate tax basis in your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock held by you immediately prior to the distribution will be allocated between your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock (which will be Crane NXT, Co. common stock following the spin-off) and Crane Company common stock that you receive in the distribution in proportion to the relative fair market values of each immediately following the distribution. Crane Holdings, Co. will provide its stockholders with information to enable them to compute their tax basis in both their Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company shares. This information will be posted on Crane NXT’s website following the distribution date.

 

  You should consult your tax advisor about the particular consequences of the spin-off to you, including a situation where you have purchased Crane Holdings, Co. shares at different times or for different amounts, and the application and effect of state, local and foreign tax laws.

 

  For a more detailed description, see the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

What will the Company’s relationship be with Crane NXT following the spin-off?

Following the completion of the spin-off, Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company will be two separate, independent, publicly traded companies, Crane NXT, Co. will not own any shares of Crane Company common stock and the relationship between Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co. will be governed by, among others, a separation and distribution agreement, a transition services agreement, a tax matters agreement, an intellectual property matters

 

26


Table of Contents
 

agreement and an employee matters agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co. of Crane NXT, Co.’s and Crane Company’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane. For additional information regarding these agreements, see the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Spin-Off” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

Will I have appraisal rights in connection with the distribution?

No. Holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock are not entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the distribution.

 

Are there risks associated with owning Crane Company common stock?

Yes. Ownership of Crane Company common stock is subject to both general and specific risks relating to Crane Company’s businesses, the industries in which it operates, its ongoing contractual relationships with Crane NXT and its status as a separate, publicly traded company. Ownership of Crane Company common stock is also subject to risks relating to the spin-off, including that, following the spin-off, the Company’s businesses will be less diversified than Crane’s businesses prior to the spin-off. These risks are described in the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.” You are encouraged to read that section carefully.

 

What will govern my rights as a Crane Company stockholder?

Your rights as a Crane Company stockholder will be governed by Delaware law, as well as our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws. At the time of the distribution, stockholder rights between the existing Crane Holdings, Co. common stock and Crane Company common stock will be substantially the same. For additional details regarding Crane Company common stock and Crane Company stockholder rights, see the section of this information statement entitled “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

 

Who will manage Crane Company after the spin-off?

After the spin-off, Crane Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer will be Max H. Mitchell, who currently serves as Crane Holdings, Co.’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Crane Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer will be Richard A. Maue, who currently serves as Crane Holdings, Co.’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. These two executives, along with the rest of their expected senior leadership team, have extensive experience managing Crane Company’s businesses, as well as governance, management and administration of a publicly traded entity.

 

  For more information regarding Crane Company’s expected named executive officers and other members of its management team, see the section of this information statement entitled “Management.”

 

27


Table of Contents

What will Crane Company’s dividend and share repurchase policy be after the spin-off?

Although Crane Company anticipates that it will likely pay quarterly dividends following the distribution, Crane Company has not yet determined the value of the dividend it will pay on its common stock. The timing, declaration, amount of and payment of any dividends following the spin-off by Crane Company is within the discretion of Crane Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of its operating subsidiaries, covenants (if any) associated with debt service obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice, ability to access capital markets and other factors deemed relevant by Crane Company’s Board of Directors. Moreover, if Crane Company determines to pay any dividend in the future, there can be no assurance that it will continue to pay such dividends or the amount of such dividends. In addition, Crane Company expects that Crane Company’s Board of Directors will be permitted to authorize share repurchase programs if circumstances warrant. See the section of this information statement entitled “Dividend Policy.”

 

What will happen to Crane Holdings, Co. options, restricted share units, performance-based restricted share units and deferred stock units in connection with the spin-off?

Crane Holdings, Co.’s equity compensation awards outstanding as of the distribution date are expected to be adjusted as follows:

 

   

Equity awards held by executive officers and non-employee directors are expected to be adjusted using the “shareholder method,” in which each pre-distribution Crane Holdings, Co. award is adjusted into a Crane NXT, Co. equity award and a Crane Company equity award. All other equity awards are expected to be adjusted using the “replacement method,” in which each pre-distribution Crane Holdings, Co. award is adjusted into a single equity award based on the award holder’s post-distribution employer (either Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company).

 

   

For each equity award holder, regardless of the adjustment method used, the intent is to maintain the intrinsic value of those equity awards immediately before and after the consummation of the distribution.

 

   

The material terms of the equity awards, such as vesting conditions and treatment upon termination of employment, will generally continue unchanged.

 

  For a detailed description of how Crane Holdings, Co.’s equity compensation awards will be treated, see the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.—Employee Matters Agreement—Equity Compensation Awards.”

 

Will the distribution of Crane Company common stock affect the market price of Crane NXT, Co. common stock?

As a result of the distribution, we expect the trading price of shares of post-spin-off Crane Holdings, Co. common stock (which will be Crane NXT, Co. common stock following the spin-off) to be different

 

28


Table of Contents
 

from the trading price of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock immediately prior to the distribution because the trading price will no longer include the value of Crane Company’s businesses. Furthermore, until the market has fully analyzed the value of Crane NXT, the price of shares of Crane NXT, Co. common stock may fluctuate more than it typically has historically. There can be no assurance that, following the distribution, the combined value of Crane NXT, Co. common stock and Crane Company common stock will equal or exceed what the value of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock would have been in the absence of the distribution.

 

Will Crane Company incur any debt prior to or at the time of the distribution?

Crane Company intends to enter into the Crane Company Term Loan (as defined below). Proceeds from the Crane Company Term Loan are expected to be used to pay a dividend to Crane Holdings, Co. See the section of this information statement entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

Who will be the distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for Crane Company common stock?

The distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for Crane Company common stock will be Computershare. For questions relating to the transfer or mechanics of the stock distribution, you should contact:

 

  Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

P.O. Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233

Tel: (877) 373-6374

 

Where can I find more information about Crane Holdings, Co., Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company?

If you have any questions relating to Crane Holdings, Co., you should contact:

 

  Crane Holdings, Co.

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

Tel: (203) 363-7300

Attn: Investor Relations

 

  After the distribution, Crane NXT, Co. stockholders who have any questions relating to Crane NXT, Co. should contact Crane NXT, Co. at:

 

  Crane NXT, Co.

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

Tel: (203) 363-7300

Attn: Investor Relations

 

  After the distribution, Crane Company stockholders who have any questions relating to Crane Company should contact Crane Company at:

 

  Crane Company

100 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

Tel: (203) 363-7300

Attn: Investor Relations

 

29


Table of Contents

Principal Executive Office

Crane Company was incorporated in Delaware on June 15, 2022. Our principal executive offices are currently located at 100 First Stamford Place, Stamford, CT 06902, and our telephone number is currently (203) 363-7300. We maintain a website at www.craneco.com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website neither constitutes part of this information statement nor is incorporated by reference herein, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to invest in Crane Company common stock.

Reasons for Furnishing This Information Statement

This information statement is being furnished solely to provide information to stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co. who are entitled to receive shares of Crane Company common stock in the distribution. This information statement is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities or securities of Crane Holdings, Co. We believe that the information contained in this information statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover of this information statement. Changes may occur after that date, and none of us, the Crane Company Board of Directors, the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors or the Crane NXT, Co. Board of Directors undertake any obligation to update such information except in the normal course of our respective disclosure obligations and practices, or as required by applicable law.

 

30


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the information included elsewhere in this information statement. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we have identified as material, but are not the only risks and uncertainties facing Crane Company. Our business is also subject to general risks and uncertainties that affect many other companies, such as market conditions, geopolitical events, changes in laws or accounting rules, fluctuations in interest rates, terrorism, wars or conflicts, major health concerns, natural disasters, or other disruptions of expected economic or business conditions. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business, including our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business

Macroeconomic fluctuations may harm our business, results of operations and stock price.

Our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows may be adversely affected by changes in global economic conditions and geopolitical risks, including credit market conditions, trade policies, levels of consumer and business confidence, commodity prices and availability, inflationary pressures, exchange rates, levels of government spending and deficits, political conditions, and other challenges that could affect the global economy including impacts associated with economic sanctions imposed against Russia, including any territory within the Ukraine that Russia has occupied, in response to their recent invasion of Ukraine. These economic and geopolitical conditions could affect businesses such as ours in a number of ways. Such conditions could have an adverse impact on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions and on our ability to fund our operations. In addition, restrictions on credit availability could adversely affect the ability of our customers to obtain financing for significant purchases and could result in decreases in or cancellation of orders for our products and services, as well as impact the ability of our customers to make payments. Similarly, credit restrictions may adversely affect our supplier base and increase the potential for one or more of our suppliers to experience financial distress or bankruptcy. See “Specific Risks Related to Our Reportable Segments” in this section of the information statement.

Our ability to source components and raw materials from our suppliers could be disrupted or delayed in our supply chain which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our operations require significant amounts of necessary components and raw materials. We deploy a continuous, company-wide process to source our components and raw materials from fewer suppliers, and to obtain parts from suppliers in low-cost countries where possible. Due to a variety of global factors, our business has been experiencing, and may continue to experience, supply chain disruptions from an insufficient availability of certain components and raw materials and substantial freight delays in obtaining them. If we are unable to timely source these components or raw materials, our operations may be disrupted, or we could experience a delay or temporary stoppage in certain of our manufacturing operations. We believe that our supply management and production practices are based on an appropriate balancing of the foreseeable risks and the costs of alternative practices. Nonetheless, reduced availability or interruption in supplies, whether resulting from more stringent regulatory requirements; supplier financial condition; increases in duties and tariff costs; disruptions in transportation; an outbreak of a severe public health pandemic, such as the COVID-19 pandemic; severe weather; the occurrence or threat of wars, including Russia’s recent invasion of Ukraine or other conflicts, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The effects of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on our business is uncertain and may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our operations and financial performance, as well as on the operations and financial performance of many of the customers and suppliers in

 

31


Table of Contents

industries that we serve. The COVID-19 pandemic continues to present business challenges, and we continue to experience impacts related to COVID-19, primarily in disruptions in global supply chains, delays in supplier deliveries, higher raw material prices, delays in deliveries to customers, travel restrictions, site access and quarantine restrictions, and employee absences. Because the severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its economic consequences remain uncertain and rapidly changing, it is difficult to predict the extent of the pandemic’s impact on our operations and financial performance. Further, the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and financial performance depends on many factors that are not within our control, including, but not limited to, duration of the pandemic, potential subsequent waves of COVID-19 infection or potential new variants, the effectiveness and adoption of COVID-19 vaccines and therapeutics, governmental, business and individuals’ actions that have been and continue to be taken in response to the pandemic (including shutdown orders, border closings, restrictions on travel and transport and workplace restrictions); and resulting supplier impacts. In addition, to the extent global vaccination programs do not achieve intended results and a longer period of economic and global supply chain and related disruption continues, the more adverse the impact will be on our business operations, financial performance and results of operations. As the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy and our operations evolves, we will continue to assess our liquidity needs. Worsening worldwide disruption could materially affect our future access to our sources of liquidity, particularly our cash flows from operations and access to credit markets, which could impact our financial condition, capitalization and capital investments. Conditions in the financial and credit markets may also limit the availability of funding or increase the cost of funding, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

Information systems and technology networks failures and breaches in data security, personally identifiable and other information, non-compliance with our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such information, or a violation of our privacy and security policies with respect to such information, could adversely affect us.

We are dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information, and, in the normal course of our business, we collect and retain certain types of personally identifiable and other information pertaining to our customers, stockholders and employees. The legal, regulatory and contractual environment surrounding information security and privacy is constantly evolving and companies that collect and retain such information are under increasing attack by cyber-criminals around the world. A theft, loss, fraudulent use or misuse of customer, stockholder, employee or our proprietary data by cybercrime or otherwise, non-compliance with our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such data or a violation of our privacy and security policies with respect to such data could adversely impact our reputation and could result in costs, fines, litigation or regulatory action against us. Security breaches can create system disruptions and shutdowns that could result in disruptions to our operations. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, new vulnerabilities or other developments will not compromise or breach the security solutions protecting our information technology, networks and systems. A failure of or cyber-attack on our information systems technology or those of our partners, vendors, suppliers could adversely affect our ability to process orders, maintain proper levels of inventory, collect accounts receivable and pay expenses; all of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Failure to effectively prevent, detect and recover from security breaches, including attacks on information technology and infrastructure by hackers; viruses; breaches due to employee error or actions; or other disruptions could seriously harm our operations, as well as the operations of our customers and suppliers. Such serious harm can involve, among other things, misuse of our assets, business disruptions, loss of data, unauthorized access to trade secrets and confidential business information, unauthorized access to personal information, legal claims or proceedings, reporting errors, processing inefficiencies, negative media attention, reputational harm, loss of sales, remediation and increased insurance costs, and interference with regulatory compliance. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience some of these types of cybersecurity threats and incidents, which could be material in the future.

 

32


Table of Contents

Demand for our products is variable and subject to factors beyond our control, which could result in unanticipated events significantly impacting our results of operations.

A substantial portion of our sales is concentrated in industries that are cyclical in nature or subject to market conditions which may cause customer demand for our products to be volatile. Reductions in demand by these industries would reduce the sales and profitability of the affected business segments.

 

   

In our A&E segment, a significant decline in demand for air travel, or a decline in airline profitability generally, could result in reduced orders for aircraft and could also cause airlines to reduce their purchases of repair parts from our businesses. In addition, our A&E segment could be impacted to the extent that our major aircraft manufacturing customers encounter problems which impact their production rates and, correspondingly, reduce purchases of our products (for example, the grounding of the 737 MAX and associated suspension of 737 MAX production announced by Boeing in December 2019 reduced our sales and operating profit in 2020), or if pricing pressure from aircraft customers caused the manufacturers to press their suppliers to lower prices and/or extend payment terms; in addition, demand for military and defense products is dependent upon government spending in certain areas which can vary year to year.

 

   

Our PFT segment is dependent on global economic conditions, customer capital spending and commodity prices. Deterioration in any of these economic factors could result in sales and profits falling below our current outlook.

 

   

In our Engineered Materials segment, sales and profits could be affected by declines in demand for RVs, building materials or truck trailers; results could also be impacted by unforeseen changes in capacity or price increases related to certain raw materials, in particular, resin.

Our businesses are subject to extensive governmental regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation.

We are required to comply with various import and export control laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers particularly in our A&E and PFT segments, as discussed more fully under “Specific Risks Related to Our Reportable Segments” in this section of the information statement. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions, and other trade-related regulations may prohibit the export of certain products, services and technologies, and in other circumstances we may be required to obtain an export license before exporting the controlled item. A failure to comply with these requirements might result in suspension of these contracts and suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting. For example, compliance with regulations related to the sourcing of conflict-free minerals mined from the democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries could limit the pool of suppliers who can provide conflict-free minerals to us, and as a result, may cause us to incur additional expenses and may create challenges for us to obtain conflict-free minerals at competitive prices. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, or securing any improper advantage. We are also subject to the anti-bribery laws of other jurisdictions. Failure to comply with any of these and similar regulations could result in civil and criminal liability, monetary and non-monetary penalties, fines, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to export products and services, and damage to our reputation.

The prices of our components and raw materials could fluctuate dramatically, which may adversely affect our profitability.

The costs of certain components and raw materials that are critical to our profitability can be volatile which can have a significant impact on our profitability. The costs in our business segments are affected by fluctuations in the price of metals, such as steel and copper, as well as other raw materials, such as resin and electronic components. We have seen a period of sustained price increases for components and raw materials that may continue into the future as demand increases and supply may remain constrained, which has resulted in, and may

 

33


Table of Contents

continue to result in, increased costs for us. While we have taken actions aimed at securing an adequate supply of components and raw materials at prices which are favorable to us, if the prices of critical components and raw materials continue to increase or we are unable to pass increased costs of components and raw materials to customers, our operating profit could be adversely affected.

We compete with other manufacturing businesses for highly qualified employees in the countries in which we operate, and we may not be able to retain our personnel or hire and retain additional personnel needed for us to sustain and grow our business as planned.

Our business segments and corporate offices are dependent upon highly qualified personnel, and we generally are dependent upon the continued efforts of key management employees. A number of factors may adversely affect the labor force available to us or increase labor costs, including high employment levels, federal unemployment subsidies, including enhanced or expanded unemployment benefits offered in response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and other government regulations. We have recently observed an overall tightening and increasingly competitive labor market which could result in higher compensation costs. While we believe we have a robust intellectual capital process, we may have difficulty retaining key personnel or locating and hiring additional qualified personnel. The loss of the services of any of such personnel or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms could impair our ability to successfully sustain and grow our business, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations expose us to the risk of environmental liabilities, costs, litigation and violations that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation.

Our operations are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air and water and establish standards for the generation, treatment, use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. We must also comply with various health and safety regulations in the U.S. and abroad in connection with our operations. The costs of compliance with these regulations results in ongoing costs that may increase over time. Failure to comply with any of these laws could result in civil and criminal liability, substantial monetary and non-monetary penalties and damage to our reputation. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that our costs related to remedial efforts or alleged environmental damage associated with past or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We conduct a substantial portion of our business outside the U.S. and face risks inherent in non-domestic operations.

Net sales by destination outside the U.S. were 48% of our consolidated amounts in 2021. We expect that non-U.S. sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. In addition, our operations outside the U.S. are subject to the risks associated with conducting business internationally, including, but not limited to:

 

   

economic and political instability, including the risk of geopolitical conflict or territorial incursions, in the countries and regions in which we operate;

 

   

the risks of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily the euro and British pound, could adversely affect our reported results in our PFT segment, as amounts earned in other countries are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes; and

 

   

changes in the U.S. government’s approach to trade policy, including in some cases renegotiating and terminating certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements. The adoption and expansion of trade restrictions, the occurrence of a trade war, or other governmental action related to tariffs or trade agreements or policies has the potential to adversely impact demand for our products, our costs, our customers, our suppliers, and the U.S. economy, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

34


Table of Contents

We may be unable to identify or to complete acquisitions, or to successfully integrate the businesses we acquire.

We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide array of potential acquisition transactions. Our acquisition program attempts to address the potential risks inherent in assessing the value, strengths, weaknesses, contingent or other liabilities, systems of internal control and potential profitability of acquisition candidates, as well as other challenges, such as retaining the employees and integrating the operations of the businesses we acquire. Integrating acquired operations involves significant risks and uncertainties, including:

 

   

Maintenance of uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures;

 

   

Unplanned expenses associated with the integration efforts;

 

   

Inability to achieve planned facility repositioning savings or related efficiencies from recent and ongoing investments; and

 

   

Unidentified issues not discovered in the due diligence process, including legal contingencies.

There can be no assurance that suitable acquisition opportunities will be available in the future, that we will continue to acquire businesses or that any business acquired will be integrated successfully or prove profitable, which could adversely impact our growth rate. Our ability to achieve our growth goals depends in part upon our ability to identify and successfully acquire and integrate companies and businesses at appropriate prices and realize anticipated cost savings.

Our future results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted by intangible asset impairment charges.

As of December 31, 2021, we had goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, of $801.7 million, which represented approximately 32% of our total assets. Our goodwill is subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and is also tested whenever events and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Any excess goodwill resulting from the impairment test must be written off in the period of determination. Intangible assets (other than goodwill) are generally amortized over the useful life of such assets. In addition, from time to time, we may acquire or make an investment in a business that will require us to record goodwill based on the purchase price and the value of the acquired assets. We may subsequently experience unforeseen issues with such business that adversely affect the anticipated returns of the business or value of the intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of the recoverability of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets for such business. Future determinations of significant write-offs of goodwill or intangible assets as a result of an impairment test or any accelerated amortization of other intangible assets could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to protect our IP.

We rely on a combination of trade secrets, patents, trademarks, copyrights and confidentiality procedures to protect our products and technology. Existing trade secret, patent, trademark and copyright laws offer only limited protection. Our patents could be invalidated or circumvented. In addition, others may develop substantially equivalent, or superseding proprietary technology, or competitors may offer equivalent non-infringing products in competition with our products, thereby substantially reducing the value of our proprietary rights. The laws of some foreign countries in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not protect our products or IP rights to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. We cannot assure that the steps we take to protect our IP will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology. We could incur significant and/or unexpected costs in our efforts to successfully avoid, manage, defend and litigate IP matters. Our inability to protect our IP could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

35


Table of Contents

We may be unable to improve productivity, reduce costs and align manufacturing capacity with customer demand.

We are committed to continuous productivity improvement, and we continue to evaluate opportunities to reduce costs, simplify or improve global processes, and increase the reliability of order fulfillment and satisfaction of customer needs. In order to operate more efficiently and control costs, from time to time we execute restructuring activities, which include workforce reductions and facility consolidations. For example, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $13.2 million for the 2020 repositioning program related to actions to reduce our global workforce in response to the adverse economic impact of COVID-19. While these are proactive actions to increase our productivity and operating effectiveness, our inability to adequately respond to potential declines in global demand for our products and services and properly align our cost base could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We could face potential product liability or warranty claims, we may not accurately estimate costs related to such claims, and we may not have sufficient insurance coverage available to cover such claims.

Our products are used in a wide variety of commercial applications and certain residential applications, including, in many cases, in severe service or mission critical applications. We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability or other claims in the event our products are alleged to be defective or that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in harm to others or to property. We may in the future incur liability if product liability lawsuits against us are successful. Moreover, any such lawsuits, whether or not successful, could result in adverse publicity to us, which could cause our sales to decline.

In addition, consistent with industry practice, we provide warranties on many of our products and we may experience costs of warranty or breach of contract claims if our products have defects in manufacture or design or they do not meet contractual specifications. We estimate our future warranty costs based on historical trends and product sales, but we may fail to accurately estimate those costs and thereby fail to establish adequate warranty reserves for them.

While we maintain insurance coverage with respect to certain liability claims, that insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all claims that may arise or we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage in the future at an acceptable cost. Any liabilities not covered by insurance or that exceed our established reserves could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may be unable to successfully develop and introduce new products, which would limit our ability to grow and maintain our competitive position and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Our growth depends, in part, on continued sales of existing products, as well as the successful development and introduction of new products or technologies, which face the uncertainty of customer acceptance and reaction from competitors. Any delay in the development or launch of a new product could result in our not being the first to market, which could compromise our competitive position. Further, the development and introduction of new products may require us to make investments in specialized personnel and capital equipment, increase marketing efforts and reallocate resources away from other uses. We also may need to modify our systems and strategy in light of new products that we develop. If we are unable to develop and introduce new products in a cost-effective manner or otherwise manage effectively the operations related to new products, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely impacted.

We face significant competition which may adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the future.

While we are a significant competitor in many of our markets, all of our markets are highly competitive. The competitors in many of our business segments can be expected in the future to improve technologies, reduce

 

36


Table of Contents

costs and develop and introduce new products. The ability of our business segments to achieve similar advances will be important to our competitive positions. Competitive pressures, including those discussed above, could cause one or more of our business segments to lose market share or could result in significant price erosion, either of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Net periodic pension (benefit) cost and pension contributions associated with our retirement benefit plans may fluctuate significantly depending upon changes in actuarial assumptions and future market performance of plan assets.

Total net periodic pension benefit and pension contributions were $5.9 million and $25.4 million, respectively in 2021. The costs of our defined benefit pension plans are dependent upon various factors, including which plan liabilities become Crane Company’s liabilities and which plan liabilities remain with Crane NXT, Co., rates of return on investment assets, discount rates for future payment obligations, and expected mortality, among other things. In addition, funding requirements for benefit obligations of our pension plans are subject to legislative and other government regulatory actions. Variances in related estimates could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Additional tax expense or exposures could affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various international jurisdictions. Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be affected by changes to any or all of the following: tax laws, regulations, accounting principles and judicial rulings, the geographic mix of our earnings, the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the results of audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns.

If our internal controls are found to be ineffective, our financial results or Crane Company’s stock price may be adversely affected.

We believe that we currently have adequate internal control procedures in place for future periods, including processes related to newly acquired businesses; however, increased risk of internal control breakdowns generally exists in any business environment that is decentralized such as ours. In addition, if our internal control over financial reporting is found to be ineffective, investors may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which may adversely affect Crane Company’s stock price.

Fluctuations in interest rates could affect our financial results.

A portion of our indebtedness bears interest at variable rates that are linked to changing market interest rates. As a result, an increase in market interest rates would increase our interest expense and our debt service obligations. As of September 30, 2022, we had approximately $400 million of indebtedness that bears interest at variable rates. This amount represented approximately 32% of our total indebtedness. A hypothetical 1% increase in prevailing interest rates would increase Crane’s annual interest expense by approximately $4 million.

Specific Risks Related to Our Reportable Segments

Aerospace & Electronics

Our A&E segment sales are primarily affected by conditions in the commercial aerospace industry which is cyclical in nature, and by changes in defense spending by the U.S. government.

Commercial aircraft are procured primarily by airlines, and airline capital spending can be affected by a number of factors, including credit availability, current and expected fuel prices, and current and forecast air traffic demand levels. Air traffic levels are affected by a different array of factors, including general economic

 

37


Table of Contents

conditions and global corporate travel spending, although other non-economic events can also adversely impact airline traffic, including terrorism or pandemic health concerns, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Our commercial business is also affected by the market for business jets where demand is typically tied to corporate profitability levels, and the freight markets which are most heavily influenced by general economic conditions. Demand for our commercial aftermarket business is closely tied to total aircraft flight hours. Any decrease in demand for new aircraft or equipment, or use of existing aircraft and equipment, would likely result in decreased sales of our products and services. In addition, our commercial business could also be impacted to the extent that our major aircraft manufacturing customers encounter problems which impact their production rates and, correspondingly, reduce purchases of our products (for example, the grounding of the 737 MAX and associated suspension of 737 MAX production announced by Boeing in December 2019 reduced our sales and operating profit in 2020), or if pricing pressure from aircraft customers caused the manufacturers to press their suppliers to lower prices and/or extend payment terms.

The defense portion of the segment’s business is dependent primarily on U.S. government spending, and to a lesser extent, foreign government spending, on the specific military platforms and programs where our business participates. Any reduction in appropriations for these platforms or programs could impact the performance of our business. Our sales to defense customers are also affected by the level of activity in military flight operations.

We are required to comply with various export control laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions regulations may prohibit the export of certain products, services and technologies, and in other circumstances we may be required to obtain an export license before exporting the controlled item. We are also subject to investigation and audit for compliance with the requirements governing government contracts, including requirements related to procurement integrity, manufacturing practices and quality procedures, export control, employment practices, the accuracy of records and the recording of costs and information security requirements. A failure to comply with these requirements could result in suspension of these contracts, and suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting. Failure to comply with any of these regulations could result in civil and criminal liability, monetary and non-monetary penalties, fines, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to export products and services, and damage to our reputation.

Due to the lengthy R&D cycle involved in bringing commercial and military products to market, we cannot accurately predict the demand levels that will exist once a given new product is ready for market. In addition, if we are unable to develop and introduce new products in a cost-effective manner or otherwise effectively manage the introduction of new products and/or programs, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted. Demand for our products could also be adversely impacted by industry consolidation that could result in greater acceptance of competitors’ products.

A portion of this segment’s business is subject to government contracting rules and regulations. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting, civil and criminal liability, monetary and non-monetary penalties, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to export products and services, or damage to our reputation.

Process Flow Technologies

Our PFT segment competes in markets that are fragmented and highly competitive. The business competes against large, well established global companies, as well as smaller regional and local companies. We compete based on our products’ quality, reliability and safety, our brand reputation, value-added technical expertise and customer support and consistent on-time delivery.

Demand for our PFT products is heavily dependent on our customers’ level of new capital investment and planned maintenance expenditures. Customer spending typically depends on general economic conditions, availability of credit, and expectations of future demand. Slowing global economic growth, volatility in commodity prices, including the price of oil could all contribute to lower levels of customer spending, and project delays or cancellations.

 

38


Table of Contents

At our foreign operations, results could be adversely impacted by a weakening of local currencies against the U.S. dollar. Our PFT business has the greatest exposure to the euro and British pound, and lesser exposure to several other currencies.

Engineered Materials

Our Engineered Materials segment manufactures and sells FRP panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of RVs, trucks, and trailers, with additional applications in commercial and industrial building construction. Demand in these end markets is dependent on general economic conditions, credit availability, and consumer and corporate spending levels. A decline in demand in any of these end markets, including a significant change in RV industry capacity; a loss of market share to alternative materials such as, for example, non-reinforced plastic, PVC, tile, stainless steel, epoxy paint, wood and aluminum; or customer pricing pressure would result in lower sales and profits for this business. Profitability could also be adversely affected by an increase in the price of resin or fiberglass if we are unable to pass the incremental costs on to our customers. Additional risks include the loss of a principal supplier.

Risks Related to the Spin-Off

Crane Company may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the spin-off, and the spin-off may adversely affect the Company’s business.

Crane Company may not be able to achieve the full strategic and financial benefits expected to result from the spin-off, or such benefits may be delayed or not occur at all. The spin-off is expected to provide the following benefits, among others:

 

   

Enhanced ability to attract a stockholder base aligned with Crane Company’s clear value proposition.

 

   

Tailored capital allocation strategies aligned with Crane Company’s distinct business strategies and industry specific dynamics.

 

   

Deeper operational focus, accountability and flexibility to meet customer requirements.

 

   

Increased operating and financial flexibility to pursue inorganic growth opportunities.

 

   

Enhanced ability to pursue accretive M&A opportunities, with the benefit of an independent equity currency reflective of the strength of each company.

Crane Company may not achieve these and other anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (i) the spin-off will require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing Crane Company’s business, (ii) following the spin-off, Crane Company’s stock price may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other events particular to one or more of Crane Company’s products than if it were still a part of Crane and (iii) following the spin-off, Crane Company’s operational and financial profile will change such that Crane Company’s diversification of revenue sources will diminish, and Crane Company’s results of operations, cash flows, working capital and financing requirements may be subject to increased volatility than prior to the spin-off. Additionally, Crane Company may experience unanticipated competitive developments, including changes in the conditions of the markets of the Company’s A&E, PFT and Engineered Materials segments, and the other businesses it will hold at the time of the spin-off, that could negate the expected benefits from the spin-off. If Crane Company does not realize some or all of the benefits expected to result from the spin-off, or if such benefits are delayed, the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Crane Company could be adversely affected.

Crane Company may incur material costs and expenses as a result of the spin-off.

Crane Company may incur costs and expenses greater than those Crane Company currently expects to incur as a result of the spin-off. These increased costs and expenses may arise from various factors, including financial

 

39


Table of Contents

reporting and costs associated with complying with federal securities laws (including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). In addition, Crane Company expects to either maintain similar or have increased corporate and administrative costs and expenses to those Crane Company incurred while part of Crane, even though, following the spin-off, Crane Company will be a smaller, stand-alone company. We cannot assure you that these costs will not be material to Crane Company’s business.

If, following the spin-off, Crane Company is unable to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or its internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s businesses and Crane Company’s stock price may suffer.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires any company subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. securities laws to do a comprehensive evaluation of its and its consolidated subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting. Our financial results previously were included within the consolidated results of Crane. However, Crane Company was not directly subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

As a result of the spin-off, Crane Company will be directly subject to reporting and other obligations under the Exchange Act. Beginning with its second annual report on Form 10-K, Crane Company will be required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which will require it to document and test its internal control procedures, its management will be required to assess and issue a report concerning its internal control over financial reporting and its independent auditors will be required to issue an opinion on Crane Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. These reporting and other obligations may place significant demands on our management and administrative and operational resources, including accounting systems and resources. To comply with these requirements, we will need to establish our own systems, implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff. We expect to incur additional annual expenses for the purpose of addressing these requirements, and those expenses may be significant. If we are unable to establish our financial and management controls, reporting systems, information technology systems and procedures in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies under the Exchange Act could be impaired.

During periods it is required to assess the effectiveness of its internal controls, if Crane Company’s management is unable to conclude that it has effective internal controls over financial reporting or its independent public accounting firm is unwilling or unable to provide Crane Company with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of its internal controls, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Crane Company may not be able to report its financial information on a timely basis. As a result, investors may lose confidence in Crane Company’s financial results, Crane Company’s stock price may suffer and Crane Company may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s businesses.

The historical and pro forma financial information presented herein is not necessarily representative of the results that Crane Company would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and therefore may not be a reliable indicator of its future results.

Due to Crane Company’s larger operations, greater tangible assets, greater fair value and greater net sales, in each case, relative to Crane NXT, among other factors, Crane Company will be treated as the “accounting spinnor” and therefore will be the “accounting successor” to Crane for accounting purposes, notwithstanding the legal form of the spin-off described in this information statement. Therefore, following the spin-off, the historical consolidated financial statements of Crane will represent the historical financial statements of Crane Company and Crane NXT will be presented as discontinued operations. The historical information about the Company in this information statement refers to the Company’s businesses as part of Crane. The Company’s historical and pro forma financial information included in this information statement is derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Crane. Accordingly, the historical and pro forma financial information

 

40


Table of Contents

included in this information statement does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that Crane Company would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company during the periods presented or those that Crane Company will achieve in the future.

For additional information about the past financial performance of Crane Company’s businesses and the basis of presentation of the historical consolidated financial statements of Crane, the supplemental historical combined financial statements of Crane Company and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of Crane Company, see the sections of this information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental),” as well as the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane and the related notes, the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Crane and the related notes, the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company and related notes and the supplemental unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements of Crane Company and related notes included elsewhere in this information statement.

Crane NXT, Co. may fail to perform under various transaction agreements that will be executed as part of the spin-off or Crane Company may fail to have necessary systems and services in place when Crane NXT, Co. is no longer obligated to provide services under the various agreements.

Crane Company and Crane Holdings, Co. or Crane NXT, Co., as applicable, will enter into certain agreements, such as the separation and distribution agreement, a transition services agreement, a tax matters agreement, an intellectual property matters agreement and an employee matters agreement, and those other agreements discussed in greater detail in the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.,” which may provide for the performance by each company for the benefit of the other for a period of time after the spin-off. If Crane NXT, Co. is unable to satisfy its obligations under these agreements, including its indemnification obligations, Crane Company could incur operational difficulties or losses.

If Crane Company does not have in place its own systems and services, and does not have agreements with other providers of these services when the transitional or other agreements terminate, or if Crane Company does not implement the new systems or replace Crane NXT, Co.’s services successfully, Crane Company may not be able to operate its business effectively, which could disrupt its business and have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. These systems and services may also be more expensive to install, implement and operate, or less efficient than the systems and services Crane NXT, Co. is expected to provide during the transition period.

Potential indemnification liabilities to Crane NXT, Co. pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement could materially and adversely affect Crane Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The separation and distribution agreement, among other things, will provide for indemnification obligations designed to make Crane Company financially responsible for certain liabilities that may exist relating to its business activities. If Crane Company is required to indemnify Crane NXT, Co. under the circumstances set forth in the separation and distribution agreement, Crane Company may be subject to substantial liabilities.

Crane Company may be subject to certain contingent liabilities of Crane NXT following the spin-off.

After the spin-off, there is the possibility that certain liabilities of Crane NXT could become Crane Company obligations. For example, under the Code and the related rules and regulations, each corporation that was a member of Crane during a taxable period or portion of a taxable period ending on or before the effective time of

 

41


Table of Contents

the distribution is jointly and severally liable for the United States federal income tax liability of Crane for that taxable period. Consequently, if Crane NXT is unable to pay the consolidated United States federal income tax liability for a prior period, Crane Company could be required to pay the entire amount of such tax, which could be substantial and in excess of the amount that would be allocated to it under the tax matters agreement that Crane Company intends to enter into with Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” For a discussion of the tax matters agreement, see the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.—Tax Matters Agreement”; other provisions of federal law establish similar liability for other matters, including laws governing tax-qualified pension plans, as well as other contingent liabilities.

In connection with Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane, Crane NXT, Co. will indemnify Crane Company for certain liabilities. However, there can be no assurance that the indemnity will be sufficient to insure Crane Company against the full amount of such liabilities, or that Crane Company’s ability to satisfy its indemnification obligation will not be impaired in the future.

Crane NXT, Co. will agree to indemnify Crane Company for certain pre-spin-off liabilities as discussed further in the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.” However, third parties could also seek to hold Crane Company responsible for liabilities that Crane NXT, Co. has agreed to retain, and there can be no assurance that the indemnity from Crane NXT, Co. will be sufficient to protect Crane Company against the full amount of such liabilities, or that Crane NXT, Co. will be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. In addition, Crane NXT, Co.’s insurers may attempt to deny coverage to Crane Company for liabilities associated with certain occurrences of indemnified liabilities prior to the spin-off.

If the distribution of shares of Crane Company, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify for the intended tax treatment, you and Crane NXT, Co. could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability and, in certain circumstances, Crane Company could be required to indemnify Crane NXT for material taxes pursuant to indemnification obligations under the anticipated tax matters agreement.

Crane Holdings, Co. has requested the IRS Ruling on certain issues relevant to the qualification of the distribution under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, based on certain facts and representations set forth in such request. No assurance can be given that Crane Holdings, Co. will receive the IRS Ruling, and it is not a condition of the distribution. The IRS Ruling, even if received, would not address all of the requirements relevant to the qualification of the distribution for the intended tax treatment.

It is a condition to the completion of the distribution that Crane Holdings, Co. receives the Tax Opinion (unless waived by Crane Holdings, Co. in its sole discretion). The Tax Opinion will rely on certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings from Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company, including those regarding the past and future conduct of the companies’ respective businesses and other matters. Notwithstanding the Tax Opinion, the IRS could determine that the distribution or any such related transaction is taxable if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are not correct or have been violated, or that the distribution should be taxable for other reasons, including if the IRS were to disagree with the conclusions in the Tax Opinion. For more information regarding the Tax Opinion, see the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

If the distribution or any of the above referenced related transactions is determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a stockholder of Crane Holdings, Co. that has received shares of Crane Company common stock in the distribution and Crane NXT could each incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities. In addition, Crane NXT and we could incur significant U.S. federal income tax obligations, whether under applicable law or under the tax matters agreement that Crane Company intends to enter into with Crane Holdings, Co. For a discussion of the tax consequences of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, please refer to the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

42


Table of Contents

Crane Company may not be able to engage in certain corporate transactions after the spin-off.

Crane Company and Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.”, intend to enter into a tax matters agreement immediately prior to the distribution that will, in relevant part, generally govern Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co.’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax liabilities and benefits.

The tax matters agreement is not anticipated to restrict us expressly from taking actions after the distribution that could adversely affect the intended U.S. federal income tax treatment of the distribution, together with certain related transactions. Nevertheless, under the anticipated tax matters agreement, we may be required to indemnify Crane NXT, Co. against certain tax liabilities as a result of our actions or the acquisition of our stock or assets, including in certain circumstances where such actions or acquisitions may be outside of our control. Our anticipated indemnity obligation to Crane NXT, Co. in the tax matters agreement is not limited in amount. In addition, even if we are not responsible for tax liabilities of Crane NXT under the anticipated tax matters agreement, we nonetheless could potentially be liable under applicable tax law for such liabilities if Crane NXT were to fail to pay such taxes.

Any anticipated indemnity obligation to Crane NXT, Co. in the tax matters agreement or under applicable tax law might discourage, delay or prevent us from taking certain actions, particularly for the two years following the distribution, including (among other things) the ability to freely issue stock, to make acquisitions, to raise additional equity capital or to effect a change in control that we or our stockholders may consider favorable. Such anticipated indemnity obligations may, furthermore, limit our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions or other transactions that it may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might otherwise increase the value of our business.

For a discussion of the tax matters agreement, see the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.—Tax Matters Agreement.”

The spin-off and related internal restructuring transactions may expose Crane Company to potential liabilities arising out of state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal dividend requirements.

The spin-off could be challenged under various state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. Fraudulent conveyances or transfers are generally defined to include (i) transfers made or obligations incurred with the actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud current or future creditors or (ii) transfers made or obligations incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value when the debtor was insolvent, or that rendered the debtor insolvent, inadequately capitalized or unable to pay its debts as they become due. A creditor or an entity acting on behalf of a creditor (including, without limitation, a trustee or debtor-in-possession in a bankruptcy by Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company or any of their respective subsidiaries) may bring a lawsuit alleging that the spin-off or any of the related transactions constituted a fraudulent conveyance. If a court accepts these allegations, it could impose a number of remedies, including, without limitation, voiding the distribution and returning Crane Company’s assets or Crane Company’s shares and subjecting Crane NXT, Co. and/or Crane Company to liability.

The distribution of Crane Company common stock is also subject to state corporate distribution statutes. Under Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), a corporation may only pay dividends to its stockholders either (a) out of its surplus (net assets minus capital) or (b) if there is no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Although Crane Holdings, Co. intends to make the distribution of Crane Company common stock entirely out of surplus, Crane Company and Crane Holdings, Co. cannot ensure that a court would reach the same conclusion in determining the availability of surplus for the separation and the distribution to Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders.

After the spin-off, certain of Crane Company’s executive officers and directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their previous positions at Crane.

Because of their current or former positions with Crane, certain of Crane Company’s expected executive officers and directors own equity interests in Crane Holdings, Co. Following the spin-off, even though Crane Company’s

 

43


Table of Contents

Board of Directors will consist of a majority of directors who are independent, and Crane Company’s expected executive officers who are currently employees of Crane will cease to be employees of Crane NXT, Co. upon the spin-off, some of Crane Company’s executive officers and directors will continue to have a financial interest in shares of Crane NXT, Co. common stock. Continuing ownership of shares of Crane NXT, Co. common stock and equity awards could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest if the Company and Crane NXT pursue the same corporate opportunities or face decisions that could have different implications for the Company and Crane NXT.

No vote of Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders is required in connection with the spin-off.

No vote of Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders is required in connection with the spin-off. Accordingly, if this transaction occurs and you do not want to receive Crane Company common stock in the distribution, your only recourse will be to divest yourself of your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock prior to the record date for the distribution or to sell your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock in the “regular-way” market in between the record date and the distribution date.

Crane Company may have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms it will receive in its agreements with Crane Holdings, Co.

The agreements Crane Company will enter into with Crane Holdings, Co. or Crane NXT, Co., as applicable, in connection with the spin-off, including the separation and distribution agreement, transition services agreement, tax matters agreement, intellectual property matters agreement and employee matters agreement, were prepared in the context of Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane while Crane Company was still a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co. Accordingly, during the period in which the terms of those agreements were prepared, Crane Company did not have a board of directors or management team that was independent of Crane Holdings, Co. While the parties believe the terms reflect arm’s-length terms, there can be no assurance that Crane Company would not have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms it will receive in its agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. For more information, see the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.”

Some contracts and other assets which will need to be transferred or assigned from Crane to the Company in connection with Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane may require the consent or involvement of a third-party. If such consent is not given, Crane Company may not be entitled to the benefit of such contracts and other assets in the future, which could negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and future results of operations.

The separation and distribution agreement and various local transfer agreements will provide that in connection with Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane, a number of contracts with third-parties and other assets are to be transferred or assigned from Crane to the Company. However, the transfer or assignment of certain of these contracts or assets may require providing guarantees or the consent of a third-party to such a transfer or assignment. Similarly, in some circumstances, Crane Company’s business and another business unit of Crane Holdings, Co. are joint beneficiaries of contracts, and Crane Company or its applicable subsidiary will need to enter into a new agreement with the third-party to replicate the existing contract or assign the portion of the existing contract related to the Crane Company business. It is possible that some parties may use the requirement of a guarantee or consent or the fact that the spin-off is occurring to seek more favorable contractual terms from Crane Company or its applicable subsidiary or to seek to terminate the contract. If Crane Company or its applicable subsidiary is unable to provide a guarantee or obtain such consents on commercially reasonable and satisfactory terms or if the contracts are terminated, Crane Company may be unable to obtain some of the benefits, assets and contractual commitments which are intended to be allocated to Crane Company as part of Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane. The failure to timely complete the assignment of existing contracts or assets, or the negotiation of new arrangements, or a termination of any of those arrangements, could negatively

 

44


Table of Contents

impact Crane Company’s financial condition and future results of operations. In addition, where Crane Company or its applicable subsidiary does not intend to provide a guarantee or obtain consent from third-party counterparties based on Crane Company’s or its applicable subsidiary’s belief that no guarantee or consent is required, the third-party counterparties may challenge a transfer of assets on the basis that the terms of the applicable commercial arrangements require that a guarantee be provided or the third-party counterparty’s consent. Crane Company may incur substantial litigation and other costs in connection with any such claims and, if Crane Company does not prevail, the Company’s ability to use these assets could be adversely impacted.

After the spin-off, Crane Company’s access to and cost of financing may be different from the historical access to and cost of financing available to Crane, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations and cash flows.

Crane Company has historically relied upon Crane to finance its working capital requirements and other cash requirements. After the distribution, Crane Company will not be able to rely on the earnings, assets or cash flow of Crane NXT and Crane NXT will not provide funds to finance Crane Company’s working capital or other cash requirements. As a result, after the distribution, Crane Company will be responsible for obtaining and maintaining sufficient working capital and other funds to satisfy its cash requirements and for servicing its own debt. After the spin-off, Crane Company’s access to and cost of debt financing may be different from the historical access to and cost of debt financing that was available to Crane. Differences in access to and cost of debt financing may result in differences in the margins charged to the Company on debt financings, as well as the amounts of indebtedness, types of financing structures and debt markets that may be available to Crane Company.

Crane Company’s ability to make payments on and to refinance any indebtedness, if applicable, will depend on its ability to generate cash in the future from operations, financings or asset sales. Crane Company’s ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond Crane Company’s control. If Crane Company is not able to repay or refinance its debt as it becomes due, the Company may be forced to sell assets or take other actions. In addition, Crane Company’s ability to withstand competitive pressures and react to changes in the Company’s industry could be impaired by its debt service obligations. Upon the occurrence of certain events of default under any agreements governing Crane Company’s indebtedness, the holders of such debt may, in some cases, elect to accelerate amounts due thereunder, which could potentially trigger a default or acceleration of the Company’s other debt.

In addition, Crane Company may incur debt or raise additional capital following the distribution. However, debt or equity financing may not be available to Crane Company on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. If Crane Company incurs additional debt or raises equity through the issuance of preferred stock, the terms of the debt or preferred stock issued may give the holders thereof rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of Crane Company common stock, particularly in the event of liquidation. The terms of such debt may also impose additional and more stringent restrictions on Crane Company’s operations than it is currently subject to. If the Company raises funds through the issuance of additional Crane Company equity, your percentage ownership in Crane Company would be diluted. If Crane Company is unable to raise additional capital when needed, it could affect the Company’s financial condition, which could negatively affect your investment in Crane Company.

Following the spin-off, the value of your common stock in (i) Crane NXT, Co. and (ii) Crane Company may collectively trade at an aggregate price less than what Crane Holdings, Co.’s common stock might trade at had the spin-off not occurred.

The common stock of (i) Crane NXT, Co. and (ii) Crane Company that you may hold following the spin-off may collectively trade at a value less than the price at which Crane Holdings, Co.’s common stock might have traded had the spin-off not occurred. Reasons for this potential difference include the future performance of either Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company as separate, independent companies, and the future stockholder base and market for Crane NXT, Co. common stock and those of Crane Company and the prices at which these shares individually trade.

 

45


Table of Contents

Until the distribution occurs, Crane Holdings, Co. has the sole discretion to change the terms of the distribution in ways which may be unfavorable to Crane Company.

Completion of the spin-off will be contingent upon customary closing conditions, including, among other things, finalization of the entity structure of Crane Company, finalization of the capital structure of the two companies, the effectiveness of appropriate filings with the SEC and final approval from Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors. Until the distribution occurs, Crane Holdings, Co. will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine and change the terms of the distribution, including the establishment of the record date and distribution date and the conditions to the spin-off and all other terms. These changes could be unfavorable to Crane Company. In addition, Crane Holdings, Co. may decide at any time not to proceed with the spin-off.

Crane NXT may compete with us.

Crane NXT will not be restricted from competing with us. If Crane NXT in the future decides to engage in the type of business we conduct, it may have a competitive advantage over us, which may cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially adversely affected.

Certain non-U.S. entities or assets that are part of Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane may not be transferred to us prior to the distribution or at all.

Certain non-U.S. entities and assets that are part of Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane may not be transferred prior to the distribution because the entities or assets, as applicable, are subject to foreign government or third-party approvals that we may not receive prior to the distribution. Such approvals may include, but are not limited to, approvals to merge or demerge, to form new legal entities (including obtaining required registrations and/or licenses or permits) and to transfer assets and/or liabilities. It is currently anticipated that all material transfers will occur without delays prior to the distribution, but we cannot offer any assurance that such transfers will ultimately occur or not be delayed for an extended period of time. To the extent such transfers do not occur prior to the distribution, under the separation and distribution agreement, the economic benefits and burdens of owning such assets and/or entities will, to the extent reasonably possible and permitted by applicable law, be provided to Crane Company.

In the event such transfers do not occur or are significantly delayed because we do not receive the required approvals, we may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane and we may be dependent on Crane NXT for transition services for a longer period of time than would otherwise be the case.

Risks Related to Crane Company Common Stock

Crane Company cannot be certain that an active trading market for its common stock will develop or be sustained after the spin-off and, following the distribution, Crane Company’s stock price may fluctuate significantly.

A public market for Crane Company common stock does not currently exist. Crane Company expects that on or about the record date, trading of shares of its common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis on the NYSE, or a comparable public market, and will continue through the distribution date. However, Crane Company cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained for its common stock after the spin-off, nor can Crane Company predict the prices at which shares of its common stock may trade after the spin-off.

Similarly, Crane Company cannot predict the effect of the spin-off on the trading prices of its common stock. Following the completion of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends to change the symbol for its common stock currently listed on the NYSE to “CXT.” Subject to the completion of the spin-off, Crane Company expects the Crane Company common stock to be listed and traded on the NYSE

 

46


Table of Contents

under the symbol “CR.” The combined trading prices of Crane NXT, Co. common stock and Crane Company common stock after the spin-off, as adjusted for any changes in the combined capitalization of these companies, may not be equal to or greater than the trading price of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock prior to the spin-off. Until the market has fully evaluated the business of Crane NXT without the Crane Company businesses, or fully evaluated Crane Company, the price at which Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company common stock trades may fluctuate significantly.

The market price of Crane Company common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond Crane Company’s control, including:

 

   

Crane Company’s business profile, market capitalization or capital allocation policies may not fit the investment objectives of Crane Holdings, Co.’s current stockholders, causing a shift in Crane Company’s investor base and Crane Company common stock may not be included in some indices in which Crane Holdings, Co. common stock is included, causing certain holders to sell their shares;

 

   

Crane Company’s quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in its industry;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover Crane Company common stock after the spin-off;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in Crane Company’s operating results;

 

   

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or Crane Company’s ability to meet those estimates;

 

   

Crane Company’s ability to meet its forward looking guidance;

 

   

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

 

   

overall market fluctuations and domestic and worldwide economic conditions; and

 

   

other factors described in these “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this information statement.

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of Crane Company’s common stock, regardless of Crane Company’s operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholder derivative lawsuits and/or securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.

In addition, investors may have difficulty accurately valuing Crane Company common stock. Investors often value companies based on the stock prices and results of operations of other comparable companies. Investors may find it difficult to find comparable companies and to accurately value Crane Company common stock, which may cause the trading price of Crane Company common stock to fluctuate.

A number of shares of Crane Company common stock are or will be eligible for future sale, which may cause Crane Company’s stock price to decline.

Any sales of substantial amounts of shares of Crane Company common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales might occur, in connection with the distribution or otherwise, may cause the market price of Crane Company common stock to decline. Upon completion of the distribution, Crane Company expects that it will have an aggregate of approximately [●] shares of its common stock issued and outstanding based upon approximately [●] shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock outstanding as of [●]. These shares will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless the shares are owned by one of Crane Company’s “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

47


Table of Contents

Crane Company is unable to predict whether large amounts of its common stock will be sold in the open market following the distribution. Crane Company is also unable to predict whether a sufficient number of buyers would be in the market at that time. A portion of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock is held by index funds tied to stock indices. If Crane Company is not included in these indices at the time of distribution, these index funds may be required to sell Crane Company common stock.

Crane Company cannot guarantee the timing, amount or payment of dividends on its common stock.

The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to Crane Company’s stockholders will fall within the discretion of Crane Company’s Board of Directors. Crane Company’s Board of Directors’ decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as Crane Company’s financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, industry practice, legal requirements, regulatory constraints and other factors that Crane Company’s Board of Directors deems relevant. For more information, see the section of this information statement entitled “Dividend Policy.” Crane Company’s ability to pay dividends will depend on its ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and access to the capital markets. Crane Company cannot guarantee that it will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if Crane Company commences paying dividends.

Your percentage of ownership in Crane Company may be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in Crane Company may be diluted because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including, without limitation, equity awards that Crane Company will be granting to its directors, officers and employees.

In addition, Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize Crane Company to issue, without the approval of Crane Company’s stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designation, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, including preferences over Crane Company common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as Crane Company’s Board of Directors generally may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of Crane Company common stock. For example, Crane Company could grant the holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of Crane Company’s directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences Crane Company could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of Crane Company common stock. See the section of this information statement entitled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Certain provisions in Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of Crane Company, which could decrease the trading price of Crane Company common stock.

Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive to the bidder and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with Crane Company’s Board of Directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions are expected to include, among others:

 

   

Authority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors to issue capital stock;

 

   

All stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders (which may only be called by the Chairman of Crane Company’s Board of Directors or a majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors) and not by written consent;

 

   

Members of Crane Company’s Board of Directors may be removed at any time only, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class;

 

48


Table of Contents
   

No cumulative voting;

 

   

Nominees for a director of Crane Company’s Board of Directors shall be elected if the votes cast for such nominee’s election exceed the votes cast against such nominee’s election, except that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of stockholders for which a stockholder has nominated a person for election to Crane Company’s Board of Directors; and

 

   

Amendments to Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws require the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of stock of Crane Company outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors then in office.

In addition, following the distribution, Crane Company will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 of the DGCL protects publicly traded Delaware corporations, such as Crane Company following the distribution, from hostile takeovers, and from actions following a hostile takeover, by prohibiting some transactions once a potential acquirer has gained a significant holding in the corporation. Subject to certain exceptions, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such date, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder), those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or

 

   

on or after such date the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

For purposes of Section 203 of the DGCL, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, with an “interested stockholder” being defined as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and did own within three years prior to the date of determination whether the person is an “interested stockholder”) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

A corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Neither Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation nor Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws will contain the election not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Therefore, Crane Company will be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

Crane Company believes these provisions will protect its stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with Crane Company’s Board of Directors and by providing Crane Company’s Board of Directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. These provisions are not intended to make Crane Company immune from takeovers. However, these provisions will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that Crane Company’s Board of Directors determines is not in the best interests of Crane Company and its stockholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors.

 

49


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This information statement and other materials Crane Holdings, Co., Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company have filed or will file with the SEC contain, or will contain, certain “forward-looking statements” that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements are statements other than historical information or statements about our current condition. You can identify forward-looking statements, including whether or not the spin-off occurs, by the use of terms such as: “believes,” “contemplates,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “would,” or “anticipates,” other similar phrases, or the negatives of these terms.

We have based the forward-looking statements relating to our operations on our current expectations, estimates and projections about us and the markets we serve. We caution you that these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties. These statements should be considered in conjunction with the discussion regarding the Company in this information statement, the information set forth in the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors” and with the discussion of the business included in the sections of this information statement entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental).” We have based many of these forward-looking statements on assumptions about future events that may prove to be inaccurate. Accordingly, our actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what we have expressed or forecast in the forward-looking statements. Any differences could result from a variety of factors, including the following:

 

   

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic which had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our operations and financial performance, as well as on the operations and financial performance of many of the customers and suppliers in industries that we serve; as well as the effects of any government imposed vaccine mandates on the workforce;

 

   

The effect of changes in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, including financial market conditions, end markets for our products, fluctuations in raw material prices, currency fluctuation, inflationary pressures, supply chain disruptions and access to key raw materials, and the financial condition of our customers and suppliers;

 

   

Our ongoing need to attract and retain highly qualified personnel and key management;

 

   

Global economic, social and political instability and conflicts, such as the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and other risks of doing business outside of the United States;

 

   

Competitive pressures, including the need for technology improvement, successful new product development and introduction and any inability to pass increased costs of raw materials to customers;

 

   

Our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions and to realize synergies and opportunities for growth and innovation;

 

   

Our ability to successfully value acquisitions;

 

   

The ability of the U.S. government to terminate our government contracts;

 

   

The impact of commercial air traffic levels which are affected by a different array of factors including pandemic health concerns, general economic conditions and global corporate travel spending, or terrorism;

 

   

A reduction in congressional appropriations that affect defense spending;

 

   

The outcomes of legal proceedings, claims and contract disputes;

 

   

Adverse effects as a result of further increases in environmental remediation activities, costs and related claims;

 

   

Investment performance of our pension plan assets and fluctuations in interest rates, which may affect the amount and timing of future pension plan contributions;

 

50


Table of Contents
   

Adverse effects of changes in tax, environmental and other laws and regulations in the United States and other countries in which we operate;

 

   

If the spin-off is not completed;

 

   

If Crane Company does not realize some or all of the benefits expected to result from the spin-off, or if such benefits are delayed;

 

   

Crane Company’s ongoing businesses may be adversely affected and subject to certain risks and consequences as a result of pursuing the spin-off;

 

   

The possibility that any consents or approvals required in connection with the spin-off will not be received or obtained within the expected time frame, on the expected terms or at all;

 

   

The risk that dis-synergy costs, costs of restructuring transactions and other costs incurred in connection with the spin-off will exceed our estimates;

 

   

The impact of the separation on our businesses and the risk that the businesses will not be separated successfully or such separation may be more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected, which could result in additional demands on our resources, systems, procedures and controls, and disruption of our ongoing business, and impact our relationships with customers, suppliers, employees and other business counterparties;

 

   

If the distribution of shares of Crane Company, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify for the intended tax treatment, stockholders and we could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability; and

 

   

If the spin-off does not comply with state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal dividend requirements.

In particular, information included under the sections of this information statement entitled “Information Statement Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental),” “Business” and “The Separation and Distribution” contain forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made. None of Crane Holdings, Co., Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company undertakes any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, except as required by applicable federal securities laws. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those anticipated include the matters described under the sections of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental).”

 

51


Table of Contents

THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

General

On March 30, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. announced its intention to pursue a plan to separate into two stand-alone, publicly traded companies through the spin-off to its stockholders of all of Crane’s businesses, other than its Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. Crane Holdings, Co. intends to effect the separation pursuant to a pro rata distribution of 100% of the shares of Crane Company common stock, which are held by Crane Holdings, Co., to holders of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock, subject to certain conditions. The distribution of shares of Crane Company common stock is expected to take place on or about [●]. On the distribution date, each holder of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock will receive one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock held as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date, as described below. Following the distribution, Crane Holdings, Co. will not hold any shares of Crane Company common stock, and Crane Company will be a separate, publicly traded company. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your Crane Holdings, Co. common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Crane Company common stock to which you are entitled on the distribution date. The number of shares you own of Crane Holdings, Co. will not change as a result of the spin-off.

The distribution of shares of Crane Company common stock as described in this information statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. We cannot provide any assurances that the distribution will be completed. For a more detailed description of these conditions, see “General—Conditions to the Distribution” in this section of the information statement.

Reasons for the Spin-Off

Crane has significantly strengthened and simplified its business over time, and as a continuation of that transformation, the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors approved a plan to pursue the separation of Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.”, and Crane Company into two independent, publicly traded companies. The spin-off will create two strong, stand-alone businesses, each of which will have leading positions in the markets they serve, well recognized brands, attractive margin profiles, strong free cash flow generation and compelling growth opportunities:

 

   

Crane NXT, Co. will be an industrial technology pure-play, and a market leader, in the global payment and currency markets; and

 

   

Crane Company will be a focused, leading global provider of mission critical, highly-engineered products and solutions, primarily for the aerospace, defense and process industry markets.

The Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors believes that separating Crane Company’s businesses from the remainder of Crane’s businesses and distributing Crane Company shares to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders is in the best interests of Crane Holdings, Co. and its stockholders for a number of reasons, including:

 

   

Enhanced ability to attract a stockholder base aligned with Crane Company’s clear value proposition. The two post-spin-off companies will differ significantly in several respects, including the nature of the businesses, growth profile, end markets, cyclical trends and business cycles and secular growth drivers. The spin-off will permit investors to better evaluate the individual merits, performance and future prospects of each company’s business, and to invest in each company separately based on those distinct characteristics. Further, the spin-off may attract new investors that either chose not to invest in, or assess the merits of, pre-spin-off Crane given its complexity and its exposure to disparate markets and trends.

 

   

Tailored capital allocation strategies aligned with Crane Company’s distinct business strategies and industry specific dynamics. The spin-off will permit each company to implement a capital

 

52


Table of Contents
 

structure and flexible capital deployment policy that is optimized for its strategy and business needs, and that is aligned with each company’s target investor base. Each company will also have direct access to the debt and equity capital markets to fund its growth strategies, and the ability to concentrate its financial resources solely on its own operations, and without the same competition for capital inherent in Crane’s pre-spin-off business portfolio structure.

 

   

Deeper operational focus, accountability and flexibility to meet customer requirements. The spin-off will allow each company to more effectively pursue its own operating priorities and strategies, and enable each management team to focus exclusively on its company’s distinct opportunities for long-term growth. The simpler post-spin-off structure of each company will also improve clarity into both business performance and growth opportunities for management, stockholders and other stakeholders.

 

   

Increased operating and financial flexibility to pursue inorganic growth opportunities. The spin-off is expected to provide each company with greater flexibility to pursue its own strategies for growth through acquisitions without having to consider the impact on the businesses of the other company or on the balance and composition of the company’s overall portfolio.

 

   

Enhanced ability to pursue accretive M&A opportunities, with the benefit of an independent equity currency reflective of the strength of each company. Each post-spin-off company will be more focused on its end markets with a financial profile and business mix far more similar to that of peer companies which may increase the viability of using equity as consideration in acquisitions or other transactions.

Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors also considered potentially negative factors in evaluating the spin-off, including:

 

   

The potential for increased aggregate ongoing administrative costs for the two companies operating on a stand-alone basis post-spin-off.

 

   

One-time costs we expect to incur related to the spin-off and in connection with the transition to becoming a stand-alone public company that are likely to include, among others, professional services costs, tax expense, recruiting and other costs associated with hiring for two stand-alone corporate structures and costs to separate IT systems and create two separate stand-alone IT structures.

 

   

The potential for execution risks related to the spin-off, including disruption to the business as a result of the spin-off and the possibility that Crane Company and/or Crane NXT, Co. do not achieve the expected benefits of the spin-off.

 

   

The potential that reduced business diversification, with each post-spin-off company operating in fewer industries, could increase the volatility of earnings and cash flow.

 

   

Potentially increased significance of certain costs and liabilities that were otherwise less significant to pre-spin-off Crane could be more significant to Crane NXT, Co. and/or Crane Company after the spin-off as smaller, stand-alone companies.

 

   

Crane NXT, Co.’s and/or Crane Company’s common stock could experience selling pressure after the spin-off as certain pre-spin-off stockholders are not interested in holding an investment in one of the two post-spin-off companies.

 

   

A lack of comparable public companies to Crane NXT may limit investors’ ability to appropriately value Crane NXT, Co.’s common stock.

After weighing all of these potentially negative factors, Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors concluded that the potential benefits of the spin-off outweighed these factors and risks.

The anticipated benefits of the spin-off are based on a number of assumptions, and there can be no assurance that such benefits will materialize to the extent anticipated, or at all. In the event the spin-off does not result in such

 

53


Table of Contents

benefits, the costs associated with the spin-off could have an adverse effect on each company individually and in the aggregate. For more information, see the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.”

Formation of a Holding Company Prior to the Distribution and Internal Reorganization

In connection with and prior to the distribution, Crane Holdings, Co. formed Crane Company as a Delaware corporation on June 15, 2022 for the purpose of transferring to Crane Company certain assets and liabilities, including any entities holding assets and liabilities associated with Crane’s business segments other than its Payment & Merchandising Technologies. Following the completion of the distribution, Crane NXT, Co. will hold Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment and Crane Company will hold all of Crane’s other business segments, including its A&E and PFT global growth platforms, as well as its Engineered Materials segment.

Reasons for Furnishing This Information Statement

This information statement is being furnished solely to provide information to stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co. who are entitled to receive shares of Crane Company common stock in the distribution. The information statement is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities or securities of Crane Holdings, Co. We believe that the information in this information statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover of this information statement. Changes may occur after that date, and none of us, the Crane Company Board of Directors, the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors or the Crane NXT, Co. Board of Directors undertake any obligation to update such information except in the normal course of our respective disclosure obligations and practices, or as required by applicable law.

Conditions to the Distribution

The distribution of shares of Crane Company common stock by Crane Holdings, Co. is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

   

The registration statement of which this information statement forms a part will have become effective under Section 12(d) of the Exchange Act, with no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement in effect, and no proceedings for that purpose will be pending before, or threatened by, the SEC.

 

   

The mailing of this information statement (or notice of internet availability thereof) to record holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of [●], the record date.

 

   

The NYSE, or a comparable public market, will have approved the listing of Crane Company common stock, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. will have received the Tax Opinion. See the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company will have taken all actions and made all filings necessary or appropriate under applicable securities laws or “blue sky” laws of states or other political subdivisions of the United States (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdiction).

 

   

No order, injunction or decree issued by any court or law or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction will have been entered and will be in effect and no other legal restraint or prohibition will have been adopted or be effective preventing the consummation of the spin-off or any of the related transactions.

 

   

The reorganization of the Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company businesses prior to the spin-off will have been effectuated in all material respects.

 

   

The Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors shall have declared the distribution and finally approved all related transactions (and such declaration or approval shall not have been withdrawn).

 

54


Table of Contents
   

No other events or developments shall have occurred (or failed to occur) or exist that, in the sole and absolute discretion of the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors, make it inadvisable to effect the spin-off or the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement.

 

   

Any material required governmental approvals necessary to consummate the distribution and the transactions contemplated by the separation and distribution agreement and related ancillary agreements shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

   

Our adoption of Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws and the filing of those documents with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part.

 

   

Each of the transition services agreement, the tax matters agreement, the intellectual property matters agreement, the employee matters agreement and the other ancillary agreements shall have been executed and delivered by each party thereto and be in full force and effect.

Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met, and Crane Holdings, Co. may also waive conditions to the distribution in its sole discretion and proceed with the distribution even if such conditions have not been met. If the distribution is completed and the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors waived any such condition, such waiver could have a material adverse effect on (i) Crane NXT, Co.’s and Crane Company’s respective business, financial condition or results of operations, (ii) the trading price of Crane Company’s common stock or (iii) the ability of stockholders to sell their Crane Company shares after the distribution, including, without limitation, as a result of (a) illiquid trading if Crane Company common stock is not accepted for listing or (b) litigation relating to any injunctions sought to prevent the consummation of the distribution. If Crane Holdings, Co. elects to proceed with the distribution notwithstanding that one or more of the conditions to the distribution has not been met, Crane Holdings, Co. will evaluate the applicable facts and circumstances at that time and make such additional disclosure and take such other actions as Crane Holdings, Co. determines to be necessary and appropriate in accordance with applicable law.

Crane Holdings, Co. may also decline at any time to go forward with the distribution, whether or not the conditions are satisfied.

Crane Holdings, Co. does not intend to notify its stockholders of any modifications to the terms of, or waivers of the conditions to, the separation and distribution that, in the judgment of Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors, are not material. For example, the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors might consider material such matters as significant changes to the distribution ratio, the assets to be contributed or the liabilities to be assumed in the separation. To the extent that the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors determines that any modifications by Crane Holdings, Co., or any waivers of any conditions by Crane Holdings, Co., materially change the material terms of the separation and distribution, Crane Holdings, Co. will notify Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders in a manner reasonably calculated to inform them about the modification as may be required by law, by, for example, publishing a press release, filing a current report on Form 8-K or mailing or otherwise making available a supplement to this information statement.

The Number of Shares You Will Receive

For every one common share of Crane Holdings, Co. that you owned as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date, you will receive one share of Crane Company common stock on or about [●], the distribution date. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined based on the number of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock outstanding on the record date.

Transferability of Shares You Receive

Shares of Crane Company common stock distributed to holders in connection with the distribution will be transferable without registration under the Securities Act, except for shares received by persons who may be

 

55


Table of Contents

deemed to be Crane Company affiliates. Persons who may be deemed to be Crane Company affiliates after the distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with Crane Company, which may include certain of Crane Company’s executive officers, directors or principal stockholders. Securities held by Crane Company affiliates will be subject to resale restrictions under the Securities Act. Crane Company affiliates will be permitted to sell shares of Crane Company common stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption afforded by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

When and How You Will Receive the Distributed Shares

Crane Holdings, Co. expects to distribute the shares of Crane Company common stock on or about [●], the distribution date. Computershare, which currently serves as the transfer agent and registrar for Crane Holdings, Co. will serve as the transfer agent and registrar for Crane Company common stock and as distribution agent in connection with the distribution.

If you own shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on the record date, the shares of Crane Company common stock that you will be entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you in direct registration form or to your broker, bank or other nominee on your behalf. If you are a registered holder, Computershare will then mail you a direct registration account statement that reflects your shares of Crane Company common stock. Direct registration form refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in this distribution. If you sell shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock in the “regular-way” market up to and including the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of Crane Company common stock in the distribution.

If you hold your shares through a brokerage firm or bank, the brokerage firm or bank would be said to hold the shares in “street name” and ownership would be recorded on the brokerage firm or bank’s books and your brokerage firm or bank will credit your account for the shares of Crane Company common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution. If you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in “street name,” we encourage you to contact your bank or brokerage firm.

Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders will not be required to make any payment or surrender or exchange their shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock or take any other action to receive their shares of Crane Company common stock.

Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements

Crane Holdings, Co.’s equity compensation awards outstanding as of the distribution date are expected to be adjusted as described below; however, the Management Organization and Compensation Committee of the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors (the “Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee”) may alter the treatment of awards in any non-U.S. jurisdiction to the extent that it determines such alteration is necessary or appropriate, including to avoid adverse tax consequences to the award holders.

Crane Holdings, Co.’s equity awards held by executive officers at Crane Holdings, Co. immediately before the distribution or executive officers at Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company immediately after the distribution (the “Executive Officer Group”) and non-employee directors are expected to be adjusted using the “shareholder method,” in which each pre-distribution Crane Holdings, Co. award is adjusted into a Crane NXT, Co. equity award and Crane Company equity award. All other equity awards are expected to be adjusted using the “replacement method,” in which each pre-distribution Crane Holdings, Co. award is adjusted into a single award based on the award holder’s employer following the distribution (either Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company). In each case, regardless of the adjustment method used, the resulting awards will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the intrinsic value of those equity awards immediately before and after the distribution. The material

 

56


Table of Contents

terms of the adjusted equity awards, such as vesting conditions and treatment upon termination of employment, will generally continue unchanged.

For a detailed description of how Crane Holdings, Co.’s equity-based compensation awards will be treated, see the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.—Employee Matters Agreement— Equity Compensation Awards.”

Results of the Spin-Off

Immediately following the distribution, Crane Company will be a separate, publicly traded company, and we expect to have approximately [●] shares of Crane Company common stock outstanding. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined after [●], the record date of the distribution. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock. Because you will receive one share of Crane Company common stock for each share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that you hold, Crane Holdings, Co. will not need to issue, or pay cash in lieu of, any fractional shares of Crane Company common stock.

Market for Crane Company Common Stock

There is currently no public market for Crane Company common stock. A condition to the distribution is the listing of Crane Company common stock shares on the NYSE. We intend to apply to list Crane Company common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “CR” and Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends to change the symbol for its common stock currently listed on the NYSE to “CXT.” We have not and will not set the initial price of shares of Crane Company common stock. The initial price will be established by the public markets.

We cannot predict the price at which shares of Crane Company common stock will trade after the distribution. In fact, the combined trading prices, after the spin-off, of shares of Crane Company common stock that each Crane Holdings, Co. stockholder will receive in the distribution and the shares of common stock of Crane Holdings, Co. held at the record date may not equal the “regular-way” trading price of a Crane Holdings, Co. share immediately prior to completion of the spin-off. The price at which shares of Crane Company common stock trade may fluctuate significantly, particularly until an orderly public market develops. Trading prices for Crane Company common stock will be determined in the public markets and may be influenced by many factors.

Trading Between the Record Date and the Distribution Date

Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, Crane Holdings, Co. expects that there will be two markets in Crane Holdings, Co. common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. Shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that trade on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to shares of Crane Company common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. Shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that trade on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to shares of Crane Company common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. Each stockholder trading in Crane Holdings, Co. shares would make any decision as to whether to trade one or more of such stockholder’s shares in Crane Holdings, Co. in the “regular-way” market or the “ex-distribution” market. If you sell shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock in the “regular-way” market up to and including through the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of Crane Company common stock in the distribution. If you own shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on [●], the record date, and sell those shares on the “ex-distribution” market up to and including through the distribution date, you will receive the shares of Crane Company common stock that you are entitled to receive pursuant to your ownership as of the record date of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock shares.

 

57


Table of Contents

Furthermore, beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, we expect that there will be a “when-issued” market in Crane Company common stock. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The “when-issued” trading market will be a market for Crane Company common stock that will be distributed to holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock on [●], the distribution date. If you own shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of 5:00 p.m. local New York City time on the record date, you will be entitled to shares of Crane Company common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. You may trade this entitlement to Crane Company shares, without the Crane Holdings, Co. shares you own, on the “when-issued” market. On the first trading day following the distribution date, “when-issued” trading with respect to Crane Company common stock will end, and “regular-way” trading will begin.

Transaction and Separation Costs

Except as otherwise provided in the separation and distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement, all costs and expenses incurred on or prior to the effective date of the spin-off by Crane Holdings, Co. or Crane Company in connection with the spin-off (including, without limitation, costs and expenses relating to legal counsel, financial advisors, and accounting advisory work related to the separation) will be paid by Crane Holdings, Co. We currently estimate that the one-time spin-off costs we will incur, primarily employee-related costs such as recruitment expenses, costs to establish certain stand-alone functions and information technology system, professional services fees and other separation-related costs during our transition to being a stand-alone public company, will be approximately $75 million.

Incurrence/Treatment of Debt

Crane Company intends to enter into the Crane Company Term Loan. Proceeds from the Crane Company Term Loan are expected to be used to pay a dividend to Crane Holdings, Co. See the section of this information statement entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Regulatory Approval

Our registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part, must become effective prior to the distribution, and shares of Crane Company common stock to be distributed must have been approved for listing on the NYSE, or a comparable public market, subject to official notice of distribution.

No Stockholder Vote

No vote of Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders is required to approve, or sought in connection with, the spin-off.

No Appraisal Rights

Under the DGCL, holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock are not entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the distribution.

 

58


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION

The following discussion is a summary of the generally applicable U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to Crane Holdings, Co. and to the holders of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock in connection with the spin-off. This discussion is based on the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial interpretations thereof and administrative rulings and published positions of the IRS, all as in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary assumes that the separation will be consummated in accordance with the separation and distribution agreement and as described in this information statement.

Except as specifically described below, this summary is limited to holders of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that are U.S. Holders, as defined immediately below. For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion is limited to U.S. holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock that hold their Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). Further, this discussion is for general information only and does not purport to address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address the consequences to stockholders subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws, such as: insurance companies; tax-exempt organizations; banks and other financial institutions; pension plans; cooperatives; real estate investment trusts; dealers in securities or currencies; traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting; certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents; persons holding shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes; persons who acquire shares pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation; persons holding shares through an individual retirement account or other tax-deferred account; persons who actually or constructively own 10% or more of Crane Holdings, Co. stock (by vote or value); persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; or partnerships or other entities or arrangements subject to tax as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons holding shares through such entities.

If a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement subject to tax as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that beneficially owns shares of Crane Holdings, Co. and its partners are urged to consult their tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the spin-off.

In addition, this discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, or the Medicare tax on certain net investment income.

 

59


Table of Contents

HOLDERS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO. COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO THEM REGARDING THE SPIN-OFF, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

Tax Opinion and IRS Ruling

Crane Holdings, Co. has requested the IRS Ruling on certain issues relevant to the qualification of the distribution under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, based on certain facts and representations set forth in such request. No assurance can be given that Crane Holdings, Co. will receive the IRS Ruling, and it is not a condition of the distribution. The IRS Ruling, even if received, would not address all of the requirements for the tax-free treatment of the distribution. Although a private letter ruling is generally binding on the IRS, the IRS Ruling will be based on certain facts and representations and undertakings from Crane Holdings, Co. and us that certain necessary conditions to obtain tax-free treatment under the Code have been satisfied.

Additionally, it is a condition to the completion of the distribution that Crane Holdings, Co. receives an opinion of Skadden, substantially to the effect that, among other things, the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, except to the extent that Crane Holdings, Co. may recognize gain as a result of distributions from Crane Company in excess of Crane Holdings, Co.’s adjusted basis in the assets transferred to Crane Company (reduced by liabilities assumed by Crane Company) in connection with the separation. This condition may be waived by Crane Holdings, Co. in its sole discretion.

In rendering the Tax Opinion to be given as of the closing of the distribution, Skadden will rely on (i) the IRS Ruling (if received), (ii) customary representations and covenants made by Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company, including those contained in certificates of officers of Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company and (iii) specified assumptions, including an assumption regarding the completion of the distribution and certain related transactions in the manner contemplated by the transaction agreements. In addition, Skadden’s ability to provide the Tax Opinion will depend on the absence of changes in existing facts or law between the date of this information statement and the closing date of the distribution. If any of the representations, covenants or assumptions on which Skadden will rely are inaccurate, Skadden may not be able to provide the Tax Opinion or the tax consequences of the distribution could differ from those described below.

The Tax Opinion will not be binding upon the IRS or any court. We cannot assure you that the IRS will agree with the conclusions expected to be set forth in the Tax Opinion, and it is possible that the IRS or another tax authority could adopt a position contrary to one or all of those conclusions and that a court could sustain that contrary position. If any of the facts, representations, assumptions or undertakings described or made in connection with the IRS Ruling (if received) and the Tax Opinion are not correct, are incomplete or have been violated, the IRS Ruling could be revoked retroactively or modified by the IRS, and Crane Holdings, Co.’s ability to rely on the Tax Opinion could be jeopardized. We are not aware of any facts or circumstances, however, that would cause these facts, representations or assumptions to be untrue or incomplete or that would cause any of these undertakings to fail to be complied with, in any material respect.

Treatment of the Distribution

Assuming the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualifies for the intended tax treatment, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

no gain or loss will be recognized by Crane Holdings, Co. as a result of the distribution (except for certain items that may be required to be recognized under Treasury Regulations regarding consolidated federal income tax returns and amounts required to be recognized as a result of distributions from Crane Company in excess of Crane Holdings, Co.’s adjusted basis in the assets transferred to Crane Company (reduced by liabilities assumed by Crane Company) in connection with the separation (which we refer to as “Separation Gain”));

 

60


Table of Contents
   

no gain or loss will be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a holder of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock solely as a result of the receipt of Crane Company common stock in the distribution;

 

   

the aggregate tax basis of the shares of Crane NXT, Co. common stock and shares of Crane Company common stock in the hands of each Crane Holdings, Co. stockholder immediately after the distribution will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock held by such holder immediately prior to the distribution, allocated between the shares of Crane NXT, Co. common stock and shares of Crane Company common stock in proportion to their relative fair market values immediately following the distribution;

 

   

the holding period with respect to shares of Crane Company common stock received by Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders will include the holding period of the Crane Holdings, Co. common stock with respect to which such Crane Company common stock was received; and

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders that have acquired different blocks of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock at different times or at different prices should consult their tax advisors regarding the allocation of their aggregate adjusted basis among, and their holding period of, Crane Company shares distributed with respect to blocks of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock.

If, notwithstanding the conclusions that we expect to be included in the Tax Opinion, it is ultimately determined that the distribution does not qualify as tax-free under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes, then Crane Holdings, Co. would generally recognize taxable gain with respect to the transfer of Crane Company common stock and certain related transactions in excess of any Separation Gain. In addition, each Crane Holdings, Co. stockholder that receives shares of Crane Company common stock in the distribution would be treated as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of Crane Company common stock that was distributed to such stockholder, which would generally be taxed as a dividend to the extent of the stockholder’s pro rata share of Crane Holdings, Co.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, including Crane Holdings, Co.’s taxable gain, if any, on the distribution, then treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s basis in Crane Holdings, Co. stock and thereafter treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of Crane Holdings, Co. stock.

Even if the distribution otherwise qualifies for tax-free treatment under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, the distribution may result in corporate level taxable gain to Crane Holdings, Co. under section 355(e) of the Code if either Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company undergoes a 50% or greater ownership change as part of a plan or series of related transactions that includes the distribution, potentially including transactions occurring after the distribution. If an acquisition or issuance of stock triggers the application of section 355(e) of the Code, Crane Holdings, Co. would recognize taxable gain as described above, but the distribution would be tax-free to each Crane Holdings, Co. stockholder.

U.S. Treasury Regulations require certain stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock who receive Crane Company common stock in the distribution to attach a detailed statement setting forth certain information relating to the distribution to their respective U.S. federal income tax returns for the year in which the distribution occurs. Within a reasonable period after the distribution, Crane NXT, Co. will provide stockholders who receive Crane Company common stock in the distribution with the information necessary to comply with such requirement. In addition, all stockholders are required to retain permanent records relating to the amount, basis and fair market value of Crane Company common stock received in the distribution and to make those records available to the IRS upon request of the IRS.

 

61


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Although Crane Company anticipates that it will likely pay quarterly dividends following the distribution, Crane Company has not yet determined the value of the dividend it will pay on its common stock. The payment of any dividends in the future, and the timing and amount thereof, to Crane Company stockholders will fall within the sole discretion of Crane Company’s Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, potential obligations in planned financings, industry practice, legal requirements, Delaware corporate surplus requirements and other factors that Crane Company’s Board of Directors deems relevant. Crane Company’s ability to pay dividends will depend on its ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and on Crane Company’s access to the capital markets. Crane Company cannot guarantee that it will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividends if Crane Company commences paying dividends. In addition, Crane Company expects that its Board of Directors will be permitted to authorize share repurchase programs if circumstances warrant.

 

62


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On March 30, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors authorized management to pursue a plan to separate all of Crane’s businesses, other than Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, into a stand-alone publicly traded company. The separation will occur through a distribution to Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders of all of the shares of common stock of Crane Company, which will own all of Crane’s businesses, other than Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. Following the distribution, Crane NXT, Co. stockholders will own 100% of the shares of Crane Company common stock. Notwithstanding the legal form of the spin-off described elsewhere in this information statement, for accounting and financial reporting purposes, Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment will be presented as being spun off from Crane. This presentation is in accordance with GAAP and is primarily a result of, among other factors, Crane Company’s (which is the legal spinnee) larger operations, greater tangible assets, greater fair value and greater net sales, in each case, relative to Crane NXT.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give effect to the separation and related adjustments in accordance with Article 11 of the SEC’s Regulation S-X. In May 2020, the SEC adopted Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses” (the “Final Rule”). The Final Rule became effective on January 1, 2021, and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information herein is presented in accordance therewith.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements consist of an unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and an unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane and the related notes, the supplemental historical unaudited condensed combined financial statements and the supplemental historical audited combined financial statements of Crane Company and the related notes and the sections of this information statement entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental).” The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations has been prepared to give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions (as defined below) as if the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred or became effective as of January 1, 2021, the beginning of our most recently completed fiscal year. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet has been prepared to give effect to the Pro Forma Transactions as though the Pro Forma Transactions had occurred as of September 30, 2022.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements presented below do not purport to represent what our financial position and results of operations would have been had the Pro Forma Transactions occurred on the dates indicated and are not necessarily indicative of our future financial position and future results of operations. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are provided for illustrative and informational purposes only. The Pro Forma Transactions are based on available information and assumptions we believe are reasonable; however, such adjustments are subject to change.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to give effect to the following adjustments (collectively, the “Pro Forma Transactions”):

 

   

the disposition, for accounting purposes, of Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, which we expect to qualify as discontinued operations and is, therefore, presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with the guidance in ASC 205, Financial Statement Presentation, referred to as ASC (as defined below) 205;

 

   

the effect of our anticipated post-separation capital structure, including the incurrence of principal indebtedness of an assumed amount equal to $300 million and the expected distribution of an aggregate amount equal to $300 million of cash to Crane NXT, Co.;

 

63


Table of Contents
   

the inclusion of approximately $61.2 million of non-recurring selling, general and administrative costs and $7.1 million of related tax benefit expected to be incurred in conjunction with the separation and distribution;

 

   

the pro rata distribution of 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock by Crane Holdings, Co. in connection with the separation; and

 

   

the impact of the separation and distribution agreement, the tax matters agreement and transition services agreement between Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co. and the provisions contained therein, intended to reflect Crane Company as an autonomous entity.

A final determination regarding our capital structure has not yet been made, and the separation and distribution agreement, tax matters agreement, transition services agreement, intellectual property matters agreement, employee matters agreement and other ancillary agreements have not been finalized. As such, the pro forma statements may be revised in future amendments to reflect the impact on our capital structure and the final form of those agreements, to the extent any such revisions would be deemed material.

We do not expect to incur any significant transition services costs or income associated with the transition services agreement Crane Company intends to enter into with Crane NXT, Co. As such, no estimates of expenses or income have been presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements constitute forward-looking information and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. See the section of this information statement entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

64


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2022

(in millions, except shares and per share data)

 

     Historical
Crane

(Note 1)
    Separation of
Payment &
Merchandising
Technologies

(Note 1)
    Other
transaction
accounting
adjustments

(Note 2)
         Pro forma
as of
September 30,
2022
 

Assets:

           

Current Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 438.6     $ (196.2   $ (0.4   (a)    $ 242.0  

Accounts receivable, net

     486.9       (208.7     —            278.2  

Inventory, net

     435.7       (135.2     —            300.5  

Other current assets

     121.1       (38.7     —            82.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     1,482.3       (578.8     (0.4        903.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     493.9       (253.3     —            240.6  

Long-term deferred tax assets

     5.8       (0.9     —            4.9  

Other assets

     233.4       (42.8     —            190.6  

Intangible assets, net

     419.9       (348.0     —            71.9  

Goodwill

     1,497.1       (818.4     —            678.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 4,132.4     $ (2,042.2   $ (0.4      $ 2,089.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity:

           

Current Liabilities

           

Short-term borrowings

   $ 399.5     $ (399.5   $ 299.6     (b)    $ 299.6  

Accounts payable

     241.1       (96.7     —            144.4  

Accrued liabilities

     395.9       (175.6     90.3     (d), (g)      310.6  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     39.3       (0.4     (4.9   (g)      34.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     1,075.8       (672.2     385.0          788.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     843.2       (843.2     —            —    

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     192.3       (29.2     —            163.1  

Long-term deferred tax liability

     165.7       (108.5     —            57.2  

Other liabilities

     144.6       (31.0     2.5     (g)      116.1  

Commitments and contingencies

           

Equity:

           

Preferred shares, par value 0.01; 5,000,000 shares authorized

     —         —         —            —    

Common shares, par value $1.00; 200,000,000 shares authorized;

     72.4       —         —            72.4  

Capital surplus

     368.2       —         —            368.2  

Retained earnings

     2,752.0       (563.3     (387.9   (e)      1,800.8  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (606.0     205.2       —            (400.8

Treasury stock

     (878.3     —         —            (878.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ equity

     1,708.3       (358.1     (387.9        962.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

     2.5       —         —            2.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,710.8       (358.1     (387.9        964.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 4,132.4     $ (2,042.2   $ (0.4      $ 2,089.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     Historical
Crane

(Notes 1
& 3)
    Separation of
Payment &
Merchandising
Technologies

(Note 1)
    Other
transaction
accounting
adjustments

(Note 2)
    Pro forma
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2022

(Note 3)
 

Net sales

   $ 2,550.8     $ (1,001.7   $ —       $ 1,549.1  

Operating costs and expenses:

                                                                                

Cost of sales

     1,547.4       (536.8     —         1,010.6  

Selling, general and administrative

     600.8       (214.0     —         386.8  

Loss on divestiture of asbestos related assets and liabilities

     162.4       —         —         162.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     240.2       (250.9     —         (10.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

     2.3       (0.1     —         2.2  

Interest expense

     (36.0     36.0       (13.2 ) (c)      (13.2

Gain on sale of business

     232.5       —         —         232.5  

Miscellaneous income, net

     22.8       (3.3     —         19.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     221.6       32.6       (13.2     241.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     461.8       (218.3     (13.2     230.3  

Provision for income taxes

     157.9       (48.5     (3.4 ) (f)      106.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 303.9     $ (169.8   $ (9.8   $ 124.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Earnings per basic share

   $ 5.38         $ 2.20  (h) 

Earnings per diluted share

   $ 5.30         $ 2.17  (i) 

Average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     56.5           56.5  (h) 

Diluted

     57.3           57.3  (i) 

 

66


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2021

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     Historical
Crane

(Notes 1 & 3)
    Separation of
Payment &
Merchandising
Technologies

(Note 1)
    Other
transaction
accounting
adjustments

(Note 2)
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2021

(Note 3)
 

Net sales

   $ 3,408.0     $ (1,345.1   $ —       $ 2,062.9  

Operating costs and expenses:

                         

Cost of sales

     2,120.3       (746.2     —         1,374.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     775.4       (295.0     61.2  (d)      541.6  

Restructuring gains, net

     (16.9     3.6       —         (13.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     529.2       (307.5     (61.2     160.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

        

Interest income

     1.4       (0.1     —         1.3  

Interest expense

     (46.9     46.5       (17.6 ) (c)      (18.0

Miscellaneous income, net

     19.1       (4.7     —         14.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (26.4     41.7       (17.6     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     502.8       (265.8     (78.8     158.2  

Provision for income taxes

     67.4       (26.8     (11.7 ) (f)      28.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 435.4     $ (239.0   $ (67.1   $ 129.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Earnings per basic share

   $ 7.46         $ 2.21  (h) 

Earnings per diluted share

   $ 7.36         $ 2.19  (i) 

Average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     58.4           58.4  (h) 

Diluted

     59.2           59.2  (i) 

 

67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

As described elsewhere in this information statement, for periods prior to the spin-off, our financial statements are represented by the historical financial statements of Crane. Therefore, historical Crane in the pro forma financial information above represents Crane Holdings, Co. and its consolidated subsidiaries (including Crane Company and its combined subsidiaries), as defined elsewhere in this information statement, before giving effect to the planned spin-off.

As discussed above and elsewhere in this information statement, the separation and distribution is being treated as a reverse spin for financial accounting and reporting purposes under GAAP and, as a result, Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment is presented as being spun-off from Crane. The Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment is a component of Crane Holdings, Co. that has operations and cash flows that are clearly distinguished operationally and for financial reporting purposes. The separation and distribution will result in the Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment becoming a stand-alone, publicly traded company and represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on our financial results as we are exiting a significant line of business. The spin-off is not expected to result in the recognition of a gain or loss and will be effected through a pro rata distribution of all of the outstanding shares of Crane Company common stock to holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock; however, we will incur separation related expenses which are further discussed in Note 2, “Other transaction accounting adjustments” of the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements. While we are a party to the separation and distribution agreement and other agreements, including the transition services agreement, the tax matters agreement, the intellectual property matters agreement, the employee matters agreement and other ancillary agreements, we have determined that we will not have significant continuing involvement in the operations of Crane NXT after the separation and distribution nor do we expect significant continuing cash flows from Crane NXT after the separation and distribution. The spin-off of the Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment for accounting purposes is presented in accordance with the guidance in ASC 205 and, as such, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations do not allocate any of Crane’s general corporate overhead expenses to the Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment.

Note 2: Other transaction accounting adjustments

 

  (a)

Cash and cash equivalents: Reflects the estimated proceeds from the issuance of a $300 million three-year term loan expected to be incurred in connection with the spin-off, net of an estimated $300 million expected to be distributed to Crane NXT and approximately $0.4 million of debt issuance costs. See note (b) below.

 

  (b)

Long-term debt: Reflects the estimated issuance of a $300 million three-year term loan, which is expected to be issued during the first quarter of 2023, net of debt issuance costs of approximately $0.4 million.

The cash proceeds received from the assumed debt issuance are assumed to be distributed to Crane NXT. The expected debt balance at the time of the distribution was determined by senior management based on a review of a number of factors, including forecast liquidity and capital requirements, expected operating results and general economic conditions.

 

  (c)

Interest expense: The adjustments of $13.2 million and $17.6 million to record estimated interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2022, respectively, which assumes the estimated additional debt was obtained on January 1, 2021 and was outstanding for the entire year ended December 31, 2021 and nine months ended September 30, 2022. These represent approximately $13.1 million and $17.4 million of interest expense based on a weighted-average interest rate of approximately 5.8% and approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million of amortization of issuance costs in connection with the incurrence of the estimated debt as described in note (a) above for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. The interest rate is expected to be based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (determined in a customary manner) plus a spread. A 1/8 percent variance in the assumed interest rate would change annual interest expense by $0.4 million.

 

68


Table of Contents
  (d)

As a result of the separation and distribution, we expect to incur approximately $61.2 million of selling, general and administrative separation-related expenses which have not yet been recognized as of the periods presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information above, primarily related to external third-party advisors, external counsel, bank success fees and tax costs associated with the legal entity separation. For pro forma purposes, these estimates of expenses, which management believes are reasonable, have been presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021, assuming the separation and distribution occurred as of January 1, 2021, and have been included within “Accrued liabilities” on the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2022. Separation-related expenses of $14.6 million and $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, are included in the historical Crane results above.

 

  (e)

Retained earnings: Represents the retained earnings impact of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet adjustments included in notes (a), (b), (d) and (g).

 

  (f)

Income tax expense: Reflects $3.4 million and $11.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, of income tax pro forma adjustments. This adjustment was determined by applying the respective statutory tax rates to pre-tax pro forma adjustments in the applicable jurisdictions.

 

  (g)

Represents approximately $29.1 million and $2.5 million of “Accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities”, respectively, on the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2022 related to the anticipated impact of the Tax Matters Agreement including $4.9 million of certain tax indemnifications between Crane Company and Crane NXT that was reclassified from “U.S. and foreign taxes on income.”

Note 3: Earnings per share

 

  (h)

Pro forma basic earnings per share and pro forma weighted-average basic shares outstanding for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021 reflect the number of shares of Crane Company common stock which are expected to be outstanding upon completion of the distribution. We have assumed the number of outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of Crane Holdings, Co. common shares outstanding at September 30, 2022, and an assumed pro rata distribution ratio of one share of Crane Company common stock for each share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock. The actual number of shares of Crane Company common stock outstanding may be different from this estimated amount.

 

  (i)

Pro forma diluted earnings per share and pro forma weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect the estimated number of shares of Crane Company common stock that are expected to be outstanding upon completion of the distribution and reflect the potential issuance of shares of our common stock under our equity plans, based on the distribution ratio of one share of Crane Company common stock for every share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock. The actual number of shares of Crane Company common stock outstanding may be different from this estimated amount.

Note 4: Discontinued operations

As noted above, due to the significance of Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, its disposition for accounting purposes is expected to qualify as discontinued operations and thus requires retrospective presentation in accordance with ASC 205-20, Discontinued Operations. Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations have been included for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 in accordance with Regulation S-X item 11-02(c)(2)(ii).

 

69


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2020

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     Historical
Crane

(Note 1)
    Separation of
Payment &
Merchandising
Technologies

(Note 1)
    Pro forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 

Net sales

   $ 2,936.9     $ (1,104.8   $ 1,832.1  

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Cost of sales

     1,930.7       (679.9     1,250.8  

Selling, general and administrative

     698.1       (298.7     399.4  

Restructuring charges, net

     32.3       (19.1     13.2  

Acquisition-related and integration charges

     12.9       (6.5     6.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     262.9       (100.6     162.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

      

Interest income

     2.0       —         2.0  

Interest expense

     (55.3     54.1       (1.2

Miscellaneous income, net

     14.9       (4.8     10.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (38.4     49.3       10.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     224.5       (51.3     173.2  

Provision for income taxes

     43.4       (17.2     26.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     181.1       (34.1     147.0  

Less: Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries’ earnings

     0.1       —         0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 181.0     $ (34.1   $ 146.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

      

Earnings per basic share

   $ 3.10       $ 2.52  

Earnings per diluted share

   $ 3.08       $ 2.50  

Average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     58.3         58.3  

Diluted

     58.8         58.8  

 

70


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2019

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     Historical
Crane

(Note 1)
    Separation of
Payment &
Merchandising
Technologies

(Note 1)
    Pro forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 

Net sales

   $ 3,283.1     $ (1,158.3   $ 2,124.8  

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Cost of sales

     2,104.1       (708.9     1,395.2  

Selling, general and administrative

     698.0       (262.3     435.7  

Restructuring charges, net

     17.5       (7.4     10.1  

Acquisition-related and integration charges

     5.2       (2.4     2.8  

Asbestos provision, net

     229.0       —         229.0  

Environmental provision, net

     18.9       —         18.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     210.4       (177.3     33.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

      

Interest income

     2.7       (0.4     2.3  

Interest expense

     (46.8     46.8       —    

Miscellaneous income, net

     4.4       (0.8     3.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (39.7     45.6       5.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     170.7       (131.7     39.0  

Provision for income taxes

     37.1       (36.6     0.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     133.6       (95.1     38.5  

Less: Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries’ earnings

     0.3       —         0.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 133.3     $ (95.1   $ 38.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

      

Earnings per basic share

   $ 2.23       $ 0.64  

Earnings per diluted share

   $ 2.20       $ 0.63  

Average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     59.8         59.8  

Diluted

     60.6         60.6  

 

71


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Business Overview

Crane Company is a leading global provider of highly engineered, mission-critical industrial solutions, including two strategic global growth platforms: A&E and PFT. These two platforms together contributed 89% of our total revenue during 2021, with the remainder generated by our Engineered Materials business.

Our portfolio is balanced across PFT and A&E, with long-cycle market positions supported by a strong recurring revenue base, approximately 40% of which we estimate is from aftermarket sales. Our highly-engineered, technology differentiated products are sold into large ($20+ billion) and attractive end markets, many of which are highly regulated.

We have a portfolio of highly respected brands with a history spanning more than 165 years. Our culture, grounded in the CBS, is ingrained across the organization and we are proud of our longstanding commitment to PSE. Our values underpin our business and our trusted customer relationships and are the foundation for the mission-critical, high cost of failure products our customers trust us to deliver. We are headquartered in Stamford, Connecticut and serve customers in over 65 countries across 6 continents.

In 2021, Crane Company total sales were $2,063 million, with operating profit of $251 million and operating margin of 12.1%.5

 

The Company’s Revenue Split (2021)6
By Segment   By Destination
LOGO   LOGO

Our Segments

Aerospace & Electronics

Our A&E segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace, military aerospace, defense and space markets. Our A&E segment is well-positioned across major commercial aerospace platforms, as well as next generation defense and space

 

5 

Includes $232 million of sales and $37.8 million of operating profit generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022.

6 

Includes $232 million of sales (11% of 2021 sales) in the PFT segment generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022. All Crane Supply sales were generated in Canada.

 

72


Table of Contents

platforms. Products include a wide range of custom designed, highly engineered products with particular expertise in anti-skid brake control systems, sensing components and systems, fluid and thermal management applications, power conversion and management systems and microwave systems. Our products are sold directly to aircraft manufacturers, Tier 1 systems integrators, airlines, aircraft MROs, defense contractors and government agencies, including the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) and foreign allied defense organizations.

 

Aerospace & Electronics Revenue by End Market (2021)

 

LOGO

Process Flow Technologies

Our PFT segment manufactures highly engineered fluid handling equipment for mission critical applications that require high reliability, with a focus on high-growth end markets, including chemical, pharmaceutical, water and wastewater and general industrial. The segment comprises Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves and Pumps and Systems. Process Valves and Related Products manufactures on/off isolation valves, instrumentation and controls and related products for critical and demanding applications primarily in the chemical and petrochemical, general industrial, pharmaceutical and energy end markets globally. Commercial Valves is engaged primarily in the manufacturing of valves and related products for the non-residential construction, general industrial and municipal markets, primarily serving the United Kingdom, the Middle East and continental Europe. Pumps and Systems manufactures pumps for water and wastewater applications in the industrial, municipal, commercial and military markets, primarily in the United States.

 

Process Flow Technologies Revenue by End Market (2021)7

 

LOGO

Engineered Materials

In addition to our two global strategic growth platforms, our Engineered Materials segment comprises Crane Composites, which is a leading provider of FRP based products and solutions for the RV, Building Products and Transportation markets.

 

7 

Crane Supply was divested in May 2022.

 

73


Table of Contents

Acquisitions

Crane Company’s management team has a long history of successfully creating value through active portfolio management, including a substantial number of acquisitions, as well as selective divestitures, to optimize portfolio composition and end market mix. Pre-spin-off, the management team identified and executed on acquisitions that added scale, as well as new products, technologies and manufacturing capabilities.

Our A&E segment was built entirely through acquisitions, starting with the 1951 acquisition of Hydro-Aire, and followed by eight other acquisitions over the next 60 years that added scale and additional capabilities. Our PFT segment began as Crane’s core business in 1855, but its position and capabilities today are attributable both to core growth initiatives paired with dozens of acquisitions over the last 100+ years. Engineered Materials was also created as part of a roll-up acquisition that began with the 1985 acquisition of Kemlite, followed by several additional transactions.

Since 2010, Crane Company’s management team has been responsible for deploying more than $2 billion on acquisitions at Crane, successfully integrating eight acquisitions, with synergy realization typically significantly above the original forecast. These acquisitions brought scale and diversification, and enhanced Crane’s growth profile by adding products and capabilities such as integrated microwave assemblies and our proprietary Multi-Mix® Microtechnology at our A&E segment, and specialized valves for chemical applications and networking and monitoring solutions for process valves at our PFT segment. Other large acquisitions completed by Crane Company’s management team, including MEI, Crane Currency and Cummins-Allison, would be part of Crane NXT after the completion of the spin-off.

Post-spin-off, we believe Crane Company will be well-positioned to capitalize on a deep pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities in core and adjacent markets to accelerate growth. We expect that acquisitions will continue to be an important part of our growth strategy as we work to actively strengthen our technology capabilities and to increase our presence in new, higher-growth end markets. We strive to be the acquirer of choice across our fragmented aerospace, electronics and process flow end markets. Through acquisitions and the ability to leverage CBS, we have the tools and experience to continue executing on an active deal pipeline across fragmented markets.

Financial Profile

Crane Company’s businesses have an attractive financial profile as a result of our differentiated technologies, the mission-critical nature of our products across niche markets, strong secular industry tailwinds and a relentless focus on operational excellence. For 2021, our businesses generated $2.1 billion in revenues, representing 13% growth compared to 2020. We estimate that approximately 40% of sales for the period were recurring in nature, derived from aftermarket and replacement sales. The Company’s businesses have strong margins, with 2021 operating margins of 12.1% that increased 200 basis points compared to 2020 as the Company continued to recover from the impacts of COVID-19. Additionally, with limited capital expenditure requirements expected to remain in the range of 2.0% to 2.5% of sales, we have significant flexibility to drive long-term stockholder value creation through the pursuit of organic and inorganic growth opportunities, while returning cash to stockholders through a competitive dividend.

Our Culture

Across our businesses, there are three critical aspects of Crane Company’s distinctive high-performance culture that drive results for all stakeholders:

The Crane Business System (CBS)

CBS is a key driver of the Company’s success and is ingrained across the organization. CBS is a comprehensive set of business processes, philosophies and operational excellence tools that are designed to drive continuous improvement throughout all facets of our business and is characterized by a rigorous and disciplined cadence, paired with extreme accountability, that we believe drives consistently excellent execution.

 

74


Table of Contents

The primary goal of CBS is to drive profitable growth for all of our stakeholders, which include, but not are limited to, our stockholders and creditors, employees, customers and the communities in which we operate. That goal is achieved through development and deployment of business unit strategic objectives that are tied to specific financial targets, with rigorous measurement against those objectives with a sequential focus on Safety, Quality, Delivery, Cost and Growth (SQDCG). Key elements of CBS include the following:

 

   

A strategy development process grounded in the “Voice of the Customer” (specific processes designed to capture customers’ needs and requirements) and which includes standardized processes for market and situation analysis, strategy formulation, implementation and tracking.

 

   

Strategy Deployment, which is a tool to support the systematic execution of critical initiatives through organizational alignment of priorities and resources to achieve sustainable breakthrough performance.

 

   

A standardized and rigorous cadence of management and business reviews that cascade through all levels of the organization, measuring our progress and driving actions to sustain or course correct, as the case may be.

 

   

A wide array of tools available to improve performance as we seek to achieve our objectives, including: (i) lean manufacturing processes such as Kaizen, Value Stream Mapping, 5S, and Total Productive Maintenance, all of which are used to reduce unnecessary waste, reduce production time and cost, and to improve product quality; (ii) process definition and system control tools such as Six Sigma to reduce variation and eliminate defects; (iii) quality control standards and processes such as IATF 16949 and ISO 9100 to ensure product quality; and (iv) commercial process tools including key account management and strategic selling, among others. While many of these tools were originally developed and used for manufacturing processes, CBS widely deploys these tools across functions as diverse as human resources, accounting, finance and information technology.

 

   

Standardized and rigorous tollgate processes for a wide range of common initiatives such as ERP implementations, new product development, facility repositioning actions and acquisition integrations, among others.

 

   

A structured and disciplined Intellectual Capital (IC) process to ensure that we are developing the talent and leadership necessary for the Company to be successful.

Collectively, these capabilities enable our businesses to achieve growth, margin expansion and strong free cash flow. Crane Company has a strong track record of leveraging this rigorous, data-driven approach to drive margin expansion and we have been able to apply CBS to acquisitions to optimize our portfolio and realize significant synergies.

Commitment to Ethics

Our commitment to ethics is captured by the R.T. Crane Resolution penned in 1855. On July 4, 1855, R.T. Crane wrote the resolution that has been the cornerstone of the Crane business culture for more than 165 years: “I am resolved to conduct my business in the strictest honesty and fairness; to avoid all deception and trickery; to deal fairly with both customers and competitors; to be liberal and just toward employees and to put my whole mind upon the business.” This resolution is just as relevant today as it was when it was written more than a century ago, and generations of Crane’s global leaders have been faithful stewards of our founder’s principles.

 

75


Table of Contents

Philanthropy, Sustainability and Equality (PSE)

At Crane, the concepts of corporate citizenship and sustainability—where companies take responsibility not only for profits, but also for the impact their activities have on a variety of stakeholders are the foundation upon which Crane was built. The three key pillars of our focus on corporate citizenship are Philanthropy, Sustainability and Equality:

 

   

Philanthropy: Crane has a long history of philanthropy. In 1904, Crane’s founder R.T. Crane said: “a loyal employee gives something besides his labor and the employer should recognize that fact,” and, toward the end of his life, he set aside one million dollars as a fund for “the purpose of taking care of my men”. After R.T. Crane’s death, members of his family honored his wish by establishing The Crane Fund (as defined below) to “provide a means for giving support to deserving and needy employees after they have, by reason of age or disability, become unable to engage in active work.” Today, The Crane Fund grants aid to former employees of Crane and their dependents who are unable to be self-supporting because of age or physical disability. Two other company administered funds, The Crane Fund for Widows and Children and The Crane Foundation, Inc., make contributions to charitable organizations that provide direct assistance to underserved populations in the communities where Crane operates, to natural disaster relief organizations and to educational institutions through our matching gifts program. In 2021, Crane administered charitable funds donated over $18 million to 590 charitable organizations and approximately 1,200 former associates and their families around the world.

 

   

Sustainability: Crane is committed to the protection of the environment and to the health and safety of its associates. One of the core values of CBS is the elimination of waste through the deployment of lean manufacturing methodologies. CBS also provides a structured cadence and process to manage and measure progress for our sustainability initiatives, including a methodology for data collection and analysis, as well as regular rigorous reviews conducted monthly by our senior leadership teams. We track and measure our progress on initiatives relating to water consumption, greenhouse gas emissions, electricity consumption and non-hazardous waste production.

 

   

Equality: Crane is founded upon the principles of equality, honesty, fairness and justice, which are clearly core to the R.T. Crane Resolution. This strong foundation has enabled our inclusive and high-performance culture that we are proud of, and has been a critical driver of our long-term success. Our culture fosters trust and mutual respect at all levels of the organization, beginning with Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors and the senior management team. We believe that diversity of experiences, perspectives and backgrounds ultimately brings better leadership, ideas and stakeholder considerations to enhance growth in all respects. We seek a workforce that reflects the communities in which we operate and one that is as diverse as our businesses.

Our Global Strategic Growth Platforms

There are a number of commonalities across our A&E and PFT segments. Both platforms compete in niche, long cycle markets where deep technological expertise and proprietary offerings are critical to reliably meet demanding customer specifications, qualifications and regulatory requirements. Given the high cost of failure in the environments in which we compete, customers require a partner they can trust. Customers choose Crane Company for its consistently high levels of engineering that can meet the specifications of highly regulated end markets, as well as the breakthrough innovation we offer. Our robust IP portfolio stems from years of organic investment in R&D across our platforms which supports numerous new product introductions and allows each business to support above-market growth with continued margin expansion.

 

76


Table of Contents

A&E and PFT segments represented 31% and 58% of fiscal year 2021 revenues8, respectively:

 

Overview of the Company’s Global Strategic Growth Platforms       
Aerospace & Electronics     Process Flow Technologies9  

Segment Financial Profile ($mm):

   

Segment Financial Profile ($mm):

 
‘21 Revenue    $ 638     ‘21 Revenue    $ 1,197  
‘21 Operating Profit    $ 110     ‘21 Operating Profit    $ 183  
‘21 Operating Margin      17.2   ‘21 Operating Margin      15.2%  

Description

  

Description

Supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts and services, primarily for the commercial and military aerospace, defense and space markets    Provides highly engineered fluid handling equipment for mission critical applications that require high reliability through its Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves and Pumps and Systems businesses

Key Brands

  

Selected Key Brands

LOGO    LOGO

Selected Products

  

Selected Products

•  Proximity and pressure sensors

 

•  Power conversion, distribution and storage

 

•  Positive displacement lube & scavenge pumps
and centrifugal pumps

 

•  True mass flowmeters

 

•  Fluid and thermal management systems

 

•  Antiskid brake control systems

 

•  Integrated microwave assemblies and RF and
IF components

 

•  DC-DC converters and EMI filters

 

•  Electronic control systems

 

•  Fuel gauging systems

 

•  Aircraft seat actuation systems

   •  Wide range of highly engineered isolation
valves, including check valves, sleeved
plug valves, lined valves and pipe, process
ball valves, high performance butterfly
valves, bellows sealed global valves,
aseptic and industrial diaphragm valves,
multi- and quarter-turn valves

 

•  Pump solutions for water and wastewater
applications

 

•  Valve diagnostic and calibration systems

 

•  Fluid instrumentation and sampling
components

 

•  Valve position monitoring and control
systems

 

•  Balancing and safety valves for building
services

 

•  Sensors, switches and regulators for
hydraulic and pneumatic systems

 

 

8 

Includes $232 million of sales (11% of 2021 sales) in the PFT segment generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022.

9 

Includes $232 million of sales and $37.8 million of operating profit generated by Crane Supply which was divested in May 2022.

 

77


Table of Contents

Aerospace & Electronics

Our A&E segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace, military aerospace, defense and space markets. The commercial market and military market accounted for 52% and 48%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2021. Sales to OEMs and aftermarket customers were 73% and 27%, respectively, in 2021. Key brands include Hydro-Aire, ELDEC, Lear Romec, Keltec, Interpoint, Signal Technology, Merrimac, Polyflon and P.L. Porter. Facilities are located in the United States, Taiwan and France.

We provide mission critical systems that require high reliability and high accuracy, such as pressure sensors for aircraft engine control, aircraft braking systems for fighter jets, power conversion solutions for spacecraft and lubrication systems for the harshest and most hazardous environmental conditions. Crane Company has invented many of the fundamental technologies that are now the industry standard in the areas where we compete, with a track record for performance, reliability and innovation.

Our A&E segment’s integrated capabilities include the following:

 

   

Power Solutions: Provides enabling technology to accelerate electrification of air, land, space and sea vehicles and systems. Our technological advancements provide higher power in smaller and more efficient products, from power conversion and distribution to energy storage and motor controllers. Crane has over 60 years of experience in aircraft grade power conversion, management, monitoring, advanced packaging solutions and energy storage, and Crane has decades of experience proving reliable and light weight power conversion products to the defense and space industries. More recently, we have become a trusted partner-of-choice in powering next-generation, more electric, hybrid-electric and all-electric aircraft and military ground vehicles.

 

   

Sensing Systems: Provides components and systems for condition and position sensing, and pressure and flow measurement, with high-accuracy, reliability and engineering to excel in rugged aerospace environments. Selected applications include proximity sensors and systems for landing gear, doors and flight control surfaces, as well as tire pressure sensor and monitoring systems and fuel gauging systems. We believe sensing systems is well positioned to benefit from trends, including electrification, and it is already delivering new solutions for next generation systems, including lighter weight components and systems, and sensors with rapidly configurable architectures and longer-range wireless data transmission capabilities.

 

   

Fluid & Thermal Management: Designs and manufactures positive displacement pumps, centrifugal pumps and true mass flowmeters for aerospace and defense applications. With more than 100 years of application, development and certification expertise, we are consistently recognized for our proven performance, technology, accuracy and reliability. We believe we are also well positioned for emerging applications with a leading position in thermal management and motor controller solutions for more electric, hybrid-electric and all-electric aircraft and military ground vehicles.

 

   

Landing Systems: Provides hydraulic and electric brake control systems with antiskid and autobrake functionality, as well as electronic and hydraulic subsystems for landing gear control. Crane invented the first antiskid brake control system in 1947 and, since then, has supplied the brake control systems for all Boeing commercial aircraft, major U.S. military aircraft platforms and numerous other narrowbody, regional and business jet aircraft platforms.

 

   

Microwave Solutions: Designs and manufactures high-performance RF and IF components and millimeter-wave systems and subsystems for defense, space and commercial end-use customers. Our solutions include our proprietary Multi-Mix® technology that enables small, high-performance multilayer complex modules for array beamformers, antenna feed networks and receivers for electronic warfare systems. With over 60 years of experience, we are a Tier 1 integrated microwave assembly supplier with strong OEM relationships, and we have proven capabilities in major military, communications, electronic warfare, radar and satellite systems.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our A&E segment has strong visibility into long-term growth driven by positions on market leading platforms, numerous new program wins and continued investment in technology readiness. The segment is also positioned to benefit from market growth driven by accelerating trends, including increasing new commercial aircraft deliveries, air passenger travel growth, defense investment, ongoing MRO requirements and emerging applications in the space market, as well as a strong trend driving greater electrification for aerospace and defense applications. Our unique position to drive sustained growth is driven by differentiated technology investment focused on high-growth market segments, including Low Earth Orbit satellite constellations, next-generation aircraft engines, advanced ground and sea-based radar systems, as well as high-power and bi-directional power conversion for numerous emerging commercial and military applications, including more-electric and hybrid-electric ground vehicles and hybrid-electric and pure electric-propulsion aircraft.

Our A&E management team has a track record of leveraging CBS and operational excellence to drive productivity and growth, to enhance core capabilities and to expand into adjacent markets both organically and through acquisitions. CBS has been a key driver during COVID-19 operating margin performance period, with margins averaging 22% in the pre-COVID-19 period 2011 through 2019, and consistently in the 20% to 24% range during that period. As air traffic returns to pre-COVID-19 levels, our expectation is that operating margins should return to their pre-COVID-19 range.

 

    Aerospace & Electronics Operating Profit
Margin
   
    LOGO    

Process Flow Technologies

Our PFT segment is a provider of highly engineered fluid handling equipment for mission critical applications that require high reliability and the segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Pumps and Systems and Commercial Valves.

 

   

Process Valves and Related Products: Manufactures a wide range of on/off isolation valves, including check valves, sleeved plug valves, lined valves, process ball valves, high performance butterfly valves, bellows sealed globe valves, aseptic and industrial diaphragm valves and multi / quarter-turn valves actuation. Other related products include lined pipe, fittings and hoses, air operated diaphragm and peristaltic pumps, instrumentation and sampling systems, valve positioning and control systems, valve diagnostic and calibration systems. Across the portfolio, the primary focus is on chemical, pharmaceutical and general industrial end markets. Products are sold under the trade names including Crane, Saunders, Jenkins, Pacific, Xomox, Krombach, DEPA, ELRO, REVO, Flowseal, Centerline, Resistoflex, Duochek, Barksdale, Dynalco, Westlock, WTA, HOKE, DOPAK, Aloyco, Compac-Noz, Duo-Chek, GO REGULATOR, Stockham, VOTES Infinity, Barksdale and Dynalco. Manufacturing facilities, along with sales and service centers, are located across North America, Europe, the Middle East, Asia and Australia.

 

   

Pumps and Systems: Manufactures pumps products for water and wastewater applications, primarily in the United States municipal and industrial markets. Products are sold primarily under the trade

 

79


Table of Contents
 

names Barnes, Deming, Weinman, Burks, Crown and Prosser. Facilities are located in the United States and Canada.

 

   

Commercial Valves: Manufactures valves and related products for the non-residential construction, gas utility and municipal markets. The primary geographies served by the manufacturing operations are the United Kingdom, the Middle East and continental Europe. Brands include Crane Fluid Systems, Stockham, Wask, Viking Johnson, IAT, Hattersley, NABIC, Sperryn, Posiflex and Wade. Manufacturing facilities are located in the United Kingdom and China, with additional sales offices in continental Europe and the Middle East.

Our portfolio strategically targets high growth, less cyclical markets, including chemical, general industrial, water and wastewater and pharmaceutical. We expect these industries to be outsized growth segments of the market, driven by investment in sustainability and clean energy, aging infrastructure, tightening wastewater regulations and an aging population with a growing demand for healthcare.

Crane has a strong track record of innovation and being a pioneer in the industry, “writing the book” on the flow of fluids with Technical Paper 410, which is still used as the definitive authority on the topic for engineers, professionals and other practitioners. By focusing on accelerating the rate of innovation through R&D

investment, we have driven incremental market capture and supported new product sales vitality at our Process Solutions business, more than doubling the percentage of sales derived from recent product introductions from 2018 to 2021. New product development has also helped shift the business further into the aforementioned high growth verticals of chemical, general industrial, water and wastewater and pharmaceutical.

Through execution of CBS, we have driven operating margin expansion from under 6% in 2003 to 9.8% in 2017, and to 15.2% in 2021 with opportunity for additional operational upside. Our PFT management team has a long track record of leveraging CBS to drive productivity and growth, to enhance core capabilities and to expand into adjacent markets both organically and through mergers and acquisitions.

 

    Process Flow Technologies Operating Profit
Margin
   
    LOGO    

Competitive Strengths

We deliver leading mission critical products across our PFT and A&E segments in attractive end markets.

At our PFT segment, we have delivered above-market growth in our core target markets (chemical, water and wastewater, pharmaceutical and general industrial), and we have actively shifted our portfolio to these markets which have strong secular growth trends, as well as limited cyclicality relative to energy-focused markets.

Our A&E segment is well-positioned across major commercial and military aerospace platforms, as well as next generation commercial, military and space platforms. We believe our balanced business mix positions us well to benefit from accelerating growth across both military and commercial market segments, and our technology

 

80


Table of Contents

investments have positioned us to benefit from a number of key secular trends in the industry, including electrification, increasing power requirements and demand for enhanced fuel efficiency.

In addition to our market positioning, we believe several key attributes add to the strength of each business and position us for future growth: (i) delivering mission critical, high cost of failure solutions protected by strong IP positions, (ii) a track record of innovation and strong R&D investment, (iii) the contribution of CBS and (iv) our healthy financial position. Each of these attributes is described in more detail below.

Mission critical, high cost of failure solutions protected by strong IP positions.

Across both our PFT and A&E segments, we offer diverse products and solutions that are mission critical, high cost of failure and protected by strong IP positions.

Our highly engineered fluid handling products at our PFT segment are used for mission critical applications that require high reliability and where cost of downtime is high. For example, in the chemical market, our products are designed to operate in harsh and hazardous environments where corrosive, abrasive and toxic media are common, while providing features that we believe are valued by our customers, such as lower torque valves to reduce actuation size and cost, higher flow rates and 100% leak-tight shut-off capabilities; in wastewater applications, our pumps help customers drive efficiency by reducing electricity usage with high-efficiency air-filled motors and reduce service calls by reducing clogging problems with patented chopping technology; and, for pharmaceutical applications, we have been a key participant in the evolution of high-purity valve technology with diaphragm valves that provide quick calibration and substantially reduce commissioning and startup costs.

Our A&E segment provides critical components to commercial, defense and space platforms from anti-skid brake control systems on commercial and military aircraft to microwave solutions for critical radar applications and power solutions for next generation electronics warfare. These products are necessary to ensure aircraft and systems are operating at optimal performance levels in extreme environments. For example, our DC-DC converters are powering space satellites and exploration vehicles, including the Mars Perseverance rover that is operating 293 million miles from Earth in the harsh extremes of space, and our products provide an accurate and highly regulated power source to highly sensitive systems where failure is not an option.

The high level of specification and regulation across both platforms drives stickiness and underpins our strong aftermarket profile (estimated to be ~40% of revenue) while differentiating us from competitors. Our products reflect relatively limited input costs for customers despite the high cost of failure and downtime, which leads to limited turnover across our customer base. Moreover, we participate in long cycle markets in which deep technological expertise and specialized offerings are critical to reliably meet demanding customer specifications, qualifications and regulatory requirements.

Track record of innovation and strong R&D investment.

We have a long history and strong culture of innovation at Crane and the rate of innovation has accelerated across our businesses. Within our A&E segment, we have launched nearly 300 new products over the last five years, many of which are expected to support revenue cycles lasting up to 30 years given the long-tail of aftermarket demand, particularly in commercial aerospace. Additionally, our differentiated technology and focus on breakthrough innovation has allowed Crane to strategically position the portfolio towards high-growth market verticals across our A&E segment, including space, electric vehicles and next generation aircraft, and our PFT segment, including chemical, general industrial, water and wastewater and pharmaceutical end markets.

 

81


Table of Contents

Our track record of innovation is supported by decades of experience with our core technologies, the scale to commercialize our novel solutions and an unparalleled and highly experienced engineering team focused on our core capabilities. A few recent developments generated by our engineering teams are highlighted below.

 

Aerospace & Electronics Selected New Product Introductions

LOGO

  LOGO   LOGO
Bi-directional power conversion to support military vehicle electrification   High voltage DC smart
pumps for coolant and
fuel systems
  High accuracy proximity sensors to support more connected aircraft

 

Process Flow Technologies Selected New Product Introductions

LOGO

  LOGO   LOGO
FK-TrieX® Triple
Offset Valve for harsh and hazardous environments
  Envie3 Motor and Non-Clog Pump for energy efficiency and waste handling   Next-Generation Sleeved Plug Valve with low-torque and simplified repair

Leveraging the strength of CBS.

CBS is a key contributor to our ability to drive growth and operating margin improvement. We empower our businesses with the tools to leverage strong cultural foundations that support successful execution across each organization. CBS gives us the ability to incorporate “Voice of the Customer” teachings, including specific processes designed to capture our customers’ requirements and continuously improve safety, quality, delivery, cost and growth. Crane has a strong track record of leveraging CBS to drive growth, margin expansion and applying CBS to acquisitions to optimize the portfolio and realize significant synergies. For example, our A&E segment has completed over 460 Kaizens over the last five years focused on continuous operational and transactional improvement.

Healthy financial position.

The Company is well-positioned to capitalize on accelerating mega-trends across both our A&E and PFT segments, which has the ability to drive further top-line growth while also leveraging CBS to support both growth and further margin expansion.

 

82


Table of Contents

Crane Company is a significant player across a fragmented industry, with revenue of $2.1 billion and operating profit margin of 12.1% in 2021. Approximately 40% of revenues are recurring in nature given our high mix of consumable parts and ongoing need for maintenance and repair across the markets we serve. Our strong margins reflect our disciplined application of CBS and the attractiveness of our end markets and overall business model. Limited capital expenditure requirements, estimated at approximately 2.0% to 2.5% of sales, also support the ability to achieve a strong free cash flow profile.

Supportive Industry Tailwinds

A&E Segment Key Market Drivers:

Demand for efficient and sustainable electrification

Electrification of the aviation industry is rapidly emerging due to significant benefits in cost, and noise, as well as emission reductions. For example, major advancements in the Boeing 787’s innovative, more-electric design led to better fuel efficiency, lower maintenance cost and reductions in weight and noise. This increasing electrification of the aviation industry not only benefits our power business, but also translates to other product areas, such as our landing systems business. To date, we are the only company to develop electric anti-skid brake controls for a large commercial transport aircraft. Electrifying aircraft is a key priority for many of our customers, which we believe will continue to accelerate with the advancements in hybrid and all-electric propulsion.

More complex and increasing power requirements

There is significant demand for higher power capabilities across numerous A&E applications, particularly military, including advanced ground-based AESA radar that have more complex power and cooling requirements than prior technologies. New hybrid-electric and more-electric applications across commercial and military markets, such as eVTOL, military vehicles and alternative propulsion aircraft, all have evolving requirements with demand for more power, bi-directional power conversion, cooling/thermal management and more complex sensing solutions. The Company’s proven high reliability DC-DC power converters support projects, such as the NASA Artemis with an estimated 2024 launch.

Demand for enhanced operating and fuel efficiency

Improvements in operating efficiency for OEMs are driving the need for innovation among suppliers. Moreover, there is an increased push towards customers reducing their carbon footprint, particularly in commercial aerospace. We continue to be a leading supplier across fuel efficient aircraft, such as the Boeing 737MAX, Airbus A320neo, Embraer E2 and the COMAC C919 and their associated engines. Advancements in our core technologies, including size, weight and performance, can be found on the latest generation aircraft, which are enabling lower operating costs and higher fuel efficiency in commercial aviation. In addition, we have been selected for numerous demonstrator programs given our advanced capabilities across several technologies, including wireless sensing to reduce aircraft weight, high-voltage DC fuel pumps with advance prognostics and diagnostics, engine lubrication systems that can operate at extreme pressures and temperatures, and high efficiency Auto-Transformer Rectifier Units and DC-DC converters, providing more power, less weight and better thermal efficiency.

Rebound in commercial aerospace activity

Since the COVID-19-related flight activity trough in May and June 2020, there has been a rebound in commercial aerospace travel that is expected to continue as the world moves past the pandemic. Longer-term, there is also a growing secular demand for air travel as the global middle class continues to expand and emerging markets further develop their commercial aerospace infrastructure. These trends facilitate both an increase in new aircraft deliveries, as well as increasing passenger volumes, each of which drives a need for more of our products

 

83


Table of Contents

given our exposure to both OEM deliveries and aftermarket servicing. There are expected to be approximately 41,000 new commercial deliveries from 2022-2041, underpinning the significant market opportunity over the next 20 years.

Increased defense and space spending given “near-peer” threats

Recent geopolitical uncertainty has prioritized the need for defense spending with the DoD projecting $112 billion in 2022 for Research, Development, Test and Evaluation spending. While traditional aerospace markets continue to see spending growth, emerging markets, such as space, have become an area of focus given the need for enhanced communications and imaging, lower cost to launch and investment by near-peer threats. We believe we are well positioned across both traditional and new growth markets, including space. Our products are sold across all parts of the defense value chain, including directly to aircraft manufacturers, Tier 1 systems integrators, defense and space prime contractors, government agencies including the DoD, foreign allied defense organizations and aircraft MRO organizations.

PFT Segment Key Market Drivers:

Growing demand for next generation chemicals

The chemical market continues to be a long-term growth market, and we have been a major participant in this space for decades. Growth in global energy consumption through 2050 is expected to increase nearly 50% compared to 2020, and we are seeing continued investment by our customers aligned with new and evolving applications in clean energy and advanced electronics. Our new products are designed to solve our customers’ challenges in corrosive, abrasive and toxic media applications commonly seen in the chemical production process and among the most challenging harsh and hazardous environments in the industry. For example, our modular valves are designed to last twice as long as alternative valves, while withstanding extreme temperatures, pressures, abrasive solids and high-cycle volumes. Our FK-TrieX valve also eliminates the traditional trade-off between flow rate and ceiling capabilities and is the only isolation valve with both an industry-leading flow rate that can also provide advanced shutoff at 50% lower cost than the traditional ball valve.

Many of our customers are also transitioning to alternative energy sources, including hydrogen, which has created a new economy across power, transportation, HVAC, industrial and feedstock markets. The growth in electromobility and the importance of light-weighting and stronger high-performance materials continues to be a focus area for many of our customers and we continue to be well-positioned to address these material and technologically challenging demands.

Increased focus on industrial IoT and customer operating efficiency

Many of our customers are investing in solutions that support energy efficiency and reduced downtime and operating costs. We provide innovative solutions in this space to a number of critical applications involving valves, pumps and sensing products that drive productivity for our customers. We are gaining market share in industrial by being a go-to partner for our customers when it comes to increasing energy efficiency, reducing operating expenses and delivering product reliability. For example, our Westlock smart positioners for rotary and linear valves deliver an extended product lifetime and is the most energy-efficient valve positioner product in the market. Compressed air is one of the biggest uses of energy in the industrial space, and solutions that reduce compressed air use have clear and compelling business cases. We continue to benefit from the global focus on the reduction of carbon footprints, energy efficiency and environmental, social and corporate governance initiatives, as well as reducing operating expenditures through limited unplanned downtime and lower installation costs. We believe we are positioned to address the need for enhanced product reliability with minimal maintenance costs.

 

84


Table of Contents

Water and wastewater market investment is needed to support growing global population

Aging infrastructure, increased global water usage and tightening regulations are driving investment and growth in the water and wastewater industry. Wastewater treatment plants in the United States are an average of 45 years old and close to the end of their designed lifespan, and the Environmental Protection Agency estimates that the capital cost of wastewater and drinking water infrastructure needed to meet federal water quality and safety requirements and public health objectives exceeds $744 billion over a 20-year period. $55 billion for the modernization of water infrastructure is included in the U.S. Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, and an estimated $11 billion of capital investment in wastewater treatment plants is needed to support 61% reuse growth by 2025. Furthermore, there are tightening regulations, such as stricter disposal requirements due to increasing contaminants in wastewater and zero tolerance for environmental incidents. Our wastewater pumps are designed to solve flow disruption problems, increase performance and reduce operating costs in the collection and treatment of wastewater. For example, our SITHE Chopper pump solves clogging with an innovative first-of-its-kind patented chopping technology that slices even the most troublesome solids in the wastewater. Our Razor grinder pumps are designed with an innovative extra cutting technology to efficiently reduce solids, such as flushable wipes, diapers and other biodegradable items, commonly found in the modern waste stream that can wreak havoc on sewer systems. We believe our innovative products combined with strong market tailwinds are driving our significant growth momentum in the wastewater market segment.

Growing aging population and increased access to pharmaceuticals

An aging population, improving access to healthcare and increased outpatient services have significantly increased the size of the pharmaceutical market which is a positive tailwind for our business. The global biopharmaceutical market was estimated at $265 billion in 2020 and is expected to hit $856 billion by 2030. This market is expanding at a compound annual growth rate of 12.5% from 2021 to 2030. Breakthroughs in the pharmaceutical industry are generating investment in mega manufacturing facilities where Crane Company is one of the key valve providers, with a large installed base at key facilities around the world. We expect to increase our already strong position in the market with an expanded portfolio of products and solutions. For example, as the inventor of the diaphragm value, Crane has been a key player in the evolution of high-purity valve technology, expanding that expertise to automation products. Additionally, our Saunders-VUE sensors are the most reliable diaphragm valve sensors that provide quick calibration, reduce commissioning and reducing startup cost by 90%. We continue to invest and grow in the pharmaceutical aseptic space, and we expect this will continue to grow as an overall share of our business.

The Company’s Additional Market Drivers:

R&D and IP

Crane Company has technological expertise and proprietary offerings crucial to reliably meet demanding customer specifications, qualifications and changing regulatory requirements. For A&E, Crane invented many of the fundamental technologies that are now the industry standard in all of areas that they operate. This has led to Crane being known for its performance, reliability and innovation. For PFT, Crane “wrote the book” on the flow of fluid with Technical Paper 410, which is still used as the definitive authority on the topic for engineers, professionals and other practitioners.

Significant organic and R&D investment across both our A&E and PFT segments over the past few years supports numerous new product introductions that we believe will allow each platform to support above-market growth and continued margin expansion. Given the ongoing need to enhance technological capabilities for customers, we invest ~2.5% of sales per year in R&D, driving new product launches and end market expansion growth in our customer base. Our engineering and product development activities are focused on improving existing products and customizing existing products for customer requirements, as well as the development of new products. We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and licenses to IP, including a robust IP portfolio. We believe our technical excellence, product reliability and embedded customer relationships have created a highly trusted brand that has enabled us to grow our sales.

 

85


Table of Contents

Customers and Go-to-Market Strategy

We have been able to build deeply embedded relationships with our customers given our track record of performance, reliability and innovation. Across our A&E and PFT segments, we sell directly to our customers, as well as through distribution. Our A&E customers include large aircraft manufacturers, Tier 1 systems integrators, defense and space prime contractors, airlines and government agencies. Under the PFT segment, we are strategically located near our key customers and deploy our experienced salesforce to service them. We also leverage a strong distribution network to reach additional customers around the world outside of our direct sales force. Given our technically advanced sales force and service agents, we are the partner of choice to some of the world’s largest customers.

Crane Company serves a diverse customer base; our top 10 customers represented less than 20% of revenues for fiscal year 2021, and the average length of our relationships with our top 10 customers exceeds 30 years.

We believe our customers continue to choose Crane Company because (i) we are a breakthrough innovation leader, providing high value technologies that outperform competitors, (ii) we have a strong track record of success offering highly advanced solutions that address the most difficult challenges for customers, (iii) we offer commercial excellence and ease of doing business, (iv) there are minimal cost of offerings compared to the cost of downtime or catastrophic failures and (v) localized presence near key customers enables a facilitation of aftermarket offerings.

Engineered Materials

In addition to our two global strategic growth platforms, our Engineered Materials segment contributed 11% of 2021 sales. In May 2021, Crane Holdings, Co. announced that it had signed an agreement to divest its Engineered Materials segment. In May 2022, that agreement was terminated after the Department of Justice declined to approve the transaction. Our Engineered Materials segment supplies FRP based products and solutions primarily for use in the RV, Building Products and Transportation markets. The Engineered Materials segment’s facilities are located in the United States. Key brands include Glasbord, Varietex, DESIGNS, Sequentia, Filon, Crane Gold, Noble, Kemlite and Amortuf.

RV sales in 2021 were 45% of segment sales and primarily consist of sidewall, roof and slideout panels for RV construction sold to OEMs. We see a favorable market trend in the RV industry benefiting from growth in first-time customers driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, demographic trends favorable for RV ownership and increased interest in camping.

Building Products sales in 2021 were 42% of segment sales and include wall and ceiling panels used in commercial construction across a variety of industries with a focus on national chain accounts, primarily in the restaurant and retail space, and sold through building products distributors. Building Products is positioned to benefit from long-term growth in its targeted national chain accounts in the restaurant and retail industries, with additional growth initiatives focused on key secular growth markets where FRP has a differentiated value proposition, including: (i) “ghost” kitchens that are benefiting from on-demand food delivery trends, (ii) cold storage where demand is driven by a growing consumer adoption of online grocery purchases, (iii) retail health clinics, including urgent care facilities and dialysis centers, (iv) cannabis growing facilities, (v) data centers and (vi) order fulfillment centers and warehouses.

Transportation sales in 2021 were 13% of segment sales and primarily consisted of interior liner and scuff panels, roofs and side skirts for trailer and truck body construction sold to OEMs.

We believe this business segment is well positioned for future growth given its strategic focus on high-growth niche segments and increasing sales through its commitment to superior customer service and product innovation. It has a broad product portfolio with 19 distinct product families across 10 leading brands. The segment has a demonstrated track record of new product development and enhancements, as well as commitment

 

86


Table of Contents

to product performance and quality that we believe is differentiated from our peers. Transportation is also positioned for growth given its products aligned with trends that support the expansion of e-commerce and “last-mile” delivery demand.

Overall, longstanding relationships with a diverse base of customers provides the ability to leverage CBS to drive productivity and growth. Low ongoing needs for capital expenditures and working capital efficiency have contributed to strong margins and free cash flow conversion.

Facilities and Geographic Footprint

The Company has a strong global footprint with a diverse revenue mix by segment, end market, geography and customer. At the time of the spin-off, we expect that the Company will have a diverse global workforce with facilities in approximately 20 countries. As of September 30, 2022, the business segments that were owned by the Company employed approximately 7,000 associates worldwide across more than 100 locations, of which substantially all were full time employees. This includes approximately 4,000 people employed in the United States across approximately 35 locations. This footprint allows us to get closer to the customer and provide aftermarket products more easily. The Company has approximately 4.4 million square feet of state-of-the-art manufacturing

capabilities and leverages leading technologies, including additive manufacturing. Primary manufacturing facilities are located in the United States, Mexico, the United Kingdom, Germany, Taiwan, China, France, Slovenia, Hungary, India, Australia and Saudi Arabia.

Competitive Conditions

Our businesses participate in markets that are highly competitive. Because of the diversity of products manufactured and sold, our businesses typically have a different set of competitors in each geographic area and end market in which they participate. Accordingly, it is not possible to estimate the number of competitors or precise market share; however, we believe that we are a significant competitor in many of our markets. Our primary basis of competition is providing high quality products, with technological differentiation, superior customer service and timely delivery.

Our products are sold into primary end markets which include commercial and military aerospace, defense and space, chemical production, pharmaceutical production, water and wastewater, general industrial, non-residential and municipal construction and energy. As such, our revenues depend on numerous unpredictable factors, including changes in market demand, general economic conditions, customer capital spending, timing and amount of contract awards and credit availability. Since our products are sold in such a wide variety of markets, we do not believe that we can reliably quantify or predict the potential effects of changes in any of the aforementioned factors.

Our engineering and product development activities are focused on improving existing products, customizing existing products for particular customer requirements, as well as the development of new products. We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and licenses to IP, none of which is of such importance that termination would materially affect our business. From time to time, however, we do engage in litigation to protect our IP.

 

87


Table of Contents

Raw Materials

Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of raw materials, including steel, copper, cast iron, electronic components, aluminum, plastics and various petroleum-based products. We purchase raw materials from a large number of independent sources around the world. Although market forces have at times, including in 2021, caused increases in the costs of key raw materials, there have been no raw materials shortages that have had a material adverse impact on our business. We believe that we will generally be able to obtain adequate supplies of major raw material requirements or reasonable substitutes at acceptable costs. For a further discussion of risks related to raw materials, see the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.”

Seasonal Nature of Business

In the aggregate, our business does not experience significant seasonality.

Government Contracts

We have agreements relating to the sale of products to government entities, primarily involving products in our A&E segment. As a result, we are subject to various statutes and regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government. The laws and regulations governing government contracts differ from those governing private contracts. For example, some government contracts require disclosure of cost and pricing data and impose certain sourcing conditions that are not applicable to private contracts. Our failure to comply with these laws could result in suspension of these contracts, criminal or civil sanctions, administrative penalties and fines or suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. For a further discussion of risks related to compliance with government contracting requirements, see the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.”

Environmental Compliance

We are regulated by federal, state and international environmental laws governing our use, transport and disposal of substances and control of emissions. Furthermore, there are tightening regulations, such as stricter disposal regulations due to increasing contaminants in wastewater and zero tolerance for environmental incidents. Our manufacturing facilities generally do not produce significant volumes or quantities of byproducts that would be considered hazardous waste or otherwise harmful to the environment if not properly handled or maintained. Accordingly, continued compliance with these existing laws has not had a material impact on our capital expenditures or earnings.

However, we occasionally engage in environmental remediation activities as required by federal and state laws. In addition, we may be exposed to other environmental costs, including participation in the characterization and remediation of federal Superfund sites, or analogous state sites. When it is reasonably probable we will pay remediation costs at a site, and those costs can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for such future costs with a related charge against our earnings. For further discussion of environmental related risks, see the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.”

Human Capital Resources

To remain a leading manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products, it is important that we continue to attract, develop and retain exceptional talent across our global enterprise.

 

88


Table of Contents

At the time of the spin-off, we expect the Company will have a diverse global workforce located in approximately 20 countries. As of September 30, 2022, the business segments that will be owned by the Company employed approximately 7,000 persons worldwide, of which substantially all were full time employees. This includes approximately 4,000 people employed in the United States across approximately 35 locations. As of September 30, 2022, approximately 5% of our U.S. employees were represented by a union under a collective bargaining agreement. Employees based in some foreign countries may, from time to time, be represented by works councils or unions or subject to collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

To be an employer of choice and maintain the strength of our workforce, we consistently assess the current business environment and labor market to refine our compensation and benefits programs and other resources available to our associates. We are committed to developing our associates personally and professionally by leveraging a structured and disciplined Intellectual Capital (“IC”) process. This regular IC cadence includes constructive reviews and various talent and leadership development initiatives conducted by the executive management team and provided throughout an associate’s career. We are also committed to an inclusive and high-performance culture at all levels of the organization, based on trust and respect.

The manufacture and production of our products requires the use of a variety of tools, equipment, materials and supplies. We are strongly committed to the health and safety of our associates and strive to continuously adhere to global regulatory safety requirements and to reduce the incidence and severity of job-related injuries. We utilize strict compliance protocols, training programs, effective risk management practices and sound science in our operations to minimize risk to our associates.

For a discussion of risks related to employee relations, see the section of this information statement entitled “Risk Factors.”

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and confidentiality procedures to protect our intangible assets, technology, brand names, products, product candidates and services around the world. We engage expert advisors to assist us in developing market-focused offensive and defensive intellectual property portfolios both domestically and internationally. Existing patent, trade secret, trademark, trade dress and copyright laws offer limited protection only. Our intellectual property portfolio is presumed valid, but some assets could be invalidated, reverse-engineered, narrowed, limited or otherwise circumvented. In addition, others may develop substantially equivalent or superseding proprietary technology and rights or competitors may offer equivalent non-infringing products or services in competition with our products, thereby substantially reducing the value of our proprietary rights. The laws of some foreign countries in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not protect our products or intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. We cannot assure that the steps we take to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology.

Our patent portfolio covers a number of our products and product candidates and we have acquired additional patent assets to protect our technology. After the separation, we will directly or indirectly own 181 United States utility patents/patent applications, two United States design patents/patent applications, 282 foreign patents/patent applications and three pending Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) applications. Individual patents have terms for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance and the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. Generally, utility patents issued for applications filed in the United States, and in many foreign countries, are granted a term of 20 years from the earliest effective filing date of a non-provisional patent application (14 or 15 years from the date of grant for United States design patents) provided their registrations are properly maintained. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intangible assets, technology, products and

 

89


Table of Contents

product candidates. Our currently issued United States patents have expiration dates ranging from November 21, 2022 to May 18, 2042. We have a strong commitment to maintaining our patent portfolio and pursuing additional patent protections to expand our product and product candidate protections.

Our trade secrets portfolio covers secret aspects of a number of our products and product candidates. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence of trade secrets, namely, our proprietary information that (i) has either actual or potential independent economic value by virtue of not being generally known; (ii) has value to others who cannot legitimately obtain the information; and (iii) has been and remains subject to our reasonable efforts to maintain the secrecy of this information. Our trade secret portfolio complements our patent portfolio. We have a strong commitment to maintaining our trade secrets portfolio and pursuing additional trade secrets protections to expand our product and product candidate protections.

We also pursue the registration of certain of our trademarks, trade dress, trade names and original works of authorship in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States to protect our brand names, products, product candidates and services around the world. In jurisdictions where use is the basis of trademark rights, we monitor our trademarks for infringement and will enforce rights in our trademarks against infringers even in the absence of registration. Following the spin-off, we will directly or indirectly own approximately 147 United States trademark applications/registrations, 1,032 international trademark applications/registrations, eleven domains and seven United States copyright registrations. Trademark registrations can generally be renewed as long as the trademarks are in use.

Furthermore, we enter into, and rely on, confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners to protect our intangible assets, technology, brand names, products, product candidates, services and other confidential information.

Properties

The following is a summary of the Company’s principal facilities as of September 30, 2022:

 

    Facilities—Owned  
Location   Aerospace &
Electronics
    Process Flow
Technologies
    Engineered
Materials
    Corporate     Total  
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
 

Manufacturing

                   

United States

    6       724,240       6       698,573       4       644,333       —         —         16       2,067,146  

Canada

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Europe

    —         —         6       671,573       —         —         —         —         6       671,573  

Other international

    —         —         4       354,412       —         —         —         —         4       354,412  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    6       724,240       16       1,724,558       4       644,333       —         —         26       3,093,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Manufacturing

                   

United States

    —         —         2       98,510       —         —         —         —         2       98,510  

Canada

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Europe

    —         —         2       73,780       —         —         —         —         2       73,780  

Other international

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    —         —         4       172,290       —         —         —         —         4       172,290  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents
    Facilities—Leased  
Location   Aerospace &
Electronics
    Process Flow
Technologies
    Engineered Materials     Corporate     Total  
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
    Number     Area
(sq. ft.)
 

Manufacturing

                   

United States

    —         —         2       97,220       —         —         —         —         2       97,220  

Canada

    —         —         1       20,572       —         —         —         —         1       20,572  

Europe

    1       19,418       3       707,259       —         —         —         —         4       726,677  

Other international

    1       63,653       3       437,740       —         —         —         —         4       501,393  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    2       83,071       9       1,262,791       —         —         —         —         11       1,345,862  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Manufacturing

                   

United States

    3       12,718       6       186,765       3       78,950       3       39,875       15       318,308  

Canada

    —         —         1       11,200       —         —         —         —         1       11,200  

Europe

    1       9,171       8       441,364       —         —         —         —         9       450,535  

Other international

    —         —         18       126,496       —         —         —         —         18       126,496  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    4       21,889       33       765,825       3       78,950       3       39,875       43       906,539  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In our opinion, these properties have been well maintained, are in good operating condition and contain all necessary equipment and facilities for their intended purposes.

Legal Proceedings

Environmental Matters

For environmental matters, we record a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third-party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of December 31, 2021 is substantially related to the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”) discussed below. On June 21, 2021, Crane completed the sale of substantially all of the property associated with what we have historically called the Goodyear Site for $8.7 million, retaining only a small parcel on which our remediation and treatment systems are located. We will continue to be responsible for all remediation costs associated with the Goodyear Site.

Goodyear Site

The Goodyear Site was operated by Unidynamics/Phoenix, Inc. (“UPI”), which became an indirect subsidiary in 1985 when we acquired UPI’s parent company, Unidynamics Corporation. UPI manufactured explosive and pyrotechnic compounds, including components for critical military programs, for the U.S. government at the Goodyear Site from 1962 to 1993, under contracts with the DoD and other government agencies and certain of their prime contractors. In 1990, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued administrative orders requiring UPI to design and carry out certain remedial actions, which UPI has done. Groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been in operation at the Goodyear Site since 1994. On July 26, 2006, Crane entered into a consent decree with the EPA with respect to the Goodyear Site providing for, among other things, a work plan for further investigation and remediation activities (inclusive of a supplemental remediation investigation and feasibility study). During the third quarter of 2014, the EPA issued a Record of Decision (“ROD”) amendment permitting, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in us recording a charge of $49.0 million, extending the accrued costs through 2022. Following the 2014 ROD amendment, Crane continued remediation activities and explored an alternative strategy to accelerate remediation of the Goodyear Site. During the fourth quarter of 2019, Crane received conceptual agreement from the EPA on our alternative remediation

 

91


Table of Contents

strategy which is expected to further reduce the contaminant plume. Accordingly, in 2019, Crane recorded a pre-tax charge of $18.9 million, net of reimbursements, to extend our forecast period through 2027 and reflect our revised workplan. The total estimated gross liability was $32.3 million and $39.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively and as described below, a portion is reimbursable by the U.S. Government. The current portion of the total estimated liability was $7.1 million and $10.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and represents our best estimate, in consultation with our technical advisors, of total remediation costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period. It is not possible at this point to reasonably estimate the amount of any obligation in excess of our current accruals through the 2027 forecast period because of the aforementioned uncertainties, in particular, the continued significant changes in the Goodyear Site conditions and additional expectations of remediation activities experienced in recent years.

On July 31, 2006, we entered into a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the DoD and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses Crane for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we recorded a receivable of $7.3 million and $7.8 million, respectively, for the expected reimbursements from the U.S. Government in respect of the aggregate liability as at that date. The receivable is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from the U.S. Government are received.

Other Environmental Matters

Marion, IL Site

We have been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to environmental contamination at the Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge Superfund Site (the “Crab Orchard Site”). The Crab Orchard Site is located near Marion, Illinois, and consists of approximately 55,000 acres. Beginning in 1941, the United States used the Crab Orchard Site for the production of ordnance and other related products for use in World War II. In 1947, about half of the Crab Orchard Site was leased to a variety of industrial tenants whose activities (which continue to this day) included manufacturing ordnance and explosives. A predecessor of us formerly leased portions of the Crab Orchard Site and conducted manufacturing operations at the Crab Orchard Site from 1952 until 1964. General Dynamics Ordnance and Tactical Systems, Inc. (“GD-OTS”) is in the process of conducting a remedial investigation and feasibility study for a portion of the Crab Orchard Site (the “AUS-OU”), which includes an area where Crane maintained operations, pursuant to an Administrative Order on Consent. A remedial investigation report was approved in February 2015, and work on the feasibility study is underway. It is unclear when the final feasibility study will be completed, or when a final Record of Decision may be issued.

GD-OTS has asked us to participate in a voluntary, multi-party mediation exercise with respect to response costs it has incurred or will incur with respect to the AUS-OU. Crane and other PRPs executed a non-binding mediation agreement on March 16, 2015, and the U.S. government executed the mediation agreement on August 6, 2015. The first phase of the mediation, involving certain former munitions or ordnance storage areas, began in November 2017, but did not result in a multi-party settlement agreement. Subsequently, we entered into discussions directly with GD-OTS and reached an agreement, as of July 13, 2021, to contribute toward GD-OTS’s past remedial investigation and feasibility study costs associated with the first-phase areas for a non-material amount. Crane has also agreed to pay a modest percentage of future remedial investigation and feasibility study costs and the United States’ claimed past response costs relative to the first-phase areas, a sum that we expect in the aggregate to be immaterial. We understand that GD-OTS has also reached agreements-in-principle with the U.S. Government and the other participating PRPs related to the first-phase areas of concern. Negotiations between GD-OTS and the U.S. Government are underway with respect to resolution of the remaining areas of the Crab Orchard Site, including those portions of the Crab Orchard Site where Crane’s predecessor conducted manufacturing and research activities. We at present cannot predict whether these further negotiations will result in an agreement, or when any determination of the ultimate allocable shares of the various PRPs, including the U.S. Government, is likely to be completed. It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the total amount of any obligation for remediation of the Crab Orchard Site as a whole because the

 

92


Table of Contents

allocation among PRPs, selection of remediation alternatives, and concurrence of regulatory authorities have not yet advanced to the stage where a reasonable estimate can be made. Crane notified our insurers of this potential liability and has obtained defense and indemnity coverage, subject to reservations of rights, under certain of our insurance policies.

Roseland, NJ Site

The Roseland Site was operated by Resistoflex Corporation (“Resistoflex”), which became an indirect subsidiary of Crane’s in 1985 when it acquired Resistoflex’s parent company, Unidynamics Corporation. Resistoflex manufactured specialty lined pipe and fittings at the Roseland Site from the 1950s until it was closed in the mid-1980s. Crane undertook an extensive soil remediation effort at the Roseland Site following its closure and had been monitoring the Roseland Site’s condition in the years that followed. In response to changes in remediation standards, in 2014 Crane began to conduct further site characterization and delineation studies at the Roseland Site. Crane is in the late stages of its remediation activities at the Roseland Site, which include a comprehensive delineation of contaminants of concern in soil, groundwater, surface water, sediment, and indoor air testing, all in accordance with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection guidelines and directives.

Other Proceedings

We regularly review the status of lawsuits, claims and proceedings that have been or may be asserted against us relating to the conduct of our business, including those pertaining to product liability, patent infringement, commercial, employment, employee benefits, environmental and stockholder matters. We record a provision for a liability for such matters when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If either or both of the criteria are not met, we assess whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional losses, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred for such matters, we disclose the estimate of the amount of loss or range of loss, disclose that the amount is immaterial, or disclose that an estimate of loss cannot be made, as applicable. We believe that as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there was no reasonable possibility that a material loss, or any additional material losses, may have been incurred for such matters, and that adequate provision has been made in our financial statements for the potential impact of all such matters.

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are currently located at 100 First Stamford Place, Stamford, CT 06902, and our telephone number is currently (203) 363-7300. We maintain a website at www.craneco.com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website neither constitutes part of this information statement nor is incorporated by reference herein.

 

93


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF CRANE

The following discussion of Crane’s financial condition and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 and the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 reflects the audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Crane. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane and the notes thereto and the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Crane and the notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this information statement, as well as the information contained in the sections of this information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental)” and “Business.” The following discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this information statement. See in particular the sections of this information statement entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

For purposes of this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, (i) “we,” “our,” “us” and “Crane” refer to Crane Holdings, Co. and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to giving effect to the spin-off and (ii) references to “core business” or “core sales” include sales from acquired businesses starting from and after the first anniversary of the acquisition, but exclude currency effects.

Basis of Presentation

Notwithstanding the legal form of the spin-off described elsewhere in this information statement, for accounting and financial reporting purposes, Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment will be presented as being spun-off from Crane. This presentation is in accordance with GAAP and is primarily a result of, among other factors, Crane Company’s (which is the legal spinnee) larger operations, greater tangible assets, greater fair value and greater net sales, in each case, relative to Crane NXT. Further, Crane has determined that Crane best represents the predecessor entity to Crane Company. Therefore, the historical financial statements presented herein and in our future filings, with respect to periods prior to the spin-off, will be represented by the historical consolidated financial statements of Crane, and the pro forma financial statements will present Crane NXT as discontinued operations.

Unless otherwise noted, the following is historical financial information of Crane and does not account for the spin-off. The financial information discussed below and included in this information statement may not necessarily reflect what Crane Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would have been had it been separated from Crane and a stand-alone company during the periods presented or what its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be in the future. See the section of this information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental).”

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this section may not add up precisely to totals we provide and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures. Amounts in the following discussion are presented in millions, except employee, share and per share data, or unless otherwise stated.

Overview

We are a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products. Our operations are comprised of four segments: A&E, PFT, Payment & Merchandising Technologies, and Engineered Materials. Our primary end

 

94


Table of Contents

markets include commercial and military aerospace, defense and space, chemical production, pharmaceutical production, water and wastewater, non-residential and municipal construction, energy, banknote design and production, payment automation solutions, along with a wide range of general industrial and certain consumer related end markets.

Our strategy is to grow earnings and cash flow by focusing on the manufacturing of highly engineered industrial products for specific markets where our scale is a relative advantage, and where we can compete based on our proprietary and differentiated technology, our deep vertical expertise, and our responsiveness to unique and diverse customer needs. We continuously evaluate our portfolio, pursue acquisitions that complement our existing businesses and are accretive to our growth profile, selectively divest businesses where appropriate, and pursue internal mergers to improve efficiency. We strive to foster a performance-based culture focused on productivity and continuous improvement, to attract and retain a committed management team whose interests are directly aligned with those of Crane shareholders, and to maintain a focused, efficient corporate structure.

We will continue to execute this strategy while remaining committed to the values of Crane’s founder, R.T. Crane, who resolved to conduct business “in the strictest honesty and fairness; to avoid all deception and trickery; to deal fairly with both customers and competitors; to be liberal and just toward employees; and to put my whole mind upon the business.”

Recent Developments

Sale of Redco

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company and Redco, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that holds liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into the Redco Purchase Agreement with Redco Buyer, a long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities, for the Redco Sale. In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co., on behalf of Crane Company, contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco, which was funded by a combination of Crane Holdings, Co.’s $400 million 364-day Term Loan issued on August 11, 2022 and cash on hand. Concurrent with the completion of the Redco Sale, Redco Buyer contributed $83 million in cash to Redco. Pursuant to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement, Crane Company and Redco Buyer will each indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and obligations and certain liabilities, subject to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement. While indemnification by each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer to the other party for breach of representations and warranties is capped at $83 million, in each case, based on the terms and subject to certain limitations as set forth in the Redco Purchase Agreement, liability of each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer for breaches of covenants and obligations and for indemnified liabilities is generally uncapped. Such covenants and obligations include that Redco has agreed to indemnify Crane Company and its affiliates for all claims arising out of asbestos liabilities, and Crane Company has agreed to indemnify Redco and its affiliates for all other historical liabilities of Redco, which include certain potential environmental liabilities. Crane Holdings, Co. has guaranteed the full payment and performance of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Upon consummation of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will be released from its guarantee of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets have been removed from Crane Holdings, Co.’s consolidated balance sheets effective August 12, 2022. A loss of $162.4 million was recorded on Crane Holdings, Co.’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022.

364-Day Credit Agreement

On August 11, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. entered into the 364-Day Credit Agreement, by and among Crane Holdings, Co., as sole borrower, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank,

 

95


Table of Contents

N.A., as administrative agent. Crane Company is not party to the 364-Day Credit Agreement and will not be subject to its restrictive provisions following the spin-off. Following entry into the 364-Day Credit Agreement, on August 11, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. borrowed Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million under the 364-Day Credit Agreement. Interest on the Term Loans accrues at a rate per annum equal to, at Crane Holdings, Co.’s option, (i) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% that is determined based upon the Index Debt Rating or (ii) an adjusted Term SOFR (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by Crane Holdings, Co., plus a margin of 1.25% or 1.50% that is determined based upon the Index Debt Rating. The 364-Day Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including (a) limitations on the ability of Crane Holdings, Co.’s subsidiaries to incur indebtedness and (b) restrictions on Crane Holdings, Co. and its subsidiaries with respect to liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets and transactions with affiliates. Crane Holdings, Co. must also maintain a debt to capitalization ratio not to exceed 0.65 to 1.00 at all times. The 364-Day Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by Crane Holdings, Co. or any of its material subsidiaries being false in any material respect, default under certain other material indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting Crane Holdings, Co. and its material subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of Crane Holdings, Co., in each case, subject to thresholds and cure periods where customary. The 364-Day Credit Agreement permits Crane Holdings, Co. to undertake the spin-off.

Sale of Crane Supply

On April 8, 2022, Crane entered into an agreement to sell the Crane Supply business for CAD 380 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. Subsequent to net working capital and other closing adjustments, the sale closed on May 31, 2022 for CAD 402 million. In August 2022, Crane received CAD 5 million related to a final working capital adjustment. Crane recognized a total gain on sale of $232.5 million.

Termination of Agreement to Sell Engineered Materials

On May 16, 2021, Crane entered into an agreement to sell the Engineered Materials segment to Verzatec for $360 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. In the second quarter of 2021, the assets and liabilities of the segment were classified as held for sale. On May 26, 2022, Verzatec terminated the sale agreement and paid $7.5 million to Crane in termination fees. As such, as of June 30, 2022, the Engineered Materials segment is no longer classified as assets held for sale and is presented herein as continuing operations for all periods presented.

Results from Operations—Three Month Periods Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

The following information should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements of Crane and the related notes. All comparisons below refer to the three months ended September 30, 2022 versus the three months ended September 30, 2021, unless otherwise specified.

 

96


Table of Contents
    For the three months
ended
September 30,
    2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

  2022     2021     $     %  

Net sales

  $ 815.1     $ 893.8     $ (78.7     (8.8 )% 

Cost of sales

    485.6       556.3       (70.7     (12.7 )% 

as a percentage of sales

    59.6     62.2    

Selling, general and administrative

    198.3       192.7       5.6       2.9

as a percentage of sales

    24.3     21.6    

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

    162.4       —         162.4       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) profit

    (31.2     144.8       (176.0     (121.5 )% 

Operating margin

    (3.8 )%      16.2    

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    1.4       0.2       1.2       NM  

Interest expense

    (13.5     (11.0     (2.5     (22.7 )% 

Gain on sale of business

    3.8       —         3.8       NM  

Miscellaneous income, net

    4.5       3.6       0.9       25.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (3.8     (7.2     3.4       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (35.0     137.6       (172.6     (125.4 )% 

Provision for income taxes

    24.3       21.0       3.3       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common shareholders

  $ (59.3   $ 116.6     $ (175.9     (150.9 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales decreased by $78.7 million, or 8.8%, to $815.1 million in 2022. Net sales related to operations outside the United States were 29.3% and 38.1% of total net sales for the three months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The year-over-year change in sales included:

 

   

an increase in core sales of $17.2 million, or 1.9%, which was primarily comprised of higher pricing;

 

   

unfavorable foreign currency translation of $36.4 million, or 4.1%; and

 

   

a decrease in sales of $59.5 million, or 6.7%, primarily related to the sale of Crane Supply.

Cost of sales decreased by $70.7 million, or 12.7%, to $485.6 million in 2022. The decrease is primarily related to the sale of Crane Supply of $43.2 million, or 7.8%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $21.9 million, or 3.9%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $5.6 million, or 2.9%, to $198.3 million in 2022, primarily related to a $10.9 million, or 5.7%, increase in transaction related expenses supporting the planned separation, partially offset by favorable foreign currency translation of $6.8 million, or 3.5%.

Operating profit decreased by $176.0 million to a $31.2 million operating loss in 2022. The decrease in operating profit is primarily related to the loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities of $162.4 million, and the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $11.3 million.

During the third quarter of 2022, we completed the divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities and recorded a loss of $162.4 million. Based on existing U.S. income tax guidance, we did not record an income tax benefit related to this transaction. However, we released a valuation allowance previously recorded against certain state deferred tax assets based on available evidence indicating it to be more likely than not that we will realize a state income tax benefit for certain non-asbestos related future tax deductions. Specifically, we considered the impact of the lack of future asbestos settlement and defense payments on state taxable income, projected future state taxable income exclusive of reversing deferred taxes, our U.S. business resulting net deferred tax liability position after the asbestos-related transaction and the lack of separate state income tax filings.

 

97


Table of Contents

The combination of a loss on the asbestos-related transaction and the lack of a related tax benefit resulted in our negative tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2022. This negative tax rate represents a tax expense recorded against a book loss. In this context, our tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2022, is higher than the prior year’s comparable period primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction as well as higher non-U.S. taxes, partially offset by the aforementioned release of valuation allowance and the statutory U.S. deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the statutory U.S. federal tax rate of 21% primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction, earnings in jurisdictions with statutory tax rates higher than the United States, expenses that are statutorily non-deductible for income tax purposes and U.S. state taxes, partially offset by the aforementioned release of valuation allowance, excess share-based compensation benefits, tax credit utilization and the statutory U.S. deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Comprehensive Income

 

(in millions) For the three months ended September 30,

  2022     2021  

Net (loss) income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

  $ (59.3   $ 116.6  

Components of other comprehensive income, net of tax

   

Currency translation adjustment

    (77.7     (24.8

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    2.3       5.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    (75.4     (19.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

    (134.7     97.0  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income

    (0.3     (0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to common shareholders

  $ (134.4   $ 97.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the three months ended September 30, 2022, comprehensive loss before allocation to noncontrolling interests was $134.7 million compared to comprehensive income of $97.0 million in the same period of 2021. The $231.7 million decrease was primarily driven by lower net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests of $175.9 million driven by the loss on the divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities, and a $52.9 million year-over-year unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation adjustments, primarily related to the British pound and euro.

 

98


Table of Contents

Segment Results of Operations—Three Month Periods Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Aerospace & Electronics

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 63.7      $ 62.2      $ 1.5        2.4

Military Original Equipment

     57.1        58.4        (1.3      (2.2 )% 

Commercial Aftermarket Products

     34.8        30.2        4.6        15.2

Military Aftermarket Products

     11.6        17.8        (6.2      (34.8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 167.2      $ 168.6      $ (1.4      (0.8 )% 

Cost of sales

   $ 106.8      $ 102.3      $ 4.5        4.4

as a percentage of sales

     63.9      60.7      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 32.2      $ 33.8      $ (1.6      (4.7 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     19.3      20.0      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 28.2      $ 32.5      $ (4.3      (13.2 )% 

Operating margin

     16.9      19.3      

Supplemental Data:

           

Backlog

   $ 591.6      $ 478.5      $ 113.1        23.6

Sales decreased $1.4 million, or 0.8%, to $167.2 million in 2022, with higher pricing more than offset by lower volumes.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Original Equipment increased $1.5 million, or 2.4%, to $63.7 million in 2022, reflecting strong demand from aircraft manufacturers as the industry aircraft build rates continue to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic-related slowdown, partially offset by material availability constraints.

 

   

Sales of Military Original Equipment decreased $1.3 million, or 2.2%, to $57.1 million in 2022, primarily reflecting lower shipments due to order timing and material availability.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Aftermarket Products increased $4.6 million, or 15.2%, to $34.8 million in 2022, reflecting continued strong demand from the airlines due to improving air traffic as the industry continues to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic-related slowdown, along with higher pricing.

 

   

Sales of Military Aftermarket Products decreased $6.2 million, or 34.8%, to $11.6 million in 2022, primarily reflecting timing of government orders for certain programs.

Cost of sales increased by $4.5 million, or 4.4%, to $106.8 million in 2022, primarily reflecting unfavorable mix.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $1.6 million, or 4.7%, to $32.2 million in 2022, primarily reflecting a decrease of $2.6 million, or 7.7%, in administrative and engineering costs and partially offset by higher selling costs.

Operating profit decreased by $4.3 million, or 13.2%, to $28.2 million in 2022, primarily reflecting unfavorable mix of $4.5 million, or 13.8%. Pricing actions and strong productivity approximately offset higher material, labor and other manufacturing costs.

 

99


Table of Contents

Process Flow Technologies

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 186.2      $ 176.6      $ 9.6        5.4

Commercial Valves

     30.4        95.8        (65.4      (68.3 )% 

Pumps and Systems

     33.4        26.7        6.7        25.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 250.0      $ 299.1      $ (49.1      (16.4 )% 

Cost of sales

   $ 153.0      $ 197.2      $ (44.2      (22.4 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     61.2      65.9      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 55.7      $ 57.6      $ (1.9      (3.3 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     22.3      19.3      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 41.3      $ 44.3      $ (3.0      (6.8 )% 

Operating margin

     16.5      14.8      

Supplemental Data:

           

Backlog

   $ 353.7      $ 351.4      $ 2.3        0.7

Sales decreased by $49.1 million, or 16.4%, to $250.0 million in 2022, driven by a $59.5 million, or 19.9%, impact from the sale of Crane Supply and $15.4 million, or 5.1%, of unfavorable foreign currency translation, partially offset by core sales growth of $25.7 million, or 8.6%. Core sales growth was driven by higher pricing, partially offset by slightly lower volumes due to material availability constraints.

 

   

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products increased by $9.6 million, or 5.4%, to $186.2 million in 2022, reflecting an increase in core sales driven by higher pricing, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation as the euro weakened against the U.S. dollar. Demand remained generally strong in the Chemical, Pharmaceutical and General Industrial end markets.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Valves decreased by $65.4 million, or 68.3%, to $30.4 million in 2022, primarily driven by the impact of the divestiture of Crane Supply of $59.5 million, or 62.1%, and, to a lesser extent, unfavorable foreign currency translation as the British pound weakened against the U.S. dollar.

 

   

Sales of Pumps & Systems increased by $6.7 million, or 25.1%, to $33.4 million in 2022, primarily driven by higher sales to municipal customers.

Cost of sales decreased by $44.2 million, or 22.4%, to $153.0 million, primarily related to the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $43.2 million, or 21.9%, increased productivity of $4.0 million, or 2.0%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $9.8 million, or 5.0%, partially offset by increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $13.0 million, or 6.6%.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $1.9 million, or 3.3%, to $55.7 million, primarily related to the sale of Crane Supply of $5.0 million, or 8.7%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $3.3 million, or 5.7%, offset by increased administrative and selling costs of $7.1 million, or 12.3%.

Operating profit decreased by $3.0 million, or 6.8%, to $41.3 million in 2022. The decrease primarily reflected $11.3 million, or 25.5%, impact from the sale of Crane Supply, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $2.4 million, or 5.4%, partially offset by higher pricing net of inflation, and productivity gains of $11.7 million, or 26.4%.

 

100


Table of Contents

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products

   $ 220.8      $ 206.0      $ 14.8        7.2

Banknotes and Security Products

     114.3        159.8        (45.5      (28.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 335.1      $ 365.8      $ (30.7      (8.4 )% 

Cost of sales

   $ 174.9      $ 208.4      $ (33.5      (16.1 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     52.2      57.0      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 73.5      $ 73.7      $ (0.2      (0.3 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     21.9      20.1      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 86.7      $ 83.7      $ 3.0        3.6

Operating margin

     25.9      22.9      

Supplemental Data:

           

Backlog

   $ 499.8      $ 387.9      $ 111.9        28.8

Sales decreased $30.7 million, or 8.4%, to $335.1 million in 2022, driven by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $20.5 million, or 5.6%, and lower core sales of $10.2 million, or 2.8%. The lower core sales reflected lower volumes, largely offset by higher pricing.

 

   

Sales of Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products increased $14.8 million, or 7.2%, to $220.8 million in 2022. The increase reflected higher core sales of $25.9 million, or 12.6%, partially offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $11.1 million, or 5.4%, primarily due to the British pound and Japanese yen weakening against the U.S. dollar. The core sales increase primarily reflected higher sales to Gaming customers and strong pricing across all end markets.

 

   

Sales of Banknotes and Security Products decreased $45.5 million, or 28.5%, to $114.3 million in 2022. The decrease primarily related to lower core sales of $36.1 million, or 22.6%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $9.4 million, or 5.9%, as the euro weakened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales decrease reflected a year-over-year comparison against record sales in the third quarter of 2021.

Cost of sales decreased by $33.5 million, or 16.1%, to $174.9 million, primarily reflecting lower volumes of $26.4 million, or 12.7%, favorable foreign currency translation of $12.0 million, or 5.8%, and strong productivity of $6.5 million, or 3.1%, partially offset by an increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $14.2 million, or 6.8%.

Operating profit increased by $3.0 million, or 3.6%, to $86.7 million in 2022. The increase primarily reflected higher pricing net of inflation and productivity gains of $29.3 million, or 35.0%, and favorable mix of $2.8 million, or 3.3%, partially offset by lower volumes of $23.0 million, or 27.5%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $5.1 million, or 6.1%.

 

101


Table of Contents

Engineered Materials

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

FRP - Recreational Vehicles

   $ 24.9      $ 28.9      $ (4.0      (13.8 )% 

FRP - Building Products

     29.0        23.7        5.3        22.4

FRP - Transportation

     8.9        7.7        1.2        15.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 62.8      $ 60.3      $ 2.5        4.1

Cost of sales

   $ 51.2      $ 47.2      $ 4.0        8.5

as a percentage of sales

     81.5      78.3      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 4.9      $ 6.5      $ (1.6      (24.6 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     7.8      10.8      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 6.7      $ 6.6      $ 0.1        1.5

Operating margin

     10.7      10.9      

Supplemental Data:

           

Backlog

   $ 18.5      $ 18.0      $ 0.5        2.8

Sales increased $2.5 million, or 4.1%, to $62.8 million in 2022, with higher pricing more than offsetting a decline in volume. The increase reflected higher sales to building products customers and, to a lesser extent, transportation customers, offset by lower sales to recreational vehicle manufacturers.

Cost of sales increased $4.0 million, or 8.5%, to $51.2 million in 2022, related primarily to higher raw material costs and, to a lesser extent, higher labor and other manufacturing costs of $8.8 million, or 18.6%, offset by lower volumes of $4.9 million, or 10.4%.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $1.6 million, or 24.6%, to $4.9 million primarily due to lower administrative costs.

Operating profit increased by $0.1 million, or 1.5%, to $6.7 million in 2022, reflecting strong pricing offset by lower volumes and inflation.

 

102


Table of Contents

Results from Operations—Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

The following information should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements of Crane and the related notes. All comparisons below refer to the nine months ended September 30, 2022 versus the nine months ended September 30, 2021, unless otherwise specified.

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
    2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022     2021     $     %  

Net sales

   $ 2,550.8     $ 2,582.8     $ (32.0     (1.2 )% 

Cost of sales

     1,547.4       1,593.5       (46.1     (2.9 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     60.7     61.7    

Selling, general and administrative1

     600.8       553.5       47.3       8.5

as a percentage of sales

     23.6     21.4    

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

     162.4       —         162.4       NM  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     240.2       435.8       (195.6     (44.9 )% 

Operating margin

     9.4     16.9    

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     2.3       1.1       1.2       109.1

Interest expense

     (36.0     (36.0     —         —    

Gain on sale of business

     232.5       —         232.5       NM  

Miscellaneous income, net

     22.8       17.2       5.6       32.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     221.6       (17.7     239.3       NM  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     461.8       418.1       43.7       10.5

Provision for income taxes

     157.9       54.8       103.1       188.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 303.9     $ 363.3     $ (59.4     (16.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1

2021 includes restructuring gains of $14.3 million.

Sales decreased by $32.0 million, or 1.2%, to $2,550.8 million in 2022. Net sales related to operations outside the United States were 33.1% and 37.5% of total net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The year-over-year change in sales included:

 

   

an increase in core sales of $129.3 million, or 5.0%;

 

   

unfavorable foreign currency translation of $80.1 million, or 3.1%; and

 

   

a decrease in sales of $81.3 million, or 3.1%, related to the sale of Crane Supply.

Cost of sales decreased by $46.1 million, or 2.9%, to $1,547.4 million in 2022. The decrease is primarily related to the sale of Crane Supply of $59.4 million, or 3.7%, favorable foreign currency translation of $50.4 million, or 3.2%, lower volumes of $46.7 million, or 2.9%, and strong productivity of $43.6 million, or 2.7%, partially offset by an increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $136.7 million, or 8.6%, and unfavorable mix of $23.3 million, or 1.5%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $47.3 million, or 8.5%, to $600.8 million in 2022. The increase was driven primarily by increased costs of $63.7 million, or 11.5%, including transaction costs of $33.8 million, or 5.9%, supporting the Crane Supply and asbestos divestiture as well as the planned separation, partially offset by favorable foreign currency translation of $15.4 million, or 2.8%.

 

103


Table of Contents

Operating profit decreased by $195.6 million, or 44.9%, to $240.2 million in 2022. The decrease in operating profit is primarily related to the loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities of $162.4 million, or 37.2%, lower volumes of $51.0 million, or 11.7%, higher transaction costs of $35.7 million, or 8.2%, unfavorable mix of $23.3 million, or 5.3%, and lost profit from the sale of Crane Supply of $15.1 million, or 3.5%, offset by higher pricing net of inflation and productivity gains, of $77.4 million, or 17.8%. Operating profit in 2021 included net restructuring gains of $14.3 million.

Other income increased $239.3 million to $221.6 million in 2022 reflecting the gain on the sale of the Crane Supply business of $232.5 million.

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the prior year’s comparable period primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction and the reversal of a deferred tax asset established in a prior period that relates to the sale of a subsidiary, partially offset by the aforementioned release of valuation allowance and statutory U.S. tax credits and a deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the statutory U.S. federal tax rate of 21% primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction, earnings in jurisdictions with statutory tax rates higher than the United States, expenses that are statutorily non-deductible for income tax purposes and U.S. state taxes, partially offset by the aforementioned release of valuation allowance, excess share-based compensation benefits, tax credit utilization and the statutory U.S. deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Comprehensive Income

 

(in millions) For the nine months ended September 30,

   2022     2021  

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 303.9     $ 363.3  

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    

Currency translation adjustment

     (175.2     (52.1

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     9.1       15.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (166.1     (36.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     137.8       326.5  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income

     (0.3     0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 138.1     $ 325.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, comprehensive income before allocations to noncontrolling interests was $137.8 million compared to $326.5 million in the same period of 2021. The $188.7 million decrease was primarily driven by a $123.1 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation adjustments primarily related to the British pound and euro, and lower net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests of $59.4 million.

 

104


Table of Contents

Segment Results of Operations—Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Aerospace & Electronics

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 182.9      $ 170.5      $ 12.4        7.3

Military Original Equipment

     171.5        184.0        (12.5      (6.8 )% 

Commercial Aftermarket Products

     92.5        75.1        17.4        23.2

Military Aftermarket Products

     38.9        50.6        (11.7      (23.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 485.8      $ 480.2      $ 5.6        1.2

Cost of sales

   $ 305.4      $ 298.2      $ 7.2        2.4

as a percentage of sales

     62.9      62.1      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 96.0      $ 92.7      $ 3.3        3.6

as a percentage of sales

     19.8      19.3      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 84.4      $ 89.3      $ (4.9      (5.5 )% 

Operating margin

     17.4      18.6      

Sales increased $5.6 million, or 1.2%, to $485.8 million in 2022, with higher pricing more than offsetting lower volumes.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Original Equipment increased $12.4 million, or 7.3%, to $182.9 million in 2022, reflecting strong demand from aircraft manufacturers as the industry aircraft build rates continue to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic-related slowdown, partially offset by material availability constraints.

 

   

Sales of Military Original Equipment decreased $12.5 million, or 6.8%, to $171.5 million in 2022, primarily reflecting lower shipments due to order timing and material availability.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Aftermarket Products increased $17.4 million, or 23.2%, to $92.5 million in 2022, reflecting strong demand from the airlines due to improving air traffic as the industry continues to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic-related slowdown, along with higher pricing.

 

   

Sales of Military Aftermarket Products decreased $11.7 million, or 23.1%, to $38.9 million in 2022, primarily reflecting timing of government orders for certain programs.

Cost of sales increased by $7.2 million, or 2.4%, to $305.4 million in 2022, primarily reflecting $22.0 million, or 7.4%, of increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs, partially offset by $10.3 million, or 3.5%, of productivity gains and lower volumes of $5.3 million, or 1.8%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $3.3 million, or 3.6%, to $96.0 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher selling costs of $3.4 million, or 3.7%.

Operating profit decreased by $4.9 million, or 5.5%, to $84.4 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher costs of $7.7 million, or 8.6%, lower volumes of $7.1 million, or 8.0%, partially offset by higher pricing net of inflation and increased productivity of $11.6 million, or 13.0%.

 

105


Table of Contents

Process Flow Technologies

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 555.8      $ 535.4      $ 20.4        3.8

Commercial Valves

     205.8        283.3        (77.5      (27.4 )% 

Pumps and Systems

     95.8        79.2        16.6        21.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 857.4      $ 897.9      $ (40.5      (4.5 )% 

Cost of sales

   $ 541.1      $ 593.2      $ (52.1      (8.8 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     63.1      66.1      

Selling, general and administrative1

   $ 185.4      $ 163.8      $ 21.6        13.2

as a percentage of sales

     21.6      18.2      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 130.9      $ 140.9      $ (10.0      (7.1 )% 

Operating margin

     15.3      15.7      

 

1 

2021 includes net restructuring gains of $12.7 million.

Sales decreased by $40.5 million, or 4.5%, to $857.4 million in 2022, driven by the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $81.3 million, or 9.1%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $32.6 million, or 3.6%, partially offset by higher core sales of $73.0 million, or 8.1%. Core sales growth was driven primarily by pricing, with modestly higher volumes.

 

   

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products increased by $20.4 million, or 3.8%, to $555.8 million in 2022. The increase reflected higher core sales of $41.7 million, or 7.8%, driven by higher pricing, offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $21.7 million, or 4.1%, as the euro weakened against the U.S. dollar. Demand remained generally strong in the Chemical, Pharmaceutical and General Industrial end markets.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Valves decreased by $77.5 million, or 27.4%, to $205.8 million in 2022, primarily driven by the impact of the divestiture of Crane Supply of $81.3 million, or 28.7%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $10.7 million, or 3.8%, as the British pound weakened against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by an increase in core sales of $14.5 million, or 5.1%.

 

   

Sales of Pumps & Systems increased by $16.6 million, or 21.0%, to $95.8 million in 2022, primarily driven by higher sales to municipal customers.

Cost of sales decreased by $52.1 million, or 8.8%, to $541.1 million, primarily related to the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $59.4 million, or 10.0%, favorable foreign currency of $20.5 million, or 3.5%, and productivity gains of $12.8 million, or 2.2%, partially offset by a $32.4 million, or 5.5%, increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs and unfavorable mix of $8.0 million, or 1.4%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $21.6 million, or 13.2%, to $185.4 million primarily reflecting higher administrative and selling costs of $25.3 million, or 15.4%, including transaction related expenses of $4.2 million and the absence of a prior year net restructuring gain of $12.7 million, or 7.7 %, partially offset by favorable currency translation of $7.5 million, or 4.6%, and the sale of Crane Supply of $6.8 million, or 4.2%.

Operating profit decreased by $10.0 million, or 7.1%, to $130.9 million in 2022, primarily reflecting the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $15.1 million, or 10.7%, and the absence of the prior year restructuring gain of $12.7 million, or 9.0%, partially offset by productivity gains of $15.1 million, or 10.7%.

 

106


Table of Contents

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products

   $ 643.2      $ 588.3      $ 54.9        9.3

Banknotes and Security Products

     358.5        443.1        (84.6      (19.1 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,001.7      $ 1,031.4      $ (29.7      (2.9 )% 

Cost of sales

   $ 536.8      $ 563.7      $ (26.9      (4.8 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     53.6      54.7      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 213.3      $ 220.3      $ (7.0      (3.2 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     21.3      21.4      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 251.6      $ 247.4      $ 4.2        1.7

Operating margin

     25.1      24.0      

Sales decreased $29.7 million, or 2.9%, to $1,001.7 million in 2022, driven by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $46.3 million, or 4.5%, offset by higher core sales of $16.6 million, or 1.6%. The higher core sales were driven by higher pricing, partially offset by lower volumes.

 

   

Sales of Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products increased $54.9 million, or 9.3%, to $643.2 million in 2022. The increase reflected higher core sales of $77.7 million, or 13.2%, offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $22.8 million, or 3.9%, primarily reflecting the weakening of the British pound and Japanese yen against the U.S. dollar. The core sales growth primarily reflected higher sales to Gaming customers and strong pricing across all end markets.

 

   

Sales of Banknotes and Security Products decreased $84.6 million, or 19.1%, to $358.5 million in 2022. The decrease reflected lower core sales of $61.1 million, or 13.8%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $23.5 million, or 5.3%, as the euro weakened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales decline primarily reflected lower volumes following a record year in 2021.

Cost of sales decreased by $26.9 million, or 4.8%, to $536.8 million, primarily related to lower volumes of $40.8 million, or 7.2%, favorable foreign currency translation of $29.5 million, or 5.2%, and productivity gains of $19.3 million, or 3.4%, partially offset by an increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $50.6 million, or 9.0%, and unfavorable mix of $12.1 million, or 2.1%.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $7.0 million, or 3.2%, to $213.3 million, primarily reflecting favorable foreign currency translation of $7.6 million, or 3.4%.

Operating profit increased by $4.2 million, or 1.7%, to $251.6 million in 2022. The increase primarily reflected higher pricing net of inflation, and productivity, of $66.7 million, or 27.0%, partially offset by lower volumes of $39.6 million, or 16.0%, unfavorable mix of $12.1 million, or 4.9%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $9.2 million, or 3.7%.

 

107


Table of Contents

Engineered Materials

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2022      2021      $      %  

Net sales by product line:

           

FRP - Recreational Vehicles

   $ 92.8      $ 78.1      $ 14.7        18.8

FRP - Building Products

     88.2        72.0        16.2        22.5

FRP - Transportation

     24.9        23.2        1.7        7.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 205.9      $ 173.3      $ 32.6        18.8

Cost of sales

   $ 164.5      $ 137.0      $ 27.5        20.1

as a percentage of sales

     79.9      79.1      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 14.5      $ 15.6      $ (1.1      (7.1 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     7.0      9.0      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 26.9      $ 20.7      $ 6.2        30.0

Operating margin

     13.1      11.9      

Sales increased by $32.6 million, or 18.8%, to $205.9 million in 2022 with higher pricing more than offsetting a decline in volume. The increase reflected higher sales to building products customers and recreational vehicle manufacturers.

Cost of sales increased by $27.5 million, or 20.1%, to $164.5 million, primarily related to higher increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $33.1 million, or 24.2%, including transaction related expenses of $3.6 million, offset by lower volumes of $6.7 million, or 4.9%.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $1.1 million, or 7.1%, to $14.5 million primarily reflecting lower administrative costs.

Operating profit increased by $6.2 million, or 30.0%, to $26.9 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher pricing net of inflation, and productivity gains, of $14.2 million, or 68.6%, offset by lower volumes of $5.8 million, or 28.0%.

 

108


Table of Contents

Results from Operations—Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

    For the year ended December 31,     2021 vs 2020
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
    2020 vs 2019
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

  2021     2020     2019     $     %     $     %  

Net sales:

             

Aerospace & Electronics

  $ 638.3     $ 650.7     $ 798.8     $ (12.4     (1.9 )%    $ (148.1     (18.5 )% 

Process Flow Technologies

    1,196.6       1,005.8       1,117.4       190.8       19.0     (111.6     (10.0 )% 

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

    1,345.1       1,104.8       1,158.3       240.3       21.8     (53.5     (4.6 )% 

Engineered Materials

    228.0       175.6       208.6       52.4       29.8     (33.0     (15.8 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

  $ 3,408.0     $ 2,936.9     $ 3,283.1     $     471.1           16.0   $ (346.2     (10.5 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales growth:

             

Core business

        $ 395.5       13.5   $ (565.1     (17.2 )% 

Foreign exchange

          70.6       2.4     7.2       0.2

Acquisitions/dispositions

          5.0       0.2         211.7           6.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales growth

        $ 471.1       16.0   $ (346.2     (10.5 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales (a)

  $ 2,120.3     $ 1,930.7     $ 2,104.1     $ (189.6     (9.8 )%    $ 173.4       8.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative (a)

  $ 775.4     $ 698.1     $ 698.0     $ (77.3     (11.1 )%    $ (0.1     —  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring (gains) charges, net

  $ (16.9   $ 32.3     $ 17.5     $ 49.2       NM     $ (14.8     (84.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition-related and integration charges

  $ —       $ 12.9     $ 5.2     $ 12.9       NM     $ (7.7     NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asbestos provision, net

  $ —       $ —       $ 229.0     $ —         —     $ 229.0       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Environmental provision, net

  $ —       $ —       $ 18.9     $ —         —     $ 18.9       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss):

             

Aerospace & Electronics

  $ 110.0     $ 100.7     $ 189.4     $ 9.3       9.2   $ (88.7     (46.8 )% 

Process Flow Technologies

    182.5       97.7       131.7       84.8       86.8     (34.0     (25.8 )% 

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

    307.5       100.6       177.3       206.9       205.7     (76.7     (43.3 )% 

Engineered Materials

    26.9       22.7       26.8       4.2       18.5     (4.1     (15.3 )% 

Corporate expense

    (97.7     (58.8     (66.9     (38.9     (66.2 )%      8.1       12.1

Corporate—Asbestos provision, net

    —         —         (229.0     —         —         229.0       NM  

Corporate—Environmental provision, net

    —         —         (18.9     —         —         18.9       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating profit

  $ 529.2     $ 262.9     $ 210.4     $ 266.3       101.3   $ 52.5       25.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating margin:

             

Aerospace & Electronics

    17.2     15.5     23.7        

Process Flow Technologies

    15.2     9.7     11.8        

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

    22.9     9.1     15.3        

Engineered Materials

    11.8     12.9     12.9        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total operating margin

    15.5     9.0     6.4        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(a) 

Cost of sales and Selling, general and administrative include net repositioning charges of $7.3 million, $5.1 million and $11.6 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

109


Table of Contents

Items Affecting Comparability of Reported Results

The comparability of our results for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is affected by the following significant items:

Restructuring and Related (Gains) Charges, net

In 2021, we recorded total pre-tax restructuring and related gains of $9.6 million primarily related to a gain on the sale of real estate. In 2020, we recorded total pre-tax restructuring and related charges of $37.4 million primarily in response to the adverse economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and integration actions related to the Cummins-Allison acquisition. In 2019, we recorded total pre-tax restructuring and related charges of $29.1 million; $9.9 million was related to the repositioning actions initiated in December 2019 in our PFT segment, $5.9 million was related to the acquisition of Crane Currency, and $13.3 million was related to our 2017 repositioning actions.

We expect pre-tax savings subsequent to completing all actions for all programs to approximate $165 million. Please refer to the individual segment discussion and analysis that follows, as well as Note 15, “Restructuring” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane for further discussion.

Transaction Related Expenses

During 2021, we recorded pre-tax transaction related expenses of $8.2 million related to the divestiture of Engineered Materials and other professional fees. Please refer to Note 17, “Subsequent Events,” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane for further information regarding the termination of the divestiture of Engineered Materials.

Acquisition-Related and Integration Charges

During 2020 and 2019, we recorded pre-tax acquisition-related and integration charges of $12.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively. Please refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane for further discussion.

Asbestos Provision, net

In 2019, we recorded a pre-tax provision, net of insurance recoveries of $229.0 million associated with updating our estimated asbestos liability through the generally accepted end point in 2059. Please refer to Note 12, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane for further discussion.

Environmental Provision, net

In 2019, we recorded a pre-tax provision, net of reimbursements of $18.9 million to extend accrued costs through 2027 at the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”). Please refer to Note 12, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane for further discussion.

Overall

2021 compared to 2020

Sales increased by $471.1 million, or 16.0%, to $3,408.0 million in 2021. The year-over-year higher sales included:

 

   

an increase in core sales of $395.5 million, or 13.5%, largely driven by end markets that continue to recover from the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

110


Table of Contents
   

favorable foreign currency translation of $70.6 million, or 2.4%; and

 

   

an increase in sales related to acquisitions of $5.0 million, or 0.2%.

Cost of sales increased by $189.6 million, or 9.8%, to $2,120.3 million in 2021, primarily related to $175.2 million, or 9.1%, to support the higher sales volumes, and an increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $94.2 million, or 4.9%. Cost of sales also increased $46.8 million, or 2.4%, related to unfavorable foreign currency translation. These increases were offset by higher productivity of $68.9 million, or 3.6%, and favorable mix of $53.5 million, or 2.8%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $77.3 million, or 11.1%, to $775.4 million in 2021, primarily related to a proportionate increase to the higher sales in the period, including higher compensation costs of $57.6 million, or 8.3%, which was primarily related to higher incentive compensation, driven by above-budget performance. The remaining increase primarily relates to unfavorable foreign currency translation of $12.9 million, or 1.8%.

We continue to experience above normal inflation consistent with the industries in which we participate, and we expect to continue to realize higher pricing to more than offset the impact of higher inflation.

Operating profit increased by $266.3 million, or 101.3%, to $529.2 million in 2021. The increase in operating profit reflected higher operating profit in each of our segments, partially offset by higher corporate costs. Operating profit in 2021 included net restructuring and related gains of $9.6 million and transaction related expenses of $8.2 million. Operating profit in 2020 included restructuring and related charges of $37.4 million and acquisition-related and integration charges of $12.9 million.

2020 compared to 2019

Sales decreased by $346.2 million, or 10.5%, to $2,936.9 million in 2020. The year-over-year lower sales included:

 

   

a decrease in core sales of $565.1 million, or 17.2%, reflecting the broad-based impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by;

 

   

an increase in sales related to acquisitions of $211.7 million, or 6.4%; and

 

   

favorable foreign currency translation of $7.2 million, or 0.2%.

Cost of sales decreased by $173.4 million, or 8.2%, to $1,930.7 million in 2020 primarily reflecting a $282.8 million, or 13.4%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes, and increased productivity of $78.7 million, or 3.7%, partially offset by the impact of acquisitions of $130.1 million, or 6.2%, and unfavorable mix of $36.2 million, or 1.7%.

Operating profit increased by $52.5 million, or 25.0%, to $262.9 million in 2020. The increase in operating profit reflected the absence of the $229.0 million asbestos provision and the $18.9 million environmental provision, together with lower corporate costs. These year-over-year benefits were largely offset by lower operating profit in each of our segments. Operating profit in 2020 included restructuring and related charges of $37.4 million and acquisition-related and integration charges of $12.9 million. Operating profit in 2019 included restructuring and related charges of $29.1 million and acquisition-related and integration charges of $5.2 million.

 

111


Table of Contents

Comprehensive income

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

  2021     2020     2019  

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

  $ 435.4     $ 181.1     $ 133.6  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     

Currency translation adjustment

    (69.2     70.4       11.5  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    96.0       (53.6     (47.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    26.8       16.8       (36.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

    462.2       197.9       97.4  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income (loss)

    0.6       (0.5     (0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 461.6     $ 198.4     $ 97.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests was $462.2 million compared to $197.9 million in 2020. The $264.3 million increase was primarily driven by $254.3 million of higher net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests and a $149.6 million increase primarily related to changes in pension discount rates, coupled with improved asset performance, partially offset by a $139.6 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation adjustments, primarily related to the British pound, Canadian dollar and euro.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests was $197.9 million compared to $97.4 million in 2019. The $100.5 million increase was primarily driven by a $58.9 million favorable impact of foreign currency translation adjustments year-over-year including fluctuations in the British pound, Canadian dollar, euro and Japanese yen; and $47.5 million of higher net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests. These increases were partially offset by a $5.9 million decrease due to changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligations.

Aerospace & Electronics

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales by product line:

      

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 229.4     $ 226.4     $ 357.2  

Military Original Equipment

     239.7       258.7       217.2  

Commercial Aftermarket

     104.5       93.0       161.4  

Military Aftermarket

     64.7       72.6       63.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 638.3     $ 650.7     $ 798.8  

Cost of sales

   $ 399.6     $ 428.2     $ 485.6  

Selling, general and administrative (a)

   $ 128.7     $ 121.8     $ 123.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 110.0     $ 100.7     $ 189.4  

Assets

   $ 604.7     $ 593.9     $ 638.1  

Backlog

   $ 459.8     $ 491.2     $ 567.4  

Operating margin

     17.2     15.5     23.7

 

(a) 

Selling, general and administrative expense includes net restructuring charges of $6.5 million in 2020.

 

112


Table of Contents

2021 compared to 2020

A&E sales decreased $12.4 million, or 1.9%, to $638.3 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The commercial market and military market accounted for 52% and 48%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2021. Sales to OEM and aftermarket customers in 2021 were 73% and 27% of total sales, respectively.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Original Equipment increased by $3.0 million, or 1.3%, to $229.4 million in 2021 compared to 2020.

 

   

Sales of Military Original Equipment decreased by $19.0 million, or 7.3%, to $239.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting challenging comparisons to particularly strong sales growth during the prior three years.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Aftermarket increased by $11.5 million, or 12.4%, to $104.5 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting higher demand driven by a rebound in commercial air traffic following the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Military Aftermarket decreased by $7.9 million, or 10.9%, to $64.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting particularly strong sales in the prior year.

Cost of sales decreased $28.6 million, or 6.7%, to $399.6 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to increased productivity of $14.0 million, or 3.3%, and improved mix of $12.2 million, or 2.8%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $6.9 million, or 5.7%, to $128.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to higher compensation costs of $10.7 million, or 8.8%, offset by restructuring charges $6.5 million, or 5.3%, in 2020, which did not repeat in 2021.

Operating profit increased by $9.3 million, or 9.2%, to $110.0 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily as a result of savings from 2020 repositioning actions of $19.0 million, or 18.9%, and productivity benefits of $16.5 million, or 16.4%, largely offset by the impact of lower sales volumes of $21.3 million, or 21.2%.

2020 compared to 2019

A&E sales decreased $148.1 million, or 18.5%, to $650.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The commercial market and military market accounted for 49% and 51%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2020. Sales to OEM and aftermarket customers in 2020 were 75% and 25% of total sales, respectively.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Original Equipment decreased by $130.8 million, or 36.6%, to $226.4 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting lower aircraft build rates as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and to a lesser extent, the impact of Boeing’s 737 MAX production pause.

 

   

Sales of Military Original Equipment increased by $41.5 million, or 19.1%, to $258.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting broad-based military demand strength across solutions.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Aftermarket decreased by $68.4 million, or 42.4%, to $93.0 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting lower sales of commercial spares, and to a lesser extent, lower repair and overhaul sales, as airlines reduced flight schedules in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Military Aftermarket increased by $9.6 million, or 15.2%, to $72.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting broad-based military demand strength across solutions.

Cost of sales decreased $57.4 million, or 11.8%, to $428.2 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $56.7 million, or 11.7%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes.

Operating profit decreased by $88.7 million, or 46.8%, to $100.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting the impact from lower sales volumes of $98.3 million, or 51.9%, increased material, labor and other

 

113


Table of Contents

costs of $16.6 million, or 8.8%, and unfavorable mix of $12.5 million, or 6.6%, partially offset by repositioning savings of $18.9 million, or 10%, productivity benefits of $16.3 million, or 8.6%, COVID-19 pandemic and cost reduction actions of $5.5 million, or 2.9%.

Process Flow Technologies

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales by product line:

      

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 717.1     $ 631.6     $ 685.1  

Commercial Valves

     374.2       286.3       332.1  

Pumps and Systems

     105.3       87.9       100.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,196.6     $ 1,005.8     $ 1,117.4  

Cost of sales

   $ 791.5     $ 689.5     $ 747.0  

Selling, general and administrative (a)

   $ 222.6     $ 218.6     $ 238.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 182.5     $ 97.7     $ 131.7  

Assets

   $ 1,240.4     $ 1,106.1     $ 941.6  

Backlog

   $ 357.9     $ 313.4     $ 267.0  

Operating margin

     15.2     9.7     11.8

 

(a) 

Selling, general and administrative expense includes net restructuring gains of $13.2 million in 2021, and net restructuring charges of $6.1 million and $10.5 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

2021 compared to 2020

Process Flow Technologies sales increased by $190.8 million, or 19.0%, to $1,196.6 million in 2021 compared to 2020, driven by higher core sales of $145.2 million, or 14.4%, favorable foreign currency translation of $40.6 million, or 4.0% and a benefit from the January 2020 acquisition of Instrumentation & Sampling (“I&S”) of $5.0 million, or 0.5%.

 

   

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products increased by $85.5 million, or 13.5%, to $717.1 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase reflected higher core sales of $66.2 million, or 10.5%, favorable foreign currency translation of $14.3 million, or 2.3%, primarily reflecting the strengthening of the euro against the U.S. dollar, and a benefit from the acquisition of I&S of $5.0 million, or 0.8%. The higher core sales primarily reflected broad based strengthening across chemical, pharmaceutical, and general industrial end markets that continue to recover from the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Valves increased by $87.9 million, or 30.7%, to $374.2 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily driven by a core sales increase of $62.3 million, or 21.8%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $25.6 million, or 8.9%, as the Canadian dollar and British pound strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The higher core sales reflected higher demand in Canadian non-residential construction markets, and to a lesser extent, higher demand in UK non-residential construction markets.

 

   

Sales of Pumps and Systems increased by $17.4 million, or 19.8%, to $105.3 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting higher demand from municipal and non-residential construction end markets.

Cost of sales increased $102.0 million, or 14.8%, to $791.5 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to higher volumes of $62.7 million, or 9.1%, increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $29.4 million, or 4.3%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $27.5 million, or 4.0%, partially offset by increased productivity of $21.9 million, or 3.2%.

 

114


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $4.0 million, or 1.8%, to $222.6 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to higher compensation costs of $17.5 million, or 8.0%, partially offset by a restructuring gain in 2021 of $13.2 million.

Operating profit increased by $84.8 million, or 86.8%, to $182.5 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase primarily reflected the impact of higher sales volumes of $45.2 million, or 46.3%, productivity benefits of $24.7 million, or 25.3%, lower restructuring costs of $16.4 million, or 16.8%, which included a gain on the sale of real estate related to prior repositioning actions, and the absence of acquisition-related and integration charges of $6.3 million, or 6.4%, partially offset by $7.8 million, or 8.0%, of other items, net.

2020 compared to 2019

Process Flow Technologies sales decreased by $111.6 million, or 10.0%, to $1,005.8 million in 2020 compared to 2019, driven by lower core sales of $165.6 million, or 14.8%, partially offset by a benefit from the acquisition of I&S of $53.2 million, or 4.8%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $0.8 million, or 0.1%.

 

   

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products decreased by $53.5 million, or 7.8%, to $631.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease reflected lower core sales of $108.5 million, or 15.8%, partially offset by a benefit from the acquisition of I&S of $53.2 million, or 7.8%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $1.8 million, or 0.3%, as the euro strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales decline reflected a broad-based decline in demand related largely to impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Valves decreased by $45.8 million, or 13.8%, to $286.3 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily driven by a core sales decline of $44.9 million, or 13.5%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $0.9 million, or 0.3%, as the Canadian dollar weakened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales decline reflected a broad-based decline in demand related to the COVID-19 pandemic across all geographies.

 

   

Sales of Pumps and Systems decreased by $12.3 million, or 12.3%, to $87.9 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease primarily reflected lower sales to military, industrial, and non-residential construction markets, partially offset by a slight increase in municipal sales.

Cost of sales decreased $57.5 million, or 7.7%, to $689.5 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $95.3 million, or 12.8%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes, and a $22.1 million, or 3.0%, increase in productivity, partially offset by a $47.0 million, or 6.3%, increase in costs related to the acquisition of I&S, and $10.4 million, or 1.4%, of unfavorable mix.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $20.1 million, or 8.4%, to $218.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $14.9 million, or 6.2%, reduction in costs reflecting the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, lower restructuring costs of $9.3 million, or 3.9%, and repositioning savings of $7.9 million, or 3.3%, partially offset by a $10.2 million, or 4.3%, increase in costs related to the acquisition of I&S.

Operating profit decreased by $34.0 million, or 25.8%, to $97.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease primarily reflected the impact from lower sales volumes of $89.4 million, or 67.9%, partially offset by productivity benefits of $24.2 million, or 18.4%, COVID-19 pandemic cost reduction actions of $14.9 million, or 11.3%, and repositioning savings of $14.0 million, or 10.6%.

 

115


Table of Contents

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales by product line:

      

Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products

   $ 805.7     $ 670.8     $ 805.5  

Banknotes and Security Products

     539.4       434.0       352.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,345.1     $ 1,104.8     $ 1,158.3  

Cost of sales

   $ 746.2     $ 682.8     $ 708.9  

Selling, general and administrative (a)

   $ 291.4     $ 321.4     $ 272.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 307.5     $ 100.6     $ 177.3  

Assets

   $ 2,096.5     $ 2,215.3     $ 2,303.4  

Backlog

   $ 438.0     $ 347.6     $ 311.4  

Operating margin

     22.9     9.1     15.3

 

(a) 

Selling, general and administrative expense includes net restructuring gains of $3.7 million in 2021, and net restructuring charges of $19.1 million and $7.4 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

2021 compared to 2020

Payment & Merchandising Technologies sales increased $240.3 million, or 21.8%, to $1,345.1 million in 2021 compared to 2020, reflecting higher core sales of $210.6 million, or 19.1%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $29.7 million, or 2.7%.

 

   

Sales of Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products increased $134.9 million, or 20.1%, to $805.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase reflected higher core sales of $123.3 million, or 18.4%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $11.6 million, or 1.7%, primarily reflecting the strengthening of the British pound against the U.S. dollar. The core sales increase primarily reflected higher sales to gaming, retail, vending and transportation customers as end markets continued to recover from the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Banknotes and Security Products increased $105.4 million, or 24.3%, to $539.4 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase reflected higher core sales of $87.3 million, or 20.1%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $18.1 million, or 4.2%, as the euro strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales increase reflected substantially higher sales of banknotes, globally.

Cost of sales increased $63.4 million, or 9.3%, to $746.2 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting a $91.3 million, or 13.4%, increase in costs proportionate to the higher sales volumes, increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $29.2 million, or 4.3%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $19.3 million, or 2.8%; partially offset by favorable mix of $41.9 million, or 6.1%, and increased productivity of $31.5 million, or 4.6%.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $30.0 million, or 9.3%, to $291.4 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to a $19.1 million restructuring charge in 2020 which did not repeat in 2021 and a $3.7 million restructuring gain in 2021.

Operating profit increased by $206.9 million, or 205.7%, to $307.5 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase primarily reflected the impact of higher sales volumes of $100.7 million, or 100.1%, favorable mix of $41.9 million, or 41.7%, productivity benefits of $34.7 million, or 34.5%, lower restructuring and related costs of $23.5 million, or 23.4%, and acquisition-related and integration charges of $6.5 million, or 6.5%, which did not repeat in the current year, partially offset by $0.4 million of other items, net.

 

116


Table of Contents

2020 compared to 2019

Payment & Merchandising Technologies sales decreased $53.5 million, or 4.6%, to $1,104.8 million in 2020 compared to 2019, reflecting lower core sales of $218.3 million, or 18.9%, partially offset by a benefit from the acquisition of Cummins-Allison of $158.6 million, or 13.7%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $6.2 million, or 0.5%.

 

   

Sales of Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products decreased $134.7 million, or 16.7%, to $670.8 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease reflected lower core sales of $295.1 million, or 36.6%, partially offset by a benefit from the acquisition of Cummins-Allison of $158.6 million, or 19.7%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $1.8 million, or 0.2%, as the Japanese yen strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales decrease reflected lower sales to all vertical markets driven primarily by COVID-19 related demand impacts.

 

   

Sales of Banknotes and Security Products increased $81.2 million, or 23.0%, to $434.0 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The increase reflected higher core sales of $76.8 million, or 21.8%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $4.4 million, or 1.3%, as the euro strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales increase reflected higher sales to both international customers and the U.S. Government.

Cost of sales decreased $26.1 million, or 3.7%, to $682.8 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $109.7 million, or 15.5%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes, partially offset by a $83.2 million, or 11.7%, increase in costs related to the acquisition of Cummins-Allison.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $49.3 million, or 18.1%, to $321.4 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $72.2 million, or 26.5%, increase in costs related to the acquisition of Cummins-Allison, partially offset by an $18.3 million, or 6.7%, reduction in costs reflecting the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Operating profit decreased by $76.7 million, or 43.3%, to $100.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease was driven primarily by the impact from lower sales volumes of $104.2 million, or 58.8%, and unfavorable mix of $11.6 million, or 6.5%, partially offset by productivity benefits of $44.7 million, or 25.2%.

Engineered Materials

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales by product line:

      

FRP—Recreational Vehicles

   $ 102.5     $ 68.9     $ 84.5  

FRP—Building Products

     94.9       83.1       91.9  

FRP—Transportation

     30.6       23.6       32.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 228.0     $ 175.6     $ 208.6  

Cost of sales

   $ 181.3     $ 134.5     $ 162.3  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 19.8     $ 18.4     $ 19.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 26.9     $ 22.7     $ 26.8  

Assets

   $ 220.5     $ 217.3     $ 219.6  

Backlog

   $ 20.1     $ 12.8     $ 9.4  

Operating margin

     11.8     12.9     12.9

2021 compared to 2020

Engineered Materials sales increased $52.4 million, or 29.8%, to $228.0 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily due to higher core sales to recreational vehicle manufacturers, and to a lesser extent, to building product and transportation customers. Core sales increases included end markets recovering from the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic as well as higher pricing to offset higher raw material costs.

 

117


Table of Contents

Cost of sales increased $46.8 million, or 34.8%, to $181.3 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $32.4 million, or 24.1%, and $16.2 million, or 12.0%, of increased costs proportionate to the higher sales volumes.

Operating profit increased by $4.2 million, or 18.5%, to $26.9 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase primarily reflected the impact of higher sales volumes of $9.5 million, or 41.9%, offset by increased material, labor and other costs of $7.4 million, or 32.6%.

2020 compared to 2019

Engineered Materials sales decreased by $33.0 million, or 15.8%, to $175.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019.

 

   

Sales of FRP panels to RV manufacturers decreased by $15.6 million, or 18.5%, to $68.9 million in 2020, reflecting lower RV industry production rates.

 

   

Sales of FRP to building products customers decreased $8.8 million, or 9.6%, to $83.1 million in 2020, reflecting lower demand from customers, particularly restaurants, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of FRP to transportation customers decreased $8.6 million, or 26.7%, to $23.6 million in 2020, primarily reflecting lower trailer industry production rates.

Cost of sales decreased $27.8 million, or 17.1%, to $134.5 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $21.1 million, or 13.0%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes, a decrease in material, labor and other costs of $4.6 million, or 2.8%, and increased productivity of $2.7 million, or 1.7%.

Operating profit decreased by $4.1 million, or 15.3%, to $22.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting the impact from the lower sales volumes of $10.3 million, or 38.4%, partially offset by productivity benefits of $2.8 million, or 10.4%.

Corporate

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Corporate expense

   $ (97.7    $ (58.8    $ (66.9

Corporate — Asbestos provision, net

     —          —          (229.0

Corporate — Environmental provision, net

     —          —          (18.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Corporate expense

   $ (97.7    $ (58.8    $ (314.8

Acquisition-related and integration charges (a)

   $ —        $ 0.1      $ 2.2  

 

(a) 

Acquisition-related and integration charges are included in Corporate expense

Total Corporate expense increased by $38.9 million, or 66.2%, in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily related to higher compensation and benefit costs of $19.0 million, or 32.3%, and transaction related expenses of $8.2 million, or 13.9%.

Total Corporate expense was lower by $256.0 million, or 81.3%, in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily due to the absence of a pre-tax asbestos provision, net of insurance recoveries of $229.0 million, or 72.7%, and a pre-tax environmental provision, net of reimbursements of $18.9 million, or 6.0%.

Interest and Miscellaneous Income, net

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Interest income

   $ 1.4      $ 2.0      $ 2.7  

Interest expense

   $ (46.9    $ (55.3    $ (46.8

Miscellaneous income, net

   $ 19.1      $ 14.9      $ 4.4  

 

118


Table of Contents

Interest expense decreased $8.4 million, or 15.2%, in 2021 compared to 2020 resulting from the repayment of the 364-day credit facility, entered into on April 16, 2020 (the “2020 364-Day Credit Agreement”), in April 2021 and lower amounts outstanding under the commercial paper facility beginning in the second quarter of 2021. Miscellaneous income, net, increased $4.2 million, or 28.2%, primarily reflecting a gain on sale of a property.

Interest expense increased $8.5 million, or 18.2%, in 2020 primarily related to additional debt associated with the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement. Miscellaneous income, net increased $10.5 million, or 238.6%, primarily reflecting a higher net periodic pension benefit resulting from non-service pension cost adjustments related to a decrease in interest costs.

Income Tax

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Income before tax — U.S.

   $ 342.1     $ 124.9     $ 64.0  

Income before tax — non-U.S.

     160.7       99.6       106.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before tax — worldwide

   $ 502.8     $ 224.5     $ 170.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 67.4     $ 43.4     $ 37.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     13.4     19.3     21.7

Our effective tax rate is affected by a number of items, both recurring and discrete, including the amount of income we earn in different jurisdictions and their respective statutory tax rates, acquisitions and dispositions, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, regulations and accounting principles, the continued availability of statutory tax credits and deductions, and examinations initiated by tax authorities around the world. See “Application of Critical Accounting Estimates” in this section of the information statement for additional information about our provision for income taxes. A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective tax rate is set forth in Note 9, “Income Taxes” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net cash (used for) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $ 498.5      $ 309.5      $ 393.9  

Investing activities

     (0.3      (229.1      (221.0

Financing activities

     (557.9      55.1        (124.6

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (12.7      21.6        2.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (72.4    $ 157.1      $ 50.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in millions) For the nine months ended September 30,

   2022      2021  

Net cash (used for) provided by:

     

Operating activities

   $ (378.0    $ 327.0  

Investing activities

     281.4        26.6  

Financing activities

     119.3        (440.8

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (62.7      (13.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (40.0    $ (100.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our operating philosophy is to deploy cash provided from operating activities, when appropriate, to provide value to shareholders by reinvesting in existing businesses, by making acquisitions that will strengthen and

 

119


Table of Contents

complement our portfolio, by divesting businesses that are no longer strategic or aligned with our portfolio and where such divestitures can generate capacity for strategic investments and initiatives that further optimize our portfolio, and by paying dividends and/or repurchasing shares. At any given time, and from time to time, we may be evaluating one or more of these opportunities, although we cannot assure you if or when we will consummate any such transaction.

The current cash balance of Crane Holdings, Co., together with cash it expects to generate from future operations along with Crane Holdings, Co.’s commercial paper program, borrowings available under Crane Holdings, Co.’s revolving credit facility and the proceeds of the Crane Company Term Loan are expected to be sufficient to finance its short- and long-term capital requirements, as well as to fund payments associated with its environmental liabilities and expected pension contributions. In addition, Crane Holdings, Co. believes its current investment grade credit ratings afford it adequate access to public and private debt markets. No report of any rating agency is incorporated by reference herein and neither Crane Company nor Crane Holdings, Co. can assure you whether Crane Holdings, Co.’s credit ratings will be subject to adjustment in the future.

Crane Holdings, Co.’s current cash balance, together with cash it expects to generate from future operations, the proceeds of the Crane Company Term Loan and other sources of liquidity are expected to be sufficient to finance its short- and long-term capital requirements, as well as to fund payments associated with its environmental liabilities and expected pension contributions. In addition, the Company believes that if it has investment grade credit ratings following the spin-off, those ratings would aid it with any potential access to public and private debt markets. The Company cannot assure you what its credit ratings will be following consummation of the spin-off or at any time in the future.

Crane Holdings, Co. is the borrower under a $650 million, 5-year Revolving Credit Agreement, which was entered into in July 2021 and replaced the existing $550 million revolving credit facility. The Commercial Paper Program (“CP Program”) that Crane Holdings, Co. maintains was also increased to permit the issuance of short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $650 million at any time (up from $550 million, previously). See Note 13, “Financing,” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane for details regarding its financing arrangements. In August 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. entered into the 364-Day Credit Agreement and borrowed the Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million under the 364-Day Credit Agreement. The proceeds were used to partially fund the $550 million contribution related to the Redco Sale. Please see Note 10 and Note 11 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Crane for additional details.

On April 15, 2021, we repaid the amount outstanding under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement which we entered into to enhance financial flexibility and maintain maximum liquidity in response to the uncertainty in the global markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Crane Company intends to enter into a term loan (the “Crane Company Term Loan”) during the first quarter of 2023. Proceeds from the Crane Company Term Loan are expected to be used to pay a dividend to Crane Holdings, Co. No assurance can be given whether such financing will occur in the anticipated time frame on favorable terms, or at all.

As a result of the state of the capital markets, amongst other factors, the final capital structure of Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company may differ than as assumed in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane.”

Cash Flows – Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Operating Activities

Cash used for operating activities was $378.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022, as compared to cash provided by activities of $327.0 million during the comparable period of 2021. The increase in cash used

 

120


Table of Contents

for operating activities was primarily driven by the $550.0 million payment related to the divestiture of the asbestos-related assets and liabilities, together with increased working capital investments supporting higher levels of demand across most businesses. Net asbestos-related payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were $29.3 million and $29.6 million, respectively. As a result of the Redco Sale, we no longer have any obligation with respect to pending and future asbestos-related claims.

Investing Activities

Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions and capital expenditures and cash provided by divestitures of businesses or assets. Cash provided by investing activities was $281.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022, as compared to $26.6 million in the comparable period of 2021. The increase in cash provided by investing activities was primarily related to proceeds from the sale of Crane Supply of $318.1 million. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information systems. We expect capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in 2022.

Financing Activities

Financing cash flows consist primarily of dividend payments to shareholders, share repurchases and repayments of indebtedness, proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and commercial paper and proceeds from the issuance of common stock. Cash provided by financing activities was $119.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to cash used for financing activities of $440.8 million in the comparable period of 2021. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily driven by the $399.4 million in net borrowings from the 364-Day Credit Agreement, compared to a $348.1 million repayment of the outstanding amount under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement in the nine months ended September 30, 2021. This was partially offset by the $203.7 million of share repurchases in the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

Cash Flows – Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities, a key source of our liquidity, was $498.5 million in 2021, compared to $309.5 million in 2020. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily driven by higher net income, partially offset by higher asbestos-related payments. Net asbestos-related payments in 2021 and 2020 were $44.9 million and $31.1 million, respectively.

Cash provided by operating activities was $309.5 million in 2020, compared to $393.9 million in 2019. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily driven by lower operating results, partially offset by lower working capital levels. Net asbestos-related payments in 2020 and 2019 were $31.1 million and $41.5 million, respectively.

Investing Activities

Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions, capital expenditures and cash provided by divestitures of businesses or assets. Cash used for investing activities was $0.3 million in 2021, compared to cash used for investing activities of $229.1 million in 2020. Cash used for investing activities in 2020 was driven by the acquisition of I&S for $169.2 million. There were no similar acquisitions in 2021. In addition, there was $30 million of net proceeds from the sale of marketable securities in 2021 compared to $30 million of cash used for the purchase of marketable securities in 2020. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information systems. We expect capital expenditures of approximately $60 million in 2022.

 

121


Table of Contents

Cash used for investing activities was $229.1 million in 2020, compared to $221.0 million in 2019. The increase in cash used for investing activities was driven by net cash used to purchase marketable securities of $30 million and higher cash paid for acquisitions, partially offset by lower capital expenditures resulting from deferring certain capital expenditures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information systems.

Financing Activities

Financing cash flows consist primarily of dividend payments to shareholders, share repurchases, repayments of indebtedness, proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and commercial paper and proceeds from the issuance of common stock. Cash used for financing activities was $557.9 million in 2021, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $55.1 million in 2020. The increase in cash used for financing activities was driven by the $348.1 million repayment of the outstanding amount under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement in 2021, compared to proceeds of $343.9 million received from the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement in 2020.

Cash provided by financing activities was $55.1 million in 2020, compared to cash used for financing activities of $124.6 million in 2019. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was driven by $343.9 million of borrowings under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement, partially offset by $122.2 million of net repayments of commercial paper in 2020 compared to $149.4 million of net proceeds of commercial paper in 2019 and the absence of $103.4 million repayment of the amount that was due under the syndicated loan facility and the building loan facility which we assumed as part of the Crane Currency acquisition.

Financing Arrangements

Total debt was $842.4 million and $1,218.6 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our indebtedness as of December 31, 2021 was as follows:

 

   

$299.4 million of 4.45% notes due 2023;

 

   

$198.5 million of 6.55% notes due 2036; and

 

   

$346.3 million of 4.20% notes due 2048.

As of December 31, 2021, our total debt to total capitalization ratio was 31.5%, computed as follows:

 

(in millions, except %)

      

Total long-term debt

   $ 842.4  

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,832.3  
  

 

 

 

Capitalization

   $ 2,674.7  
  

 

 

 

Total indebtedness to capitalization

     31.5
  

 

 

 

See Note 13, “Financing,” in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane for details regarding our financing arrangements.

Credit Ratings

As of December 31, 2021, Crane Holdings, Co.’s senior unsecured debt was rated BBB by S&P Global Ratings with a Stable outlook and Baa2 with a Stable outlook by Moody’s Investors Service. Crane Holdings, Co. believes that these ratings afford it adequate access to the public and private debt markets. No report of any rating agency is incorporated by reference herein and neither Crane Company nor Crane Holdings, Co. can assure you whether Crane Holdings, Co.’s credit ratings will be subject to adjustment in the future.

 

122


Table of Contents

In addition, the Company believes that if it has investment grade credit ratings following the spin-off, those ratings would aid it with any potential access to public and private debt markets. The Company cannot assure you what its credit ratings will be following consummation of the spin-off or at any time in the future.

Contractual Obligations

Under various agreements, we are obligated to make future cash payments in fixed amounts. These include payments under our long-term debt agreements and rent payments required under operating lease agreements. The following table summarizes our fixed cash obligations as of December 31, 2021:

 

     Payment due by Period  

(in millions)

   Total      2022      2023
-2024
     2025
-2026
     2027 and
after
 

Debt (a)

   $ 850.0      $ —        $ 300.0      $ —        $ 550.0  

Fixed interest payments

     606.3        41.2        68.4        55.6        441.1  

Operating lease payments

     137.4        25.7        40.3        23.2        48.2  

Purchase obligations

     189.4        152.3        29.7        4.3        3.1  

Pension and postretirement benefits (b)

     579.1        56.2        112.4        116.8        293.7  

Other long-term liabilities reflected on Consolidated Balance Sheets (c)

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,362.2      $ 275.4      $ 550.8      $ 199.9      $ 1,336.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Debt includes scheduled principal payments.

(b) 

Pension benefits are funded by the respective pension trusts. The postretirement benefit component of the obligation is approximately $2.4 per year for which there is no trust and will be directly funded by us. Pension benefits are included through 2029.

(c) 

As the timing of future cash outflows is uncertain, the following long-term liabilities (and related balances) are excluded from the above table: Long-term asbestos liability ($549.8), long-term environmental liability ($25.8) and gross unrecognized tax benefits ($31.6) and related gross interest and penalties ($4.9). See Note 12, “Commitments and Contingencies” for more information regarding our asbestos liability.

Capital Structure

The following table sets forth our capitalization:

 

(in millions, except %) December 31,

   2021     2020  

Short-term borrowings

   $ —       $ 375.7  

Long-term debt

     842.4       842.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     842.4       1,218.6  

Less cash and cash equivalents

     478.6       551.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net debt (a)

     363.8       667.6  

Equity

     1,835.1       1,531.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net capitalization (a)

   $ 2,198.9     $ 2,198.7  

Net debt to equity (a)

     19.8     43.6

Net debt to net capitalization (a)

     16.5     30.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Net debt, a non-GAAP measure, represents total debt less cash and cash equivalents. Net debt is comprised of components disclosed above which are presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Net capitalization, a non-GAAP measure, represents net debt plus Equity. We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. However, management believes that both non-GAAP financial measures, which include the presentation of net debt and net capitalization, provide useful information to our creditors, rating agencies

 

123


Table of Contents
  and investors about our ability to satisfy our debt obligations with currently available funds and the Company’s overall capital structure. Management also uses these non-GAAP financial measures in making financial, operating, and other planning decisions. Non-GAAP financial measures, which may be inconsistent with similarly captioned measures presented by other companies, should be viewed in the context of the definitions of the elements of such measures we provide and in addition to, and not as a substitute for, our reported results prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

In 2021, equity increased $304.0 million as a result of net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests of $435.4 million, changes in pension and post retirement plan assets and benefit obligations, net of tax of $96.0 million and the impact of equity-based awards and related settlement activities of $39.0 million. These increases were partially offset by cash dividends of $100.9 million, currency translation adjustment of $69.2 million and share repurchases of $96.3 million.

Application of Critical Accounting Estimates

The audited consolidated financial statements of Crane are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described under Note 1, “Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to audited consolidated financial statements of Crane. Certain accounting policies require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. The accounting estimates described below are those that most frequently require us to make judgments and, therefore, are critical to understanding our results of operations. We have discussed the development and selection of these accounting estimates and the related disclosures with the Audit Committee of Crane’s Board of Directors.

Revenue Recognition

We primarily generate revenue through the manufacture and sale of engineered industrial products. Each product within a contract generally represents a separate performance obligation, as we do not provide a significant service of integrating or installing the products, the products do not customize each other, and the products can function independently of each other. Control of products generally transfers to the customer at a point in time, as the customer does not control the products as they are manufactured. We exercise judgment and consider the timing of right to payment, transfer of risk and rewards, transfer of title, transfer of physical possession, and customer acceptance when determining when control transfers to the customer. As a result, revenue from the sale of products is generally recognized at a point in time—either upon shipment or delivery—based on the specific shipping terms in the contract.

When products are customized or products are sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, revenue is recognized over time because control is transferred continuously to customers, as the contract progresses. We exercise judgment to determine whether the products have an alternative use to us. When an alternative use does not exist for these products and we are entitled to payment for performance completed to date which includes a reasonable profit margin, revenue is recognized over time. When a contract with the U.S. government or subcontract for the U.S. government contains clauses indicating that the U.S. government owns any work-in-progress as the contracted product is being built, revenue is recognized over time. The measure of progress applied by us is the cost-to-cost method as this provides the most faithful depiction of the pattern of transfer of control. Under this method, we measure progress by comparing costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to provide the performance obligation. This method effectively reflects our progress toward completion, as this methodology includes any work-in-process amounts as part of the measure of progress. Costs incurred represent work performed, which corresponds with, and thereby depicts, the transfer of control to the customer. Total revenue recognized and cost estimates are updated monthly.

 

124


Table of Contents

These estimates are subject to uncertainties and require judgment. Estimates of contract costs include labor hours and rates, and material costs. These estimates consider historical performance, the complexity of the work to be performed, the estimated time to complete the project, and other economic factors such as inflation and market rates. We update our estimates on a periodic basis and any revisions to such estimates are recorded in earnings in the period in which they are determined. Provisions for estimated losses, if any, on uncompleted long-term contracts, are made in the period in which such losses are determined. We do not believe that any discrete event or adjustment to an individual contract within the aggregate changes in contract estimates for 2021, 2020 or 2019 was material to the consolidated statements of income for such annual periods.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous international jurisdictions. As a matter of course, federal, state, and international tax authorities regularly audit us. From time to time, these audits result in proposed assessments.

The evaluation of our uncertain tax positions involves significant judgment in the interpretation and application of U.S. GAAP, domestic and international tax laws, and the allocation of taxing rights among countries. We adjust our liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the period in which we determine the issue is effectively settled with the tax authorities, the statute of limitations expires for the return containing the tax position, or when more information becomes available.

Although we believe our reserves are reasonable, and historically they have been adequate, resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes as well as carryforwards of operating losses and tax credits. We adjust deferred tax balances, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Changes in tax laws or accounting standards and methods may also affect our deferred taxes in future periods.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

We must make estimates of future taxable income, considering feasible tax planning strategies and considering existing facts and circumstances, to determine the proper valuation allowances. When we determine deferred tax assets could be realized in greater or lesser amounts than recorded, the asset balance and Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the change in the period such determination is made. Due to changes in facts and circumstances and the estimates and judgments involved in determining the proper valuation allowances, differences between actual future events and prior estimates and judgments could result in adjustments to these valuation allowances, which could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results. Historically there have been no changes in estimates which have had a material impact on results.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2021, we had $1,412.5 million of goodwill and $465.9 million of net intangible assets, of which $70.6 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names. As of December 31, 2020, we had $1,437.7 million of goodwill and $520.3 million of net intangible assets, of which $70.9 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names. We review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. We perform our annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter. We believe that there have been no events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below their carrying value.

 

125


Table of Contents

When performing our annual impairment assessment, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units to our respective carrying value. Goodwill is potentially impaired when the net book value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair values are established primarily by discounting estimated future cash flows at an estimated cost of capital which varies for each reporting unit and which, as of our most recent annual impairment assessment, ranged between 9.5% and 11.5% (a weighted average of 10.7%), reflecting the respective inherent business risk of each of the reporting units tested. This methodology for valuing our reporting units (commonly referred to as the Income Method) has not changed since the adoption of the provisions under ASC 350. The determination of discounted cash flows is based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions. Profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting unit based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases/reductions.

There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management judgment is necessary in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. In addition to the foregoing, for each reporting unit, market multiples are used to corroborate discounted cash flow results where fair value is estimated based on earnings multiples determined by available public information of comparable businesses. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may then be determined to be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings. Furthermore, to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations on the goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical, reasonably possible 10% decrease to the fair values of each reporting unit. The effects of this hypothetical 10% decrease would still result in a fair value calculation exceeding our carrying value for each of our reporting units. No impairment charges have been required during 2021, 2020 or 2019.

Intangibles with indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for impairment. If the carrying amount of an indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the intangible asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated using relief from royalty method. We amortize the cost of definite-lived intangibles over their estimated useful lives.

We review all our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the definite-lived intangible asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups and include estimated future revenues, gross profit margins, operating profit margins and capital expenditures which are based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent our best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases or reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the definite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired and a charge would be taken against net earnings based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. Judgments that we make which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of definite lived assets and its ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets and are affected primarily by changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of definite-lived intangible

 

126


Table of Contents

assets, there is risk that the carrying value of our definite-lived intangible assets may require adjustment in future periods. Historical results to date have generally approximated expected cash flows for the identifiable cash flow generating level. We believe there have been no events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our indefinite-lived or definite-lived intangible assets below their carrying value. As of the last annual assessment, fair values have been substantially in excess of carrying values.

Asbestos Liability and Related Insurance Coverage and Receivable

The most significant factors affecting our asbestos liability estimate are (1) the number of new mesothelioma claims filed against us, (2) the average settlement costs for mesothelioma claims, (3) the percentage of mesothelioma claims dismissed against us and (4) the aggregate defense costs incurred by us. These factors are interdependent, and no one factor predominates in determining the liability estimate. These factors have both positive and negative effects on the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system and the related best estimate of our asbestos liability, and these effects do not move in a linear fashion but rather change over multi-year periods. Accordingly, we continue to monitor these trend factors over time and periodically assesses whether an alternative forecast period is appropriate. Projecting future asbestos costs is subject to numerous variables and uncertainties that are inherently difficult to predict. In addition to the uncertainties surrounding the key assumptions, additional uncertainty related to asbestos claims arise from the long latency period prior to the manifestation of an asbestos-related disease, changes in available medical treatments and associated medical costs, changes in plaintiff behavior resulting from bankruptcies of other companies that are potential defendants or co-defendants, uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and the impact of potential legislative or judicial changes.

Management has made its best estimate of the costs through 2059. Through December 31, 2021, our actual experience during the updated reference period for mesothelioma claims filed and dismissed generally approximated the assumptions in our liability estimate. In addition to this claims experience, we considered additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant appellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. Based on this evaluation, we determined that no change in the estimate was warranted for the period ended December 31, 2021. The liability was $612 million and $670 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

A 10% change in either the average cost per claim or the number of future projected claims would increase or decrease the estimated liability at December 31, 2021 by approximately $35 million. A 10% change in these two factors in the same direction at the same time would change the estimated liability at December 31, 2021 by approximately $70 million.

In conjunction with developing the aggregate liability estimate referenced above, we also developed an estimate of probable insurance recoveries for our asbestos liabilities. In developing this estimate, we considered our coverage-in-place and other settlement agreements, as well as a number of additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits and their interrelationships. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had an aggregate asbestos insurance receivable of $74 million and $87 million, respectively. Through December 31, 2021, our actual experience generally approximated the assumptions in our insurance recoveries estimates.

Environmental

For environmental matters, we record a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third-party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of December 31, 2021 is substantially

 

127


Table of Contents

all for the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”). Estimates of our environmental liabilities at the Goodyear Site are based on currently available facts, present laws and regulations and current technology available for remediation, and are recorded on an undiscounted basis. These estimates consider our prior experience in the Goodyear Site investigation and remediation, as well as available data from, and in consultation with, our environmental specialists. Estimates at the Goodyear Site are subject to significant uncertainties caused primarily by the dynamic nature of the Goodyear Site conditions, the range of remediation alternatives available, together with the corresponding estimates of cleanup methodology and costs, as well as ongoing, required regulatory approvals, primarily from the EPA. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we received conceptual agreement from the EPA on an alternative remediation strategy which is expected to further reduce the contaminant plume. Accordingly, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $18.9 million, net of reimbursements, to extend our forecast period through 2027 and reflect our revised workplan. The total estimated gross liability was $32.3 million and $39.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

On July 31, 2006, we entered into a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the DoD and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses us for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site. We have recorded a receivable of $7.3 million and $7.8 million for the expected reimbursements from the U.S. Government in respect of the aggregate liability as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. During 2020 and 2021, there have been no changes in assumptions which have had a material impact on our estimates.

Pension Plans

In the United States, we sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that covers approximately 16% of all U.S. employees. Effective January 1, 2013, pension eligible non-union employees no longer earn future benefits in the domestic defined benefit pension plan. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation on a final average pay basis, except for certain hourly employees where benefits are fixed per year of service. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by an independent actuary. Contributions are intended to provide for future benefits earned to date. Additionally, a number of our non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans that cover approximately 9% of all non-U.S. employees. The benefits are typically based upon years of service and compensation. Most of these plans are funded by company contributions to pension funds, which are held for the sole benefit of plan participants and beneficiaries.

The expected return on plan assets component of net periodic benefit cost is determined by applying the assumed expected return on plan assets to the fair value of plan assets. For one of the U.K. pension plans, a market-related value of assets is used in lieu of the fair value of plan assets for this purpose. The net actuarial loss (gain) is amortized to the extent that it exceeds 10% of the greater of the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation. The amortization period is the average life expectancy of plan participants for most plans. The amortization period for plans with a significant number of active participants accruing benefits is the average future working lifetime of plan participants. The prior service cost (credit) is amortized over the average future working lifetime of plan participants whose prior service benefits were changed.

Holding all other factors constant, a decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets by 0.25 percentage points would have increased 2021 pension expense by $1.2 million for U.S. pension plans and $1.3 million for non-U.S. pension plans. Also, holding all other factors constant, a decrease in the discount rate used to determine net periodic pension cost by 0.25 percentage points would have decreased 2021 pension expense by $0.2 million for U.S. pension plans and increased 2021 pension expense by $0.8 million for non-U.S. pension plans.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Information regarding new accounting pronouncements is included in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane and Note 1 to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Crane.

 

128


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our cash flows and earnings are subject to fluctuations from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We manage our exposures to these market risks through internally established policies and procedures and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of interest-rate swap agreements and forward exchange contracts. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Total debt outstanding was $842.4 million as of December 31, 2021, which was at fixed rates of interest ranging from 4.20% to 6.55%.

The following is an analysis of the potential changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates based upon sensitivity analysis that models effects of shifts in rates. These are not forecasts.

 

   

Our year-end portfolio is comprised of fixed-rate debt; therefore, the effect of a market change in interest rates would not be significant.

 

   

Based on a sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2021, a 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rates for the year ended December 31, 2021 would have impacted our net earnings by approximately $15.2 million, due primarily to the British pound, euro and Canadian dollar. This calculation assumes that all currencies change in the same direction and proportion relative to the U.S. dollar and there are no indirect effects, such as changes in non-U.S. dollar sales volumes or prices.

 

129


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF CRANE COMPANY (SUPPLEMENTAL)

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 and the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 reflects the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company and the supplemental unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements of Crane Company which were prepared on a “carve-out” basis and derived from Crane’s consolidated financial statements and accounting records. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company and the notes thereto and the supplemental unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements of Crane Company and the notes thereto, each included elsewhere in this information statement, as well as the information contained in the sections of this information statement entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane” and “Business.” The following discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed elsewhere in this information statement. See in particular the sections of this information statement entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Explanatory Note

Due to Crane Company’s (which is the legal spinnee) larger operations, greater tangible assets, greater fair value and greater net sales, in each case, relative to Crane NXT, among other factors, for financial reporting purposes, Crane Company will be treated as the “accounting spinnor” and therefore will be the “accounting successor” to Crane following the spin-off, notwithstanding the legal form of the spin-off described in this information statement. As a result, the historical consolidated financial statements of Crane will become the historical financial statements of Crane Company.

However, this information statement also includes supplemental historical audited combined financial statements of Crane Company, which were prepared on a “carve-out” basis and derived from Crane’s consolidated financial statements and accounting records. These supplemental combined financial statements reflect Crane Company’s combined historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows as they were historically managed in accordance with GAAP. The supplemental combined financial statements may not be indicative of Crane Company’s future performance and do not necessarily reflect what the financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had Crane Company operated as an independent, publicly traded company during the periods presented, particularly because of changes Crane Company expects to experience in the future as a result of the spin-off.

Overview

Crane Company is a leading global provider of highly engineered, mission-critical industrial solutions, including two strategic global growth platforms: A&E and PFT. These two platforms together contributed 89% of our total revenue during 2021, with the remainder generated by our Engineered Materials business.

Our portfolio is balanced across PFT and A&E, with long-cycle market positions supported by a strong recurring revenue base, approximately 40% of which we estimate is from aftermarket sales. Our highly-engineered, technology differentiated products are sold into large ($20+ billion) and attractive end markets, many of which are highly regulated.

We have a portfolio of highly respected brands with a history spanning more than 165 years. Our culture, grounded in the CBS, is ingrained across the organization and we are proud of our longstanding commitment to

 

130


Table of Contents

PSE. Our values underpin our business and our trusted customer relationships and are the foundation for the mission-critical, high cost of failure products our customers trust us to deliver. We are headquartered in Stamford, Connecticut and serve customers in over 65 countries across 6 continents.

In 2021, Crane Company total sales were $2,063 million, with operating profit of $251 million and operating margin of 12.1%.

The Spin-Off

On March 30, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors authorized management to pursue a plan to separate all of Crane’s businesses, other than Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, into a stand-alone publicly traded company. The separation will occur through a distribution to Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders of all of the shares of common stock of Crane Company, which will own all of Crane’s businesses, other than Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. Following the distribution, Crane NXT, Co. stockholders will own 100% of the shares of Crane Company common stock.

Basis of Presentation

We have historically operated as part of Crane and not as a stand-alone company. The accompanying supplemental audited combined financial statements and supplemental unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements included in this information statement were prepared in connection with the spin-off and were derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Crane included elsewhere in this information statement. These supplemental combined financial statements reflect Crane Company’s combined historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows as they were historically managed in accordance with GAAP. The supplemental combined financial statements may not be indicative of Crane Company’s future performance and do not necessarily reflect what the financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had Crane Company operated as an independent, publicly traded company during the periods presented, particularly because of changes Crane Company expects to experience in the future as a result of the spin-off, including changes in the financing, cash management, operations, cost structure and personnel needs of our business.

The supplemental combined financial statements include certain Crane assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to us. The supplemental combined statements of operations also include costs for certain expenses, such as utilities, that historically were directly charged to us by Crane.

In addition, for purposes of preparing the supplemental combined financial statements on a “carve-out” basis, a portion of Crane’s corporate expenses have been allocated to us. These expense allocations include the cost of corporate functions and resources that continued to be provided by or administered by Crane including, but not limited to, executive management and other corporate and governance functions, such as treasury, tax, accounting, human resources, audit, legal, purchasing, information technology and other services. The related employee payroll and benefit costs associated with such functions, such as share-based compensation, are included in the expense allocations. Corporate expenses of $62.2 million in 2021, $37.6 million in 2020 and $49.0 million in 2019 were allocated and are included in our supplemental combined statements of operations. Corporate expenses of $67.6 million and $41.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, were allocated and are included in our supplemental interim condensed combined statements of operations.

Costs were allocated to us based on direct usage when identifiable or, when not directly identifiable, on the basis of several utilization measures including headcount, proportionate usage and relative net sales. Management considers the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to, or the benefit received by, us during the periods presented. However, the allocations may not reflect the expenses we would have incurred if Crane Company had been a stand-alone company for the periods

 

131


Table of Contents

presented. Actual costs that may have been incurred if Crane Company had been a stand-alone company would depend on a number of factors, including the organizational structure, whether functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic and capital decisions. Going forward, we may perform these functions using our own resources or outsourced services. For a period following the spin-off, we will temporarily provide some services to Crane NXT, Co. under a Transition Services Agreement. Crane Company also will enter into certain commercial arrangements with Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.”, in connection with the spin-off.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Crane and the related notes and the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Crane and the related notes are also included elsewhere in this information statements. The consolidated financial statements reflect the business of Crane on a historical basis without giving effect to the spin-off.

References to “core business” or “core sales” in this section include sales from acquired businesses starting from and after the first anniversary of the acquisition but exclude currency effects. Amounts in the following discussion are presented in millions, except employee, share and per share data, or unless otherwise stated.

Recent Developments

Sale of Redco

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company and Redco, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company, that holds liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into the Redco Purchase Agreement with Redco Buyer, a long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities, for the Redco Sale. In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co., on behalf of Crane Company, contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco, which was funded by a combination of Crane Holdings, Co.’s $400 million 364-day Term Loan issued on August 11, 2022 and cash on hand. Concurrent with the completion of the Redco Sale, Redco Buyer contributed $83 million in cash to Redco. Pursuant to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement, Crane Company and Redco Buyer will each indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and obligations and certain liabilities, subject to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement. While indemnification by each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer to the other party for breach of representations and warranties is capped at $83 million, in each case, based on the terms and subject to certain limitations as set forth in the Redco Purchase Agreement, liability of each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer for breaches of covenants and obligations and for indemnified liabilities is generally uncapped. Such covenants and obligations include that Redco has agreed to indemnify Crane Company and its affiliates for all claims arising out of asbestos liabilities, and Crane Company has agreed to indemnify Redco and its affiliates for all other historical liabilities of Redco, which include certain potential environmental liabilities. Crane Holdings, Co. has guaranteed the full payment and performance of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Upon consummation of the spin-off, Crane Holdings, Co. will be released from its guarantee of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets have been removed from Crane Company’s combined balance sheets effective August 12, 2022. A loss of $162.4 million was recorded on Crane Company’s unaudited condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

364-Day Credit Agreement

On August 11, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. entered into the 364-Day Credit Agreement, by and among Crane Holdings, Co., as sole borrower, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. Crane Company is not party to the 364-Day Credit Agreement and will not be subject to its restrictive provisions following the spin-off. Following entry into the 364-Day Credit Agreement,

 

132


Table of Contents

on August 11, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. borrowed Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million under the 364-Day Credit Agreement. Interest on the Term Loans accrues at a rate per annum equal to, at Crane Holdings, Co.’s option, (i) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% that is determined based upon the Index Debt Rating or (ii) an adjusted Term SOFR (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by Crane Holdings, Co., plus a margin of 1.25% or 1.50% that is determined based upon the Index Debt Rating. The 364-Day Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including (a) limitations on the ability of Crane Holdings, Co.’s subsidiaries to incur indebtedness and (b) restrictions on Crane Holdings, Co. and its subsidiaries with respect to liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets and transactions with affiliates. Crane Holdings, Co. must also maintain a debt to capitalization ratio not to exceed 0.65 to 1.00 at all times. The 364-Day Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by Crane Holdings, Co. or any of its material subsidiaries being false in any material respect, default under certain other material indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting Crane Holdings, Co. and its material subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of Crane Holdings, Co., in each case, subject to thresholds and cure periods where customary. The 364-Day Credit Agreement permits Crane Holdings, Co. to undertake the spin-off.

Sale of Crane Supply

On April 8, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. entered into an agreement to sell the Crane Supply business for CAD 380 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. Subsequent to net working capital and other closing adjustments, the sale closed on May 31, 2022 for CAD 402 million. In August 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. received CAD 5 million related to a final working capital adjustment. We recognized a total gain on sale of $232.5 million.

Termination of Agreement to Sell Engineered Materials

On May 16, 2021, Crane entered into an agreement to sell the Engineered Materials segment to Verzatec for $360 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. In the second quarter of 2021, the assets and liabilities of the segment were classified as held for sale. On May 26, 2022, Verzatec terminated the sale agreement and paid $7.5 million to Crane in termination fees. As such, as of June 30, 2022, the Engineered Materials segment is no longer classified as assets held for sale and is presented herein as continuing operations for all periods presented.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental) includes a discussion of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and year-over-year comparisons between 2021 and 2020 and between 2020 and 2019, as well as segment results of operations for 2021, 2020 and 2019 and year-over-year comparisons between 2021 and 2020 and between 2020 and 2019.

 

133


Table of Contents

Results from Operations—Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

The following information should be read in conjunction with the unaudited condensed combined financial statements of Crane Company and the related notes. All comparisons below refer to the nine months ended September 30, 2022 versus the nine months ended September 30, 2021, unless otherwise specified.

 

    For the nine months ended September 30,     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

          2022                     2021                   $                 %        

Net sales

  $ 1,549.1     $ 1,551.4     $ (2.3     (0.1 )% 

Cost of sales

    1,010.6       1,029.9       (19.3     (1.9 )% 

as a percentage of sales

    65.2     66.4    

Selling, general and administrative 1

    364.1       312.8       51.3       16.4

as a percentage of sales

    23.5     20.2    

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

    162.4       —         162.4       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

    12.0       208.7       (196.7     (94.3 )% 

Operating margin

    0.8     13.5    

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    2.3       1.0       1.3       130.0

Interest expense

    (4.6     (4.7     0.1       (2.1 )% 

Related party interest income

    10.9       11.9       (1.0     (8.4 )% 

Gain on sale of business

    232.5       —         232.5       NM  

Miscellaneous income, net

    19.5       14.1       5.4       38.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    260.6       22.3       238.3       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    272.6       231.0       41.6       18.0

Provision for income taxes

    113.8       28.5       85.3       NM  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 158.8     $ 202.5     $ (43.7     (21.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

2021 includes restructuring gains of $12.7 million.

Sales decreased by $2.3 million, or 0.1%, to $1,549.1 million in 2022. Net sales related to operations outside the United States were 31% and 36% of total net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The year-over-year change in sales included:

 

   

an increase in core sales of $112.7 million, or 7.3%;

 

   

unfavorable foreign currency translation of $33.8 million, or 2.2%; and

 

   

a decrease in sales of $81.3 million, or 5.2%, related to the sale of Crane Supply.

Cost of sales decreased by $19.3 million, or 1.9%, to $1,010.6 million in 2022. The decrease is primarily related to the sale of Crane Supply of $59.4 million, or 5.8%, strong productivity of $24.4 million, or 2.4%, favorable foreign currency translation of $20.9 million, or 2.0%, and lower volumes of $6.0 million, or 0.6%, partially offset by an increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $86.1 million, or 8.4%, and unfavorable mix of $11.2 million, or 1.1%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $51.3 million, or 16.4%, to $364.1 million in 2022. The increase was driven primarily by increased costs of $56.5 million, or 18.1%, including transaction costs of $33.1 million, or 10.6%, supporting the Crane Supply and asbestos divestiture as well as the spin-off, partially offset by favorable foreign currency translation of $7.8 million, or 2.5%.

 

134


Table of Contents

Operating profit decreased by $196.7 million, or 94.3%, to $12.0 million in 2022. The decrease in operating profit is primarily related to the loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities of $162.4 million, or 77.8%, lower volumes of $11.5 million, or 5.5%, higher transaction costs of $35.0 million, or 16.8%, unfavorable mix of $11.2 million, or 5.4%, and lost profit from the sale of Crane Supply of $15.1 million, or 7.2%, offset by higher pricing net of inflation and productivity gains of $15.6 million, or 7.5%. Operating profit in 2021 included net restructuring gains of $12.7 million.

Other income increased $238.3 million to $260.6 million reflecting the gain on the sale of the Crane Supply business of $232.5 million.

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the prior year’s comparable period primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction and the reversal of a deferred tax asset established in a prior period that relates to the sale of a subsidiary, partially offset by the aforementioned release of a valuation allowance and statutory U.S. tax credits and a deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the statutory U.S. federal tax rate of 21% primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction, earnings in jurisdictions with statutory tax rates higher than the United States, expenses that are statutorily non-deductible for income tax purposes and U.S. state taxes, partially offset by the aforementioned release of valuation allowance, excess shared-based compensation benefits, tax credit utilization, and the statutory U.S. deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income. We conduct business globally and, as a result, file income tax returns in U.S. federal and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In certain jurisdictions, our operations are included in the combined tax returns with Crane Holdings, Co.

Comprehensive Income

 

(in millions) For the nine months ended September 30,

   2022     2021  

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 158.8     $ 202.5  

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    

Currency translation adjustment

     (52.2     (17.1

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     9.6       15.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (42.6     (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     116.2       201.1  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive loss

     (0.3     0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 116.5     $ 200.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, comprehensive income before allocations to noncontrolling interests was $116.2 million compared to $201.1 million in the same period of 2021. The $84.9 million decrease was primarily driven by lower net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests of $43.7 million and a $35.1 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation adjustments primarily related to the British pound and euro.

 

135


Table of Contents

Segment Results of Operations — Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Aerospace & Electronics

 

     For the nine months ended September 30,     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

           2022                     2021                   $                 %        

Net sales by product line:

        

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 182.9     $ 170.5     $ 12.4       7.3

Military Original Equipment

     171.5       184.0       (12.5     (6.8 )% 

Commercial Aftermarket Products

     92.5       75.1       17.4       23.2

Military Aftermarket Products

     38.9       50.6       (11.7     (23.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 485.8     $ 480.2     $ 5.6       1.2

Cost of sales

   $ 305.4     $ 298.2     $ 7.2       2.4

as a percentage of sales

     62.9     62.1    

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 96.0     $ 92.7     $ 3.3       3.6

as a percentage of sales

     19.8     19.3    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 84.4     $ 89.3     $ (4.9     (5.5 )% 

Operating margin

     17.4     18.6    

Sales increased $5.6 million, or 1.2%, to $485.8 million in 2022, with higher pricing more than offsetting lower volumes.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Original Equipment increased $12.4 million, or 7.3%, to $182.9 million in 2022, reflecting strong demand from aircraft manufacturers as the industry aircraft build rates continue to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic-related slowdown, partially offset by material availability constraints.

 

   

Sales of Military Original Equipment decreased $12.5 million, or 6.8%, to $171.5 million in 2022, primarily reflecting lower shipments due to order timing and material availability.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Aftermarket Products increased $17.4 million, or 23.2%, to $92.5 million in 2022, reflecting strong demand from the airlines due to improving air traffic as the industry continues to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic-related slowdown, along with higher pricing.

 

   

Sales of Military Aftermarket Products decreased $11.7 million, or 23.1%, to $38.9 million in 2022, primarily reflecting timing of government orders for certain programs.

Cost of sales increased by $7.2 million, or 2.4%, to $305.4 million in 2022, primarily reflecting $22.0 million, or 7.4%, of increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs, partially offset by $10.3 million, or 3.5%, of productivity gains and lower volumes of $5.3 million, or 1.8%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $3.3 million, or 3.6%, to $96.0 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher selling costs of $3.4 million, or 3.7%.

Operating profit decreased by $4.9 million, or 5.5%, to $84.4 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher costs of $7.7 million, or 8.6%, lower volumes of $7.1 million, or 8.0%, partially offset by higher pricing net of inflation and increased productivity of $11.6 million, or 13.0%.

 

136


Table of Contents

Process Flow Technologies

 

     For the nine months ended September 30,     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

           2022                     2021                   $                 %        

Net sales by product line:

        

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 555.8     $ 535.4     $ 20.4       3.8

Commercial Valves

     205.8       283.3       (77.5     (27.4 )% 

Pumps and Systems

     95.8       79.2       16.6       21.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 857.4     $ 897.9     $ (40.5     (4.5 )% 

Cost of sales

   $ 541.1     $ 593.2     $ (52.1     (8.8 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     63.1     66.1    

Selling, general and administrative 1

   $ 185.4     $ 163.8     $ 21.6       13.2

as a percentage of sales

     21.6     18.2    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 130.9     $ 140.9     $ (10.0     (7.1 )% 

Operating margin

     15.3     15.7    

 

1 

2021 includes net restructuring gains of $12.7 million.

Sales decreased by $40.5 million, or 4.5%, to $857.4 million in 2022, driven by the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $81.3 million, or 9.1%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $32.6 million, or 3.6%, partially offset by higher core sales of $73.0 million, or 8.1%. Core sales growth was driven primarily by pricing, with modestly higher volumes.

 

   

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products increased by $20.4 million, or 3.8%, to $555.8 million in 2022. The increase reflected higher core sales of $41.7 million, or 7.8%, driven by higher pricing, offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation of $21.7 million, or 4.1%, as the euro weakened against the U.S. dollar. Demand remained generally strong in the Chemical, Pharmaceutical and General Industrial end markets.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Valves decreased by $77.5 million, or 27.4%, to $205.8 million in 2022, primarily driven by the impact of the divestiture of Crane Supply of $81.3 million, or 28.7%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $10.7 million, or 3.8%, as the British pound weakened against the U.S. dollar, partially offset by an increase in core sales of $14.5 million, or 5.1%.

 

   

Sales of Pumps & Systems increased by $16.6 million, or 21.0%, to $95.8 million in 2022, primarily driven by higher sales to municipal customers.

Cost of sales decreased by $52.1 million, or 8.8%, to $541.1 million, primarily related to the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $59.4 million, or 10.0%, favorable foreign currency of $20.5 million, or 3.5%, and productivity gains of $12.8 million, or 2.2%, partially offset by a $32.4 million, or 5.5%, increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs and unfavorable mix of $8.0 million, or 1.4%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $21.6 million, or 13.2%, to $185.4 million, primarily reflecting higher administrative and selling costs of $25.3 million, or 15.4%, including transaction related expenses of $4.2 million, and the absence of a prior year net restructuring gain of $12.7 million, or 7.7 %, partially offset by favorable currency translation of $7.5 million, or 4.6%, and the sale of Crane Supply of $6.8 million, or 4.2%.

Operating profit decreased by $10.0 million, or 7.1%, to $130.9 million in 2022, primarily reflecting the impact of the sale of Crane Supply of $15.1 million, or 10.7%, and the absence of the prior year restructuring gain of $12.7 million, or 9.0%, partially offset by productivity gains of $15.1 million, or 10.7%.

 

137


Table of Contents

Engineered Materials

 

     For the nine months ended September 30,     2022 vs 2021
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

           2022                     2021                   $                 %        

Net sales by product line:

        

FRP—Recreational Vehicles

   $ 92.8     $ 78.1     $ 14.7       18.8

FRP—Building Products

     88.2       72.0       16.2       22.5

FRP—Transportation

     24.9       23.2       1.7       7.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 205.9     $ 173.3     $ 32.6       18.8

Cost of sales

   $ 164.5     $ 137.0     $ 27.5       20.1

as a percentage of sales

     79.9     79.1    

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 14.5     $ 15.6     $ (1.1     (7.1 )% 

as a percentage of sales

     7.0     9.0    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 26.9     $ 20.7     $ 6.2       30.0

Operating margin

     13.1     11.9    

Sales increased by $32.6 million, or 18.8%, to $205.9 million in 2022 with higher pricing more than offsetting a decline in volume. The increase reflected higher sales to building products customers and recreational vehicle manufacturers.

Cost of sales increased by $27.5 million, or 20.1%, to $164.5 million, primarily related to higher increase in material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $33.1 million, or 24.2%, including transaction related expenses of $3.6 million, offset by lower volumes of $6.7 million, or 4.9%.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $1.1 million, or 7.1%, to $14.5 million, primarily reflecting lower administrative costs.

Operating profit increased by $6.2 million, or 30.0%, to $26.9 million in 2022, primarily reflecting higher pricing net of inflation, and productivity gains, of $14.2 million, or 68.6%, offset by lower volumes of $5.8 million, or 28.0%.

 

138


Table of Contents

Results from Operations — Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

     For the year ended December 31,     2021 vs 2020
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
    2020 vs 2019
Favorable /
(Unfavorable) Change
 

(in millions, except %)

   2021     2020     2019     $     %     $     %  

Net sales:

              

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 638.3     $ 650.7     $ 798.8     $ (12.4     (1.9 )%    $ (148.1     (18.5 )% 

Process Flow Technologies

     1,196.6       1,007.5       1,117.4       189.1       18.8     (109.9     (9.8 )% 

Engineered Materials

     228.0       175.6       208.6       52.4       29.8     (33.0     (15.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 2,062.9     $ 1,833.8     $ 2,124.8     $ 229.1       12.5   $ (291.0     (13.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales growth:

              

Core business

         $ 183.2       10.0   $ (345.1     (16.2 )% 

Foreign exchange

           40.9       2.2     0.9      

Acquisitions/dispositions

           5.0       0.3     53.2       2.5
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sales growth

         $ 229.1       12.5   $ (291.0     (13.7 )% 
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of sales (a)

   $ 1,374.1     $ 1,250.7     $ 1,395.3     $ (123.4     (9.9 )%    $ 144.6       10.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative (a)

   $ 451.4     $ 378.8     $ 415.7     $ (72.6     (19.2 )%    $ 36.9       8.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructuring (gains) charges, net

   $ (13.2   $ 13.2     $ 10.1     $ 26.4       NM     $ (3.1     (30.7 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition-related and integration charges

   $ —       $ 6.4     $ 2.8     $ 6.4       NM     $ (3.6     NM  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Asbestos provision, net

   $ —       $ —       $ 229.0     $ —           $ 229.0       NM  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Environmental provision, net

   $ —       $ —       $ 18.9     $ —           $ 18.9       NM  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss):

              

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 110.0     $ 100.7     $ 189.4     $ 9.3       9.2   $ (88.7     (46.8 )% 

Process Flow Technologies

     182.5       101.0       131.7       81.5       80.7     (30.7     (23.3 )% 

Engineered Materials

     26.9       22.7       26.8       4.2       18.5     (4.1     (15.3 )% 

Corporate expense

     (68.8     (39.7     (47.0     (29.1     (73.3 )%      7.3       15.5

Corporate—Asbestos provision, net

     —         —         (229.0     —         —         229.0       NM  

Corporate—Environmental provision, net

     —         —         (18.9     —         —         18.9       NM  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating profit

   $ 250.6     $ 184.7     $ 53.0     $ 65.9       35.7   $ 131.7       248.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating margin:

              

Aerospace & Electronics

     17.2     15.5     23.7        

Process Flow Technologies

     15.2     10.0     11.8        

Engineered Materials

     11.8     12.9     12.9        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total operating margin

     12.1     10.1     2.5        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(a) 

Cost of sales and Selling, general and administrative include $7.3 million, $4.4 million and $12.6 million of net repositioning charges in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

139


Table of Contents

Items Affecting Comparability of Reported Results

The comparability of our results for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is affected by the following significant items:

Restructuring (Gains) Charges, net

In 2021, we recorded total pre-tax restructuring gains of $13.2 million primarily related to a gain on the sale of real estate. In 2020, we recorded total pre-tax restructuring charges of $13.2 million primarily in response to the adverse economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2019, we recorded total pre-tax restructuring charges of $10.1 million; primarily related to the consolidation of manufacturing facilities in Europe within our PFT segment of $9.9 million related to our 2017 repositioning actions.

We expect pre-tax savings subsequent to completing all actions for all programs to approximate $88.8 million. Please refer to the individual segment discussion and analysis that follows, as well as Note 16, “Restructuring Charges” in the notes to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company for further discussion.

Transaction Related Expenses

During 2021, we recorded pre-tax transaction related expenses of $8.2 million related to the divestiture of Engineered Materials, which was terminated in May 2022, and other professional fees.

Acquisition-Related and Integration Charges

During 2020 and 2019, we recorded pre-tax acquisition-related and integration charges of $6.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Please refer to Note 3, “Acquisitions” in the notes to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company for further discussion.

Asbestos Provision, net

In 2019, we recorded a pre-tax provision, net of insurance recoveries of $229.0 million associated with updating our estimated asbestos liability through the generally accepted end point in 2059. Please refer to Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company for further discussion as well as the section of this information statement entitled “Information Statement Summary—Business Overview—Recent Developments.”

Environmental Provision, net

In 2019, we recorded a pre-tax provision, net of reimbursements of $18.9 million to extend accrued costs through 2027 at the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”). Please refer to Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company for further discussion.

Overall

2021 compared to 2020

Sales increased by $229.1 million, or 12.5%, to $2,062.9 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The year-over-year higher sales included:

 

   

an increase in core sales of $183.2 million, or 10.0%, largely driven by end markets that continue to recover from the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

140


Table of Contents
   

favorable foreign currency translation of $40.9 million, or 2.2%; and

 

   

an increase in sales related to acquisitions of $5.0 million, or 0.3%.

Cost of sales increased by $123.4 million, or 9.9%, to $1,374.1 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to $83.9 million, or 6.7%, to support the higher sales volumes, and an increase in material, labor, and other manufacturing costs of $65.4 million, or 5.2%. Cost of sales also increased $27.5 million, or 2.2%, related to unfavorable foreign currency translation. These increases were partially offset by higher productivity of $37.5 million, or 3.0%, and favorable mix of $11.5 million, or 0.9%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $72.6 million, or 19.2%, to $451.4 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to a proportionate increase to the higher sales in the period, including higher compensation costs of $40.5 million, or 10.7%, which was primarily related to higher incentive compensation driven by above-budget performance. The remaining increase primarily relates to unfavorable foreign currency translation of $8.4 million, or 2.2%, and transaction related expense of $8.2 million, or 2.2%.

We continue to experience above normal inflation consistent with the industries in which we participate, and we expect to continue to realize higher pricing to more than offset the impact of higher inflation.

Operating profit increased by $65.9 million, or 35.7%, to $250.6 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase in operating profit reflected higher operating profit in each of our segments, partially offset by higher corporate costs. Operating profit in 2021 included net restructuring gains of $13.2 million. Operating profit in 2020 included net restructuring charges of $13.2 million and acquisition-related and integration charges of $6.4 million.

2020 compared to 2019

Sales decreased by $291.0 million, or 13.7%, to $1,833.8 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The year-over-year lower sales included:

 

   

a decrease in core sales of $345.1 million, or 16.2%, reflecting the broad-based impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by

 

   

an increase in sales related to acquisitions of $53.2 million, or 2.5%

Cost of sales decreased by $144.6 million, or 10.4%, to $1,250.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting a $173.1 million, or 12.4%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes, and increased productivity of $37.3 million, or 2.7%, partially offset by the impact of acquisitions of $47.0 million, or 3.4%, and unfavorable mix of $24.6 million, or 1.8%.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $36.9 million, or 8.9%, to $378.8 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a proportionate decrease of $22.6 million, or 5.4%, due to lower core sales, and savings from prior restructuring actions of $16.4 million, or 3.9%.

Operating profit increased by $131.7 million, or 248.5%, to $184.7 million in 2020, compared to 2019. The increase in operating profit reflected the absence of the $229.0 million asbestos provision, and the $18.9 million environmental provision, together with lower corporate costs. These increases were largely offset by lower operating profit in each of our segments driven by the lower sales. Operating profit in 2020 included net restructuring charges of $13.2 million and acquisition-related and integration charges of $6.4 million. Operating profit in 2019 included restructuring charges of $10.1 million and acquisition-related and integration charges of $2.8 million.

 

141


Table of Contents

Comprehensive income

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 234.4      $ 166.1      $ 61.1  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

        

Currency translation adjustment

     (23.0      16.1        16.7  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     88.6        (49.6      (42.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     65.6        (33.5      (25.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     300.0        132.6        35.3  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income (loss)

     0.6        (0.4      0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 299.4      $ 133.0      $ 35.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests was $300.0 million compared to $132.6 million in 2020. The $167.4 million increase was primarily driven by $68.3 million of higher net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests and a $138.2 million increase primarily related to changes in pension discount rates, coupled with improved asset performance, partially offset by a $39.1 million unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation adjustments, primarily related to the British pound, Canadian dollar and euro.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests was $132.6 million compared to $35.3 million in 2019. The $97.3 million increase was primarily driven by a $105.0 million of higher net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests, partially offset by a $7.1 million decrease due to changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligations.

Aerospace & Electronics

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales by product line:

      

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 229.4     $ 226.4     $ 357.2  

Military Original Equipment

     239.7       258.7       217.2  

Commercial Aftermarket

     104.5       93.0       161.4  

Military Aftermarket

     64.7       72.6       63.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 638.3     $ 650.7     $ 798.8  

Cost of sales

   $ 399.6     $ 428.2     $ 485.6  

Selling, general and administrative (a)

   $ 128.7     $ 121.8     $ 123.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 110.0     $ 100.7     $ 189.4  

Assets

   $ 604.7     $ 593.9     $ 638.1  

Backlog

   $ 459.8     $ 491.2     $ 567.4  

Operating margin

     17.2     15.5     23.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Selling, general and administrative expense includes net restructuring charges of $6.5 million in 2020.

 

142


Table of Contents

2021 compared to 2020

A&E sales decreased $12.4 million, or 1.9%, to $638.3 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The commercial market and military market accounted for 52% and 48%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2021. Sales to OEM and aftermarket customers in 2021 were 73% and 27% of total sales, respectively.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Original Equipment increased by $3.0 million, or 1.3%, to $229.4 million in 2021 compared to 2020.

 

   

Sales of Military Original Equipment decreased by $19.0 million, or 7.3%, to $239.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting challenging comparisons to particularly strong sales growth during the prior three years.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Aftermarket increased by $11.5 million, or 12.4%, to $104.5 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting higher demand driven by a rebound in commercial air traffic following the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Military Aftermarket decreased by $7.9 million, or 10.9%, to $64.7 million in 2021, primarily reflecting particularly strong sales in the prior year.

Cost of sales decreased $28.6 million, or 6.7%, to $399.6 million in 2021 primarily related to increased productivity of $14.0 million, or 3.3%, and improved mix of $12.2 million, or 2.8%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $6.9 million, or 5.7%, to $128.7 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to higher compensation costs of $10.7 million, or 8.8%, offset by restructuring charges $6.5 million, or 5.3%, in 2020, which did not repeat in 2021.

Operating profit increased by $9.3 million, or 9.2%, to $110.0 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily as a result of savings from 2020 repositioning actions of $19.0 million, or 18.9%, and productivity benefits of $16.5 million, or 16.4%, largely offset by the impact of lower sales volumes of $21.3 million, or 21.2%.

2020 compared to 2019

A&E sales decreased $148.1 million, or 18.5%, to $650.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The commercial market and military market accounted for 49% and 51%, respectively, of total segment sales in 2020. Sales to OEM and aftermarket customers in 2020 were 75% and 25% of total sales, respectively.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Original Equipment decreased by $130.8 million, or 36.6%, to $226.4 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting lower aircraft build rates as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and to a lesser extent, the impact of Boeing’s 737 MAX production pause.

 

   

Sales of Military Original Equipment increased by $41.5 million, or 19.1%, to $258.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting broad-based military demand strength across solutions.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Aftermarket decreased by $68.4 million, or 42.4%, to $93.0 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting lower sales of commercial spares, and to a lesser extent, lower repair and overhaul sales, as airlines reduced flight schedules in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Military Aftermarket increased by $9.6 million, or 15.2%, to $72.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting broad-based military demand strength across solutions.

Cost of sales decreased $57.4 million, or 11.8%, to $428.2 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $56.7 million, or 11.7%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes.

Operating profit decreased by $88.7 million, or 46.8%, to $100.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting the impact from lower sales volume, partially offset by productivity, COVID-19 pandemic-related cost reduction actions and repositioning savings.

 

143


Table of Contents

Process Flow Technologies

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales by product line:

      

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 717.1     $ 631.6     $ 685.1  

Commercial Valves

     374.2       288.0       332.1  

Pumps and Systems

     105.3       87.9       100.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 1,196.6     $ 1,007.5     $ 1,117.4  

Cost of sales

   $ 791.5     $ 689.5     $ 747.0  

Selling, general and administrative (a)

   $ 222.6     $ 217.0     $ 238.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 182.5     $ 101.0     $ 131.7  

Assets

   $ 1,241.4     $ 1,124.0     $ 942.1  

Backlog

   $ 357.9     $ 313.4     $ 267.0  

Operating margin

     15.2     10.0     11.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Selling, general and administrative includes net restructuring gains of $13.2 million in 2021, and net restructuring charges of $6.1 million and $10.5 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively.

2021 compared to 2020

PFT sales increased by $189.1 million, or 18.8%, to $1,196.6 million in 2021 compared to 2020, driven by higher core sales of $143.5 million, or 14.2%, favorable foreign currency translation of $40.6 million, or 4.0% and a benefit from the January 2020 acquisition of Instrumentation & Sampling (“I&S”) of $5.0 million, or 0.5%.

 

   

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products increased by $85.5 million, or 13.5%, to $717.1 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase reflected higher core sales of $66.2 million, or 10.5%, favorable foreign currency translation of $14.3 million, or 2.3%, primarily reflecting the strengthening of the euro against the U.S. dollar, and a benefit from the acquisition of I&S of $5.0 million, or 0.8%. The higher core sales primarily reflected broad based strengthening across chemical, pharmaceutical, and general industrial end markets that continue to recover from the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Valves increased by $86.2 million, or 29.9%, to $374.2 million in 2021 compared to 2020 primarily driven by a core sales increase of $60.6 million, or 21.0%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $25.6 million, or 8.9%, as the Canadian dollar and British pound strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The higher core sales reflected higher demand in Canadian non-residential construction markets, and to a lesser extent, higher demand in UK non-residential construction markets.

 

   

Sales of Pumps and Systems increased by $17.4 million, or 19.8%, to $105.3 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily reflecting higher demand from municipal and non-residential construction end markets.

Cost of sales increased $102.0 million, or 14.8%, to $791.5 million in 2021 primarily related to higher volumes of $62.7 million, or 9.1%, increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $29.4 million, or 4.3%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $27.5 million, or 4.0%, partially offset by increased productivity of $21.9 million, or 3.2%.

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $5.6 million, or 2.6%, to $222.6 million in 2021, primarily related to higher compensation costs of $17.5 million, or 8.1%, partially offset by a $13.2 million restructuring gain in 2021.

Operating profit increased by $81.5 million, or 80.7%, to $182.5 million in 2021. The increase primarily reflected the $45.2 million, or 44.8%, impact of higher sales volumes, productivity benefits of $24.7 million, or

 

144


Table of Contents

24.5%, lower restructuring costs of $16.4 million, or 16.2%, which included a gain on the sale of real estate related to prior repositioning actions, and the absence of acquisition-related and integration charges of $6.3 million, or 6.2%, partially offset by other items, net, of $11.1 million, or 11.0%.

2020 compared to 2019

PFT sales decreased by $109.9 million, or 9.8%, to $1,007.5 million in 2020 compared to 2019, driven by lower core sales of $163.9 million, or 14.7%, partially offset by a benefit from the acquisition of I&S of $53.2 million, or 4.8%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $0.8 million, or 0.1%.

 

   

Sales of Process Valves and Related Products decreased by $53.5 million, or 7.8%, to $631.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease reflected lower core sales of $108.5 million, or 15.9%, partially offset by a benefit from the acquisition of I&S of $53.2 million, or 7.8%, and favorable foreign currency translation of $1.8 million, or 0.3%, as the euro strengthened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales decline reflected a broad-based decline in demand related largely to impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of Commercial Valves decreased by $44.1 million, or 13.3%, to $288.0 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily driven by a core sales decline of $43.2 million, or 13.0%, and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $0.9 million, or 0.3%, as the Canadian dollar weakened against the U.S. dollar. The core sales decline reflected a broad-based decline in demand related to the COVID-19 pandemic across all geographies.

 

   

Sales of Pumps and Systems decreased by $12.3 million, or 12.3%, to $87.9 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease primarily reflected lower sales to military, industrial, and non-residential construction markets, partially offset by a slight increase in municipal sales.

Cost of sales decreased $57.5 million, or 7.7%, to $689.5 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $95.3 million, or 12.8%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes, and a $22.1 million, or 3.0%, increase in productivity, partially offset by a $47.0 million, or 6.3%, increase in costs related to the acquisition of I&S and $10.4 million, or 1.4%, of unfavorable mix.

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $21.7 million, or 9.1%, to $217.0 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $14.9 million, or 6.2%, reduction in costs reflecting the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, lower restructuring costs of $9.6 million, or 4.0%, and repositioning savings of $7.9 million, or 3.3%, partially offset by a $10.2 million, or 4.3%, increase in costs related to the acquisition of I&S.

Operating profit decreased by $30.7 million, or 23.3%, to $101.0 million in 2020 compared to 2019. The decrease primarily reflected the impact from lower sales volume, partially offset by productivity, COVID-19 pandemic-related cost reduction actions and repositioning savings.

 

145


Table of Contents

Engineered Materials

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales by product line:

      

FRP—Recreational Vehicles

   $ 102.5     $ 68.9     $ 84.5  

FRP—Building Products

     94.9       83.1       91.9  

FRP—Transportation

     30.6       23.6       32.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 228.0     $ 175.6     $ 208.6  

Cost of sales

   $ 181.3     $ 134.5     $ 162.3  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 19.8     $ 18.4     $ 19.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

   $ 26.9     $ 22.7     $ 26.8  

Assets

   $ 220.5     $ 217.3     $ 219.6  

Backlog

   $ 20.1     $ 12.8     $ 9.4  

Operating margin

     11.8     12.9     12.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2021 compared to 2020

Engineered Materials sales increased $52.4 million, or 29.8%, to $228.0 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily due to higher core sales to recreational vehicle manufacturers, and to a lesser extent, to building product and transportation customers. Core sales increases included end markets recovering from the 2020 impact of the COVID-19 pandemic as well as higher pricing to offset higher raw material costs.

Cost of sales increased $46.8 million, or 34.8%, to $181.3 million in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to increased material, labor and other manufacturing costs of $32.4 million, or 24.1%, and $16.2 million, or 12.0%, of increased costs proportionate to the higher sales volumes.

Operating profit increased by $4.2 million, or 18.5%, to $26.9 million in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase primarily reflected the impact of higher sales volumes of $9.5 million, or 41.9%, offset by increased material, labor and other costs of $7.4 million, or 32.6%.

2020 compared to 2019

Engineered Materials sales decreased by $33.0 million, or 15.8%, to $175.6 million in 2020 compared to 2019.

 

   

Sales of FRP panels to RV manufacturers decreased by $15.6 million, or 18.5%, to $68.9 million in 2020, reflecting lower RV industry production rates.

 

   

Sales of FRP to building products customers decreased $8.8 million, or 9.6%, to $83.1 million in 2020, reflecting lower demand from customers, particularly restaurants, due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Sales of FRP to transportation customers decreased $8.6 million, or 26.7%, to $23.6 million in 2020, primarily reflecting lower trailer industry production rates.

Cost of sales decreased $27.8 million, or 17.1%, to $134.5 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily related to a $21.1 million, or 13.0%, decrease in costs proportionate to the lower sales volumes, a decrease in material, labor and other costs of $4.6 million, or 2.8%, and increased productivity of $2.7 million, or 1.7%.

Operating profit decreased by $4.1 million, or 15.3%, to $22.7 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily reflecting the impact from the lower sales volume, partially offset by productivity.

 

146


Table of Contents

Corporate

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Corporate expense

   $ (68.8    $ (39.7    $ (47.0

Corporate — Asbestos provision, net

     —          —          (229.0

Corporate — Environmental provision, net

     —          —          (18.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Corporate expense

   $ (68.8    $ (39.7    $ (294.9

Acquisition-related and integration charges (a)

   $      $ 0.1      $ 2.2  

 

(a) 

Acquisition-related and integration charges are included in Corporate expense

Total Corporate expense increased by $29.1 million, or 73.3%, in 2021 compared to 2020, primarily related to higher compensation and benefit costs of $12.0 million, or 30.2%, and transaction related expenses of $8.2 million, or 20.7%.

Total Corporate expense was lower by $255.2 million in 2020 compared to 2019, primarily due to the absence of a pre-tax asbestos provision, net of insurance recoveries of $229.0 million and a pre-tax environmental provision, net of reimbursements of $18.9 million.

Interest and Miscellaneous Income, net

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Interest income

   $ 1.3      $ 2.0      $ 2.3  

Interest expense

   $ (5.1    $ (13.5    $ (2.4

Related party interest income

   $ 16.1      $ 15.9      $ 15.1  

Miscellaneous income, net

   $ 14.4      $ 10.2      $ 3.8  

Interest expense decreased $8.4 million, or 62.2%, in 2021, resulting from the repayment of the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement in April 2021 and lower amounts outstanding under the commercial paper facility beginning in the second quarter of 2021. Miscellaneous income, net, increased $4.2 million, or 41.2%, primarily reflecting a gain on sale of a property.

Interest expense increased $11.1 million, or 462.5%, in 2020 primarily related to additional debt associated with the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement. Miscellaneous income, net increased $6.4 million, or 168.4%, primarily reflecting a higher net periodic pension benefit resulting from non-service pension cost adjustments related to a decrease in interest costs.

Income Tax

 

(in millions, except %) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Income before tax — U.S.

   $ 141.0     $ 91.9     $ (66.1

Income before tax — non-U.S.

     136.3       107.4       137.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before tax — worldwide

   $ 277.3     $ 199.3     $ 71.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 42.9     $ 33.2     $ 10.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     15.5     16.7     14.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our effective tax rate is affected by a number of items, both recurring and discrete, including the amount of income we earn in different jurisdictions and their respective statutory tax rates, acquisitions and dispositions, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, regulations and accounting principles, the continued availability of statutory tax credits and deductions, and examinations initiated by tax

 

147


Table of Contents

authorities around the world. See “Application of Critical Accounting Estimates” in this section of the information statement for additional information about our provision for income taxes. A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective tax rate is set forth in Note 10, “Income Taxes” in the notes to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net cash (used for) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $ 209.6      $ 157.7      $ 287.9  

Investing activities

     18.3        (219.5      (44.2

Financing activities

     (250.8      183.0        (233.6

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (5.7      14.5        1.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (28.6    $ 135.7      $ 11.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in millions) For the nine months ended September 30,

   2022      2021  

Net cash (used for) provided by:

     

Operating activities

   $ (608.0    $ 152.9  

Investing activities

     293.6        34.5  

Financing activities

     207.0        (295.6

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (27.7      (6.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (135.1    $ (114.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our operating philosophy to deploy cash provided from operating activities, when appropriate, to provide value to shareholders by reinvesting in existing businesses, by making acquisitions that will strengthen and complement our portfolio, by divesting businesses that are no longer strategic or aligned with our portfolio and where such divestitures can generate capacity for strategic investments and initiatives that further optimize our portfolio, and by paying dividends and/or repurchasing shares. At any given time, and from time to time, we may be evaluating one or more of these opportunities, although we cannot assure you if or when we will consummate any such transaction.

Our current cash balance, together with cash we expect to generate from future operations, the proceeds of the Crane Company Term Loan and other sources of liquidity are expected to be sufficient to finance our short- and long-term capital requirements, as well as to fund payments associated with our environmental liabilities and expected pension contributions. In addition, we believe that if we have investment grade credit ratings following the spin-off, those ratings would aid us with any potential access to public and private debt markets. We cannot assure you what our credit ratings will be following consummation of the spin-off or at any time in the future.

Crane Holdings, Co. is the borrower under a $650 million, 5-year Revolving Credit Agreement, which was entered into in July 2021 and replaced the existing $550 million revolving credit facility. The CP Program that Crane Holdings, Co. maintains was also increased to permit the issuance of short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $650 million at any time (up from $550 million, previously). In August 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. entered into the 364-Day Credit Agreement and borrowed the Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million under the 364-Day Credit Agreement. The proceeds were used to partially fund the $550 million contribution related to the Redco Sale. Please see Note 10 and Note 11 to the supplemental unaudited condensed combined financial statements of Crane Company for additional details.

On April 15, 2021, we repaid the amount outstanding under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement which we entered into to enhance financial flexibility and maintain maximum liquidity in response to the uncertainty in the global markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

148


Table of Contents

We intend to enter into the Crane Company Term Loan during the first quarter of 2023. Proceeds from the Crane Company Term Loan are expected to be used to pay a dividend to Crane Holdings, Co. No assurance can be given whether such financing will occur in the anticipated time frame on favorable terms, or at all.

See Note 14, “Financing,” in the notes to supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company for further details regarding our financing arrangements.

As a result of the state of the capital markets, amongst other factors, the final capital structure of Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company may differ than as assumed in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane Company (Supplemental).”

Cash Flows – Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Operating Activities

Cash used for operating activities was $608.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022, as compared to cash provided by activities of $152.9 million during the comparable period of 2021. The increase in cash used for operating activities was primarily driven by the $550.0 million payment related to the divestiture of the asbestos-related assets and liabilities, together with increased working capital investments supporting higher levels of demand across most businesses. Net asbestos-related payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were $29.3 million and $29.6 million, respectively. As a result of the Redco Sale, we no longer have any obligation with respect to pending and future asbestos-related claims.

Investing Activities

Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions and capital expenditures, and cash provided by divestitures of businesses or assets. Cash provided by investing activities was $293.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022, as compared to $34.5 million in the comparable period of 2021. The increase in cash provided by investing activities was primarily related to proceeds from the sale of Crane Supply of $318.1 million. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information systems. We expect capital expenditures of approximately $40 million in 2022.

Financing Activities

Financing cash flows consist primarily of repayments of indebtedness, proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and commercial paper, proceeds from the issuance of common stock and net transfers to Crane Holdings, Co. Cash provided by financing activities was $207.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2022, compared to cash used for financing activities of $295.6 million in the comparable period of 2021. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was primarily driven by the $399.4 million in net borrowings from the 364-Day Credit Agreement, compared to a $348.1 million repayment of the outstanding amount under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement in the nine months ended September 30, 2021. This was partially offset by $192.4 million of net transfers to parent in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and $79.6 million of net transfers from parent in the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

Cash Flows – Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities, a key source of our liquidity, was $209.6 million in 2021, compared to $157.7 million in 2020. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily driven by higher net income, partially offset by higher asbestos-related payments. Net asbestos-related payments in 2021 and 2020 were $44.9 million and $31.1 million, respectively. See Note 17, “Subsequent Events,” in the notes to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company for further discussion of asbestos.

 

149


Table of Contents

Cash provided by operating activities was $157.7 million in 2020, compared to $287.9 million in 2019. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily driven by lower operating results, partially offset by lower working capital levels. Net asbestos-related payments in 2020 and 2019 were $31.1 million and $41.5 million, respectively.

Investing Activities

Cash flows relating to investing activities consist primarily of cash used for acquisitions, capital expenditures and cash provided by divestitures of businesses or assets. Cash provided by investing activities was $18.3 million in 2021, compared to cash used for investing activities of $219.5 million in 2020. The decrease in cash used for investing activities was driven by the acquisition of I&S in 2020 for $169.2 million. In addition, there was $30 million of net proceeds from the sale of marketable securities in 2021 compared to $30 million of cash used for the purchase of marketable securities in 2020. Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information systems. We expect capital expenditures of approximately $40 million in 2022.

Cash used for investing activities was $219.5 million in 2020, compared to $44.2 million in 2019. The increase in cash used for investing activities was driven by the acquisition of I&S in 2020 for $169.2 million. The increase also related to net cash used to purchase marketable securities of $30 million, partially offset by lower capital expenditures resulting from deferring certain capital expenditures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Financing Activities

Financing cash flows consist primarily of repayments of indebtedness, proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and commercial paper and proceeds from the issuance of common stock. Cash used for financing activities was $250.8 million in 2021, compared to cash provided by financing activities of $183.0 million in 2020. The increase in cash used for financing activities was driven by the $348.1 million repayment of the outstanding amount under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement in 2021, compared to proceeds of $343.9 million received from the same 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement in 2020, partially offset by transfers between the parent.

Cash provided by financing activities was $183.0 million in 2020, compared to cash used for financing activities of $233.6 million in 2019. The increase in cash provided by financing activities was driven by $343.9 million of borrowings under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement, partially offset by $122.2 million of net repayments of commercial paper in 2020 compared to $149.4 million of net proceeds of commercial paper in 2019.

Contractual Obligations

Under various agreements, we are obligated to make future cash payments in fixed amounts. These include payments under our long-term debt agreements and rent payments required under operating lease agreements. The following table summarizes our fixed cash obligations as of December 31, 2021:

 

     Payment due by Period  

(in millions)

   Total      2022      2023
-2024
     2025
-2026
     2027 and after  

Operating lease payments

     82.3        16.0        27.3        16.7        22.3  

Purchase obligations

     182.7        148.2        27.1        4.3        3.1  

Pension and postretirement benefits (a)

     525.4        50.9        101.1        106.6        266.8  

Other long-term liabilities reflected on Consolidated Balance Sheets (b)

     —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 790.4      $ 215.1      $ 155.5      $ 127.6      $ 292.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Pension benefits are funded by the respective pension trusts. The postretirement benefit component of the obligation is approximately $0.5 per year for which there is no trust and will be directly funded by us. Pension benefits are included through 2029.

 

150


Table of Contents
(b) 

As the timing of future cash outflows is uncertain, the following long-term liabilities (and related balances) are excluded from the above table: Long-term asbestos liability ($549.8), long-term environmental liability ($25.8) and gross unrecognized tax benefits ($21.4) and related gross interest and penalties ($3.4).

Application of Critical Accounting Estimates

The supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1, “Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies” in the notes to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company. Certain accounting policies require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. For a discussion of Critical Accounting Estimates applicable to the audited consolidated financial statements of Crane, which are substantially similar to those applicable to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company, please see the section of this information statement entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Crane—Application of Critical Accounting Estimates.” Additionally, the critical accounting estimate described below pertains directly to the supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company.

Corporate Allocations

The Company has historically operated as part of Crane and not as a stand-alone company. Accordingly, certain shared costs including treasury, tax, accounting, human resources, audit, legal purchasing information technology and other such services have been allocated to the Company and are reflected as expenses in the accompanying financial statements. These expenses have been allocated based on several utilization measures including headcount, proportionate usage, and relative net sales. All such amounts have been deemed to have been incurred and settled by Crane Company in the period in which the costs were recorded.

Management considers the allocation methodologies used to be reasonable and appropriate reflections of the related expenses attributable to the Company for purposes of the carve-out financial statements; however, the expenses reflected in these financial statements may not be indicative of the actual expenses that would have been incurred during the periods presented if the Company had operated as a separate stand-alone entity. The amounts that would have been, or will be incurred, on a stand-alone basis could differ from the amounts allocated due to economies of scale, difference in management judgment, a requirement for more or fewer employees or other factors. Management does not believe that it is practicable to estimate what these expenses would have been had Crane Company operated as an independent entity, including any expenses associated with obtaining any of these services from unaffiliated entities. In addition, the future results of operations, financial position and cash flows could differ materially from the historical results presented herein.

Please refer to Note 2, “Related Parties” in the notes to supplemental audited combined financial statements of Crane Company for a description of the Company’s corporate allocations and related-party transactions.

The allocated functional service expenses and general corporate expenses for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were $62.2 million, $37.6 million, and $49.0 million, respectively, and are included in “Selling, general and administrative” in the supplemental audited combined statements of operations of Crane Company.

 

151


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors Following the Spin-Off

Executive Officers

Following the spin-off, Crane Company will be an independent, publicly traded company. The following table sets forth information regarding individuals who are expected to serve as Crane Company’s executive officers, including their positions after the spin-off, and is followed by biographies of each such executive officer. While some of Crane Company’s executive officers are currently officers and employees of Crane Holdings, Co., after the spin-off, none of these individuals will be employees or officers of Crane NXT. The information set forth below is as of December 15, 2022.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Max H. Mitchell   

59

   President and Chief Executive Officer
Richard A. Maue   

52

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Anthony M. D’Iorio   

59

   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Alejandro Alcala    47    Senior Vice President
[TBD]    [●]    [●]

Max H. Mitchell

Max H. Mitchell was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Crane in January 2014. Mr. Mitchell has been with Crane since 2004, in previous roles as President of Crane’s Fluid Handling Group, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for all of Crane, and President and Chief Operating Officer.

Before joining Crane, Mr. Mitchell served in various operating roles for the Pentair Tool Group and divisions within the Danaher Corporation. Mr. Mitchell began his career with the Ford Motor Company in finance and operations. Mr. Mitchell, a native of Pittsburgh, obtained his MBA in Finance from the University of Pittsburgh, Katz Graduate School of Business and his BA from Tulane University. He is on the Board of Directors of Lennox International, Inc., a member of the G100, on the Board of Trustees of Manufacturing Alliance for Productivity and Innovation, and previously served on the Board of the Valve Manufacturing Association of America.

Richard A. Maue

Richard A. Maue joined Crane as Vice President, Controller & Chief Accounting Officer in August 2007. He served in that capacity until May 2010, when he became Co-Chief Financial Officer. In January 2013, Mr. Maue was promoted to Vice President, Finance & Chief Financial Officer, assuming full responsibility for all finance functions at Crane. In January 2019, Mr. Maue was promoted to Senior Vice President, and in March 2019, he also assumed segment leadership responsibility for Crane’s A&E segment.

Prior to joining Crane, Mr. Maue worked at Paxar Corporation as Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Prior to Paxar, Mr. Maue worked at Protiviti, Inc. as a Director in their Internal Audit Practice. Mr. Maue started his career in the audit and business advisory practice at Arthur Andersen.

Anthony M. D’Iorio

Anthony M. D’Iorio joined Crane in 2005 as Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary, was promoted to Deputy General Counsel in 2013 and was appointed to his current position in February 2018. Prior to joining Crane, Mr. D’Iorio served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ALSTOM Inc., the U.S.

 

152


Table of Contents

subsidiary of French based ALSTOM SA, serving the energy and transportation markets (1998-2004), and practiced law in New York City at Hughes Hubbard & Reed, LLP (1995-1998) and Mudge Rose Guthrie Alexander & Ferdon (1988-1995).

Alejandro Alcala

Alejandro Alcala joined Crane in 2013 as President of Crane Pumps & Systems. Mr. Alcala served in that capacity until 2014, when he was promoted to President of Crane ChemPharma & Energy. In March 2020, Mr. Alcala was promoted to Senior Vice President, Crane. Mr. Alcala is responsible for overseeing Crane’s PFT segment, as well as the Regional Presidents (China, India and the Middle East & Africa).

Prior to Crane, Mr. Alcala had a successful career with Eaton Corporation holding various operations and strategic marketing positions. Mr. Alcala completed dual Bachelors of Science degrees in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, graduating from Instituto Tecnologico Y De Estudios Superiores De Monterey in Monterey Mexico. Mr. Alcala later completed an MBA from the Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan.

[TBD]

[●]

Directors

The following table sets forth information with respect to those persons who are expected to serve on Crane Company’s Board of Directors following the completion of the spin-off, and is followed by biographies of each such individual. The nominees have been elected by Crane Company’s sole stockholder, Crane Holdings, Co., to serve on Crane Company’s Board of Directors effective as of the spin-off. The information set forth below is as of [●].

 

Name

  

Age

  

Title

[TBD]

   [●]    [●]

[Director Biographies TBD]

Board Committees

Effective upon the completion of the spin-off, Crane Company’s Board of Directors is expected to have four standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Management Organization and Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee and an Executive Committee. The principal functions of each committee are briefly described below. Crane Company intends to comply with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, or a comparable public market, as amended or modified from time to time, with respect to each of these committees and each of these committees will be comprised exclusively of independent directors. Additionally, Crane Company’s Board of Directors may, from time to time, establish other committees to facilitate Crane Company’s Board of Directors’ oversight of management of the business and affairs of Crane Company.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will be Crane Company’s Board of Directors’ principal agent in fulfilling legal and fiduciary obligations with respect to matters involving Crane Company’s accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control, legal compliance functions and conflicts of interest. The Audit Committee is expected

 

153


Table of Contents

to have the authority and responsibility for the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of our independent auditors. All members of the Audit Committee will meet the independence and expertise requirements of the NYSE, and all will qualify as “independent” under the provisions of SEC Rule 10A-3. In addition, the Audit Committee will include members that Crane Company’s Board of Directors determines to be “audit committee financial experts” as defined in regulations of the SEC.

Management Organization and Compensation Committee

The duties of the Management Organization and Compensation Committee are expected to include: coordinating the annual evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer; recommending to Crane Company’s Board of Directors all actions regarding compensation of the Chief Executive Officer; approving the compensation of other executive officers and reviewing the compensation of other officers and business unit presidents; reviewing director compensation; administering the annual incentive compensation plans and stock incentive plan; reviewing and approving any significant changes in or additions to compensation policies and practices, including benefit plans; and reviewing management development and succession planning policies. All members of the Management Organization and Compensation Committee will meet the independence requirements of the NYSE.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The duties of the Nominating and Governance Committee are expected to include developing criteria for selection of and identifying potential candidates for service as directors, policies regarding tenure of service and retirement for members of the Board of Directors and responsibility for and oversight of corporate governance matters, including director independence. All members of the Nominating and Governance Committee will meet the independence requirements of the NYSE.

Executive Committee

Crane Company’s Board of Directors is also expected to establish an Executive Committee, which will meet when a quorum of the full Board of Directors cannot be readily convened. The Executive Committee is expected to have the authority to exercise any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except for approving an amendment of Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by-laws; adopting an agreement of merger or sale of all or substantially all of Crane Company’s assets or dissolution of Crane Company; filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committee thereof; or electing or removing officers.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of Crane Company’s directors or executive officers.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Crane Company’s Board of Directors is expected to adopt corporate governance guidelines (the “Corporate Governance Guidelines”) that will provide a framework for the effective governance of the Company. The Corporate Governance Guidelines will address matters such as Crane Company’s Board of Directors’ duties, director independence, director responsibilities, board structure and operation, director criteria and qualifications, board succession planning, board compensation, management evaluation and development, board orientation and training.

Director Independence

Crane Company’s Board of Directors will annually determine the independence of each director and nominee for election as a director under the NYSE’s, or a comparable public market’s, independence standards and the Corporate Governance Guidelines. A majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors will be comprised of independent directors upon completion of the spin-off.

 

154


Table of Contents

Director Qualification Standards

The charter of the Nominating and Governance Committee of Crane Company’s Board of Directors, which is expected to be adopted in connection with the spin-off, will provide that the Nominating and Governance Committee identify and recommend to Crane Company’s Board of Directors nominees for election to, or for filling any vacancy on, Crane Company’s Board of Directors in accordance with Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws, the Corporate Governance Guidelines and such committee’s charter. The Nominating and Governance Committee may also consider such other factors as it may deem to be in the best interests of Crane Company and its stockholders. The Nominating and Governance Committee is expected to periodically review the requisite skills, expertise, diversity and other characteristics of board members. Crane Company believes it appropriate and important that at least one key member of Crane Company’s management participate as a member of Crane Company’s Board of Directors. In appropriate circumstances, this number may be increased.

Whenever the Nominating and Governance Committee concludes, based on the reviews or considerations described above or due to a vacancy, that a new nominee to Crane Company’s Board of Directors is required or advisable, it will consider recommendations from directors, management, stockholders and, if it deems appropriate, consultants retained for that purpose. In such circumstances, it will evaluate individuals recommended by stockholders in the same manner as nominees recommended from other sources.

In considering candidates submitted by stockholders, the Nominating and Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of Crane Company’s Board of Directors and the qualifications of the candidate. A stockholder proposing to nominate a director must provide certain information about the nominating stockholder and the director nominee, including the following information, and must update such information as of the record date for the meeting:

 

   

the number of shares of Crane Company stock, including details regarding any derivative securities, held by the nominating stockholder and the director nominee and any of their respective affiliates or associates;

 

   

a description of any agreement regarding how the director nominee would vote, if elected, on a particular matter, including a representation that there are no other understandings, obligations or commitments;

 

   

a description of any agreement with respect to compensation as a director from any person other than Crane Company, including a representation that there are no other understandings, obligations or commitments;

 

   

a representation that the director nominee will comply with all publicly disclosed Crane Company Board of Directors’ policies, including those relating to confidentiality;

 

   

a completed questionnaire similar to the one required of existing directors, a copy of which the Corporate Secretary will provide upon request;

 

   

a description of any material interest the nominating stockholder has in any such nomination; and

 

   

any other information about the proposed candidate that would, under the SEC’s proxy rules, be required to be included in Crane Company’s proxy statement if the person were a nominee.

Such notice will be required to also be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director, if elected. A complete description of the requirements relating to a stockholder nomination will be set forth in Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws.

Role of Crane Company’s Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

Crane Company’s Board of Directors recognizes its duty to assure itself that Crane Company has effective procedures for assessing and managing risks to Crane Company’s operations, financial position and reputation,

 

155


Table of Contents

including compliance with applicable laws and regulations. It is expected that Crane Company’s Board of Directors will charge its Audit Committee with responsibility for monitoring Crane Company’s processes and procedures for risk assessment, risk management and compliance, which includes receiving regular reports on environmental remediation activities, and on any violations of law or company policies and resultant corrective action. It is expected that the Audit Committee will receive presentations regarding these matters from management at each in-person meeting (at least quarterly). It is expected that Crane Company’s Director of Compliance and Ethics, as well as the Chief Audit Executive, will have regular independent communications with the Audit Committee. It is expected that the Chair of the Audit Committee will report any significant matters to Crane Company’s Board of Directors as part of his or her reports on the Audit Committee’s meetings and activities.

It is expected that Crane Company’s Board of Directors will receive an annual presentation by management on Crane Company’s risk management practices. It is also expected that Crane Company’s Board of Directors also will receive reports from management at each meeting regarding operating results, pending and proposed acquisition and divestiture transactions (each of which must be approved by Crane Company’s Board of Directors before completion), capital expenditures (material capital expenditures require Crane Company Board of Directors’ approval) and other matters.

In addition, the Management Organization and Compensation Committee of the Crane Company Board of Directors (the “Crane Company Compensation Committee”) will establish a process for assessing the potential that Crane Company’s compensation plans and practices may encourage executives to take risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Crane Company.

Coordination Among Board Committees Regarding Risk Oversight

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE    MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION AND
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
   NOMINATING AND
GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

•  Financial reporting risk

•  Legal and compliance risk

•  Selection, performance assessment and compensation of the independent auditor

•  Cybersecurity risk

•  Fraud risk

•  Environmental risk

  

•  Performance assessment and compensation of the CEO and other executive officers

•  Management succession planning and intellectual capital development

•  Risk review of incentive compensation arrangements

  

•  Governance risk

•  Independence of directors

•  Board succession planning

•  Board and committee performance evaluation

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon the completion of Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane, Crane Company’s Board of Directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics (the “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”) that applies to Crane Company’s directors, officers and employees. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will cover many areas of professional ethical conduct to deter wrongdoing and promote:

 

   

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

   

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in Crane Company’s SEC reports and other public communications;

 

   

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

prompt internal reporting of violations of law or the code to appropriate persons identified in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; and

 

   

accountability for adherence to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, including fair process by which to determine violations.

 

156


Table of Contents

Any waiver of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Crane Company’s directors or executive officers must be approved by a majority of Crane Company’s independent directors, and any such waiver shall be disclosed as required by law.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During Crane’s fiscal year ended 2021, Crane Company was not an independent company and therefore did not have a Management Organization and Compensation Committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Decisions as to the compensation of those who currently serve as Crane executive officers and who are expected to serve as Crane Company executive officers after the spin-off were made by Crane Holdings, Co., as described in the section of this information statement entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

 

157


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Introduction

Crane Company is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co., and the Crane Company Compensation Committee has not yet been formed. Decisions regarding the past compensation for Crane Company’s named executive officers while they were employed by Crane were made, as applicable, by Crane’s senior management or the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee. After the distribution, Crane Company’s executive compensation programs, policies and practices for its executive officers will be established by the Crane Company Compensation Committee.

For purposes of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the following executive compensation tables, the individuals referred to as the “named executive officers” (or “NEOs”) are Crane Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and, of the other individuals designated as Crane Company’s executive officers, the three most highly compensated based on 2021 compensation from Crane. The individuals designated as Crane Company’s named executive officers are listed below.

 

   

Max H. Mitchell, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

   

Richard A. Maue, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Anthony M. D’Iorio, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

   

Alejandro Alcala, Senior Vice President

 

   

[TBD], [TBD]

The following sections of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis describe Crane’s executive compensation philosophy, executive compensation program elements and certain of Crane’s executive compensation plans, policies and practices, as well as, to the extent known, certain aspects of Crane Company’s anticipated compensation structure following the distribution.

 

   

Section 1 – Crane Compensation Philosophy and Principles

 

   

Section 2 – Principal Elements of Crane’s Executive Compensation Program

 

   

Section 3 – Compensation Decision-Making Process

 

   

Section 4 – Policies and Practices Related to Crane’s Executive Compensation Program

 

   

Section 5 – Going Forward Crane Company Compensation Arrangements

Section 1 – Crane Compensation Philosophy and Principles

The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee is firmly committed to implementing a compensation program that aligns management and stockholder interests, encourages executives to drive sustainable stockholder value creation and helps retain key personnel. This core philosophy is embedded in the following principles, which guide all aspects of Crane’s compensation program:

Crane believes that compensation should be directly linked to performance and highly correlated to stockholder value. The principles that guide Crane’s decisions involving executive compensation are that compensation should be:

 

  1.

Based on performance: overall performance of Crane; performance of the executive’s business unit, as applicable; and individual performance of the executive.

 

  2.

Aligned with the annual operating plan and longer term strategic plans and objectives to build sustainable value for stockholders.

 

158


Table of Contents
  3.

Competitive given relevant and appropriate market conditions in order to attract and retain highly qualified executives.

 

  4.

Consistent with high standards of corporate governance and designed to avoid encouraging executives to take risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Crane or to behave in ways that are inconsistent with Crane’s objectives, values, and standards of behavior.

Crane designs its performance-based incentive compensation so that variation in performance will result in meaningful variation in the earned compensation paid to its named executive officers and other key executives. Thus, actual compensation amounts will vary above or below targeted levels depending on the performance of Crane and/or the business unit and achievement of individual performance goals.

Section 2 – Principal Elements of Crane’s Executive Compensation Program

The following table summarizes the principal elements of Crane’s executive officer compensation program.

 

Compensation

Element

  

Principal Objectives

  

Key Characteristics

Base Salary

   To provide a fixed amount for performing the duties and responsibilities of the position   

•  Determined based on overall performance, level of responsibility, competitive compensation data and comparison to other company executives

Annual Incentive Plan

   To motivate executive officers to achieve annual financial performance goals   

•  Payment based on achievement of business unit and company-wide performance goals relative to annual pre-established targets

Performance-Based Restricted Share Units (“PRSUs”)*

  

 

To motivate executive officers to drive long-term profitable growth

  

 

•  Number of shares actually earned based on relative total stockholder return (share price appreciation plus reinvested dividends) (“TSR”)

 

•  Earned shares vest upon conclusion of the three-year performance period

Stock Options

   To attract and retain executive officers and align their interests with long-term stockholder interests   

•  Grants vest ratably over four years

 

•  Value realized dependent on company stock price appreciation

Time-Based Restricted Share Units (“TRSUs”)

  

 

To retain executive officers and drive profitable growth

  

 

•  Grants vest ratably over four years

 

•  Value realized varies with company stock price performance

 

*

PRSUs and TRSUs may be collectively referred to in this information statement as “RSUs” or “restricted share units.”

 

159


Table of Contents

Base Salary

Base salary is fixed compensation paid to each executive for performing normal duties and responsibilities. Crane determines the amount at the date of hire based on competitive market data, current salary levels within the company and the salary level needed to attract the particular executive. Crane reviews and determines the amount annually based on the executive’s overall performance, competitive compensation data, level of responsibility and comparison to other Crane executives.

2021 Base Salaries for Named Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the base salary of each of Crane’s named executive officers as of December 31, 2021, who are expected to serve as Crane Company executive officers after the spin-off.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Base Salary as of
December 31,
2021
 

M. H. Mitchell

   $ 1,200,000  

R. A. Maue

   $ 685,568  

A. M. D’Iorio

   $ 500,036  

A. Alcala

   $ 468,595  

[TBD]

     [TBD

Annual Incentive Compensation

Crane pays its executive officers cash bonuses based on the attainment of company and business unit performance goals established in January and an assessment of individual performance conducted at the end of the year. Early in a given year, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee establishes and approves the annual target bonus objectives and award opportunities for each NEO, subject to review and approval by Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors in the case of its Chief Executive Officer.

In making determinations about performance targets, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee considers a variety of factors, including financial elements of the annual operating plan, comparison to prior year results, the general business outlook for the coming year, the opinions of analysts who follow Crane and its diversified industrial manufacturing peers.

Crane Holdings, Co.’s Chief Executive Officer and other officers participate in the discussions regarding annual incentive objectives so they can provide their input and understand the expectations of each incentive plan component. Each participating executive receives a confirmation of his or her annual bonus objectives and payout range after it has been approved by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee (or by Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer). Annual Incentive Plan (as defined below) objectives are not modified during the year, although the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee may determine to exclude certain special items impacting earnings from continuing operations per diluted share (“EPS”) or free cash flow, either known at the beginning of the year or occurring during the year.

The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee reviews the performance results for the Crane annual incentive plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), including Crane and business unit results and individual performance, at its regularly scheduled January meeting, which is generally the first meeting following the end of Crane Holdings, Co.’s fiscal year, in order that full-year performance may be considered. Based on this review, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee determines and approves the annual cash bonuses for each of its executive officers.

For annual bonus and long-term stock-based compensation, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee calibrates award values for targeted performance by reference to the 50th percentile of the market data for

 

160


Table of Contents

similarly sized companies, recognizing that the competitive range of the median is +/- 15% of the benchmarking data. Within that range, the competitive positioning for individual executives may vary above or below the median based on factors such as tenure, experience, proficiency in role and criticality to the organization. As noted above, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee may determine to increase or decrease long-term stock-based compensation based on Crane and/or individual performance during the previous year, Crane Holdings, Co.’s stock price relative to historical stock price trends, availability of shares in Crane’s 2018 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (“2018 Stock Incentive Plan”) and other factors.

2021 Annual Incentive Objectives for Named Executive Officers

In 2021, the NEOs participated in the Annual Incentive Plan. Performance metrics for 2021 consisted of EPS and free cash flow (each as adjusted for special items by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee for bonus calculation purposes under the Annual Incentive Plan, and which adjustments may in some cases differ from the adjustments made for reporting purposes), weighted 75% / 25% respectively, for the Chief Executive Officer and other corporate NEOs. In addition to the targeted performance goals, for each performance metric, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee set minimum threshold and maximum cap values, so that actual payouts could range from 0% to 200% of the target award amounts.

In January 2021, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee established an EPS target of $5.22 to align with Crane’s annual operating plan. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee also established a payout range for EPS from $4.18 (0% payout) to $6.26 (200% payout). For free cash flow, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee established a target of $267.1 million with a payout range from $187 million (0% payout) to $347.2 million (200% payout). Actual performance compared to annual incentive objectives for this group were as follows:

 

Corporate Objectives

   Target
($)
     Actual
($)
     Performance
relative to
Target
    Weight     Calculated
Payout (%)
 

Adjusted EPS

     5.22        7.08        200     75     150

Adjusted free cash flow

     267.1M        455M        200     25     50

Weighted payout %

               200

2021 Performance Targets and Bonuses for Operations NEO

For Mr. Alcala, a Senior Vice President who had responsibility at Crane for certain business operations, such as the PFT segment and operations in China, India and the Middle East & Africa, performance metrics for 2021 were operating profit (70% of target bonus) and free cash flow (30% of target bonus) based on results of the businesses for which he was responsible. While Mr. Maue had operational responsibility at Crane for the A&E segment, his bonus was based solely on his performance as Chief Financial Officer of Crane and not his operational responsibilities.

The performance metrics approved by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee for Mr. Alcala were aggregate operating profit of the PFT segment, with a target of $132.1 million (100% payout) and a payout range from $105.5 million (0% payout) to $158.7 million (200% payout), and aggregate free cash flow from such businesses, with a target of $86.4 million (100% payout) and a payout range from $68.5 million (0% payout) to $104.1 million (200% payout). Actual performance for Mr. Alcala’s businesses compared to these annual incentive objectives are set forth in the tables immediately below.

 

Operations Objectives—A. Alcala

(Process Flow Technologies)

   Target
($)
     Actual
($)
     Performance
relative to
Target
    Weight     Calculated
Payout (%)
 

Operating profit

     132.1M        177.3M        200     70     140

Free cash flow

     86.4M        115.3M        200     30     60

Weighted payout %

               200

 

161


Table of Contents

2021 Named Executive Officers’ Bonuses

In January 2022, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee reviewed management’s reports on the performance of Crane, the relevant business units and the individual NEOs in 2021 against the relevant bonus objectives. In considering Crane’s performance, and consistent with past practice, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee excluded certain special items as reported from earnings per share and free cash flow. The calculations resulted in a corporate percentage payout of 200% (for Mr. Alcala, see “Section 2: Principal Elements of Crane’s Executive Compensation Program—2021 Performance Targets and Bonuses for Operations NEO” in this section of the information statement).

The approved Crane payout percentages and cash bonuses for 2021 are as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Bonus
Target
(% of Salary)
    Bonus
Target
($)
     Payout
(%)
     Bonus Paid
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     120     1,440,000        200        2,880,000  

R. A. Maue

     75     514,176        200        1,028,352  

A. M. D’Iorio

     70     350,025        200        700,050  

A. Alcala

     70     328,017        200        656,033  

[TBD]

          

Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation

The 2018 Stock Incentive Plan is used to provide long-term incentive compensation through stock options and PRSUs, as well as retention of employees through TRSUs. Crane believes that employees approach their responsibilities more like owners as their holdings of, and potential to own, stock increase.

The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee determined an overall target dollar value for long-term equity incentive awards for the NEOs in 2021. In determining these amounts, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee considered the competitive market data compiled by Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“FW Cook”), Crane and individual performance in 2020 and Crane’s historical grant practices, including the number of shares and the fair market value of the stock. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee then allocated the total target dollar amount among the applicable award types, as follows: for Mr. Mitchell, 55% as PRSUs, 25% as stock options and 20% TRSUs; and for each of the other NEOs, 50% as PRSUs, 25% as stock options, and 25% as TRSUs. To determine the target number of PRSUs and the number of stock options and TRSUs, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee divided the applicable dollar amount by the closing price of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock for the PRSUs and TRSUs and by the Black-Scholes accounting value for the stock options (rounded in each case to the nearest whole share) on the date the awards were approved.

2021 Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation for Named Executive Officers

The table below sets forth, for each of Crane Company’s NEOs, the dollar value used by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee and resulting number of Crane Holdings, Co. shares for the awards.

 

     Long-Term Incentive  
     Stock Options      PRSUs*      TRSUs      LTI Total  
     $      #      $      #      $      #      $  

Named Executive Officer

                                                

M. H. Mitchell

     1,275,000        61,239        2,805,000        35,692        1,020,000        12,979        5,100,000  

R. A. Maue

     312,500        15,010        625,000        7,953        312,500        3,976        1,250,000  

A. M. D’Iorio

     175,000        8,405        350,000        4,453        175,000        2,227        700,000  

A. Alcala

     150,000        7,205        300,000        3,817        150,000        1,909        600,000  

[TBD]

                    

 

162


Table of Contents

 

*

As noted above, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee determined the target number of PRSUs using the dollar amount shown above divided by $78.59, the closing price of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock on the date the awards were approved. In contrast, the amounts included in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” and “2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table are based on the grant date fair value of the PRSUs determined using financial accounting assumptions as required to be disclosed by SEC rules, determined to be $82.27 per share. As a result, the value of the PRSUs included in those tables differs from the values shown above. See footnote 1 to the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” on page 171 and footnote 5 to the “2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table on page 175 for additional information on the grant date fair value of the PRSUs.

Selection of Performance Measures for Incentive Awards

Each year, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee reviews the design of Crane’s long-term equity incentive awards to ensure alignment with the Crane’s long-term strategic goal of driving profitable growth, both organically and through acquisition, which Crane believes will increase stockholder value. For the PRSUs, the performance measure, established by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee, is Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR over a three-year period relative to the TSR of the constituent companies in the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group, a meaningful measure of stockholder value. As discussed further below, the principal performance measures selected by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee to drive annual incentive compensation are, for Mr. Mitchell and other corporate executives, including Messrs. Maue and D’Iorio in 2021, adjusted EPS and free cash flow for Crane as a whole and, for Mr. Alcala who had direct or supervisory operating unit responsibility in 2021, Adjusted Operating Profit and free cash flow specific to those business units (see “Section 2: Principal Elements of Crane’s Executive Compensation Program—Annual Incentive Compensation” in this section of the information statement). The relative weighting of these metrics was designed to ensure an appropriate balance between profit achievement and maintaining a strong and efficient balance sheet.

PRSU Awards – 3-Year Performance Period Based on Relative TSR

The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee grants PRSUs with three-year performance vesting conditions based on relative total stockholder return as described below, thus directly linking this form of stock-based compensation to returns received by Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders relative to comparator industrial companies.

 

     PRSU Grants  

Performance Level

   CR Relative TSR      Shares Earned
% of Target
 

Below Threshold

     <25th percentile        0

Threshold

     25th percentile        25

Target

     50th percentile        100

Maximum

     75th percentile        200

The vesting of PRSUs awarded to Crane Company’s NEOs in January 2021 are based on a relative measurement of TSR for Crane Holdings, Co. over the three-year period January 1, 2021, through December 31, 2023 (with the share price for such purpose being defined as the percentage return of the 20-day trading average closing price on the last trading day of the three-year period, versus the 20-day trading average closing price prior to the first trading day of the period), compared to TSRs of the other companies in the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group. Vesting of the PRSUs as shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock will be determined by the formula indicated above.

For TSR between the 25th and 50th percentiles and between the 50th and 75th percentiles, the vesting is interpolated on a straight-line basis. If Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR for the three-year period is negative, the

 

163


Table of Contents

maximum vesting is capped at 100% regardless of performance relative to peers. In addition, the maximum value that can be earned under the PRSUs (total shares earned multiplied by the final share price) is capped at four times the original grant value. Holders of PRSUs are not entitled to receive dividends or dividend equivalent payments during the performance period, nor do dividends accrue, prior to vesting.

Stock Option Awards – Vest 25% Per Year Over Four Years

Under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, stock options must be granted with a per-share exercise price at no less than fair market value on the date of grant and are subject to vesting terms as established by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee (currently 25% per year over four years). Stock option awards comprise 25% of the annual long-term incentive grant value for each NEO, vest ratably over four years and have 10-year terms. Accordingly, employees can realize a gain only if the share price increases from the date of grant, directly linking this component of incentive compensation to increases in stockholder value. Although broad market dynamics can strongly influence Crane Holdings, Co.’s share price, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee believes that with stock options, senior level management employees are motivated to take actions that improve the share price, such as profitable sales growth through organic growth, as well as acquisitions, improvement in operating margins to generate increased operating profit and drive higher multiple valuations, and prudent use of free cash flow through capital expenditures, dividends, acquisitions, and stock repurchases.

TRSU Awards – Vest 25% Per Year Over Four Years

The 2018 Stock Incentive Plan also authorizes the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee to grant time-based restricted share units, or TRSUs, subject to such terms and conditions as the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee may deem appropriate. Like the stock options, the TRSUs granted to the NEOs vest ratably over four years, and dividends are paid on TRSUs prior to vesting.

Treatment of Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation in Connection with the Distribution

For a description of the adjustments that are expected to be made to outstanding Crane Holdings, Co. awards, including those held by Crane Company’s named executive officers, in connection with the distribution, see the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements.”

Retirement Benefits for Named Executive Officers

Messrs. Mitchell and D’Iorio have accrued retirement benefits under Crane’s defined benefit pension plan, which was closed to employees hired after 2005 and then frozen with no further benefit accruals effective December 31, 2012. The NEOs participate in a defined contribution retirement plan under which Crane contributes 3% of salary and bonus annually (the contribution rate was 2% prior to 2014), subject to the limitations on contributions to tax-qualified retirement plans under applicable federal tax regulations.

The NEOs also participate in Crane’s benefit equalization plan, which is designed only to restore retirement benefits under the Crane regular defined benefit pension plan that are limited by the Code; there is no supplemental benefit based on deemed service or enhanced compensation formulas. Benefits accrued under this plan are not funded or set aside in any manner. In the event of retirement at age 62 with 10 years of service, a participating executive would be eligible to receive benefits under that plan without the reduction factor set forth in Crane’s tax-qualified pension plan of 3% per year prior to age 65. The only NEO with a defined benefit account in this plan is Mr. Mitchell. This plan was also frozen as to defined benefit accruals effective December 31, 2012. Effective January 1, 2014, the benefit equalization plan was amended to cover participants’ benefits under the defined contribution retirement plan referenced above, and the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee extended the participation in this plan to certain senior leadership executives of Crane, including all of the NEOs.

 

164


Table of Contents

Other Compensation for Named Executive Officers

The “All Other Compensation” and “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” columns of the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” below and the accompanying footnotes set forth the details of other compensation received by the NEOs. In certain cases, such as Crane’s contributions to defined contribution plans and the increase in actuarial value of the defined benefit pension, such compensation is determined on the same basis as that used for all other employees. In other cases, such as automobile allowances, executive health exams, cybersecurity protection in the executive’s home network environment, and other personal benefits, the compensation is only provided to certain key employees (including the NEOs), and Crane has determined it to be reasonable and competitive compensation for the named executive officers in relation to general industry practices. For example, the NEOs are eligible for reimbursement for the cost of their executive physicals bi-annually, subject to an expense cap of $2,500. This benefit provides the NEOs with additional flexibility to proactively manage their health and wellness. The NEOs bear all taxes associated with such benefits.

Crane Holdings, Co. entered into time share agreements with Mr. Mitchell regarding personal use of corporate aircraft, including aircraft leased by Crane Holdings, Co. from a third-party operator. Under the agreements, Crane Holdings, Co. agrees to lease the aircraft to Mr. Mitchell pursuant to federal aviation regulations and to provide a qualified flight crew, and Mr. Mitchell agrees to pay Crane Holdings, Co. for each flight. The agreement with Mr. Mitchell provides that he is not required to reimburse Crane Holdings, Co. for personal use until the aggregate incremental cost reaches $100,000, and thereafter he is required to reimburse Crane Holdings, Co. for all incremental cost incurred above that amount. During 2021, the aggregate incremental cost to Crane Holdings, Co. for personal use of the aircraft by Mr. Mitchell, less amounts paid by him under the time share agreement, was $100,000.

Section 3 – Compensation Decision-Making Process

Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee’s Role

The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee is responsible for oversight of Crane’s executive compensation program. With respect to the compensation of Crane Holdings, Co.’s Chief Executive Officer, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee determines his compensation, subject to review and approval by Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors. With respect to Crane Holdings, Co.’s other executive officers, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee determines their compensation after reviewing the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer of Crane Holdings, Co. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee administers the Annual Incentive Plan, reviewing and setting the performance targets for Crane Holdings, Co.’s Chief Executive Officer and other corporate officers subject to review by Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors, setting performance targets for all other participants after reviewing the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer, and reviewing and approving the annual bonuses based upon actual performance. The annual bonus calculations are also reviewed by Crane’s independent auditors. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee also administers the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan and approves all grants of stock options and restricted share units.

The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee is assisted in these responsibilities by its independent compensation consultant, FW Cook. Although Crane pays the fees and expenses of FW Cook, the firm is retained by the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee. FW Cook does not perform any other compensation related services for Crane. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee reviews the independence of FW Cook each year and has concluded that its work for the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee has not raised any conflict of interest.

Role of CEO and Management

The Chief Executive Officer of Crane Holdings, Co. and certain other senior corporate officers play an important role in supporting the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee in the discharge of its responsibilities.

 

165


Table of Contents

Management maintains records and provides historical compensation data to the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee and FW Cook, as well as the annual operating plan and the actual performance results from which annual bonuses are determined. The Chief Executive Officer, together with other senior corporate officers, presents recommendations to the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee regarding performance targets under the Annual Incentive Plan and long-term equity incentives under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. The Chief Executive Officer and other officers participate in the discussions regarding annual and long-term incentive objectives so they can provide their input and understand the expectations for each incentive plan component.

Compensation Consultant and Market Data

Each year, FW Cook reviews Crane’s compensation peer group against certain size-related metrics and alignment with Crane’s business segments and complexity of operations. When and as appropriate, FW Cook proposes the addition of other companies to the compensation peer group to replace companies that have been acquired or made substantial changes to their business portfolio, or when Crane’s profile has materially changed due to mergers or acquisitions. The 20-company peer group below was used by FW Cook in 2020 to develop comparative compensation data for the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee in setting 2021 compensation targets. Notably, at the time Crane’s peer group was approved, their trailing fourth quarter revenues ranged from $1.4 billion to $7.1 billion with a median of $3.2 billion, which compared to Crane’s revenue of $3.4 billion. In addition, the peer group’s 12-month average market cap ranged from $1.7 billion to $20.6 billion, with a median of $6.2 billion compared with $4.4 billion for Crane. In July 2021, following the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee’s 2021 compensation actions, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee approved the removal of AMETEK, Inc., from Crane’s peer group because its market cap of approximately $30 billion far exceeded Crane’s outside range for peer group participants.

Crane’s Compensation Peer Group for 2021

 

AMETEK, Inc.

Carlisle Companies Incorporated

Colfax Corporation

Curtiss-Wright Corporation

Donaldson Company, Inc.

Dover Corporation

Flowserve Corporation

  

Hubbell Incorporated

IDEX Corporation

ITT Inc.

Kennametal, Inc.*

Pentair, plc

Regal Beloit Corporation**

Rexnord Corporation**

  

Snap-On Incorporated

SPX Flow

Teledyne Technologies Incorporated

The Timken Company

Woodward, Inc.

Xylem Inc.

 

*

In July 2020, following the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee’s 2020 compensation actions, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee approved the addition of Kennametal, Inc. to replace Esterline Technologies Incorporated, which had been acquired and was no longer a stand-alone publicly traded company.

**

In October 2021, Regal Beloit Corporation and Rexnord Corporation effected a corporate spin-off transaction resulting in two entities, Regal Rexnord Corporation and Zurn Water. The entity formerly known as Rexnord Corporation was renamed Zurn Water.

FW Cook provides the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee with comparative compensation data on the peer companies from publicly available sources and, in addition, comparative compensation data compiled from general industry surveys with revenues ranging from $1.0 billion to $5.0 billion, appropriately size-adjusted to determine market values for companies of comparable size to Crane or a particular business unit, as applicable. This data includes base salary, target bonus opportunity and long-term incentive compensation for its named executive officers. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee uses this comparative data during its review of salaries, annual target cash incentive compensation and aggregate stock option and restricted share unit grant values for its named executive officers, with the view that all elements of target total direct compensation should be calibrated by reference to the 50th percentile of competitive market data for targeted

 

166


Table of Contents

performance, with significant upside potential for performance that exceeds target and lesser (or zero) payouts if performance is below target. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee may use its judgment and discretion to vary the award values, based on Crane’s and individual performance during the previous year, historical stock price trends, the impact of unforeseen events beyond management’s control and other factors.

Crane’s comparator group for PRSUs granted in January of 2021 is the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group, consisting of approximately 40 companies, with roughly a quarter of those companies in Crane’s compensation peer group. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee selected the larger comparator group for PRSU purposes based on the view (with which FW Cook concurs) that a larger group is appropriate for measuring relative TSR over a three-year period because (i) company size is less relevant for TSR comparisons than benchmarking target pay levels, (ii) the larger group best represents the universe of companies with which Crane competes for investor capital and (iii) it is less likely to be meaningfully affected by the loss of constituent companies during the period. In addition, the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group is a regularly published listing with all the necessary data to make the required calculations.

Section 4 – Policies and Practices Related to Crane’s Executive Compensation Program

The following discussion describes important executive compensation policies and practices adopted by Crane. We expect Crane Company to adopt similar policies and practices at the time of the distribution.

Crane’s Stock Ownership Guidelines

Crane’s stock ownership guidelines for executive officers are expressed as a multiple of base salary:

 

Executive Level

  

Minimum

Ownership Level   

CEO

   6 x Base Salary

CFO

   5 x Base Salary

Executive Officers-CEO Direct Reports

   4 x Base Salary

Other Executive Officers

   3 x Base Salary

Shares that count toward the satisfaction of the guidelines are (i) shares owned by the executive, (ii) shares held in the executive’s 401(k) account, and (iii) the after-tax value (65%) of TRSUs held by the executive. Neither unearned or unvested PRSUs nor unexercised stock options count for purposes of the guidelines. The policy permits executives to sell up to 50% of the net shares realized upon an option exercise or vesting of restricted share units (i.e., the total shares covered by the option exercised or the restricted share unit grant vesting less the number of shares surrendered to pay the exercise price and satisfy tax withholding obligations), while retaining at least 50% of such net shares in order to meet the stock ownership guidelines. Once such guidelines are met, the policy permits executives to sell any shares held above the required ownership guidelines.

Policies with Respect to Timing of Stock-Based Awards and Exercise Price of Stock Options

Annual grants of stock options and restricted share units to executive officers are made at the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee’s regular January meeting, in order that full-year performance may be considered. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee also grants stock options and restricted share units at other dates to newly hired or promoted executives. All options must be granted at an exercise price that is at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of Crane Holdings, Co.’s common stock on the date of grant. Fair market value on a given day is defined as the closing market price on that day.

Policy with Respect to Hedging and Pledging of Company Stock

Certain forms of hedging or monetization transactions allow an individual to lock in much of the value of his or her stock holdings, often in exchange for all or part of the potential for upside appreciation in the stock, allowing

 

167


Table of Contents

the benefit of continued ownership of the stock without the full risks and rewards of ownership. When that occurs, the individual may no longer have the same objectives as Crane Holdings, Co.’s other stockholders. For this reason, Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors has maintained a longstanding policy prohibiting any director, executive officer, or any other designated employee who qualifies as an insider from (i) entering into any hedging or other transaction to limit the risk of ownership of Crane Holdings, Co. stock or (ii) pledging Crane Holdings, Co. stock to secure any loan or advance of credit.

Clawback Policy

Crane’s Compensation “Clawback” Policy provides a means for the recovery of certain incentive compensation awards if Crane’s financial statements are restated due to fraud or similar misconduct by any executive officers. Under the clawback policy, Crane may recoup from the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, Controller, Treasurer and any other executive officers, who are determined to have participated in the misconduct: (i) the annual incentive compensation awards and other bonus compensation, and (ii) all proceeds from stock option exercises or sales of shares received in settlement of restricted share units within one year after the filing of the financial statement that is later restated. Under this policy, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee is authorized by Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors to pursue a financial recovery against the offending officers when Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors determines that a triggering event has occurred.

Tax Deductibility of Crane’s Incentive Compensation

To the extent consistent with other compensation objectives, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee has sought to minimize Crane’s compensation-related tax burden. Section 162(m) of the Code limits Crane’s deduction to $1 million for annual compensation paid to its covered employees, as defined in section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 5 – Going Forward Crane Company Compensation Arrangements

Overview

In connection with the spin-off, Crane Company generally expects to adopt compensation and benefit plans that are similar to those in effect at Crane prior to the spin-off. While Crane Company’s executive compensation philosophy and practices will initially mirror those at Crane, following the spin-off, the Crane Company Compensation Committee will consider and develop Crane Company’s compensation programs, plans, philosophy and practices, consistent with Crane Company’s businesses’ needs and goals. Below is a summary of certain executive compensation-related program and arrangements that we anticipate being put into effect at Crane Company in connection with the distribution. Crane Company also intends to adopt the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan (which is described in the section of this information statement entitled “Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan”) to be used as the source for equity compensation awards by Crane Company after the distribution.

Change in Control Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Each of Crane’s NEOs has an agreement that, in the event of a change in control of Crane, provides for continued employment for a period of three years or until normal retirement following the change in control. Upon termination within such employment period after a change in control, either by the employer without cause or by the executive with “Good Reason” for constructive termination, the executive is entitled to receive a multiple of base salary and average annual bonus payments based on the number of years in the employment period, and certain other benefits. The annual incentive plans, stock options and restricted share units of Crane Holdings, Co. contain similar features which accelerate vesting in the event of termination following a change in control. These

 

168


Table of Contents

change in control agreements do not provide for any tax gross-ups, and instead cap the payments to the employee to the extent that such payments, together with accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted share units of Crane Holdings, Co., would trigger any excise tax under section 4999 of the Code resulting from such payments (and if capping the payments provides the employee with a larger after-tax payment). Prior to the distribution date, Crane Holdings, Co. will assign to Crane Company all of Crane Holdings, Co.’s rights and obligations arising under the change in control agreements which are applicable to employees who will be employed by Crane Company after the distribution. Crane NXT, Co. will continue to be responsible for and remain obligated under the change in control agreements which are applicable to employees who will be employed by Crane NXT, Co. after the distribution.

Indemnification Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Crane has entered into indemnification agreements with its NEOs, the form of which was approved by stockholders at Crane’s 1987 annual meeting of stockholders. The indemnification agreements require Crane to indemnify such officers to the full extent permitted by law against any and all expenses (including advances of expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any claim against the indemnified person arising out of services as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of Crane or for another entity at the request of Crane and either to maintain directors and officers liability insurance coverage or to the full extent permitted by law to indemnify such person for the lack of such insurance. Prior to the distribution date, Crane Holdings, Co. will assign to Crane Company all of Crane Holdings, Co.’s rights and obligations arising under the indemnification agreements which are applicable to employees who will be employed by Crane Company after the distribution. Crane NXT, Co. will continue to be responsible for and remain obligated under the indemnification agreements which are applicable to employees who will be employed by Crane NXT, Co. after the distribution.

Use of Company Aircraft

Crane Holdings, Co. has entered into a time share agreement with Mr. Mitchell regarding personal use of the corporate aircraft, including the aircraft leased by Crane Holdings, Co. from a third-party operator. Under the agreement, Crane Holdings, Co. agrees to lease the aircraft to Mr. Mitchell pursuant to federal aviation regulations and to provide a qualified flight crew, and Mr. Mitchell agrees to pay Crane Holdings, Co. for each flight. The agreement with Mr. Mitchell provides that he is not required to reimburse Crane Holdings, Co. for personal use until the aggregate incremental cost reaches $100,000, and thereafter is required to reimburse Crane Holdings, Co. for all incremental cost incurred above that amount. It is expected that the time share agreement with Mr. Mitchell will be assigned to Crane Company in connection with the spin-off.

 

169


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our director compensation program will be subject to the review and approval by the Crane Company Compensation Committee after the spin-off. The Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee, after consultation with its independent consultants, has approved an initial director compensation program for Crane Company that is designed to enable ongoing attraction and retention of highly qualified directors and to address the time, effort, expertise and accountability required of active membership.

The members of the Crane Company Board of Directors, other than Mr. Mitchell (who will not receive compensation for his services as a director), are expected to receive the following compensation:

 

   

A retainer of $230,000 per year, payable $90,000 in cash and $140,000 in the form of Deferred Stock Units (“DSUs”) of equivalent value; the terms of DSUs are described below. A director may also elect to receive up to 100% of the cash retainer in DSUs or elect to receive all or a portion of the cash retainer in fully vested shares of Crane Company stock;

 

   

A retainer of $25,000 per year for the Chair of the Audit Committee, payable in cash;

 

   

A retainer of $17,500 per year for each of the Chair of the Management Organization and Compensation Committee and the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee, payable in cash; and

 

   

A retainer of $10,000 per year for each member of the Audit Committee other than the Chair; $7,500 per year for each member of the Management Organization and Compensation Committee or the Nominating and Governance Committee other than the Chair; and $2,000 per year for each member of the Executive Committee other than the chief executive officer, in each case, payable in cash.

No meeting fees will be paid unless the total number of meetings exceeds three more than the regularly scheduled meetings of the Crane Company Board of Directors and the relevant committees.

We expect to grant DSUs to Crane Company’s non-employee directors on or shortly following the date of Crane Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders. Any DSUs would be granted pursuant to the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan and will be forfeitable if the director ceases to remain a director until Crane Company’s next annual meeting, except in the case of death, disability or change in control. After a non-employee director leaves Crane Company’s Board of Directors, the director’s vested DSUs will be paid out in an equivalent number of shares of Crane Company stock, plus accumulated dividends.

For a description of the adjustments that are expected to be made to outstanding Crane Holdings, Co. equity-based compensation awards, including those held by Crane Company directors who previously served on the Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co. in connection with the distribution, see the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements.”

Stock Ownership Guidelines for Directors

Prior to the spin-off, the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors will put into place stock ownership guidelines for Crane Company non-employee directors substantially similar to those currently applicable to Crane Holdings, Co., which will be subject to the review and approval of the Crane Company Compensation Committee after the spin-off. Each Crane Company non-employee director will be required to hold shares of Crane Company stock having a fair market value not less than five times the cash portion of the annual retainer for directors. A director must have attained this ownership level by the fifth anniversary of his or her first election as a director of Crane Company. If a director does not meet the ownership requirement after this five-year period, then the director is not permitted to sell Crane Company stock until achieving the required ownership level.

 

170


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Historical Compensation of Executive Officers Prior to the Spin-off

The “2021 Summary Compensation Table” below summarizes the total compensation for 2021, 2020, and 2019 paid to or earned by each of Crane Company’s named executive officers as employees of Crane.

The amounts and forms of compensation reported below are not necessarily indicative of the compensation that Crane Company’s NEOs will receive from Crane Company following the spin-off, which could be higher or lower, because historical compensation was determined by Crane relative to roles and responsibilities that may not be indicative of the expected future roles and responsibilities in Crane Company.

2021 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
(1)
    Option
Awards
($)
(2)
    Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
   

Change in
Pension
Value

and

Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(4)

    All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
    Total
($)
 

Max H. Mitchell

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2021       1,177,990       3,956,400       1,274,996       2,880,000       —         195,104       9,484,490  
    2020       857,475       3,156,256       1,890,003       156,663       185,206       116,063       6,361,666  
    2019       1,004,250       3,085,723       1,836,266       837,372       228,861       198,340       7,190,812  

Richard A. Maue

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2021       681,258       966,767       312,508       1,028,352       —         70,313       3,059,198  
    2020       609,551       848,037       420,002       247,200       —         65,759       2,190,549  
    2019       622,898       952,205       419,998       333,531       —         68,859       2,397,491  
                 

Anthony M. D’Iorio

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

    2021       494,740       541,368       174,992       700,050       —         51,491       1,962,641  
    2020       416,852       459,316       227,507       158,025       50,818       47,604       1,360,122  
    2019       427,692       426,092       210,007       209,152       62,062       49,672       1,384,677  
                 

Alejandro Alcala

Senior Vice President

    2021       463,894       464,053       150,008       656,033       —         49,470       1,783,458  
    2020       415,684       423,972       209,993       207,700       —         48,610       1,305,959  
                 

[TBD]

                                                               

 

(1) 

Amounts shown in this column reflect the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, with respect to awards of TRSUs and PRSUs made during 2021, 2020 and 2019. For details of individual grants of TRSUs and PRSUs during 2021, see the “2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below. There were no forfeitures of TRSUs by any of the NEOs during the fiscal year. PRSUs, however, for the three-year period 2019-2021 vested at 25% of target due to below threshold performance. The assumptions on which these valuations are based are set forth in Note 8 to the audited financial statements included in Crane Holdings, Co.’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2022. It is anticipated that adjustments will be made to outstanding TRSU and PRSU awards upon the distribution as described under the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements.”

(2) 

Amounts shown in this column reflect the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, with respect to awards of options to purchase Crane Holdings, Co. stock made during the indicated year. For details of individual grants of stock options during 2021 see the “2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below. There were no forfeitures of Crane Holdings, Co. stock options by any of the NEOs during the fiscal year. The assumptions on which these valuations are based are set forth in Note 8 to the audited financial statements included in Crane Holdings, Co.’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2022. It is anticipated that adjustments will be made to outstanding option awards upon the distribution as described under “Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements” in this section of the information statement.

 

171


Table of Contents
(3) 

Amounts shown in this column for all NEOs represent amounts determined on the basis of the indicated year’s performance and paid early in the following year under the Annual Incentive Plan. For details of the 2021 grants, including the minimum, target and maximum amounts that were potentially payable, see the “2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.

(4) 

For 2021, 2020, and 2019, the amount shown in this column for Mr. Mitchell, and for 2021, 2020 and 2019 for Mr. D’Iorio, is the change in the actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit under all defined benefit plans (which include the Crane Pension Plan for Eligible Employees and the Crane benefit equalization plan) from December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 (the pension plan measurement dates used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to Crane’s audited financial statements for 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively) to December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 (the pension plan measurement dates with respect to Crane’s audited financial statements for 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively). For additional information regarding these plans, see “Retirement Benefits” in this section of the information statement. For 2021 for Messrs. Mitchell and D’Iorio, the changes in the actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit under all defined benefit plans (which include the Crane Pension Plan for Eligible Employees and the Crane benefit equalization plan) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Pension Plan
for Eligible
Employees
($)
     Benefit
Equalization
Plan
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     2021        —          —    

A. M. D’Iorio

     2021        —          —    

 

 

(5) 

Amounts in this column for 2021 include the following:

 

    Dividends Paid
on Restricted
Stock/RSUs*
($)
    Personal
Use of
Company
Aircraft**
($)
    Personal
Use of
Company-
Provided
Car
($)
    Company
Contribution
to Benefit
Equalization
Plan***
($)
    Company
Contribution
to 401(k)
Plan
($)
    Insurance
Premiums
($)
    Cyber
Security
Protection
($)
    Total
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

    22,324       100,000       20,353       31,340       17,400       1,437       2,250       195,104  

R. A. Maue

    13,478       —         16,969       19,154       17,400       1,062       2,250       70,313  

A. M. D’Iorio

    6,662       —         15,819       10,883       17,400       727       —         51,491  

A. Alcala

    5,793       —         15,163       11,447       16,341       726       —         49,470  

[TBD]

               

 

*

Dividends are paid on shares of restricted stock and TRSUs at the same rate as on all other shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock. Dividends are not accrued or paid on PRSUs until the awards are earned and shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock are issued.

**

The method of computing the cost of personal use of the Crane aircraft is described under the section of this information statement entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Section 2: Principal Elements of Crane’s Executive Compensation Program—Other Compensation for Named Executive Officers.”

***

Includes Crane’s contribution to the defined contribution benefit under the benefit equalization plan; see “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Benefits” in this section of the information statement.

2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table gives further details of 2021 compensation as disclosed in the “Stock Awards,” “Option Awards” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns of the “2021 Summary Compensation Table.”

 

172


Table of Contents

In the table below, the rows labeled “Annual Incentive Plan” disclose target bonuses set in February 2021, at which time business performance targets were also fixed. The column headings in relation to the Annual Incentive Plan are as follows:

 

   

Threshold” is the amount that would have been payable if actual performance compared to each target was at a predetermined minimum level (for example, if Adjusted EPS had been at $4.18, or 80% of the target performance goal), and below which no amount would have been payable;

 

   

Target” is the amount that would have been payable if actual performance had been exactly equal to each of the targets (for example, if Adjusted EPS had been $5.22); and

 

   

Maximum” is the amount that would have been payable if actual performance had been a predetermined percentage above the target (for example, if Adjusted EPS per share had been $6.26, or 120% of the target performance goal, or greater).

Note that the amount shown in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” for 2021 under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” is the cash bonus actually paid, which was determined entirely by the performance of the business as compared to the targets set at the beginning of 2021.

The rows labeled “PRSU” disclose the target numbers of shares that may vest at the end of 2023 in respect of grants made in January 2021. Vesting will be based on the TSR of Crane Holdings, Co. stock relative to the other companies in the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group over the three-year period 2021 – 2023. The column headings in relation to the PRSUs are as follows:

 

   

Threshold” is the number of shares that will vest if Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR is at the 25th percentile of comparator group performance, and below which no shares will vest;

 

   

Target” is the number of shares that will vest if Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR is at the 50th percentile (median) of the comparator group; and

 

   

Maximum” is the number of shares that will vest if Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR is at the 75th percentile of the comparator group or higher (however, if Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR is negative, the number of shares will not be higher than 100% of target).

In no event will the aggregate value of the shares earned exceed four times the value of the target number of shares determined at the beginning of the performance period.

The column headed “Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards” shows the grant date fair value of the PRSUs, calculated using a formula based on the probability of various outcomes. This amount also appears in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” under the heading “Stock Awards”; see footnote 1 to the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” on page 171. The value of the shares that actually vest at the end of 2023, if any, may be higher or lower than the grant date fair value.

The rows labeled “Stock Option” disclose the number of shares underlying stock options granted in January 2021, in respect of the executive’s performance during the previous year and as an incentive for performance during future years. The amount under the heading “Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards,” calculated using the Black-Scholes formula, also appears in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” under the heading “Option Awards”; see footnote 2 to the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” on page 171.

 

173


Table of Contents

It is anticipated that adjustments will be made to outstanding equity awards upon the distribution as described under the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements.”

 

                Estimated possible
payouts under non-equity
incentive plan awards(2)
($)
    Estimated future
payouts under equity
incentive plan awards(3)
(#)
    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of shares
of stock
or units
(#)
    All other
option
awards:
Number
of
securities
underlying
options
(#)
    Exercise or
base price
of option
awards
($/sh)(4)
    Grant
date
fair
value
of stock
and
option
awards
($)(5)
 

Name

  Type
of
Award
    Grant
Date(1)
    Threshold     Target     Max.     Threshold     Target     Max.  

M. H. Mitchell

    AIP       1/25/21       —         1,440,000       2,880,000                
    PRSU       1/25/21             8,923       35,692       71,384             2,936,381  
    TRSU       1/25/21                   12,979           1,020,020  
     

 

Options

 

 

 

   

 

1/25/21

 

 

 

                                                           

 

61,239

 

 

 

   

 

78.59

 

 

 

   

 

1,274,996

 

 

 

R. A. Maue

    AIP       1/25/21       —         514,176       1,028,352                
    PRSU       1/25/21             1,988       7,953       15,906             654,293  
    TRSU       1/25/21                   3,976           312,474  
     

 

Options

 

 

 

   

 

1/25/21

 

 

 

                                                           

 

15,010

 

 

 

   

 

78.59

 

 

 

   

 

312,508

 

 

 

A. M.D’Iorio

    AIP       1/25/21       —         350,025       700,050                
    PRSU       1/25/21             1,113       4,453       8,906             366,348  
    TRSU       1/25/21                   2,227           175,020  
     

 

Options

 

 

 

   

 

1/25/21

 

 

 

                                                           

 

8,405

 

 

 

   

 

78.59

 

 

 

   

 

174,992

 

 

 

A. Alcala

    AIP       1/25/21       —         328,017       656,033                
    PRSU       1/25/21             954       3,817       7,634             314,025  
    TRSU       1/25/21                   1,909           150,028  
     

 

Options

 

 

 

   

 

1/25/21

 

 

 

                                                           

 

7,205

 

 

 

   

 

78.59

 

 

 

   

 

150,008

 

 

 

[TBD]

                       

 

(1) 

All grants of PRSUs, TRSUs and stock options were effective as of the date on which the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee voted to approve such grants.

(2) 

On January 24, 2022, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee approved bonus payouts for 2021 at 200% of target for the corporate NEOs and 200% of target for Mr. Alcala, based on 2021 results as adjusted for certain Special Items. See the section of this information statement entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Section 2: Principal Elements of Crane’s Executive Compensation Program—Annual Incentive Compensation.” The approved bonus payout amounts were paid in February 2022 and are shown in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table” under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for 2021.

(3) 

Amounts shown are the estimated number of shares that will vest in respect of grants of PRSUs made on January 25, 2021, under the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. The actual number of shares that will vest will be determined at year-end 2023 with reference to the ranking of Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR among the TSR of the other companies in the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group over the period from January 1, 2021, through December 31, 2023. It is anticipated that adjustments will be made to outstanding awards upon the distribution as described under the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements.”

(4) 

The exercise price of options is the fair market value of Crane Holdings, Co. stock on the date of grant, determined in accordance with the terms of the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan which is the closing market price on the date of grant.

 

174


Table of Contents
(5) 

The grant date fair values of PRSUs, TRSUs, and stock options are as follows, in each case calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718:

 

Type of Equity Award

  Value
($)
    

Method of Valuation

PRSUs

    82.27      Monte Carlo pricing model

TRSUs (1/25/2021)

    78.59      Closing trading price on grant date

Stock Options

    20.82      Black-Scholes pricing model

2021 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table provides information on all exercises of stock options, and all vesting of restricted share units, for each of the NEOs during 2021.

The value realized on exercise of options is computed by multiplying the number of Crane Holdings, Co. shares acquired upon exercise by the difference between the market price of the shares on the applicable exercise date (calculated as the closing price on that date, or, if the shares received were concurrently sold, as the price actually obtained), and the exercise price of the options. The value realized on vesting of TRSUs and PRSUs is computed by multiplying the number of shares by the closing price on the applicable vesting date.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number
of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
     Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)
     Number of
Shares/
Units
Acquired
on
Vesting
(#)
     Value
Realized on
Vesting
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     445,977        19,541,755        0        0  

R. A. Maue

     94,810        3,694,212        2,353        185,055  

A. M. D’Iorio

     14,794        674,753        1,284        98,793  

A. Alcala

     0        0        912        69,813  

[TBD]

           

 

175


Table of Contents

2021 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table shows for each NEO, as of December 31, 2021: (i) under the heading “Option Awards,” the number of unexercised options, whether exercisable or unexercisable, with the exercise price and expiration date of each grant; (ii) in the first and second columns under the heading “Stock Awards,” the number and market value of unvested shares of restricted stock, unvested TRSUs and unvested retirement shares; and (iii) in the third and fourth columns under the heading “Stock Awards,” the number and market value of unearned PRSUs. No such awards have been transferred by any of the NEOs. It is anticipated that adjustments will be made to outstanding awards upon the distribution as described under the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Treatment of Equity Incentive Arrangements.”

 

          Option Awards     Stock Awards  
Name   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(2)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not
Vested
($)(3)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(4)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
($)(3)
 

M. H. Mitchell

    117,103       —         73.90       1/30/27       12,979       1,320,354       88,565       9,009,717  
    62,394       20,799 (5)      93.40       1/29/28          
    58,146       58,147 (6)      79.14       1/28/29          
    29,568       88,705 (7)      83.58       1/27/30          
      —         61,239 (8)      78.59       1/25/31                                  

R. A. Maue

    26,965       —         73.90       1/30/27       7,762       789,628       19,597       1,993,501  
    16,230       5,411 (5)      93.40       1/29/28          
    13,299       13,300 (6)      79.14       1/28/29          
    6,570       19,713 (7)      83.58       1/27/30          
      —         15,010 (8)      78.59       1/25/31                                  

A. M. D’Iorio

    5,680       —         58.47       1/26/25       3,873       394,000       10,826       1,101,329  
    7,704       —         73.90       1/30/27          
    7,377       2,460 (5)      93.40       1/29/28          
    6,650       6,650 (6)      79.14       1/28/29          
    3,559       10,678 (7)      83.58       1/27/30          
      —         8,405 (8)      78.59       1/25/31                                  

A. Alcala

    10,740       —         64.78       1/27/24       3,368       342,627       9,321       948,225  
    14,909       —         58.47       1/26/25          
    24,156       —         43.57       1/25/26          
    12,134       —         73.90       1/30/27          
    6,492       2,165 (5)      93.40       1/29/28          
    5,541       5,542 (6)      79.14       1/28/29          
    3,285       9,856 (7)      83.58       1/27/30          
      —         7,205 (8)      78.59       1/25/31                                  

[TBD]

                                                               

 

(1) 

Options vest on the dates indicated in the corresponding footnote; options also vest (or continue to vest per schedule in case of retirement for certain awards) upon death, disability, retirement, or termination after a change in control. Retirement for this purpose generally means termination of employment after age 65.

 

176


Table of Contents
(2) 

Figures in this column include time-based restricted share units which will vest according to the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

   Mitchell      Maue      D’Iorio      Alcala      [TBD]  

January 25, 2022

     3,244        994        477        517     

January 27, 2022

     —          539        269        292     

January 28, 2022

     —          568        237        213     

January 29, 2022

     —          442        177        169     

March 29, 2022

     —          295        —          591     

January 25, 2023

     3,245        994        477        517     

January 27, 2023

     —          538        269        292     

January 28, 2023

     —          569        237        214     

March 29, 2023

     —          296        —          591     

January 25, 2024

     3,245        994        477        517     

January 27, 2024

     —          539        270        292     

January 25, 2025

     3,245        994        478        517     

For all grants, vesting also occurs (or continues to occur per schedule in case of retirement for certain awards) upon death, disability, or retirement, or upon a change in control. Retirement for this purpose generally means termination of employment after age 65, or after age 62 with at least 10 years of service.

 

 

(3) 

Computed using a price of $101.73 per share, which was the closing market price of Crane Holdings, Co. stock on the last trading day of 2021.

(4) 

The PRSUs granted in 2020 and 2021 will vest, if at all, on December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2023, respectively, as determined with reference to the percentile ranking of the total stockholder return (share price appreciation plus reinvested dividends), or TSR, of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock for the three-year period ending on that date, as compared to the TSRs of the other companies in the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group. Pursuant to SEC rules, the hypothetical amounts shown in the table include the PRSUs granted in 2020 at threshold level (25%), and the PRSUs granted in 2021 at maximum level (200%), based on Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR performance as of December 31, 2021. There can be no assurance, however, that Crane Holdings, Co.’s TSR for a full vesting period will be sufficient for the PRSUs to vest, if at all, at any particular level. The PRSUs granted in 2019 became vested in early 2022, after performance results through December 31, 2021, were certified, at 25% of target, and are reflected in the table at that level.

(5) 

This option grant will be 100% vested on January 29, 2022.

(6) 

This option grant will be 75% vested on January 28, 2022; and 100% on January 28, 2023.

(7) 

This option grant will be 50% vested on January 27, 2022; 75% on January 27, 2023; and 100% on January 27, 2024.

(8) 

This option grant will be 25% vested on January 25, 2022; 50% on January 25, 2023; 75% on January 25, 2024; and 100% on January 25, 2025.

Retirement Benefits

Employees Hired Prior to 2006 (defined benefit) —  Messrs. Mitchell and D’Iorio have accrued retirement benefits under Crane’s defined benefit pension plan, which was closed to Crane’s employees hired after 2005 and then frozen with no further benefit accruals effective December 31, 2012. For all eligible salaried employees, including all of the NEOs and other executive officers, Crane provides a retirement benefit equal to three percent of covered compensation, subject to the Code limits as described below, which amount is invested in the Crane Savings and Investment Plan (401(k) plan), a defined contribution retirement plan, at the direction of the employee.

 

177


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2013, all executive officers and other employees who were participants in the pension plan receive annual pension benefits payable under the pension plan equal to 1-2/3% per year of service of the participant’s average annual compensation during the five highest compensated consecutive years (prior to 2013) of the 10 years of service immediately preceding retirement less 1-2/3% per year of service of the participant’s Social Security benefit, up to a maximum deduction of 50% of the Social Security benefit. Compensation for purposes of the pension plan is defined as total W-2 compensation plus employee contributions made under salary reduction plans less: (i) reimbursements or other expense allowances; (ii) cash and noncash fringe benefits (including automobile allowances); (iii) moving expenses (including “home allowances”); (iv) deferred compensation; (v) welfare benefits; (vi) severance pay; (vii) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and (viii) amounts realized when restricted stock (or property) held by the employee is recognized in the employee’s taxable income under section 83 of the Code. However, the Code limits the total compensation taken into account for any participant under the pension plan. That limit was $290,000 for 2021 and is subject to adjustment in future years.

Benefit Equalization Plan —  The NEOs also participate in the benefit equalization plan, a non-qualified, non-elective deferred compensation plan. Under the benefit equalization plan, participating executives receive a benefit intended to restore retirement benefits under Crane’s regular pension plan that are limited by the Code cap on the amount of compensation that can be considered in determining benefits under tax-qualified pension plans. There is no supplemental benefit based on deemed service or enhanced compensation formulas. Benefits accrued under this plan are not funded or set aside in any manner. The only NEO with a defined benefit account in this plan is Mr. Mitchell. This plan was also frozen as to defined benefit accruals effective December 31, 2012. Effective January 1, 2014, the benefit equalization plan was amended to cover participants’ benefits under the defined contribution retirement plan referenced above, and the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee extended the participation in this plan to 21 senior leadership executives, including all of the NEOs.

See “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Benefits” in this section of the information statement regarding certain employer contributions to the benefit equalization plan for the year 2014 and after.

The table below sets forth the number of years of credited service and the present value on December 31, 2021, of the accumulated benefit under the pension plan and the benefit equalization plan for each of the NEOs covered by those plans.

 

Name

  

Plan Name

  Number of Years
Credited Service
(#)
    Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit ($)(1)
    Payments During
Last Fiscal Year ($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

   Crane Pension Plan for Eligible Employees     9       407,640       —    
   Crane Benefit Equalization Plan     5       973,587       —    

A. M. D’Iorio

   Crane Pension Plan for Eligible Employees     8       350,631       —    

 

(1) 

The actuarial present value of each participant’s accumulated pension benefit is determined using the same assumptions and pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes. The actual retirement benefit at normal retirement date payable under the pension plan for eligible employees is subject to an additional limit under the Code which, for 2021, does not permit annual retirement benefit payments to exceed the lesser of $235,000 or the participant’s average compensation for the participant’s three consecutive calendar years of highest compensation, subject to adjustment for future years. The dollar limit is subject to further reduction to the extent that a participant has fewer than 10 years of service with Crane or 10 years of participation in the defined benefit plan.

 

178


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Benefits

The following table shows information about the participation by each NEO in the benefit equalization plan with respect to this employer contribution. The NEOs do not participate in any other defined contribution nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

2021 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Benefits

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in 2021
($)
     Employer
Contributions
in 2021(1)
($)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in 2021
($)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance at
December 31,
2021
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     —          31,340        3,377        —          397,826  

R. A. Maue

     —          19,154        1,469        —          178,537  

A. M. D’Iorio

     —          10,883        306        —          44,086  

A. Alcala

     —          11,447        649        —          81,853  

[TBD]

              

 

(1) 

Amounts in this column are included in “All Other Compensation” in the “2021 Summary Compensation Table.”

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

The NEOs would have received certain payments or other benefits in the following circumstances, assuming that each had taken place on December 31, 2021:

 

   

the executive resigns voluntarily;

 

   

the executive is involuntarily terminated, either directly or constructively;

 

   

the executive retires;

 

   

the executive dies or becomes permanently disabled while employed; or

 

   

a change in control of Crane takes place and the executive is terminated under certain circumstances within up to three years.

Such payments or other benefits would be due to the NEOs under the following plans and agreements:

Severance Pay

Crane’s stated severance policy is to pay salaried employees one week per year of service upon termination of employment by Crane or for the convenience of Crane; however, Crane’s prevailing practice on severance in the case of executive officers is to pay the executive an amount equal to one year’s base salary, either in a lump sum or by continuation of biweekly payroll distributions, at the election of the executive, with medical, dental and other welfare benefits and retirement benefits continuing during such period. Under this practice, if each of the NEOs had been terminated by Crane for the convenience of Crane as of December 31, 2021, the severance to which they would have been entitled (including the estimated value of continuation of welfare benefits) would have been as follows:

 

M. H. Mitchell

   $ 1,223,740  

R. A. Maue

   $ 709,426  

A. M. D’Iorio

   $ 500,764  

A. Alcala

   $ 485,999  

[TBD]

  

 

179


Table of Contents
Voluntary Resignation    Unvested options cancelled; vested options remain exercisable for a period following termination of employment, as stated in the applicable award agreement, generally ranging from 90 days to the full option term (depending on the reason for termination and the year of grant)
Involuntary Termination    Unvested options cancelled; vested options remain exercisable for a period following termination of employment, as stated in the applicable award agreement, generally ranging from 90 days to the full option term (depending on the reason for termination and the year of grant)
Retirement    Options continue to become vested and exercisable in accordance with the regular schedule, subject to compliance with a covenant not to compete with Crane

Death or Permanent Disability While Employed

   Unvested options become immediately exercisable

Change in Control

   No change
Termination After Change in Control    Vesting is accelerated only if employment is terminated, involuntarily or for Good Reason, within two years after the change in control

If the then unvested stock options of each of the NEOs had become exercisable as of December 31, 2021, and assuming the value of Crane Holdings, Co. stock to be $101.73 per share, the closing price on the last trading day of 2021, the aggregate value to each of the NEOs of exercising the unvested options on that date would have been as follows:

 

M. H. Mitchell

   $ 4,513,863  

R. A. Maue

   $ 1,050,643  

A. M. D’Iorio

   $ 559,013  

A. Alcala

   $ 488,838  

[TBD]

  

Restricted Share Units and Performance Restricted Share Units

 

Voluntary Resignation    Forfeited
Involuntary Termination    Forfeited
Retirement(1)    Continue to vest in accordance with the regular schedule, subject to compliance with a covenant not to compete with Crane
Death or Permanent Disability While Employed    Immediate vesting(2)
Change in Control    No change
Termination After Change in Control    Accelerated vesting only if employment is terminated, involuntarily or for Good Reason, within two years after the change in control(3)

 

(1) 

Retirement for this purpose generally means termination of employment after age 65, or after age 62 with at least 10 years of service. Vesting of PRSUs is not determined until after the applicable performance period based on the actual performance results. Amounts in the table immediately below assume 25% for the 2019 grant, 0% for the 2020 grant and 200% for the 2021 grant (based on performance through the end of the last fiscal year).

 

180


Table of Contents
(2) 

Vesting of PRSUs is not determined until after the applicable performance period based on the actual performance results. Amounts in the table immediately below assume 25% for the 2019 grant, 0% for the 2020 grant and 200% for the 2021 grant (based on performance through the end of the last fiscal year).

(3) 

For PRSUs vesting in connection with a change in control, the number of shares vesting is generally based on performance results determined through the date immediately before the change in control, except that if the change in control occurs during the first half of the performance period, the number of PRSUs vesting is based on target performance. Amounts in the table immediately below assume 25% for the 2019 grant and 0% for the 2020 grant (based on performance through the end of the last fiscal year), and 100% (target) for the 2021 grant.

If the then unvested restricted share units (including PRSUs) owned by each of the NEOs had become vested as of December 31, 2021, and assuming the value of Crane Holdings, Co. stock to be $101.73 per share, the closing price on the last trading day of 2021, the aggregate value to each of the NEOs would have been as follows:

 

     Retirement,
Death or Disability
($)
     Change in Control/
Termination
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     9,467,401        5,836,454  

R. A. Maue

     2,600,626        1,791,567  

A. M. D’Iorio

     1,396,448        943,444  

A. Alcala

     1,199,600        811,297  

[TBD]

     

Benefit Equalization Plan

Each of the NEOs participates in the benefit equalization plan described under “Retirement Benefits” in this section of the information statement. Assuming their separation from service as of December 31, 2021, they would have become entitled to the following benefits under the defined benefit and defined contribution portions of the benefit equalization plan, respectively. In the event of a participant’s death, one-half of the benefit would be payable to the participant’s beneficiary.

 

     Defined Benefit
($)
     Defined
Contribution
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     973,587        397,826  

R. A. Maue

     —          178,537  

A. M. D’Iorio

     —          44,086  

A. Alcala

     —          81,853  

[TBD]

     

Change in Control Agreements

As described above in the section of this information statement entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Section 5: Going Forward Crane Company Compensation Arrangements”, each of the NEOs has an agreement that, in the event of a change in control of Crane, provides for the continuation of the employee’s then current base salary, bonus plan and benefits for the three-year period following the change in control. The agreements are for a three-year period, but are automatically extended annually by an additional year unless Crane gives notice that the period shall not be extended.

Upon termination within three years after a change in control, by Crane without “Cause” or by the employee with “Good Reason” (as defined in the agreement), the employee is immediately entitled to a proportionate amount of the greater of the last year’s bonus or the average bonus paid in the three prior years, plus three times the sum of his or her annual salary and the greater of the last year’s bonus or the average of the previous three years’ bonuses. All accrued deferred compensation and vacation pay, employee benefits, medical coverage and other benefits also continue for three years (or until normal retirement) after termination.

 

181


Table of Contents

“Cause” under the change in control agreements generally includes, among other things, personal dishonesty or certain breaches of fiduciary duty; repeated, willful, and deliberate failure to perform the executive’s specified duties; the commission of a criminal act related to the performance of duties; distributing proprietary confidential information about Crane; habitual intoxication by alcohol or other drugs during work hours; or conviction of a felony.

“Good Reason” under the change in control agreements includes, among other things, any action by Crane that results in a diminution in the position, authority, duties, or responsibilities of the employee.

If a change in control had taken place on December 31, 2021, and employment had terminated immediately thereafter, each of the NEOs would have become entitled to the following benefits under this provision:

 

     Cash
Payment
($)
     Estimated value of continuation for
three years (or until normal
retirement) of medical coverage and
other benefits ($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     15,120,000        71,221  

R. A. Maue

     6,170,112        71,574  

A. M. D’Iorio

     4,300,308        2,183  

A. Alcala

     4,029,917        52,213  

[TBD]

     

Aggregate Benefit Amounts

The table below reflects the estimated aggregate compensation that each of the NEOs would receive in the event of his voluntary resignation, involuntary termination, normal retirement at age 65, death or disability, change in control and termination following a change in control. The amounts shown assume that such termination was effective as of December 31, 2021, and include amounts earned through that date. They are therefore not equivalent to the amount that would be paid out to the executive upon termination at another time.

 

Name

   Voluntary
Resignation
($)
     Involuntary
Termination
($)
     Retirement
($)
     Death or
Disability
($)
     Change
in Control
($)
     Change in Control
and

Termination
($)
 

M. H. Mitchell

     —          1,223,740        13,981,264        13,981,264        —          25,541,538  

R. A. Maue

     —          709,426        3,651,269        3,651,269        —          9,083,897  

A. M. D’Iorio

     —          500,764        1,955,461        1,955,461        —          5,804,948  

A. Alcala

     —          485,999        1,688,438        1,688,438        —          5,382,264  

[TBD]

                 

 

182


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY 2023 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Crane Company expects to adopt a 2023 stock incentive plan (the “Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan”) in connection with the spin-off. The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan, which is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan, which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part. The Crane Company equity-based compensation awards issued in connection with the adjustment of outstanding Crane Holdings, Co. equity-based compensation awards upon the distribution will be issued pursuant to the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan.

For a detailed description of how Crane Holdings, Co.’s equity-based compensation awards will be treated, see the section of this information statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.—Employee Matters Agreement— Equity Compensation Awards.”).

Administration

The Crane Company Compensation Committee will serve as the administrator of the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. However, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Crane Company Compensation Committee’s authorities under the plan may be delegated to others. In addition, the Crane Company Board of Directors will generally retain discretion under the plan to exercise any of the authorities of the plan administrator.

Participants in the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan will be non-employee directors of Crane Company and such key employees of the Company as the Crane Company Compensation Committee may designate. In addition, certain holders of Crane Holdings, Co. equity based compensation awards immediately prior to the spin-off will be entitled to awards under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan upon the spin-off, as a result of adjustments to those Crane Holdings, Co. awards (“adjusted spin-off awards”).

Shares Available

[●] shares will be reserved for issuance and available for awards under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan, which includes shares in respect of adjusted spin-off awards.

If an outstanding award under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan lapses, expires, terminates or is canceled, in whole or in part, the shares underlying that award (or portion thereof) may be used for new awards under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, shares that are issued pursuant to an award that are subsequently forfeited or reacquired by Crane Company, shares underlying an award that are withheld by or tendered to Crane Company as payment for the exercise or purchase price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to an award, shares underlying an award that is settled in cash, and shares underlying an award (or portion thereof) that is settled in another manner where some or all of those shares are not issued, may also be used for new awards under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan.

The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan also permits certain substitute awards granted in assumption of or in substitution for awards of an acquired company. Substitute awards do not count against the share pool.

Shares to be issued or purchased under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan will be authorized but unissued shares of Crane Company common stock or shares of Crane Company common stock reacquired by Crane Company, including shares purchased in the open market.

No share-based awards may be granted under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan during any one calendar year to a non-employee director that exceed, together with any cash compensation received for such

 

183


Table of Contents

service, (i) $750,000 for a non-employee director not serving as the Chairman and (ii) $1,000,000 for a non-employee director serving as the Chairman, in either case, based on the grant date fair value for accounting purposes in the case of stock options or stock appreciation rights and based on the fair market value of the Crane Company common stock underlying the award on the grant date for other equity-based awards. The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan permits disinterested members of the Crane Company Board of Directors to make individual exceptions to this limit in extraordinary circumstances.

Types of Awards

The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and restricted share units, deferred stock units and other stock-based awards.

Stock Options

Participants receiving options (“optionees”) have the right to purchase a specified number of shares of Crane Company stock at a specified exercise price, subject to the terms and conditions established by the Crane Company Compensation Committee and specified in an agreement memorializing the grant. Options (other than adjusted spin-off option awards and substitute option awards) must generally be granted at an exercise price that is at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of Crane Company common stock on the date of grant. Fair market value on a given day is defined as the closing market price on that day. Only employees may receive incentive stock options. No more than an aggregate of [●] incentive stock options may be granted under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. No participant may be granted incentive stock options that would result in shares with an aggregate value (measured on the date of grant) of more than $100,000 first becoming exercisable in any one calendar year.

Stock options must be exercised within a period fixed by the Crane Company Compensation Committee that may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The optionee must pay the exercise price for shares to be purchased in full at the time of exercise in cash or, in whole or in part, by tendering (either actually or by attestation) shares of Crane Company common stock. Upon approval, options may be exercised in the form of a “cashless exercise” through a broker based on the broker’s agreement to deliver sufficient funds to pay the applicable exercise price and tax withholding, if any, or through such other means as the Crane Company Compensation Committee may authorize.

Stock Appreciation Rights

An award of stock appreciation rights entitles the participant to receive, upon its exercise, a payment equal to (i) the excess of the fair market value of a share of Crane Company common stock on the exercise date over the exercise price of the award, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Crane Company common stock with respect to which the award is exercised. All stock appreciation rights (other than substitute stock appreciation rights) must be granted at an exercise price that is at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of Crane Company common stock on the date of grant. All of the other terms and conditions of the stock appreciation right will be established by the Crane Company Compensation Committee and specified in an agreement memorializing the grant.

Stock appreciation rights must be exercised within a period fixed by the Crane Company Compensation Committee that may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Upon exercise of a stock appreciation right, payment may be made in cash, shares of Crane Company common stock or a combination of cash and Crane Company common stock.

Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units

Restricted share awards entitle recipients to acquire shares of Crane Company common stock, and restricted share unit awards entitle recipients to receive a notional account settled as described below, subject to forfeiture

 

184


Table of Contents

(and, in the case of performance awards, to increase or decrease) in the event that the conditions specified in the applicable award agreement are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period established for the award.

Each restricted share or restricted share unit award will be granted pursuant to an agreement that will specify the terms pursuant to which Crane Company’s right of forfeiture will lapse and such other provisions as the Crane Company Compensation Committee may establish not inconsistent with the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. These terms may be based on performance standards, periods of service, the recipient’s retention of ownership of specified shares of Crane Company common stock, or other criteria, as the Crane Company Compensation Committee may establish. Restricted share units will, in general, be settled either in the form of a cash payment or in shares of Crane Company common stock.

Awards of restricted shares or restricted share units under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan may be granted, vested or otherwise conditioned on one or more performance conditions. The Crane Company Compensation Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate, which may include specified levels of one or more of the following (in absolute terms or relative to one or more other companies or indices): (i) net sales; sales of a particular product or line of products; (ii) gross profit; ratio of gross profit to sales; (iii) operating profit; ratio of operating profit to sales (in each case before or after taxes and before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonuses); (iv) net income; earnings per share; (v) adjusted earnings (including earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and taxes or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); (vi) cash flow from operations; free cash flow; (vii) return on equity, assets, net assets, total capital, or total invested capital; economic value added models or equivalent metrics; (viii) share price; total shareholder return (in each case either absolutely or as compared with a peer group or stock market index); (ix) financial statement items such as cash, total debt, shareholders’ equity, working capital, material costs and engineering, selling and administrative expenses (in each case either absolutely or in proportion to another financial statement item such as assets or sales); or (x) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to specific operational goals and targets, such as: (A) environmental, health and/or safety goals (including lost workday rates); (B) customer satisfaction; (C) inventory turns; (D) lead time; (E) on-time delivery; (F) purchase price index; (G) days sales outstanding; (H) quality; (I) research and development, (J) specific products/projects (including new product introductions); and (K) recruitment or retention of personnel. The Crane Company Compensation Committee can specify the extent to which the performance condition will be calculated by excluding certain events, such as accounting changes, acquisitions/divestitures, settlements and other special items, all as specified in the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan.

Deferred Stock Units

DSUs are a type of restricted share unit award under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. Under the anticipated design of Crane Company’s non-employee director compensation program, DSUs will be awarded each year as of the date of the Crane Company annual meeting of stockholders, are forfeitable if the director ceases to remain a director until Crane Company’s next annual meeting of stockholders (with certain exceptions such as for death or disability), accrue dividend equivalents at the same rate as Crane Company shares and entitle the director to receive an equivalent number of shares of Crane Company stock upon the director’s ceasing to be a member of the Crane Company Board of Directors. For 2023, grants of DSUs to Crane Company non-employee directors are expected to be made in connection with the first meeting of the Crane Company Board of Directors after the separation.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Crane Company Compensation Committee may grant equity-based or equity-related awards, referred to as “other stock-based awards,” other than options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units or deferred stock units. The terms and conditions of each other stock-based award granted under the Crane Company

 

185


Table of Contents

2023 Stock Incentive Plan are to be set forth in an agreement which will contain provisions as determined by the Crane Company Compensation Committee that are not inconsistent with the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. Payment under any other stock-based awards will be made in Crane Company common stock or cash, as determined by the Crane Company Compensation Committee.

Transferability of Awards

The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan generally prohibits the transfer of awards other than in connection with the participant’s death, although the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan does permit the transfer of options without consideration during the participant’s life to certain immediate family members (or related estate planning entities) to the extent permitted by the Crane Company Compensation Committee.

Dividend Equivalents

The Crane Company Compensation Committee may provide for the payment of dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to any shares of Crane Company common stock subject to an award of restricted shares, restricted share units or other stock-based award under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan, under such terms and conditions as the Crane Company Compensation Committee may establish in accordance with the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. No dividends or dividend equivalents are permitted for awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights.

Term; Amendments; Restrictions

The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan is expected to be approved by the Crane Company Board of Directors, and by Crane Holdings, Co., as the sole stockholder of Crane Company, immediately prior to the distribution. The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan will remain in effect until terminated by the Crane Company Board of Directors; provided that no awards may be granted under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan after the date that is ten years after the effective date of the spin-off. The Crane Company Board of Directors may amend, rescind or terminate the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan at any time in its discretion; provided that:

 

   

no change may be made in awards previously granted under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan that would materially impair the awards without the recipient’s consent; and

 

   

no amendment to Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan may be made without approval of Crane Company’s stockholders if such stockholder approval is required under applicable law or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

No Repricing

The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan specifically prohibits the repricing of stock options or stock appreciation rights without Crane Company stockholder approval. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following):

 

   

changing the terms of a stock option or stock appreciation right to lower its exercise price (other than in connection with a change in capitalization or similar change, which is not a “repricing” under GAAP);

 

   

any other action that is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP; and

 

   

repurchasing for cash or canceling a stock option or stock appreciation right at a time when its exercise price is greater than the fair market value of the underlying stock in exchange for another award, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a change in capitalization or similar change.

Such cancellation and exchange would be considered a “repricing” regardless of whether it is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the participant.

 

186


Table of Contents

Withholding for Payment of Taxes

The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the withholding and payment by a participant of any payroll or withholding taxes required by applicable law. The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan permits a participant to satisfy this requirement, with the approval of the Crane Company Compensation Committee and subject to the terms of the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan, by having Crane Company withhold from the participant a number of shares of Crane Company common stock otherwise issuable under the award having a fair market value equal to the amount of applicable payroll and withholding taxes.

Changes in Capitalization and Similar Changes

In the event of any corporate event or transaction such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, partial or complete liquidation, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of Crane Company, a combination or exchange of Crane Company common stock, dividend in kind, or other like change in capital structure or the number of outstanding shares of Crane Company common stock, distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to stockholders of Crane Company, or any similar corporate event or transaction, the Crane Company Compensation Committee, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan, will make equitable and appropriate adjustments and substitutions, as applicable, to the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards, the exercise price for such shares, the number and kind of shares available for future issuance under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan, and other determinations applicable to outstanding awards. The Crane Company Compensation Committee will have the power and sole discretion to determine the amount of the adjustment to be made in each case.

The Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan provides that the Crane Company Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for acceleration of time periods, or waiver of other conditions, relating to vesting, exercise, payment or distribution of an award in the event of constructive or actual termination of a participant’s employment as a result of a “change in control” of Crane Company.

 

187


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

It is expected that Crane Company will establish two Conflict of Interest Policies: CP-103, to which all officers and salaried employees will be subject, and CP-103D, to which non-employee directors will be subject. It is expected that those who are subject to these policies will be required to disclose to Crane Company’s General Counsel in writing each outside relationship, activity and interest that creates a potential conflict of interest, including prior disclosure of transactions with third parties. Crane Company’s General Counsel will determine whether the matter does or does not constitute an impermissible conflict of interest, or may in his or her discretion refer the question to Crane Company’s Audit Committee, which will be responsible for reviewing significant conflicts of interest involving Crane Company’s directors or executive officers and/or Crane Company’s Nominating and Governance Committee, which is responsible for reviewing director nominee independence requirements. It is expected that Crane Company’s respective Committees will review the facts and make a recommendation to Crane Company’s Board of Directors. It is expected that all Crane Company directors, executive officers and other salaried employees will be required to certify in writing each year whether they are personally in compliance with CP-103 or CP-103D, as applicable, and whether they have knowledge of any other person’s failure to comply. In addition, it is expected that each Crane Company director and executive officer will be required to complete an annual questionnaire which calls for disclosure of any transactions above a stated amount in which such director or officer or any member of his or her family has a direct or indirect material interest. We believe that these procedures in the aggregate will be sufficient to allow for the review, approval or ratification of any “Transactions with Related Persons” that would be required to be disclosed under applicable SEC rules.

The Distribution from Crane Holdings, Co.

The distribution will be accomplished by Crane Holdings, Co. distributing all of its shares of Crane Company common stock to holders of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock entitled to such distribution, as described in the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution.” Completion of the distribution will be subject to satisfaction or waiver by Crane Holdings, Co. of the conditions to the distribution, as described in the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Conditions to the Distribution.”

Agreements with Crane Holdings, Co. / Crane NXT, Co.

Following the separation and distribution, Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company will be two separate, independent, publicly traded companies, and the relationship between Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co. will be governed by, among others, a separation and distribution agreement, a transition services agreement, a tax matters agreement, an intellectual property matters agreement and an employee matters agreement. These agreements will be entered into by Crane Company and Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” following the spin-off. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co. of Crane Company’s and Crane NXT, Co.’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane.

The material agreements described below are included as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, and the summaries below set forth the currently expected terms of the agreements that Crane Company believes are material. These summaries are qualified in their entireties by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which are incorporated by reference into this information statement. The terms of the agreements described below that will be in effect following the spin-off have not yet been finalized; changes to these agreements, some of which may be material, may be made prior to Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane.

 

188


Table of Contents

The Separation and Distribution Agreement

The separation and distribution agreement will set forth Crane Company’s agreement with Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” following the spin-off, regarding the principal transactions necessary to separate Crane Company from Crane. It will also set forth other agreements that govern certain aspects of Crane Company’s relationship with Crane NXT, Co. after the completion of the spin-off. The parties intend to enter into the separation and distribution agreement immediately prior to the distribution of Crane Company common stock to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders.

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities. The separation and distribution agreement will identify assets to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed, and contracts to be assigned to each of Crane Company and Crane Holdings, Co. as part of the reorganization of Crane, and will describe when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur, although many of the transfers, assumptions and assignments will have already occurred prior to the parties’ entry into the separation and distribution agreement. In particular, the separation and distribution agreement will provide that, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the separation and distribution agreement:

 

   

Assets primarily related to and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) primarily related to any businesses of Crane, other than Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, will be retained by or transferred to Crane Company or one of its subsidiaries.

 

   

All other assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) of Crane (including those primarily related to Crane’s Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment) will be retained by or transferred to Crane Holdings, Co. or one of its subsidiaries.

 

   

Generally, liabilities related to, arising out of or resulting from businesses of Crane that were previously discontinued or divested will be allocated to Crane Holdings, Co.

 

   

Each party or one of its subsidiaries will assume or retain any liabilities (including under applicable federal and state securities laws) relating to, arising out of or resulting from any registration statement or similar disclosure document relating to the sale or distribution of any security after the spin-off (including periodic disclosure obligations).

 

   

Crane Holdings, Co. will assume or retain any liability relating to, arising out of or resulting from any registration statement or similar disclosure document related to the spin-off (including the Form 10 and this information statement).

 

   

Except as otherwise provided in the separation and distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement, all costs and expenses incurred on or prior to the effective date of the spin-off by Crane Company or Crane Holdings, Co. in connection with the spin-off (including, without limitation, costs and expenses relating to legal counsel, financial advisors, and accounting advisory work related to the spin-off) will be paid by Crane Holdings, Co.

The allocation of liabilities with respect to taxes, except for payroll taxes and reporting and other tax matters expressly covered by the employee matters agreement, will solely be covered by the tax matters agreement.

Except as may expressly be set forth in the separation and distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement, all assets will be transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis and the respective transferees will bear the economic and legal risks that any conveyance will prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good title, free and clear of any security interest, that any necessary consents or governmental approvals are not obtained, and that any requirements of laws or judgments are not complied with.

Information in this information statement with respect to the assets and liabilities of the parties following the spin-off is presented based on the allocation of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, unless the context otherwise requires. Certain of the liabilities and obligations to be

 

189


Table of Contents

assumed by one party or for which one party will have an indemnification obligation under the separation and distribution agreement and the other agreements relating to the separation may be, and following the separation may continue to be, the legal or contractual liabilities or obligations of another party. Each such party that continues to be subject to such legal or contractual liability or obligation will rely on the applicable party that assumed the liability or obligation or the applicable party that undertook an indemnification obligation with respect to the liability or obligation, as applicable, under the separation and distribution agreement, to satisfy the performance and payment obligations or indemnification obligations with respect to such legal or contractual liability or obligation.

The Distribution. The separation and distribution agreement will also govern the rights and obligations of the parties regarding the proposed distribution. Crane Holdings, Co. will cause its agent to distribute to Crane Holdings, Co. stockholders that hold shares of Crane Holdings, Co.’s common stock as of the record date all the issued and outstanding shares of Crane Company’s common stock. Crane Holdings, Co. will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the distribution and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the date of the distribution.

Conditions. The separation and distribution agreement will provide that the distribution is subject to several conditions that must be satisfied or waived by Crane Holdings, Co. in its sole discretion. For further information regarding the conditions relating to Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane, see the section of this information statement entitled “The Separation and Distribution—General—Conditions to the Distribution.”

Dispute Resolution. Subject to certain exceptions (including as set forth in any ancillary agreement), if a dispute arises with Crane NXT, Co. following the spin-off, arising out of, in connection with or in relation to the separation and distribution agreement or any ancillary agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, the parties will negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes for a period of thirty days, which may be extended by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute in this manner, then the party that started the dispute shall initiate a nonbinding mediation by providing written notice to the other party. If the issue has not been resolved in mediation, either party may demand that the dispute be submitted to arbitration for final determination. The dispute will be exclusively and finally determined by arbitration (by a sole arbitrator if the amounts in dispute totals less than $10,000,000 and by a three-person arbitral tribunal if the amounts in dispute totals greater than $10,000,000).

Other Matters Governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement. Other matters governed by the separation and distribution agreement will include releases, indemnification, legal matters, insurance, access to information, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support.

Transition Services Agreement

Upon Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane, Crane Company will enter into a transition services agreement with Crane NXT, Co. to provide for the orderly transition of Crane Holdings, Co. into two independent, publicly traded companies and to allow Crane NXT time to replace certain assets that will be allocated to the Company. Under the transition services agreement, the Company will provide Crane NXT with various services. The charges for such services are generally intended to allow the service provider to recover all of its direct and indirect costs, generally without profit.

The transition services agreement is being negotiated in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship and in the context of the separation of Crane into two companies. All services to be provided under the transition services agreement will be provided for a specified period of time depending on the type and scope of the services to be provided, with terms for such services to be no longer than eighteen (18) months (which may be extended in certain circumstances). After the expiration of the arrangements contained in the transition services agreement, Crane NXT may not be able to replace the services provided by the Company in a timely manner or on terms and

 

190


Table of Contents

conditions, including cost, as favorable as those Crane NXT has received from the Company. Crane NXT is developing a plan to increase its own internal capabilities in the future to reduce its reliance on the Company for these services. Crane NXT will have the right to receive reasonable information with respect to the charges charged to Crane NXT by the Company and other service providers for transition services provided by them. In addition, after the expiration of the arrangements contained in the transition services agreement, Crane NXT will no longer pay the Company for the services provided by the Company to Crane NXT and, accordingly, the Company’s cost of carrying the assets used to provide such services may increase.

Tax Matters Agreement

Crane Company and Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” following the spin-off, intend to enter into a tax matters agreement immediately prior to the distribution that will generally govern Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co.’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and other matters regarding taxes. Although enforceable as between the parties, the tax matters agreement will not be binding on the IRS.

Allocation of Taxes

The tax matters agreement is expected to provide that Crane Holdings, Co. will be liable for all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are (i) imposed with respect to tax returns that include both one or more members of the Crane Holdings, Co. group and one or more members of the Crane Company group (such returns, “Joint Returns”) to the extent such taxes are attributable to the Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment, or (ii) imposed with respect to tax returns that include any member of the Crane Holdings, Co. group but not any member of the Crane Company group. Crane Company will be liable for all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are (i) imposed with respect to Joint Returns to the extent such taxes are attributable to the businesses conducted by Crane Company following the distribution, or (ii) imposed with respect to tax returns that include any member of the Crane Company group but not any member of the Crane Holdings, Co. group. Responsibility for any U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are imposed with respect to Joint Returns but that are not attributable to either the Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment or any business conducted by Crane Company following the distribution will be shared between the parties according to their relative equity values. Any taxes imposed with respect to the separation and related transactions that are not attributable to the failure of the distribution and certain related transactions to qualify for the intended tax treatment will be shared equally by Crane Holdings, Co. and Crane Company.

Indemnification Obligations

The tax matters agreement will generally provide for indemnification obligations between Crane Holdings, Co., on the one hand, and Crane Company, on the other hand. In particular, Crane Holdings, Co. will be required to indemnify Crane Company for taxes allocated to Crane Holdings, Co., as described above, and Crane Company will be required to indemnify Crane Holdings, Co. for taxes allocated to Crane Company, as described above. The terms of indemnification for any taxes attributable to the failure of the distribution and related transactions to qualify for their intended tax treatment (such taxes, “Distribution Taxes”) is expected to depend on which parties, if any, are responsible for the failure giving rise to the Distribution Taxes. The party responsible for any such failure will generally be required to indemnify the party not responsible, provided that if both parties are responsible, liability for any resulting Distribution Taxes will be shared according to relative fault. Any Distribution Taxes for which neither party is at fault will be shared by the parties according to their relative equity values.

The tax matters agreement is not anticipated to include covenants expressly restricting the Company’s ability to take actions after the distribution. For more information concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co. if it is ultimately determined that the distribution does not qualify for the

 

191


Table of Contents

intended tax treatment, see the section of this information statement entitled “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution.”

As a member of Crane, Crane Company has (and will continue to have following the distribution) joint and several liability for the full amount of the consolidated U.S. federal income taxes of Crane relating to all taxable periods in which Crane Company (or its predecessor in interest) were part of that group. However, the tax matters agreement is expected to specify the portion of this tax liability for which Crane Company will bear responsibility and the amount for which Crane Company would agree to indemnify Crane NXT, Co.

Neither Crane Company nor Crane NXT, Co.’s obligations under the tax matters agreement is anticipated to be limited in amount. Furthermore, Crane Company and Crane NXT, Co.’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations under the tax matters agreement are anticipated to generally survive until the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations.

Employee Matters Agreement

Prior to Crane Company’s spin-off from Crane, Crane Company will enter into an employee matters agreement with Crane Holdings, Co. The employee matters agreement will govern Crane NXT, Co.’s, Crane Company’s and the parties’ respective subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ rights, responsibilities and obligations after the spin-off with respect to the following matters:

 

   

employees and former employees (and their respective dependents and beneficiaries) who are or were employed with Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” following the spin-off, Crane Company or the parties’ respective subsidiaries or affiliates;

 

   

the allocation of assets and liabilities generally relating to employees, employment or service-related matters and employee benefit plans;

 

   

employee compensation plans and director compensation plans, including equity plans; and

 

   

other human resources, employment, and employee benefits matters.

The employee matters agreement will provide that, unless otherwise specified, Crane NXT, Co. will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees who will be employed by Crane NXT, Co. following the spin-off and Crane Company will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees who will be employed by Crane Company following the spin-off. With respect to former employees, unless otherwise specified, Crane NXT, Co. will be responsible for liabilities associated with those employees whose last employment was with the Payment & Merchandising Technologies business segment of Crane Holdings, Co. before the spin-off, and Crane Company will be responsible for liabilities associated with those employees whose last employment was with any of the other business segments of Crane Holdings, Co. before the spin-off, as well as certain former corporate employees.

The matters to be governed by the employee matters agreement include, among other things, (i) establishment and administration of employee benefit plans, (ii) adjustments to, and administration of, Crane Holdings, Co. equity compensation awards granted before the distribution, (iii) access to and provision of records and (iv) preservation of fiduciary and amendment powers.

Employee Benefits Generally

Immediately after the distribution date, Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company will each provide employee benefits for their respective eligible employees substantially similar to the employee benefits provided by Crane Holdings, Co. immediately before the distribution date. Crane Company will assume sponsorship of the Pension Plan for All Eligible Employees of Crane Co., a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan for certain U.S. employees that was frozen with no further benefit accruals for most participants after December 31, 2012. Crane

 

192


Table of Contents

Company will also assume sponsorship of the Amended and Restated Crane Co. Savings and Investment Plan (the “Crane Company Savings Plan”), a tax-qualified 401(k) plan for eligible U.S. employees, and the various health and welfare plans. Crane NXT, Co. will establish its own 401(k) plan, to which accounts of active Crane NXT employees will be transferred from the Crane Company Savings Plan, as well as Crane NXT, Co.’s own health and welfare plans. Other benefit and compensatory plans will be assigned to either Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company based on the employees covered by the plans, and where applicable, mirror plans will be established by the other company.

Equity Compensation Awards

Adjustments. Crane Holdings, Co. equity compensation awards outstanding immediately before the distribution are expected to be adjusted as described below in a manner that is intended to preserve the aggregate intrinsic value of each award immediately after the distribution when compared to the aggregate intrinsic value immediately before the distribution (as calculated based on the applicable stock price measurements specified in the employee matters agreement), subject to rounding. For any underwater stock options, the adjustments are intended to preserve the degree to which the options were out of the money immediately before the distribution. However, the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee may alter the treatment of awards in any non-U.S. jurisdiction to the extent that it determines such alteration is necessary or appropriate, including to avoid adverse tax consequences to the award holders, and the Crane Holdings, Co. Compensation Committee may alter the adjustment rules per individual agreements (such as for new hires).

For members of the Executive Officer Group and non-employee directors, each Crane Holdings, Co. award that is outstanding immediately prior to the distribution will be adjusted using the “shareholder method.” Under the shareholder method, the award holder will be treated similarly to stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co. Specifically, each such individual will (i) continue to hold the existing Crane Holdings, Co. award for the same number of shares of Crane NXT, Co. common stock that was subject to such award immediately before the distribution and (ii) receive an identical award under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan with respect to one share of Crane Company common stock for each share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock underlying the original award. The resulting post-distribution Crane NXT, Co. award and Crane Company award (collectively, the “new awards”) will have a combined intrinsic value immediately following the consummation of the distribution equal to the intrinsic value of the existing Crane Holdings, Co. award immediately before the consummation of the distribution, taking into account any necessary adjustments to the exercise price of the new awards, if applicable, to maintain such intrinsic value (or, for underwater stock options, to maintain the degree to which the option was out of the money immediately before the consummation of the distribution). To the extent the existing Crane Holdings, Co. award is subject to vesting based upon continued service with Crane, the new awards will also remain subject to the same vesting conditions based upon continued employment with the individual’s post-distribution employer.

All other employees will receive the “replacement method” treatment with respect to their outstanding Crane Holdings, Co. awards. Under the replacement method, the individual will only hold awards with respect to the equity of their post-distribution employer. Specifically, such individuals that will remain with Crane NXT, Co. post-distribution will continue to hold their existing Crane Holdings, Co. awards. In contrast, such individuals that will be employed by Crane Company post-distribution will have their existing Crane Holdings, Co. awards converted into substantially identical awards with respect to shares of Crane Company common stock under the Crane Company 2023 Stock Incentive Plan. Any legacy awards held by individuals whose employment terminated before the distribution will be converted into Crane Company awards. The number of shares of common stock underlying the continued or converted awards, and/or the exercise price of such awards, if applicable, will be adjusted so that they have the same intrinsic value immediately following the consummation of the distribution as the intrinsic value of the existing Crane Holdings, Co. award immediately before the consummation of the distribution (or, for underwater stock options, to maintain the degree to which the option was out of the money immediately before the consummation of the distribution), other than small differences due to rounding to keep awards expressed in whole shares. To the extent the existing Crane Holdings, Co. award is

 

193


Table of Contents

subject to vesting based upon continued service with Crane Holdings, Co., the continued or converted award, whichever is applicable, will also remain subject to the same vesting conditions based upon continued employment with such individual’s post-distribution employer.

The Crane NXT, Co. PRSUs and the Crane Company PRSUs, whether resulting from adjustments by the shareholder method or the replacement method, will remain subject to relative TSR goals over the same performance period against the same peer group as the original Crane Holdings, Co. PRSUs, but adjusted to apply as if each of Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company had been separate companies over the entire performance period.

Payment Timing for DSUs. Current and certain former non-employee members of the Crane Holdings, Co. Board of Directors hold DSUs, which are settled upon or following the non-employee director’s cessation of board service. As described above, we currently expect that those DSUs will be adjusted into both Crane NXT, Co. and Crane Company DSUs in connection with the distributions based on the shareholder method for adjustments. The distribution will not trigger immediate settlement of the adjusted DSUs for non-employee directors who remain in service with either Crane NXT, Co. or Crane Company after the distribution. Rather, settlement of the adjusted DSUs will be triggered when the non-employee director separates from service with the post-distribution company for which they continue to serve. For non-employee directors serving on both the Crane NXT, Co. Board of Directors and Crane Company Board of Directors immediately after the distribution, separation from the Crane NXT, Co. Board of Directors will trigger settlement of the adjusted DSUs.

Non-Solicitation

The employee matters agreement restricts each of Crane NXT, Co. and its subsidiaries and Crane Company and its subsidiaries from soliciting employees from the other company during the twenty-four month period following the distribution.

Non-U.S. Employees

The provisions of the employee matters agreement generally cover employees in the non-U.S. jurisdictions. All actions taken with respect to non-U.S. Crane Company employees or U.S. Crane Company employees working in non-U.S. jurisdictions will be subject to and accomplished in accordance with applicable law in the custom of the applicable jurisdictions.

Intellectual Property Matters Agreement

Crane Company intends to enter into an intellectual property matters agreement with Crane Holdings, Co., which will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” following the spin-off. The intellectual property matters agreement will govern the continued ownership and use by the Company and Crane NXT of their respective trademarks and trade names that include or are comprised of the term “Crane” in their respective businesses. The intellectual property matters agreement will provide that Crane NXT will use such trademarks and trade names in a manner consistent with historical quality levels and not in a manner that would tarnish the reputation of the trademarks and trade names that include or are comprised of the term “Crane” (among other obligations intended to preserve the legacy of the “Crane” brand). In the event that Crane NXT materially breaches (and fails to cure) the foregoing legacy preservation obligations (or otherwise ceases use of the “Crane” brand), Crane Company has the right to require that Crane NXT cease use of (and assign to Crane Company) all of its trademarks and trade names that include or are comprised of the term “Crane.” In the event that Crane Company ceases use of the “Crane” brand, Crane NXT has the right to require that Crane Company cease use of (and assign to Crane NXT) all of its trademarks and trade names that include or are comprised of the term “Crane.”

 

194


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

As of the date hereof, all of Crane Company’s outstanding shares of common stock are owned by Crane Holdings, Co. Immediately after the distribution, Crane NXT, Co. will own no shares of Crane Company common stock.

The following table provides information with respect to the expected beneficial ownership of Crane Company common stock immediately after the distribution by (i) each person who we believe will be a beneficial owner of more than five percent of Crane Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, (ii) each of Crane Company’s expected directors, director nominees, and named executive officers and (iii) all expected directors and executive officers as a group. We based the share amounts on each person’s beneficial ownership of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of October 31, 2022, unless we indicate some other basis for the share amounts, and assuming a distribution ratio of one share of Crane Company common stock for every one share of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

Based on the information filed by stockholders of Crane Holdings, Co. on Schedules 13D and 13G, reporting beneficial ownership of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock as of the date of the event which required such filing, we anticipate the following stockholders will beneficially own more than five percent of Crane Company common stock immediately following the distribution. Solely for the purposes of the following table, we assumed that 56,144,427 of our shares of common stock were issued and outstanding as of October 31, 2022 based on Crane Holdings, Co. common stock outstanding as of such date and the distribution ratio. The actual number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following the spin-off will be determined on the record date of the distribution.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Shares of Crane Company’s
Common Stock to be
Beneficially Owned Upon
the Distribution
     % of
Class
 

The Crane Fund(1)

140 Sylvan Ave,

#5 Englewood Cliffs,

NJ 07632

     7,778,416        13.9

FMR LLC(2)

245 Summer Street

Boston, MA 02210

     5,936,299        10.6

The Vanguard Group(3)

100 Vanguard Blvd.

Malvern, PA 19355

     4,695,385        8.4

BlackRock, Inc.(4)

55 East 52nd Street

New York, NY 10022

     4,014,384        7.2

 

(1) 

The Crane Fund, a trust established for the benefit of former employees in need (the “Crane Fund”), is managed by trustees appointed by the Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co. The incumbent trustees are A. M. D’Iorio, T. A. Polmanteer and C. Cristiano, all of whom are executive officers of Crane Holdings, Co. Pursuant to the trust instrument, the shares held by the trust are voted by the trustees as directed by the Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co., the distribution of the income of the trust for its intended purposes is subject to the control of the Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co. and the shares may be sold by the trustees only upon the direction of the Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co. None of the directors or the trustees has any direct beneficial interest in, and all disclaim beneficial ownership of, shares held by The Crane Fund.

 

195


Table of Contents
(2) 

As reported in a Schedule 13G filed on November 10, 2022, by FMR LLC, directly and on behalf of Abigail P. Johnson and certain subsidiaries, giving information on shareholdings as of October 31, 2022. According to the Schedule 13G, FMR LLC, a parental holding company, has sole voting power over 5,906,223 shares and sole dispositive power over 5,936,299 shares of Crane Holdings, Co. stock.

(3) 

As reported in a Schedule 13G filed on February 9, 2022, by The Vanguard Group, directly and on behalf of certain subsidiaries, giving information on shareholdings as of December 31, 2021. According to the Schedule 13G, The Vanguard Group, an investment adviser, has shared voting power over 24,864 shares, sole dispositive power over 4,631,205 shares and shared dispositive power over 64,180 shares of Crane Holdings, Co. stock.

(4) 

As reported in a Schedule 13G filed on February 1, 2022, by BlackRock, Inc., giving information on shareholdings as of December 31, 2021. According to the Schedule 13G, BlackRock, Inc., a parental holding company or control person, has sole voting power over 3,836,352 shares and sole dispositive power over 4,014,384 shares of Crane Holdings, Co. stock.

Share Ownership of Executive Officers and Directors

To the extent Crane Company’s directors and officers own shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock at the time of the spin-off, they will participate in the distribution on the same terms as other holders of shares of Crane Holdings, Co. common stock.

The address of each director, director nominee and executive officer shown in the table below is c/o Crane Company, 100 First Stamford Place, Stamford, CT 06902.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Shares of Crane
Company’s
Common Stock
to be
Beneficially
Owned Upon
the Distribution
     % of
Class
 

Max H. Mitchell

     

Richard A. Maue

     

Anthony M. D’Iorio

     

Alejandro Alcala

     

[TBD]

     

Directors and executive officers as a group ([●] persons)

     

 

*

Less than one percent (1%)

 

196


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Crane Company intends to enter into the Crane Company Term Loan. Proceeds from the Crane Company Term Loan are expected to be used to pay a dividend to Crane Holdings, Co. No assurance can be given whether such financing will occur in the anticipated time frame on favorable terms, or at all.

 

197


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Crane Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws will be amended and restated prior to the spin-off. The following is a summary of the currently expected material terms of Crane Company’s capital stock that will be contained in Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws. The summaries and descriptions below do not purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or of Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws to be in effect at the time of the distribution and is qualified by reference to Delaware statutory and common law and the full texts of such documents. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, which you should read (along with the applicable provisions of Delaware law) for complete information on Crane Company’s capital stock at the time of the distribution. Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws that will be in effect at the time of the distribution are included as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part.

Authorized Capital Stock

Immediately following the distribution, Crane Company’s authorized capital shall consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Crane Company and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Crane Company.

Common Stock

Immediately following the distribution, Crane Company expects that approximately [●] shares of its common stock will be issued and outstanding based upon approximately [●] shares of Crane Company common stock outstanding as of [●]. All outstanding shares of Crane Company common stock, when issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Each holder of Crane Company common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by the common stockholders. The holders of Crane Company common stock will not be entitled to cumulative voting of their shares. Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock, holders of Crane Company common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by Crane Company’s Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Crane Company, voluntary or involuntary, holders of its common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all assets of the Company remaining after payments to creditors and after the satisfaction of the liquidation preference, if any, of the holders of any preferred stock that may at the time be outstanding.

Holders of Crane Company common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of Crane Company common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that Crane Company may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Crane Company’s Board of Directors will be able to, without approval of stockholders, issue one or more series of preferred stock. Crane Company’s Board of Directors may determine the number of shares of each series and the designations,

 

198


Table of Contents

preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, including dividend rights, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption rights and any liquidation preferences and the terms and conditions of issue.

Although Crane Company’s Board of Directors does not currently intend to do so, it will be able to authorize Crane Company to issue a class or series of preferred stock that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of Crane Company, even if such transaction or change in control involves a premium price for Crane Company’s stockholders or Crane Company’s stockholders believe that such transaction or change in control may be in their best interests. Crane Company’s Board of Directors may be able to issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock.

Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Officers and Directors and Insurance

Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no director of Crane Company will be liable to Crane Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to Crane Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to Crane Company shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended from time to time.

Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws will provide that Crane Company will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of Crane Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of Crane Company, or is or was serving or who has agreed to serve at the request of Crane Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Crane Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Crane Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. Crane Company shall also have the power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or other applicable law.

Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will also provide that Crane Company will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of Crane Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of Crane Company, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of Crane Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Crane Company except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to

 

199


Table of Contents

which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to Crane Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws will further provide that, to the extent that a present or former director or officer of Crane Company has been successful on the merits, or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the two paragraphs immediately above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Further, any indemnification under the two paragraphs immediately above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by Crane Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer of Crane Company, or a person who has agreed to become a director or officer of Crane Company, or is or was serving or who has agreed to serve at the request of Crane Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the two paragraphs immediately above. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of Crane Company at the time of such determination: (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of Crane Company.

In addition, the costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a person who is a director or officer of Crane Company at such time in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by Crane Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced in the event it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by Crane Company as authorized under Article IX of Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws. The costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any former director or officer of Crane Company or by persons serving at the request of Crane Company as directors or officers of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as Crane Company deems appropriate.

Crane Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by Crane Company’s Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of Crane Company similar to those conferred in Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws to directors and officers of Crane Company.

In addition, Crane Company will enter into certain customary indemnification agreements with its directors and officers. These agreements will require Crane Company to provide indemnification and expense reimbursement in certain circumstances.

Crane Company shall purchase and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that covers certain liabilities and expenses of its directors and officers or any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of Crane Company or is or was serving or who has agreed to serve at the request of Crane Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and that covers Crane Company for reimbursement of payments to its directors and officers and such persons in respect of such liabilities and expenses; provided that such insurance is available on acceptable terms, which determination shall be made by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors of Crane Company.

 

200


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Various Provisions of Delaware Law and Crane Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

Delaware Anti-Takeover Provisions. Following the distribution, Crane Company will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. Section 203 of the DGCL protects publicly traded Delaware corporations, such as Crane Company following the distribution, from hostile takeovers, and from actions following a hostile takeover, by prohibiting some transactions once a potential acquirer has gained a significant holding in the corporation. Subject to certain exceptions, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such date, the board of directors approved of such corporation either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder), those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or

 

   

on or after such date the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

For purposes of Section 203 of the DGCL, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, with an “interested stockholder” being defined as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and did own within three years prior to the date of determination whether the person is an “interested stockholder”) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

A corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Neither Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation nor Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws will contain the election not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Therefore, Crane Company will be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive to the bidder and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with Crane Company’s Board of Directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions are expected to include, among others:

 

   

Authority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors to issue capital stock;

 

   

All stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders (which may only be called by the Chairman of Crane Company’s Board of Directors or a majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors) and not by written consent;

 

   

Members of Crane Company’s Board of Directors may be removed at any time only, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class;

 

   

No cumulative voting;

 

201


Table of Contents
   

Nominees for a director of Crane Company’s Board of Directors shall be elected if the votes cast for such nominee’s election exceed the votes cast against such nominee’s election, except that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of stockholders for which a stockholder has nominated a person for election to Crane Company’s Board of Directors; and

 

   

Amendments to Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws require the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of stock of Crane Company outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors then in office.

Amendments to Constituent Documents. Delaware law provides that an amendment to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation requires that its board of directors adopt a resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and declaring its advisability, and that a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding capital stock of the corporation approve the amendment, although the certificate of incorporation may provide for a greater vote. Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class, is required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provisions inconsistent with, certain articles (Article V, Article VI and Article VII) of Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class, is required to make, alter, amend or repeal certain articles of Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws without any action on the part of Crane Company’s Board of Directors. Further, under Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Crane Company’s Board of Directors will be expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws, without any action on the part of the stockholders. Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws will note that the affirmative vote of a majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors then in office is required for Crane Company’s Board of Directors to amend or repeal, or adopt, new by-laws.

Size of Board and Vacancies. Crane Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws will provide that the number of directors on Crane Company’s Board of Directors will be not less than three nor more than fifteen, with the exact number of directors to be fixed by a majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on Crane Company’s Board of Directors or any committee thereof resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a director, or from an increase in the number of directors constituting Crane Company’s Board of Directors or such committee or otherwise, may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall, in the case of Crane Company’s Board of Directors, hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal and, in the case of any committee of Crane Company’s Board of Directors, shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed by Crane Company’s Board of Directors or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Special Stockholder Meetings. Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws will provide that only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to Crane Company’s notice of meeting. A special meeting of stockholders may only be called by the Chairman of Crane Company’s Board of Directors or a majority of Crane Company’s Board of Directors, and stockholders may not act by written consent.

Advance Notice for Stockholder Proposals and Nominations. Crane Company amended and restated by-laws will provide that only such business (other than nominations for election to Crane Company’s Board of Directors) may be transacted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement or amendment thereto) given by or at the direction of Crane Company’s Board of

 

202


Table of Contents

Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of Crane Company’s Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of Crane Company (a) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting of stockholders and (b) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws and described below.

For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have delivered to, or have mailed, and Crane Company must have received, at the principal executive offices of Crane Company, notice not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. However, in the event that the annual meeting of stockholders is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting of stockholders or, if later, the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting of stockholders was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting of stockholders was made, whichever first occurs.

Crane Company’s amended and restated by-laws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before a meeting of stockholders.

Certain Effects of Authorized but Unissued Stock. Crane Company’s authorized but unissued shares of common stock will available for Crane Company’s Board of Directors to issue without stockholder approval. Crane Company will be able to use the additional authorized shares of common stock for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of Crane Company’s authorized but unissued shares of common stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of Crane Company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or other transaction.

As noted above, Crane Company’s Board of Directors will be able to, without approval of stockholders, issue one or more series of preferred stock. In some cases, the issuance of preferred stock could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of Crane Company and make it harder to remove present management, without further action by Crane Company stockholders. Under some circumstances, preferred stock could also decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of Crane Company common stock if Crane Company liquidates or dissolves and could also restrict or limit dividend payments to holders of Crane Company common stock.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

On June 15, 2022, Crane Company issued 100 shares of its common stock to Crane Holdings, Co. in exchange for $1.00 per share, which amounts to $100 in the aggregate. Crane Company did not register the issuance of these shares under the Securities Act because such issuance did not constitute a public offering and therefore was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We expect that the transfer agent and registrar for the shares of Crane Company common stock will be Computershare. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233-5000.

 

203


Table of Contents

Stock Exchange Listing

We expect that Crane Company’s common stock will be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “CR,” and Crane Holdings, Co. will be renamed “Crane NXT, Co.” and intends to change the ticker symbol for its common stock currently listed on the NYSE to “CXT.”

 

204


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form 10, including exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement of which this information statement is a part, under the Exchange Act, with respect to Crane Company common stock being distributed as contemplated by such registration statement. This information statement is part of, and does not contain all of the information set forth in, such registration statement and exhibits and schedules to such registration statement. For further information with respect to Crane Company and Crane Company common stock, please refer to such registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this information statement relating to any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to such registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document.

As a result of the distribution, Crane Company will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, Crane Company will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains periodic reports, proxy statements and information statements and other information regarding issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, including its exhibits and schedules, and the periodic reports, proxy statements and information statements and other information that Crane Company files electronically with the SEC will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s website.

You can also find a copy of the registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement is a part, on our website, www.craneco.com, which Crane Company will make available free of charge. Crane Company also plans to make available its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, in each case, filed with or furnished to the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, on our website, www.craneco.com, which Crane Company will make available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after Crane Company electronically files such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

Information contained on, or connected to, any website we refer to in this information statement does not and will not constitute a part of this information statement or the registration statement of which this information statement is a part.

We intend to furnish holders of Crane Company common stock with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed by an independent registered public accounting firm.

You should rely only on the information contained in this information statement or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this information statement.

 

205


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Crane Holdings, Co.

 

    Page  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

    F-2  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

    F-3  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2022 and December 31, 2021

    F-4  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

    F-6  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

    F-8  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-29  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-31  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-32  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

    F-33  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-34  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-36  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-37  
Crane Company (Supplemental)  
    Page  

Unaudited Condensed Combined Interim Financial Statements

 

Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

    F-83  

Condensed Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

    F-84  

Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2022 and December 31, 2021

    F-85  

Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

    F-86  

Notes to Condensed Combined Interim Financial Statements

    F-87  

Audited Combined Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-106  

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-108  

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-109  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

    F-110  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-111  

Combined Statements of Changes in Net Investment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

    F-112  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

    F-113  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions, except per share data)

   2022     2021     2022     2021  

Net sales

   $ 815.1     $ 893.8     $ 2,550.8     $ 2,582.8  

Operating costs and expenses:

        

Cost of sales

     485.6       556.3       1,547.4       1,593.5  

Selling, general and administrative

     198.3       193.8       600.8       567.8  

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

     162.4       —         162.4       —    

Restructuring gains, net

     —         (1.1     —         (14.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) profit

     (31.2     144.8       240.2       435.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

        

Interest income

     1.4       0.2       2.3       1.1  

Interest expense

     (13.5     (11.0     (36.0     (36.0

Gain on sale of business

     3.8       —         232.5       —    

Miscellaneous income, net

     4.5       3.6       22.8       17.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (3.8     (7.2     221.6       (17.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) Income before income taxes

     (35.0     137.6       461.8       418.1  

Provision for income taxes

     24.3       21.0       157.9       54.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common shareholders

   $ (59.3   $ 116.6     $ 303.9     $ 363.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) earnings per share:

        

Basic

   $ (1.06   $ 1.99     $ 5.38     $ 6.21  

Diluted

   $ (1.06   $ 1.96     $ 5.30     $ 6.14  

Average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     56.1       58.7       56.5       58.5  

Diluted

     56.1       59.5       57.3       59.2  

Dividends per share

   $ 0.47     $ 0.43     $ 1.41     $ 1.29  

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022     2021     2022     2021  

Net (loss) income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ (59.3   $ 116.6     $ 303.9     $ 363.3  

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

        

Currency translation adjustment

     (77.7     (24.8     (175.2     (52.1

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     2.3       5.2       9.1       15.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (75.4     (19.6     (166.1     (36.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     (134.7     97.0       137.8       326.5  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive (loss) income

     (0.3     (0.1     (0.3     0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to common shareholders

   $ (134.4   $ 97.1     $ 138.1     $ 325.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(UNAUDITED)

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 438.6      $ 478.6  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11.2 as of September 30, 2022 and $10.4 as of December 31, 2021

     486.9        483.0  

Current insurance receivable—asbestos

     —          13.7  

Inventories, net:

     

Finished goods

     90.0        147.3  

Finished parts and subassemblies

     73.8        59.5  

Work in process

     41.6        37.0  

Raw materials

     230.3        205.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories, net

     435.7        449.1  

Other current assets

     121.1        118.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,482.3        1,543.1  

Property, plant and equipment:

     

Cost

     1,219.1        1,288.5  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     725.2        732.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     493.9        555.6  

Long-term insurance receivable—asbestos

     —          60.0  

Long-term deferred tax assets

     5.8        17.7  

Other assets

     233.4        259.3  

Intangible assets, net

     419.9        467.1  

Goodwill

     1,497.1        1,583.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,132.4      $ 4,486.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(UNAUDITED)

 

(in millions, except per share and share data)

   September 30,
2022
    December 31,
2021
 

Liabilities and equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Short-term borrowings

   $ 399.5     $ —    

Accounts payable

     241.1       273.7  

Current asbestos liability

     —         62.3  

Accrued liabilities

     395.9       442.7  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     39.3       10.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,075.8       789.3  

Long-term debt

     843.2       842.4  

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     192.3       231.9  

Long-term deferred tax liability

     165.7       76.9  

Long-term asbestos liability

     —         549.8  

Other liabilities

     144.6       161.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,421.6       2,651.5  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

    

Equity:

    

Preferred shares, par value $0.01; 5,000,000 shares authorized

     —         —    

Common shares, par value $1.00; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 72,426,139 shares issued

     72.4       72.4  

Capital surplus

     368.2       363.9  

Retained earnings

     2,752.0       2,527.3  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (606.0     (440.2

Treasury stock

     (878.3     (691.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,708.3       1,832.3  

Noncontrolling interests

     2.5       2.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,710.8       1,835.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 4,132.4     $ 4,486.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share data:

    

Common shares issued

     72,426,139       72,426,139  

Less: Common shares held in treasury

     16,289,559       14,590,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding

     56,136,580       57,835,865  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,  

(in millions)

   2022     2021  

Operating activities:

    

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 303.9     $ 363.3  

Non-cash loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

     148.9       —    

Gain on sale of business

     (232.5     —    

Gain on sale of property

     —         (18.5

Depreciation and amortization

     89.8       91.4  

Stock-based compensation expense

     17.8       18.6  

Defined benefit plans and postretirement credit

     (10.5     (6.0

Deferred income taxes

     20.2       (25.9

Cash used for operating working capital

     (135.0     (39.4

Defined benefit plans and postretirement contributions

     (19.3     (22.8

Environmental payments, net of reimbursements

     (5.4     (4.6

Asbestos related payments, net of insurance recoveries

     (29.3     (29.6

Divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

     (550.0     —    

Other

     23.4       0.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (used for) provided by operating activities

     (378.0     327.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

    

Proceeds from disposition of capital assets

     0.1       23.3  

Capital expenditures

     (36.8     (26.7

Proceeds from sale of business

     318.1       —    

Purchase of marketable securities

     —         (10.0

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

     —         40.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provided by investing activities

     281.4       26.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

    

Dividends paid

     (79.5     (75.5

Reacquisition of shares on open market

     (203.7     —    

Stock options exercised, net of shares reacquired

     3.1       9.9  

Repayments of commercial paper with maturities greater than 90 days

     —         (27.1

Proceeds from term loan

     399.4       —    

Repayment of term loan

     —         (348.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provided by (used for) financing activities

     119.3       (440.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (62.7     (13.0

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (40.0     (100.2

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     478.6       551.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 438.6     $ 450.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,  

(in millions)

   2022     2021  

Detail of cash used for operating working capital:

    

Accounts receivable

   $ (74.9   $ (106.8

Inventories

     (61.5     (21.6

Other current assets

     (6.4     (10.9

Accounts payable

     13.8       52.8  

Accrued liabilities

     (21.2     14.9  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     15.2       32.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (135.0   $ (39.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Interest paid

   $ 29.9     $ 31.2  

Income taxes paid

   $ 118.1     $ 47.9  

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Crane Holdings, Co.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

(All in Millions of Dollars, Unless Otherwise Stated)

Note 1 – Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial reporting and the instructions to Form 10-Q and, therefore, reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.

As used in these notes, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Crane” and the “Company” mean Crane Holdings, Co. and our subsidiaries unless the context specifically states or implies otherwise.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to totals we provide, and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures. Certain amounts in the prior periods’ condensed consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Holding Company Reorganization

On May 16, 2022, Crane Co., a Delaware corporation (“Crane Co.”), completed its previously announced reorganization merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 28, 2022 (the “Reorganization Agreement”), by and among Crane Co., Crane Holdings, Co., a Delaware corporation (“Crane Holdings”), and Crane Transaction Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and, as of immediately prior to the consummation of such merger, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings (“Merger Sub”). The Reorganization Agreement provided for the merger of Crane Co. and Merger Sub, with Crane Co. surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings (the “Reorganization Merger”).

Following the Reorganization Merger, on May 16, 2022, Crane Co. converted from a Delaware corporation into a Delaware limited liability company named “Crane LLC” (such conversion, together with the Reorganization Merger, the “Reorganization”). Following the Reorganization, substantially all of the assets of Crane LLC were distributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered to, and certain non-asbestos related liabilities of Crane LLC were assumed by, Crane Holdings. On May 17, 2022, Crane LLC converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation named “Crane Co.” Subsequently, on May 26, 2022, Crane Co. filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Amendment”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, which became effective upon filing, pursuant to which the Crane Co. officially changed its name from “Crane Co.” to “Redco Corporation”. The “Crane Co.” name has been reserved for future use by Crane Holdings.

Divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co., and Redco Corporation (“Redco”), then a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that held liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Redco Purchase Agreement”) with Spruce Lake Liability Management Holdco LLC (“Redco Buyer”), an unrelated third party and long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities whereby Crane Company transferred to Redco Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares

 

F-8


Table of Contents

of Redco (the “Redco Sale”). In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co., on behalf of Crane Company, contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco, which was funded by a combination of short-term borrowings and cash on hand. As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets have been removed from Crane Holdings, Co.’s condensed consolidated balance sheets effective August 12, 2022. A loss on the divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities of $162.4 million was recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

Sale of Crane Supply

On April 8, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement to sell the Crane Supply business for CAD 380 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. Subsequent to net working capital and other closing adjustments, the sale closed on May 31, 2022 for CAD 402 million. In August 2022, the Company received CAD 5 million related to a final working capital adjustment. The Company recognized a total gain on sale of $232.5 million.

Pending Separation

On March 30, 2022, the Company announced that its Board of Directors unanimously approved a plan to pursue a separation into two independent, publicly-traded companies (the “Separation”). The Separation is expected to occur through a tax-free distribution and is expected to be completed within approximately 12 months, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions and final approval by Crane Holdings, Co.’s Board of Directors.

Termination of Agreement to Sell Engineered Materials

On May 16, 2021, we entered into an agreement to sell the Engineered Materials segment to Grupo Verzatec S.A. de C.V. for $360 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. In the second quarter of 2021, the assets and liabilities of the segment were classified as held for sale. On May 26, 2022, Verzatec terminated the sale agreement and paid $7.5 million to the Company in termination fees, which is presented within Miscellaneous income, net on the Condensed Statements of Operations. As such, as of June 30, 2022 the Engineered Materials segment is no longer classified as assets held for sale and is presented herein as continuing operations for all periods presented.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements – Adopted

Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Certain amendments are to be applied prospectively, while other amendments are to be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. We have adopted this standard effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of this new standard did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2 – Segment Results

Our segments are reported on the same basis used internally for evaluating performance and for allocating resources. We have four reportable segments: Aerospace & Electronics, Process Flow Technologies, Payment & Merchandising Technologies and Engineered Materials. Assets of the reportable segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash, deferred tax assets, insurance receivables, certain property, plant and equipment, and certain other assets. Corporate consists of corporate office expenses including compensation and benefits for corporate employees, occupancy, depreciation, and other administrative costs.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

A brief description of each of our segments are as follows:

Aerospace & Electronics

The Aerospace & Electronics segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace, and the military aerospace, defense and space markets. Products include a wide range of custom designed, highly engineered products used in landing systems, sensing and utility systems, fluid management, seat actuation, power and microelectronic applications, and microwave systems.

Process Flow Technologies

The Process Flow Technologies segment is a provider of highly engineered fluid handling equipment for mission critical applications that require high reliability. The segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves, and Pumps and Systems. Process Valves and Related Products manufactures on/off isolation valves, instrumentation and controls, and related products for critical and demanding applications primarily in the chemical and petrochemical, general industrial, energy-related and pharmaceutical end markets. Commercial Valves is engaged primarily in the manufacturing of valves and related products for the non-residential construction, general industrial, and municipal markets, and the distribution of pipe, valves and fittings (PVF) for the non-residential construction market. Pumps and Systems manufactures pumps and related products for water and wastewater applications in the industrial, municipal, commercial and military markets.

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

The Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment consists of Crane Payment Innovations (“CPI”) and Crane Currency. CPI provides high technology payment acceptance and dispensing products to original equipment manufacturers, and for certain vertical markets, it also provides currency handling and processing systems, complete cash and cashless payment and merchandising solutions, equipment service solutions, and fully connected managed service solutions. Crane Currency is a supplier of banknotes and highly engineered banknote security features as well as a provider of security features for product authentication.

Engineered Materials

The Engineered Materials segment manufactures fiberglass-reinforced plastic panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of recreational vehicles (“RVs”), and in commercial and industrial buildings applications, with some additional applications including trailers and other transportation-related products. Engineered Materials sells the majority of its products directly to RV, trailer, and truck manufacturers, and it uses distributors and retailers to serve the commercial and industrial construction markets.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Financial information by reportable segment is set forth below.

 

     Three Months Ended      Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,      September 30,  

(in millions)

   2022      2021      2022      2021  

Net sales:

           

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 167.2      $ 168.6      $ 485.8      $ 480.2  

Process Flow Technologies

     250.0        299.1        857.4        897.9  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     335.1        365.8        1,001.7        1,031.4  

Engineered Materials

     62.8        60.3        205.9        173.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 815.1      $ 893.8      $ 2,550.8      $ 2,582.8  

Operating profit (loss):

           

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 28.2      $ 32.5      $ 84.4      $ 89.3  

Process Flow Technologies

     41.3        44.3        130.9        140.9  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     86.7        83.7        251.6        247.4  

Engineered Materials

     6.7        6.6        26.9        20.7  

Corporate

     (194.1      (22.3      (253.6      (62.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (31.2    $ 144.8      $ 240.2      $ 435.8  

Interest income

     1.4        0.2        2.3        1.1  

Interest expense

     (13.5      (11.0      (36.0      (36.0

Gain on sale of business

     3.8        —          232.5        —    

Miscellaneous income, net

     4.5        3.6        22.8        17.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

   $ (35.0    $ 137.6      $ 461.8      $ 418.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Assets:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 642.0      $ 604.7  

Process Flow Technologies

     1,057.4        1,240.4  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     2,043.8        2,096.5  

Engineered Materials

     226.9        220.5  

Corporate

     162.3        324.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,132.4      $ 4,486.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Goodwill:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 202.2      $ 202.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     305.3        349.4  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     818.4        860.6  

Engineered Materials

     171.2        171.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,497.1      $ 1,583.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Note 3 – Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenues

The following table presents net sales disaggregated by product line for each segment:

 

     Three Months Ended      Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,      September 30,  

(in millions)

   2022      2021      2022      2021  

Aerospace & Electronics

           

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 63.7      $ 62.2      $ 182.9      $ 170.5  

Military and Other Original Equipment

     57.1        58.4        171.5        184.0  

Commercial Aftermarket Products

     34.8        30.2        92.5        75.1  

Military Aftermarket Products

     11.6        17.8        38.9        50.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 167.2      $ 168.6      $ 485.8      $ 480.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

           

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 186.2      $ 176.6      $ 555.8      $ 535.4  

Commercial Valves

     30.4        95.8        205.8        283.3  

Pumps and Systems

     33.4        26.7        95.8        79.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Process Flow Technologies

   $ 250.0      $ 299.1      $ 857.4      $ 897.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

           

Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products

   $ 220.8      $ 206.0      $ 643.2      $ 588.3  

Banknotes and Security Products

     114.3        159.8        358.5        443.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Payment & Merchandising Technologies

   $ 335.1      $ 365.8      $ 1,001.7      $ 1,031.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Engineered Materials

           

FRP - Recreational Vehicles

   $ 24.9      $ 28.9      $ 92.8      $ 78.1  

FRP - Building Products

     29.0        23.7        88.2        72.0  

FRP - Transportation

     8.9        7.7        24.9        23.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Engineered Materials

     62.8        60.3        205.9        173.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales

   $ 815.1      $ 893.8      $ 2,550.8      $ 2,582.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Remaining Performance Obligations

The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents the transaction price of firm orders which have not yet been fulfilled, which we also refer to as total backlog. As of September 30, 2022, total backlog was $1,463.6 million. We expect to recognize approximately 40% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue in the fourth quarter of 2022, an additional 53% in 2023 and the balance thereafter.

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

Contract assets represent unbilled amounts that typically arise from contracts for customized products or contracts for products sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, where revenue recognized using the cost-to-cost method exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract assets are assessed for impairment and recorded at their net realizable value. Contract liabilities represent advance payments from customers. Revenue related to contract liabilities is recognized when control is transferred to the customer. We report contract assets, which are included within “Other current assets” in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, and contract liabilities, which are included within “Accrued liabilities”

 

F-12


Table of Contents

on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, on a contract-by-contract net basis at the end of each reporting period. Net contract assets and contract liabilities consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Contract assets

   $ 85.9      $ 73.0  

Contract liabilities

   $ 117.6      $ 101.1  

We recognized revenue of $19.4 million and $74.4 million during the three-and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2022, respectively, related to contract liabilities as of December 31, 2021.

Note 4 – Earnings Per Share

Our basic earnings per share calculations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities include outstanding stock options, restricted share units, deferred stock units and performance-based restricted share units. The effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted earnings per common share by application of the treasury method. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from the computations of diluted earnings per share if their effect would be anti-dilutive. For the three months ended September 30, 2022, the Company had a net loss attributable to common shareholders which causes all potentially dilutive securities to be anti-dilutive and are therefore not included in the calculation of earnings per share.

 

     Three Months Ended      Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,      September 30,  

(in millions, except per share data)

   2022      2021      2022      2021  

Net (loss) income attributable to common shareholders

   $ (59.3    $ 116.6      $ 303.9      $ 363.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average basic shares outstanding

     56.1        58.7        56.5        58.5  

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

     —          0.8        0.8        0.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average diluted shares outstanding

     56.1        59.5        57.3        59.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) earnings per basic share

   $ (1.06    $ 1.99      $ 5.38      $ 6.21  

(Loss) earnings per diluted share

   $ (1.06    $ 1.96      $ 5.30      $ 6.14  

The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes the effect of the potentially anti-dilutive securities which was 1.2 million and 1.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021, respectively, and 0.4 million and 1.4 million for the nine months ending September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Note 5 – Changes in Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

A summary of changes in equity for the year-to-date interim periods ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 is provided below:

 

(in millions, except share data)

  Common
Shares
Issued at
Par Value
    Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Share-
holders’
Equity
    Non-controlling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2021

    72.4     $ 363.9     $ 2,527.3     $ (440.2   $ (691.1   $ 1,832.3     $ 2.8     $ 1,835.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —         —         105.0       —         —         105.0       —         105.0  

Cash dividends ($0.47 per share)

    —         —         (26.4     —         —         (26.4     —         (26.4

Reacquisition on open market of 1,699,949 shares

    —         —         —         —         (175.8     (175.8     —         (175.8

Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired of 79,214 shares

    —         —         —         —         6.1       6.1       —         6.1  

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

    —         (5.1     —         —         (0.3     (5.4     —         (5.4

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         5.9       —         —         —         5.9       —         5.9  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    —         —         —         3.3       —         3.3       —         3.3  

Currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         (21.7     —         (21.7     0.1       (21.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE MARCH 31, 2022

    72.4     $ 364.7     $ 2,605.9     $ (458.6   $ (861.1   $ 1,723.3     $ 2.9     $ 1,726.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —         —         258.2       —         —         258.2       —         258.2  

Cash dividends ($0.47 per share)

    —         —         (26.4     —         —         (26.4     —         (26.4

Reacquisition on open market of 1,959,069 shares

    —         —         —         —         (27.9     (27.9     —         (27.9

Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired of 94,774 shares

    —         —         —         —         1.1       1.1       —         1.1  

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

    —         (1.3     —         —         1.2       (0.1     —         (0.1

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         5.9       —         —         —         5.9       —         5.9  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    —         —         —         3.5       —         3.5       —         3.5  

Currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         (75.8     —         (75.8     (0.1     (75.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE JUNE 30, 2022

    72.4     $ 369.3     $ 2,837.7     $ (530.9   $ (886.7   $ 1,861.8     $ 2.8     $ 1,864.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —         —         (59.3     —         —         (59.3     —         (59.3

Cash dividends ($0.47 per share)

    —         —         (26.4     —         —         (26.4     —         (26.4

Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired of 81,642 shares

    —         —         —         —         1.5       1.5       —         1.5  

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

    —         (7.0     —         —         6.9       (0.1     —         (0.1

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         5.9       —         —         —         5.9       —         5.9  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    —         —         —         2.3       —         2.3       —         2.3  

Currency translation adjustment

    —         —         —         (77.4     —         (77.4     (0.3     (77.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE SEPTEMBER 30, 2022

    72.4     $ 368.2     $ 2,752.0     $ (606.0   $ (878.3   $ 1,708.3     $ 2.5     $ 1,710.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

(in millions, except share
data)

   Common
Shares
Issued at
Par Value
     Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Share-
holders’
Equity
    Non-controlling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2020

     72.4      $ 330.7     $ 2,192.8     $ (466.4   $ (600.6   $ 1,528.9     $ 2.2     $ 1,531.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     —          —         108.4       —         —         108.4       —         108.4  

Cash dividends ($0.43 per share)

     —          —         (25.0     —         —         (25.0     —         (25.0

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

     —          (2.3     —         —         9.5       7.2       —         7.2  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —          6.3       —         —         —         6.3       —         6.3  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —          —         —         4.9       —         4.9       —         4.9  

Currency translation adjustment

     —          —         —         (35.7     —         (35.7     0.8       (34.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE MARCH 31, 2021

     72.4      $ 334.7     $ 2,276.2     $ (497.2   $ (591.1   $ 1,595.0     $ 3.0     $ 1,598.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     —          —         138.3       —         —         138.3       —       $ 138.3  

Cash dividends ($0.43 per share)

     —          —         (25.2     —         —         (25.2     —         (25.2

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

     —          7.6       —         —         (9.5     (1.9     —         (1.9

Stock-based compensation expense

     —          6.1       —         —         —         6.1       —         6.1  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —          —         —         5.2       —         5.2       —         5.2  

Currency translation adjustment

     —          —         —         7.7       —         7.7       (0.1     7.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE JUNE 30, 2021

     72.4      $ 348.4     $ 2,389.3     $ (484.3   $ (600.6   $ 1,725.2     $ 2.9     $ 1,728.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     —          —         116.6       —         —         116.6       —         116.6  

Cash dividends ($0.43 per share)

     —          —         (25.3     —         —         (25.3     —         (25.3

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

     —          2.0       —         —         2.6       4.6       —         4.6  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —          6.0       —         —         —         6.0       —         6.0  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —          —         —         5.2       —         5.2       —         5.2  

Currency translation adjustment

     —          —         —         (24.7     —         (24.7     (0.1     (24.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

     72.4      $ 356.4     $ 2,480.6     $ (503.8   $ (598.0   $ 1,807.6     $ 2.8     $ 1,810.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The table below provides the accumulated balances for each classification of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as reflected on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

(in millions)

   Defined Benefit
Pension and
Postretirement
Items
     Currency
Translation
Adjustment
     Total a  

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ (301.9    $ (138.3    $ (440.2

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     —          (174.9      (174.9

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     9.1        —          9.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net period other comprehensive income (loss)

     9.1        (174.9      (165.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2022

   $ (292.8    $ (313.2    $ (606.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a 

Net of tax benefit of $120.8 million and $117.9 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

The table below illustrates the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2022, and 2021. Amortization of pension and postretirement components has been recorded within “Miscellaneous income, net” on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022      2021      2022      2021  

Amortization of pension items:

           

Prior service costs

   $ —        $ (0.1    $ (0.1    $ (0.2

Net loss

     3.3        6.5        12.9        19.6  

Amortization of postretirement items:

           

Prior service costs

     (0.3      (0.3      (0.8      (0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total before tax

   $ 3.0      $ 6.1      $ 12.0      $ 18.6  

Tax impact

     0.8        0.9        2.9        3.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reclassifications for the period

   $ 2.2      $ 5.2      $ 9.1      $ 15.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6 – Defined Benefit and Postretirement Benefits

For all plans, the components of net periodic benefit for the three months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021 are as follows:

 

     Pension      Postretirement  

(in millions)

  

2022

    

2021

    

2022

    

2021

 

Service cost

   $ 1.7      $ 1.6      $ —         $ 0.1  

Interest cost

     6.9        5.2        0.2        0.2  

Expected return on plan assets

     (15.7      (14.8      —           —     

Amortization of prior service cost

     —           (0.1      (0.3      (0.3

Amortization of net loss

     3.3        6.5        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit

   $ (3.8    $ (1.6    $ (0.1    $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

For all plans, the components of net periodic benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021 are as follows:

 

     Pension      Postretirement  

(in millions)

  

2022

    

2021

    

2022

    

2021

 

Service cost

   $ 4.3      $ 4.7      $ 0.1      $ 0.3  

Interest cost

     17.4        15.7        0.5        0.5  

Expected return on plan assets

     (43.6      (44.7      —           —     

Recognized curtailment gain

     —           (0.6      —           —     

Amortization of prior service cost

     (0.1      (0.2      (0.8      (0.8

Amortization of net loss

     12.9        19.6        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit

   $ (9.1    $ (5.5    $ (0.2    $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of net periodic benefit, other than the service cost component, are included in “Miscellaneous income, net” in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. Service cost is recorded within “Cost of sales” and “Selling, general and administrative” in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We expect to contribute the following to our pension and postretirement plans:

 

(in millions)

  

Pension

    

Postretirement

 

Expected contributions in 2022

   $ 20.1      $ 2.6  

Amounts contributed during the nine months ended September 30, 2022

   $ 19.3      $ —    

Note 7 – Income Taxes

Effective Tax Rates

Our quarterly provision for income taxes is measured using an annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items within the periods presented.

Our effective tax rates are as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2022       2021       2022       2021  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective Tax Rate

     (69.4 )%      15.3     34.2     13.1

During the third quarter of 2022, the Company divested its asbestos-related assets and liabilities and recorded a pre-tax loss of $162.4 million. Based on existing U.S. income tax guidance, the Company did not record an income tax benefit related to this transaction. However, the Company released a valuation allowance previously recorded against certain state deferred tax assets based on available evidence indicating it to be more likely than not the Company will realize a state income tax benefit for certain non-asbestos related future tax deductions. Specifically, the Company considered the impact of the lack of future asbestos settlement and defense payments on state taxable income, projected future state taxable income exclusive of reversing deferred taxes, the Company’s U.S. business resulting net deferred tax liability position after the asbestos-related transaction, and the lack of separate state income tax filings.

The combination of a loss on the asbestos-related transaction and the lack of a related tax benefit resulted in the Company’s negative tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2022. This negative tax rate represents a tax expense recorded against a book loss. In this context, the Company’s tax rate for the three months ended

 

F-17


Table of Contents

September 30, 2022 is higher than the prior year’s comparable period primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction as well as higher non-U.S. taxes, partially offset by the aforementioned release of a valuation allowance and the statutory U.S. deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the prior year’s comparable periods primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction and the reversal of a deferred tax asset established in a prior period that relates to the sale of a subsidiary, partially offset by the aforementioned release of a valuation allowance and statutory U.S. tax credits and a deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Our effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 are higher than the statutory U.S. federal tax rate of 21% primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction, earnings in jurisdictions with statutory tax rates higher than the United States, expenses that are statutorily non-deductible for income tax purposes and U.S. state taxes, partially offset by the aforementioned release of valuation allowance, excess share-based compensation benefits, tax credit utilization, and the statutory U.S. deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, our gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, increased by $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, primarily due to increases in tax positions taken in the current periods, partially offset by tax positions taken during prior period and reductions from expirations of statues of limitations. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would cause our effective tax rate to increase by $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The difference between these amounts relates to (1) offsetting tax effects from other tax jurisdictions, and (2) interest expense, net of deferred taxes.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, we recognized $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of interest and penalty expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in our Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of September 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021, the total amount of accrued interest and penalty expense related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets was $5.4 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits may decrease by $6.8 million due to expiration of statutes of limitations and settlements with tax authorities. However, if the ultimate resolution of income tax examinations results in amounts that differ from this estimate, we will record additional income tax expense or benefit in the period in which such matters are effectively settled.

Note 8 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Our business acquisitions have typically resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets. We follow the provisions under ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” as it relates to the accounting for goodwill in our condensed consolidated financial statements. These provisions require that we, on at least an annual basis, evaluate the fair value of the reporting units to which goodwill is assigned and attributed and compare that fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if an impairment has occurred. We perform our annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter. Impairment testing takes place more often than annually if events or circumstances indicate a change in status that would indicate a potential impairment. We believe that there have been no events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value for our reporting units below its carrying value. A reporting unit is an operating segment unless discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by segment management for businesses one level below that operating segment (a “component”), in which case the component would be the reporting unit. As of September 30, 2022, we had six reporting units.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names, are tested annually for impairment, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for impairment. If the carrying amount of an indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the intangible asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated using relief from royalty method. We amortize the cost of definite-lived intangibles over their estimated useful lives. We also review all of our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

Changes to goodwill are as follows:

 

(in millions)

  

Aerospace &
Electronics

   

Process
Flow
Technologies

   

Payment &
Merchandising
Technologies

   

Engineered
Materials

   

Total

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ 202.5     $ 349.4     $ 860.6     $ 171.3     $ 1,583.8  

Currency translation

     (0.3     (21.8     (42.2     (0.1     (64.4

Disposal on sale of business

     —          (22.3     —          —          (22.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2022

   $ 202.2     $ 305.3     $ 818.4     $ 171.2     $ 1,497.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2022, we had $419.9 million of net intangible assets, of which $68.5 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives. As of December 31, 2021, we had $467.1 million of net intangible assets, of which $70.6 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives.

Changes to intangible assets are as follows:

 

(in millions)

  

Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2022

   

Year Ended
December 31, 2021

 

Balance at beginning of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 467.1     $ 520.3  

Amortization expense

     (31.4     (44.5

Currency translation and other

     (15.8     (8.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 419.9     $ 467.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of intangible assets follows:

 

     Weighted Average
Amortization
Period of Finite
Lived Assets
(in years)
     September 30, 2022      December 31, 2021  

(in millions)

  

Gross

Asset

    

Accumulated

Amortization

    

Net

    

Gross

Asset

    

Accumulated

Amortization

    

Net

 

Intellectual property rights

     15.0      $ 132.3      $ 57.9      $ 74.4      $ 136.8      $ 59.2      $ 77.6  

Customer relationships and backlog

     18.4        622.1        314.0        308.1        651.7        308.8        342.9  

Drawings

     40.0        11.1        10.7        0.4        11.1        10.6        0.5  

Other

     11.7        136.3        99.3        37.0        142.1        96.0        46.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     17.9      $ 901.8      $ 481.9      $ 419.9      $ 941.7      $ 474.6      $ 467.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future amortization expense associated with intangible assets is expected to be:

 

(in millions)

  

 

 

Remainder of 2022

   $ 10.4  

2023

     40.7  

2024

     40.0  

2025

     34.8  

2026

     34.6  

2027 and after

     190.9  

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Note 9 – Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of:

 

(in millions)

  

September 30,
2022

    

December 31,
2021

 

Employee related expenses

   $ 127.1      $ 181.9  

Warranty

     9.1        8.6  

Current lease liabilities

     19.1        22.7  

Contract liabilities

     117.6        101.1  

Other

     123.0        128.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 395.9      $ 442.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We accrue warranty liabilities when it is probable that an asset has been impaired, or a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Warranty provision is included within “Cost of sales” in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table summarizes warranty activity recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, and 2021.

 

     Three Months
Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

  

2022

    

2021

    

2022

    

2021

 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 8.5      $ 11.8      $ 8.6      $ 9.4  

Expense

     2.8        1.1        6.3        7.1  

Payments / deductions

     (2.1      (2.1      (5.7      (5.7

Currency translation

     (0.1      (0.2      (0.1      (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 9.1      $ 10.6      $ 9.1      $ 10.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies

Asbestos Liability

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co., and Redco, then a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that held liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into the Redco Purchase Agreement with Redco Buyer, an unrelated third party and long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities, whereby Crane Company transferred to Redco Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares of Redco. In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co., on behalf of Crane Company, contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco, which was funded by a combination of short-term borrowings and cash on hand. Concurrent with the completion of the Redco Sale, Redco Buyer contributed $83 million in cash to Redco. Pursuant to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement, Crane Company and Redco Buyer will each indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and obligations and certain liabilities, subject to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement. While indemnification by each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer to the other party for breach of representations and warranties is capped at $83 million, in each case, based on the terms and subject to certain limitations as set forth in the Redco Purchase Agreement, liability of each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer for breaches of covenants and obligations and for indemnified liabilities is generally uncapped. Such covenants and obligations include that Redco has agreed to indemnify Crane Company and its affiliates for all claims arising out of asbestos liabilities, and Crane Company has agreed to indemnify Redco and its affiliates for all other historical liabilities of Redco, which include certain potential environmental liabilities. Crane Holdings, Co. has guaranteed the full payment and

 

F-20


Table of Contents

performance of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Upon consummation of the previously announced separation transaction pursuant to which, among other things, all outstanding shares of Crane Company will be distributed to Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders, Crane Holdings, Co. will be released from its guarantee of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement.

As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets of Redco have been removed from Crane Holdings, Co.’s consolidated balance sheets effective August 12, 2022 and the Company no longer has any obligation with respect to pending and future asbestos claims. As such, Redco has been deconsolidated from our 2022 financial results, as we no longer maintain control of the entity. Therefore, for the period ending September 30, 2022, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets of Redco are no longer reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The Company recorded a loss on the divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities of $162.4 million in the third quarter of 2022, including transaction expenses of $13.5 million.

The following is a summary of the loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities:

 

(in millions)

  

 

 

Cash

   $ (550.0

Current insurance receivable

     (13.8

Long-term insurance receivable

     (49.4

Deferred tax asset

     (107.9

Current asbestos liability

     62.5  

Long-term asbestos liability

     509.7  
  

 

 

 

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities, before transaction costs

     (148.9

Transaction costs

     (13.5
  

 

 

 

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

   $ (162.4
  

 

 

 

The gross settlement and defense costs incurred (before insurance recoveries and tax effects) by us as of August 11, 2022 and reflected in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021 totaled $35.8 million and $35.7 million, respectively. Our total pre-tax payments for settlement and defense costs, net of funds received from insurers, as of August 11, 2022 and reflected in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021 totaled $29.3 million and $29.6 million, respectively. Detailed below are the comparable amounts for the periods indicated.

 

     Quarter-to-Date Period
Ended
     Year-to-Date Period Ended  

(in millions)

  

August 11,
2022

    

September 30,
2021

    

August 11,
2022

    

September 30,
2021

 

Settlement / indemnity costs incurred (1)

   $ 6.3      $ 10.6      $ 29.4      $ 24.5  

Defense costs incurred (1)

     1.0        3.8        6.4        11.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs incurred

   $ 7.3      $ 14.4      $ 35.8      $ 35.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Settlement / indemnity payments

   $ 6.6      $ 8.9      $ 33.8      $ 28.4  

Defense payments

     1.1        3.9        6.1        11.3  

Insurance receipts

     (1.8      (3.4      (10.6      (10.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax cash payments, net

   $ 5.9      $ 9.4      $ 29.3      $ 29.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Before insurance recoveries and tax effects.

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Other Contingencies

Environmental Matters

For environmental matters, we record a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of September 30, 2022 is substantially related to the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”) discussed below. On June 21, 2021, we completed the sale of substantially all of the property associated with what we have historically called the Goodyear Site for $8.7 million, retaining only a small parcel on which our remediation and treatment systems are located. We will continue to be responsible for all remediation costs associated with the Goodyear Site.

As a preliminary matter, we note that on August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co., and Redco Corporation (f/k/a Crane Co., (“Redco”) a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that holds liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into the Redco Purchase Agreement with Redco Buyer, an unrelated third party and a long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities, whereby Crane Company transferred to Redco Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares of Redco (the “Redco Sale”). Pursuant to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement, Crane Company and Redco Buyer will each indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and obligations and certain liabilities, subject to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement. Such covenants and obligations include that Crane Company has agreed to indemnify Redco and its affiliates for all other historical liabilities of Redco, which include certain potential environmental liabilities. Crane Holdings, Co. has guaranteed the full payment and performance of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Upon consummation of the previously announced separation transaction pursuant to which, among other things, all outstanding shares of Crane Company will be distributed to Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders, Crane Holdings, Co. will be released from its guarantee of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Prior to the effective date of the Redco Sale, the U.S. Department of Justice agreed that Crane Holdings, Co. and ultimately Crane Company will be primarily liable for the Goodyear Site. The New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection agreed to transfer the liability of the Roseland Site to Crane Holdings, Co., and a further transfer of this environmental liability to Crane Company upon effectiveness of the separation transaction is expected. The potential liability for the Crab Orchard Site referenced below remains a direct obligation of Redco. As noted above, however, Crane Company, and Crane Holdings, Co. (as guarantor until the time of the separation transaction), have agreed to indemnify Redco Buyer against the Goodyear, Roseland, and Crab Orchard environmental liabilities. Thus, references below to “we”, and “us” refer to Crane Holdings, Co. in its capacity as the primarily responsible party for the Goodyear and Roseland Sites, and as indemnitor to the Redco Buyer on the Crab Orchard Site.

Goodyear Site

The Goodyear Site was operated by Unidynamics/Phoenix, Inc. (“UPI”), which became an indirect subsidiary in 1985 when Crane Co. (n/k/a Redco) acquired UPI’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. UPI is now an indirect subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co. UPI manufactured explosive and pyrotechnic compounds, including components for critical military programs, for the U.S. Government at the Goodyear Site from 1962 to 1993, under contracts with the U.S. Department of Defense and other government agencies and certain of their prime contractors. In 1990, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued administrative orders requiring UPI to design and conduct certain remedial actions, which UPI has done. Groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been in operation at the Goodyear Site since 1994. On July 26, 2006, we entered a consent decree with the EPA with respect to the Goodyear Site providing for, among other things, a work plan for further investigation and remediation activities (inclusive of a supplemental remediation investigation and feasibility study). During the third quarter of 2014, the EPA issued a Record of Decision (“ROD”) amendment permitting, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in us recording a charge of $49.0 million,

 

F-22


Table of Contents

extending the accrued costs through 2022. Following the 2014 ROD amendment, we continued our remediation activities and explored an alternative strategy to accelerate remediation of the site. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we received conceptual agreement from the EPA on our alternative remediation strategy which is expected to further reduce the contaminant plume. Accordingly, in 2019, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $18.9 million, net of reimbursements, to extend our forecast period through 2027 and reflect our revised workplan. The total estimated gross liability was $26.0 million and $32.3 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively and as described below, a portion is reimbursable by the U.S. Government. The current portion of the total estimated liability was $7.8 million and $7.1 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and represents our best estimate, in consultation with our technical advisors, of total remediation costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period. It is not possible at this point to reasonably estimate the amount of any obligation in excess of our current accruals through the 2027 forecast period because of the aforementioned uncertainties, in particular, the continued significant changes in the Goodyear Site conditions and additional expectations of remediation activities experienced in recent years.

On July 31, 2006, we entered into a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses us for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we recorded a receivable of $5.7 million and $7.3 million, respectively, for the expected reimbursements from the U.S. Government in respect of the aggregate liability as at that date. The receivable is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from the U.S. Government are received.

Other Environmental Matters

Roseland, NJ Site

The Roseland Site was operated by Resistoflex Corporation (“Resistoflex”), which became an indirect subsidiary of ours in 1985 when we acquired Resistoflex’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. Resistoflex manufactured specialty lined pipe and fittings at the site from the 1950s until it was closed in the mid-1980s. We undertook an extensive soil remediation effort at the Roseland Site following our closure and had been monitoring the Site’s condition in the years that followed. In response to changes in remediation standards, in 2014 we began to conduct further site characterization and delineation studies at the Site. We are in the late stages of our remediation activities at the Site, which include a comprehensive delineation of contaminants of concern in soil, groundwater, surface water, sediment, and indoor air testing, all in accordance with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection guidelines and directives.

Marion, IL Site

Crane Co. (n/k/a Redco) has been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to environmental contamination at the Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge Superfund Site (the “Crab Orchard Site”). The Crab Orchard Site is located near Marion, Illinois, and consists of approximately 55,000 acres. Beginning in 1941, the United States used the Crab Orchard Site for the production of ordnance and other related products for use in World War II. In 1947, about half of the Crab Orchard Site was leased to a variety of industrial tenants whose activities (which continue to this day) included manufacturing ordnance and explosives. Unidynamics Corporation of us formerly leased portions of the Crab Orchard Site and conducted manufacturing operations at the Crab Orchard Site from 1952 until 1964. General Dynamics Ordnance and Tactical Systems, Inc. (“GD-OTS”) is in the process of conducting a remedial investigation and feasibility study for a portion of the Crab Orchard Site (the “AUS-OU”), which includes an area where we maintained operations, pursuant to an Administrative Order on Consent. A remedial investigation report was approved in February 2015, and work on the feasibility study is underway. It is unclear when the final feasibility study will be completed, or when a final Record of Decision may be issued. As noted above, we have agreed to indemnify Redco Buyer against the Crab Orchard environmental liabilities, and accordingly we act as Redco’s agent with respect to such liabilities.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

GD-OTS asked Crane Co. (n/k/a Redco) to participate in a voluntary, multi-party mediation exercise with respect to response costs that GD-OTS has incurred or will incur with respect to the AUS-OU, and Crane Co. (n/k/a Redco), the U.S. Government, and other PRPs entered into a non-binding mediation agreement in 2015. We have stepped into Redco’s position as a participant in the mediation. The first phase of the mediation, involving certain former munitions or ordnance storage areas, began in November 2017, but did not result in a multi-party settlement agreement. Subsequently, Redco entered discussions directly with GD-OTS and reached an agreement, as of July 13, 2021, to contribute toward GD-OTS’s past RI-FS costs associated with the first-phase areas for an immaterial amount. We, as indemnitor, have also agreed to pay a modest percentage of future RI-FS costs and the United States’ claimed past response costs relative to the first-phase areas, a sum that has proven to be and we expect to continue to be, in the aggregate, an immaterial amount. We understand that GD-OTS has also reached agreements with the U.S. Government and the other participating PRPs related to the first-phase areas of concern.

Negotiations between GD-OTS, the U.S. Government and remaining participants are underway with respect to resolution of the U.S. Government’s liability for, and contribution claims with respect to, the remaining areas of the site, including those portions of the Crab Orchard Site where Redco’s predecessor conducted manufacturing and research activities. We at present cannot predict whether these further negotiations will result in a definitive agreement, or when any determination of the ultimate allocable shares of GD-OTS and U.S. Government response costs for which we may be liable is likely to be completed. It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the total amount of any obligation for remediation of the Crab Orchard Site as a whole because the allocation among PRPs, selection of remediation alternatives, and concurrence of regulatory authorities have not yet advanced to the stage where a reasonable estimate can be made. Insurers with contractual coverage obligations for this site have been notified of this potential liability and have been providing defense and indemnity coverage, subject to reservations of rights.

Other Proceedings

We regularly review the status of lawsuits, claims and proceedings that have been or may be asserted against us relating to the conduct of our business, including those pertaining to product liability, patent infringement, commercial, employment, employee benefits, environmental and stockholder matters. We record a provision for a liability for such matters when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If either or both of the criteria are not met, we assess whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional losses, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred for such matters, we disclose the estimate of the amount of loss or range of loss, disclose that the amount is immaterial, or disclose that an estimate of loss cannot be made, as applicable. We believe that as of September 30, 2022, there was no reasonable possibility that a material loss, or any additional material losses, may have been incurred for such matters, and that adequate provision has been made in our financial statements for the potential impact of all such matters.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Note 11 – Financing

Our debt consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

  

September 30,
2022

    

December 31,
2021

 

364-Day Credit Agreement

     399.5        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 399.5      $ —     

4.45% notes due December 2023

   $ 299.6      $ 299.4  

6.55% notes due November 2036

     198.6        198.5  

4.20% notes due March 2048

     346.5        346.3  

Other deferred financing costs associated with credit facilities

     (1.5      (1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 843.2      $ 842.4  

Debt discounts and debt issuance costs totaled $5.9 million and $5.7 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and have been netted against the aggregate principal amounts of the related debt in the components of the debt table above.

364-Day Credit AgreementOn August 11, 2022, the Company entered into a new senior unsecured 364-day credit facility (the “364-Day Credit Agreement”) under which it borrowed term loans denominated in U.S. dollars (the “Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million. Interest on the Term Loans accrues at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, (a) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% that is determined based upon the ratings by S&P and Moody’s of the Company’s senior unsecured long-term debt (the “Index Debt Rating”) or (b) an adjusted Term SOFR (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by the Company, plus a margin of 1.25% or 1.50% that is determined based upon the Index Debt Rating. The 364-Day Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type.

Commercial paper programOn July 28, 2021, we increased the size of the commercial paper program (“CP Program”) to permit the issuance of short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $650 million at any time outstanding. Prior to this increase, the CP Program permitted us to issue commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $550 million at any time outstanding. The other terms and conditions of the CP program remain the same. Amounts available under the CP Program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. The notes will have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issue. The notes rank at least pari passu with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the commercial paper program.

Note 12 – Fair Value Measurements

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are to be considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. The standards also establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

The standards describe three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities.

Level 2: Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities. Level 2 assets and

 

F-25


Table of Contents

liabilities include over-the-counter derivatives, principally forward foreign exchange contracts, whose value is determined using pricing models with inputs that are generally based on published foreign exchange rates and exchange traded prices, adjusted for other specific inputs that are primarily observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Valuation Technique

The carrying value of our financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value, without being discounted, due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding.

We are exposed to certain risks related to our ongoing business operations, including market risks related to fluctuation in currency exchange. We use foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk of certain cross-currency business relationships to minimize the impact of currency exchange fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments had a notional value of $81.6 million and $3.0 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Our derivative assets and liabilities include foreign exchange contract derivatives that are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as forward rates and interest rates. Based on these inputs, the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivative receivable amounts are recorded within “Other current assets” on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and were $13.8 million and $0.0 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Such derivative liability amounts are recorded within “Accrued liabilities” on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and were $0.0 million and less than $0.1 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Available-for-sale securities consist of rabbi trust investments that hold marketable securities for the benefit of participants in our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. These investments are measured at fair value using quoted market prices in an active market and are therefore classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. The fair value of available-for-sale securities was $0.4 million and $1.6 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. These investments are included in “Other assets” on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Long-term debt rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value for debt issues that are not quoted on an exchange. The estimated fair value of total debt, measured using Level 2 inputs, was $757.8 million and $984.9 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Note 13 – Restructuring

Overview

2020 Repositioning – In the second quarter of 2020, we initiated actions in response to the adverse economic impact of COVID-19 and integration actions related to the Cummins-Allison acquisition. These actions included workforce reductions of approximately 1,200 employees, or about 11% of our global workforce, and the exiting of two leased office facilities and one leased warehouse facility. We have completed this program and do not expect to incur additional restructuring charges. We recorded restructuring gains of $1.1 million and $1.5 million in the three month and nine month periods ended September 30, 2021, respectively.

2019 Repositioning – In the fourth quarter of 2019, we initiated actions to consolidate two manufacturing operations in Europe within our Process Flow Technologies segment. In 2020, we recorded additional severance

 

F-26


Table of Contents

costs related to the final negotiation with the works council/union at both locations. These actions, taken together, included workforce reductions of approximately 180 employees, or less than 1% of our global workforce. We expect to complete the program in the fourth quarter of 2023. There were no charges recorded in the three month periods ended September 30, 2022 or 2021 related to these actions. We recorded a charge of $0.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 related to these actions.

2017 Repositioning – In the fourth quarter of 2017, we initiated broad-based repositioning actions designed to improve profitability. These actions included headcount reductions of approximately 300 employees, or about 3% of our global workforce, and select facility consolidations in North America and Europe. In 2020, we adjusted the estimate downward to reflect the impact of employees that chose to voluntarily terminate prior to receiving severance at the conclusion of the actions in North America. In 2021, we recorded a gain on sale of real estate related to these actions. We expect to complete the program in the first quarter of 2023. There were no charges recorded in the three month periods ended September 30, 2022 or 2021 related to these actions. We recorded a gain of $12.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 related to these actions.

Restructuring (gains) charges, net

We recorded restructuring (gains) charges, net which are reflected in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, as follows:

 

     Three Months
Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

  

2022

    

2021

    

2022

    

2021

 

Process Flow Technologies

   $ —        $ —          —          (12.6

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     —           (1.1      —           (1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring (gains) charges, net

   $ —        $ (1.1    $ —        $ (14.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes our restructuring gains, net by program, cost type and segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2022
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2021
 

(in millions)

  

Severance

    

Other

    

Total

    

Severance

   

Other

   

Total

 

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (0.7   $ (0.8   $ (1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2020 Repositioning

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (0.7   $ (0.8   $ (1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 0.1     $ —        $ 0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 0.1     $ —        $ 0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies 1

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —       $ (12.7   $ (12.7

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     —           —           —           (0.2     —          (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (0.2   $ (12.7   $ (12.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (0.8   $ (13.5   $ (14.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1 

Reflects a pre-tax gain related to the sale of real estate in 2021.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the cumulative restructuring costs, net incurred through September 30, 2022. We do not expect to incur additional facility consolidation costs to complete these actions as of September 30, 2022.

 

     Cumulative Restructuring Costs,
Net
 

(in millions)

  

Severance

    

Other

    

Total

 

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 6.5      $ —         $ 6.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     3.7        —           3.7  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     15.8        1.8        17.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2020 Repositioning

   $ 26.0      $ 1.8      $ 27.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

   $ 16.1      $ —         $ 16.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

   $ 16.1      $ —         $ 16.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 1.3      $ (1.4    $ (0.1

Process Flow Technologies

     13.1        (12.7      0.4  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     11.5        0.7        12.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

   $ 25.9      $ (13.4    $ 12.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructuring Liability

The following table summarizes the accrual balances related to each restructuring program:

 

(in millions)

  

2019
Repositioning

    

2017
Repositioning

    

Total

 

Severance:

        

Balance as of December 31, 2021 (a)

   $ 11.5      $ 0.7      $ 12.2  

Utilization

     (7.1      (0.6      (7.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2022 (a)

   $ 4.4      $ 0.1      $ 4.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Included within Accrued Liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Crane Holdings, Co. (formerly Crane Co.) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in equity, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Asbestos Liability — Refer to Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company is a defendant in cases filed in numerous state and federal courts alleging injury or death of exposure to asbestos. The Company records an estimated liability related to the resolution cost of pending and future claims projected to be filed against the Company for which management believes are probable of occurring and reasonably estimable. The model utilized by the Company to estimate its asbestos liability has several factors that involve the application of significant judgement and estimates with a significant measurement of uncertainty. The most significant factors affecting the asbestos liability are (1) the number of new mesothelioma claims filed against the Company, (2) the average settlement costs for mesothelioma claims, (3) the percentage of mesothelioma claims dismissed against the Company and (4) the aggregate defense costs incurred by the Company. These factors are interdependent, and no one factor predominates in determining the liability estimate. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the asbestos liability. The current and non-current liability as of December 31, 2021 was $62.3 million and $549.8 million, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Given the subjectivity of estimating the asbestos liability, future claims, and underlying assumptions utilized by management, auditing management’s judgments regarding the significant factors listed above involved especially subjective auditor judgment, including the need to involve our actuarial specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures performed on the recorded asbestos liability included the following, among others:

 

   

We tested the design and effectiveness of controls over the asbestos liability, including those over the projection of settlement value of current and future claims.

 

   

We obtained the System and Organization Control Report (SOC) 1 reports for the outside service providers to evaluate the processes and controls relevant to the Company’s asbestos claims administration.

 

   

With the assistance of our internal actuarial specialists, we:

 

   

Evaluated the reasonableness of the underlying methodology for estimating the liability.

 

   

Tested the completeness and accuracy of underlying source data that served as the basis for the actuarial analysis and estimates, including historical claims, to test that the inputs to the actuarial estimate were reasonable.

 

   

Compared management’s prior-year assumptions of expected development and ultimate loss to actual incurred during the current year to identify potential bias in the determination of the liability.

 

   

We assessed the reasonableness of the forecast period used by the Company to estimate the liability.

 

   

Developed a range of independent estimates based on loss information and historical and industry claim development factors and compared our estimates to the Company’s estimates.

 

   

We considered the impact of changes in the regulatory and litigation environments on management’s assumptions by performing corroborating inquires with the Company’s internal and external legal counsel.

 

   

We evaluated management’s ability to accurately estimate the future liability by comparing actual results to management’s historical estimates.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

February 28, 2022, except for the impacts of reclassifying the Engineered Materials business to continuing operations as discussed in Note 17, as to which the date is August 30, 2022.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1979.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

(in millions, except per share data)

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales

   $ 3,408.0     $ 2,936.9     $ 3,283.1  

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Cost of sales

     2,120.3       1,930.7       2,104.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     775.4       698.1       698.0  

Restructuring (gains) charges, net

     (16.9     32.3       17.5  

Acquisition-related and integration charges

     —         12.9       5.2  

Asbestos provision, net

     —         —         229.0  

Environmental provision, net

     —         —         18.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     529.2       262.9       210.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     1.4       2.0       2.7  

Interest expense

     (46.9     (55.3     (46.8

Miscellaneous income, net

     19.1       14.9       4.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (26.4     (38.4     (39.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     502.8       224.5       170.7  

Provision for income taxes

     67.4       43.4       37.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     435.4       181.1       133.6  

Less: Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries’ earnings

     —         0.1       0.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 435.4     $ 181.0     $ 133.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   $ 7.46     $ 3.10     $ 2.23  

Weighted average basic shares outstanding

     58.4       58.3       59.8  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 7.36     $ 3.08     $ 2.20  

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

     59.2       58.8       60.6  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2021     2020     2019  

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 435.4     $ 181.1     $ 133.6  

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

      

Currency translation adjustment

     (69.2     70.4       11.5  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     96.0       (53.6     (47.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     26.8       16.8       (36.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     462.2       197.9       97.4  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income (loss)

     0.6       (0.5     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 461.6     $ 198.4     $ 97.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     Balance as of December 31,  

(in millions, except shares and per share data)

   2021     2020  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 478.6     $ 551.0  

Current insurance receivable—asbestos

     13.7       14.4  

Accounts receivable, net

     483.0       432.7  

Inventories, net

     449.1       438.2  

Other current assets

     118.7       137.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,543.1       1,573.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     555.6       600.4  

Insurance receivable—asbestos

     60.0       72.5  

Long-term deferred tax assets

     17.7       14.9  

Intangible assets, net

     467.1       520.3  

Goodwill

     1,583.8       1,609.0  

Other assets

     259.3       198.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,486.6     $ 4,588.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Short-term borrowings

   $ —       $ 375.7  

Accounts payable

     273.7       218.4  

Current asbestos liability

     62.3       66.5  

Accrued liabilities

     442.7       395.9  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     10.6       0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     789.3       1,056.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     842.4       842.9  

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     231.9       329.7  

Long-term deferred tax liability

     76.9       53.6  

Long-term asbestos liability

     549.8       603.6  

Other liabilities

     161.2       171.4  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

    

Equity:

    

Preferred shares, par value 0.01; 5,000,000 shares authorized

     —         —    

Common shares, par value $1.00; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 72,426,139 shares issued; 57,835,865 and 58,127,948 shares outstanding in 2021 and 2020, respectively

     72.4       72.4  

Capital surplus

     363.9       330.7  

Retained earnings

     2,527.3       2,192.8  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (440.2     (466.4

Treasury stock; 14,590,274 and 14,298,191 treasury shares in 2021 and 2020, respectively

     (691.1     (600.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,832.3       1,528.9  

Noncontrolling interest

     2.8       2.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,835.1       1,531.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 4,486.6     $ 4,588.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2021     2020     2019  

Operating activities:

      

Net income before allocations to noncontrolling interests

   $ 435.4     $ 181.1     $ 133.6  

Asbestos provision, net

     —         —         229.0  

Environmental provision, net

     —         —         18.9  

Loss on deconsolidation of joint venture

     —         —         1.2  

Realized gain on marketable securities

     —         —         (1.1

Gain on sale of property

     (18.5     —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     121.1       127.5       113.5  

Stock-based compensation expense

     24.9       22.3       22.3  

Defined benefit plans and postretirement credit

     (8.0     (7.1     (0.7

Deferred income taxes

     (9.6     18.1       (25.1

Cash provided by (used for) operating working capital

     38.0       39.1       (40.0

Defined benefit plans and postretirement contributions

     (29.4     (28.4     (8.7

Environmental payments, net of reimbursements

     (5.8     (4.2     (8.2

Asbestos related payments, net of insurance recoveries

     (44.9     (31.1     (41.5

Other

     (4.7     (7.8     0.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provided by operating activities

   $ 498.5     $ 309.5     $ 393.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Payment for acquisition—net of cash acquired

     —         (169.5     (156.2

Proceeds from disposition of capital assets

     23.6       4.5       3.1  

Capital expenditures

     (53.9     (34.1     (68.8

Purchase of marketable securities

     (10.0     (90.0     (8.8

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

     40.0       60.0       9.9  

Impact of deconsolidation of joint venture

     —         —         (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total used for investing activities

   $ (0.3   $ (229.1   $ (221.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Dividends paid

     (100.6     (100.4     (93.2

Reacquisition of shares on open market

     (96.3     (70.0     (79.9

Stock options exercised, net of shares reacquired

     14.2       5.1       2.9  

Debt issuance costs

     —         (1.3     —    

Repayment of long-term debt

     —         —         (99.4

Repayment of short-term debt

     —         —         (7.4

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —         —         3.0  

Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper with maturities greater than 90 days

     —         251.3       25.0  

Repayments of commercial paper with maturities greater than 90 days

     (27.1     (296.7     —    

Net (repayments) proceeds from issuance of commercial paper with maturities of 90 days or less

     —         (76.8     124.4  

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

     —         77.2       —    

Repayments of revolving credit facility

     —         (77.2     —    

Proceeds from term loan

     —         343.9       —    

Repayment of term loan

     (348.1     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (used for) provided by financing activities

   $ (557.9   $ 55.1     $ (124.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
     For the year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2021     2020     2019  

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

   $ (12.7   $ 21.6     $ 2.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (72.4     157.1       50.5  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     551.0       393.9       343.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 478.6     $ 551.0     $ 393.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Detail of cash provided by (used for) operating working capital:

      

Accounts receivable

   $ (58.8   $ 138.5     $ 3.8  

Inventories

     (18.2     35.4       (8.3

Other current assets

     (18.4     (5.8     (1.3

Accounts payable

     59.3       (102.6     (23.4

Accrued liabilities

     53.8       4.8       (35.2

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     20.3       (31.2     24.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38.0     $ 39.1     $ (40.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 44.4     $ 53.8     $ 47.4  

Income taxes paid

   $ 56.3     $ 46.5     $ 37.9  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

(in millions, except share data)

  Common
Shares
Issued at
Par Value
    Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2018

    72.4     $ 303.5     $ 2,072.1     $ (447.6   $ (476.2   $ 1,524.2     $ 2.9     $ 1,527.1  

Net income

    —          —          133.3       —          —          133.3       0.3       133.6  

Cash dividends ($1.56 per share)

    —          —          (93.2     —          —          (93.2     —          (93.2

Reacquisition on open market of 987,630 shares

    —          —          —          —          (79.9     (79.9     —          (79.9

Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired of 218,540

    —          —          —          —          11.5       11.5       —          11.5  

Stock-based compensation

    —          22.3       —          —          —          22.3       —          22.3  

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

    —          (10.2     —          —          1.8       (8.4     —          (8.4

Deconsolidation of a joint venture

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (0.5     (0.5

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    —          —          —          (47.7     —          (47.7     —          (47.7

Currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          11.6       —          11.6       (0.1     11.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2019

    72.4     $ 315.6     $ 2,112.2     $ (483.7   $ (542.8   $ 1,473.7     $ 2.6     $ 1,476.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —          —          181.0       —          —          181.0       0.1       181.1  

Cash dividends ($1.72 per share)

    —          —          (100.4     —          —          (100.4     —          (100.4

Reacquisition on open market of 1,221,233 shares

    —          —          —          —          (70.0     (70.0     —          (70.0

Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired of 183,320

    —          —          —          —          8.9       8.9       —          8.9  

Stock-based compensation

    —          22.3       —          —          —          22.3       —          22.3  

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

    —          (7.2     —          —          3.3       (3.9     —          (3.9

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    —          —          —          (53.6     —          (53.6     —          (53.6

Currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          70.9       —          70.9       (0.5     70.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2020

    72.4     $ 330.7     $ 2,192.8     $ (466.4   $ (600.6   $ 1,528.9     $ 2.2     $ 1,531.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —          —          435.4       —          —          435.4       —          435.4  

Cash dividends ($1.72 per share)

    —          —          (100.9     —          —          (100.9     —          (100.9

Reacquisition on open market of 943,048 shares

    —          —          —          —          (96.3     (96.3     —          (96.3

Exercise of stock options, net of shares reacquired of 553,655 shares

    —          —          —          —          16.5       16.5       —          16.5  

Stock-based compensation

    —          24.9       —          —          —          24.9       —          24.9  

Impact from settlement of share-based awards, net of shares acquired

    —          8.3       —          —          (10.7     (2.4     —          (2.4

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

    —          —          —          96.0       —          96.0       —          96.0  

Currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          (69.8     —          (69.8     0.6       (69.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2021

    72.4     $ 363.9     $ 2,527.3     $ (440.2   $ (691.1   $ 1,832.3     $ 2.8     $ 1,835.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Crane Holdings, Co.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(All in Millions of Dollars, Unless Otherwise Stated)

Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

We are a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products comprised of four reporting segments: Process Flow Technologies, Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials. Our primary end markets include commercial and military aerospace, defense and space, chemical production, pharmaceutical production, water and wastewater, non-residential and municipal construction, energy, banknote design and production, payment automation solutions, along with a wide range of general industrial and certain consumer related end markets. See Note 3, “Segment Information” for the relative size of these segments in relation to the total company (both net sales and total assets).

Process Flow Technologies. In the second quarter of 2021, we changed the name of our ‘Fluid Handling’ segment to ‘Process Flow Technologies’. This new name better conveys the key strengths and core competencies of the segment; providing proprietary and highly engineered process flow technology solutions to its customers.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to totals we provide, and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

Holding Company Reorganization

On May 16, 2022, Crane Co., a Delaware corporation (“Crane Co.”), completed its previously announced reorganization merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 28, 2022 (the “Reorganization Agreement”), by and among Crane Co., Crane Holdings, Co., a Delaware corporation (“Crane Holdings”), and Crane Transaction Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and, as of immediately prior to the consummation of such merger, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings (“Merger Sub”). The Reorganization Agreement provided for the merger of Crane Co. and Merger Sub, with Crane Co. surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings (the “Reorganization Merger”).

Following the Reorganization Merger, on May 16, 2022, Crane Co. (which, as a result of the Reorganization Merger, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings) converted from a Delaware corporation into a Delaware limited liability company named “Crane LLC” (such conversion, together with the Reorganization Merger, the “Reorganization”). Following the Reorganization, substantially all of the assets of Crane LLC were distributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered to, and related liabilities of Crane LLC were assumed by, Crane Holdings. On May 17, 2022, Crane LLC converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation named “Crane Co.” Subsequently, on May 26, 2022, Crane Co. filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Amendment”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, which became effective upon filing, pursuant to which the Company officially changed its name from “Crane Co.” to “Redco Corporation”. The “Crane Co.” name has been reserved for future use by Crane Holdings.

Significant Accounting Policies

Accounting Principles. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Crane Holdings, Co. and our subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. As used in these notes, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Crane” and the “Company” mean Crane Holdings, Co. and our subsidiaries unless the context specifically states or implies otherwise.

Basis of presentation. Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates. Our accounting principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimated. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. Estimates are used when accounting for such items as asset valuations, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, impairment assessments, reserve for excess and obsolete inventory, reserve for warranty provision, restructuring provisions, employee benefits, taxes, asbestos liability and related insurance receivable, environmental liability and contingencies.

Currency Translation. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries that prepare financial statements in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date; results of operations are translated at the monthly average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The related translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in a separate component of equity.

Revenue Recognition. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” we recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services in a contract transfers to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. We account for a contract when both parties have approved and committed to the terms, each party’s rights and payment obligations under the contract are identifiable, the contract has commercial substance, and it is probable that we will collect substantially all of the consideration. When shipping and handling activities are performed after the customer obtains control of product, we elect to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the product. In determining the transaction price of a contract, we exercise judgment to determine the total transaction price when it includes estimates of variable consideration, such as rebates and milestone payments. We generally estimate variable consideration using the expected value method and consider all available information (historical, current, and forecasted) in estimating these amounts. Variable consideration is only included in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. We elect to exclude from the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by us from a customer.

We primarily generate revenue through the manufacture and sale of engineered industrial products. Each product within a contract generally represents a separate performance obligation, as we do not provide a significant service of integrating or installing the products, the products do not customize each other, and the products can function independently of each other. Control of products generally transfers to the customer at a point in time, as the customer does not control the products as they are manufactured. We exercise judgment and consider the timing of right to payment, transfer of risk and rewards, transfer of title, transfer of physical possession, and customer acceptance when determining when control transfers to the customer. As a result, revenue from the sale of products is generally recognized at a point in time—either upon shipment or delivery—based on the specific shipping terms in the contract. When products are customized or products are sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, revenue is recognized over time because control is transferred continuously to customers, as the contract progresses. We exercise judgment to determine whether the products have an alternative use to us. When an alternative use does not exist for these products and we are entitled to payment for performance completed to date which includes a reasonable profit margin, revenue is recognized over time. When a contract with the U.S. government or subcontract for the U.S. government contains clauses indicating that the U.S. government owns any work-in-progress as the contracted product is being built, revenue is recognized over time. The measure of progress applied by us is the cost-to-cost method as this provides the most faithful depiction of the pattern of transfer of control. Under this method, we measure progress by comparing costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to provide the performance obligation. This method effectively reflects our progress toward completion, as this methodology includes any work-in-process amounts as part of the measure of progress. Costs incurred represent work performed, which corresponds with, and thereby depicts, the transfer of control to the customer. Total revenue recognized and cost estimates are updated on a monthly basis.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

When there are multiple performance obligations in a single contract, the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on their relative standalone selling prices. We maximize the use of observable data inputs and consider all information (including market conditions, segment-specific factors, and information about the customer or class of customer) that is reasonably available. The standalone selling price for our products and services is generally determined using an observable list price, which differs by class of customer.

Revenue recognized from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods (for example, due to changes in the transaction price or estimates), was not material in any period.

Payment for products is due within a limited time period after shipment or delivery, and we do not offer extended payment terms. Payment is typically due within 30-90 calendar days of the respective invoice dates. Customers generally do not make large upfront payments. Any advanced payments received do not provide us with a significant benefit of financing, as the payments are meant to secure materials used to fulfill the contract, as opposed to providing us with a significant financing benefit.

When an unconditional right to consideration exists, we record these amounts as receivables. When amounts are dependent on factors other than the passage of time in order for payment from a customer to become due, we record a contract asset. Contract assets represent unbilled amounts that typically arise from contracts for customized products or contracts for products sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, where revenue recognized using the cost-to-cost method exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract assets are assessed for impairment and recorded at their net realizable value. Contract liabilities represent advance payments from customers. Revenue related to contract liabilities is recognized when control is transferred to the customer.

We pay sales commissions related to certain contracts, which qualify as incremental costs of obtaining a contract. However, the sales commissions generally relate to contracts for products or services satisfied at a point in time or over a period of time less than one year. As a result, we apply the practical expedient that allows an entity to recognize incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less.

See Note 4, “Revenue” for further details.

Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold includes the costs of inventory sold and the related purchase and distribution costs. In addition to material, labor and direct overhead and inventoried cost, cost of goods sold include allocations of other expenses that are part of the production process, such as inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, inspection costs, warehousing costs, amortization of production related intangible assets and depreciation expense. We also include costs directly associated with products sold, such as warranty provisions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses are charged to income as incurred. Such expenses include the costs of promoting and selling products and include such items as compensation, advertising, sales commissions and travel. Also included are costs related to compensation for other operating activities such as executive office administrative and engineering functions, as well as general operating expenses such as office supplies, non-income taxes, insurance and office equipment rentals.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) which requires an asset and liability approach for the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These balances are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year(s) in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income taxes is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Based on consideration of all available evidence regarding their utilization, we record net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be realized. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some amount of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance for the amount that, in management’s judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The evidence we consider in reaching such conclusions includes, but is not limited to, (1) future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, (2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences, (3) taxable income in prior carryback year(s) if carryback is permitted under the tax law, (4) cumulative losses in recent years, (5) a history of tax losses or credit carryforwards expiring unused, (6) a carryback or carryforward period that is so brief it limits realization of tax benefits, and (7) a strong earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the carryforward and support showing that the loss is an aberration rather than a continuing condition.

We account for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with ASC 740, which prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based solely on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line of our Consolidated Statement of Operations, while accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line of our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Earnings Per Share. Our basic earnings per share calculations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Potentially dilutive securities include outstanding stock options, restricted share units, deferred stock units and performance-based restricted share units. The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted earnings per common share by application of the treasury method. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to all potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the year.

 

(in millions, except per share data) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 435.4      $ 181.0      $ 133.3  

Average basic shares outstanding

     58.4        58.3        59.8  

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

     0.8        0.5        0.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average diluted shares outstanding

     59.2        58.8        60.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

   $ 7.46      $ 3.10      $ 2.23  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 7.36      $ 3.08      $ 2.20  

The computation of diluted earnings per share excludes the effect of the potential exercise of stock options when the average market price of the common stock is lower than the exercise price of the related stock options. During 2021, 2020 and 2019, the number of stock options excluded from the computation was 1.2 million, 2.1 million and 1.2 million, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to cash and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Accounts Receivable, Net. Accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $10.4 million and $10.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts activity was not material to our financial results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers and relatively small account balances within the majority of our customer base and their dispersion across different businesses. We periodically evaluate the financial strength of our customers and believe that our credit risk exposure is limited.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Inventories, net. Inventories consist of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Finished goods

   $ 147.3      $ 130.5  

Finished parts and subassemblies

     59.5        54.5  

Work in process

     37.0        45.2  

Raw materials

     205.3        208.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories, net

   $ 449.1      $ 438.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories, net include the costs of material, labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Domestic inventories are stated at either the lower of cost or net realizable value using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method or the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventories held in foreign locations are primarily stated at the lower of cost or market using the FIFO method. The LIFO method is not being used at our foreign locations as such a method is not allowable for tax purposes. Changes in the levels of LIFO inventories have increased cost of sales by $3.6 million, $2.3 million and $6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The portion of inventories costed using the LIFO method was 30.1% and 30.7% of consolidated inventories as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. If inventories that were valued using the LIFO method had been valued under the FIFO method, they would have been higher by $30.4 million and $26.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was $98.6 million and $95.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets. We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the long-lived asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the long-lived asset is considered impaired and a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. Judgments which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and our ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets, and are affected primarily by changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of long-lived assets, there is risk that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may require adjustment in future periods.

Property, Plant and Equipment, net. Property, plant and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Land

   $ 80.8      $ 88.5  

Buildings and improvements

     281.5        289.6  

Machinery and equipment

     926.2        917.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross property, plant and equipment

     1,288.5        1,295.8  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     732.9        695.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 555.6      $ 600.4  

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from 10 to 25 years for buildings and improvements and three to 10 years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation expense was $75.1 million, $77.2 million and $71.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Our business acquisitions have typically resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets. We follow the provisions under ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) as it relates to the accounting for goodwill in the Consolidated Financial Statements. These provisions require that we, on at least an annual basis, evaluate the fair value of the reporting units to which goodwill is assigned and attributed and compare that fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if an impairment has occurred. We perform our annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter. Impairment testing takes place more often than annually if events or circumstances indicate a change in status that would indicate a potential impairment. We believe that there have been no other events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below its carrying value. A reporting unit is an operating segment unless discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by segment management for businesses one level below that operating segment (a “component”), in which case the component would be the reporting unit. As of December 31, 2021, we had seven reporting units.

When performing our annual impairment assessment, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units to our respective carrying value. Goodwill is considered to be potentially impaired when the net book value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair values are established primarily by discounting estimated future cash flows at an estimated cost of capital which varies for each reporting unit and which, as of our most recent annual impairment assessment, ranged between 9.5% and 11.5% (a weighted average of 10.7%), reflecting the respective inherent business risk of each of the reporting units tested. This methodology for valuing our reporting units (commonly referred to as the Income Method) has not changed since the adoption of the provisions under ASC 350. The determination of discounted cash flows is based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions. Profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting unit based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases/reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management judgment is necessary in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. In addition to the foregoing, for each reporting unit, market multiples are used to corroborate discounted cash flow results where fair value is estimated based on earnings multiples determined by available public information of comparable businesses. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may then be determined to be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings. No impairment charges have been required during 2021, 2020 or 2019.

Changes to goodwill are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Aerospace &
Electronics
     Process Flow
Technologies
    Payment &
Merchandising
Technologies
    Engineered
Materials
     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ 202.4      $ 240.9     $ 857.8     $ 171.3      $ 1,472.4  

Additions

     —          106.1       —         —          106.1  

Adjustments to purchase price allocations

     —          —         5.6       —          5.6  

Currency translation

     0.1        13.0       11.8       —          24.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 202.5      $ 360.0     $ 875.2     $ 171.3      $ 1,609.0  

Adjustments to purchase price allocations

     —          (0.1     —         —          (0.1

Currency translation

     —          (10.5     (14.6     —          (25.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ 202.5      $ 349.4     $ 860.6     $ 171.3      $ 1,583.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2020, additions to goodwill within the Process Flow Technologies segment were $106.1 million. These additions represent the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition of CIRCOR International, Inc.’s Instrumentation & Sampling Business (“I&S”). For the year ended December 31, 2020, adjustments to goodwill within the Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment were $5.6 million. These adjustments represent the finalization of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition of Cummins-Allison Corp. (“Cummins-Allison”). For the year ended December 31, 2021, adjustments within the Process Flow Technologies segment of $(0.1) million represent the finalization of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition of I&S. See a discussion in Note 2, “Acquisitions” for further details.

Intangibles with indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for impairment. If the carrying amount of an indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the intangible asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated using relief from royalty method. We amortize the cost of definite-lived intangibles over their estimated useful lives.

In addition to annual testing for impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, we review all of our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the definite-lived intangible asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups and include estimated future revenues, gross profit margins, operating profit margins and capital expenditures which are based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent our best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases or reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the definite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired and a charge would be taken against net earnings based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. Judgments that we make which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of definite-lived assets and its ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets, and are affected primarily by changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of definite-lived intangible assets, there is risk that the carrying value of our definite-lived intangible assets may require adjustment in future periods. Historical results to date have generally approximated expected cash flows for the identifiable cash flow generating level.

As of December 31, 2021, we had $467.1 million of net intangible assets, of which $70.6 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names. As of December 31, 2020, we had $520.3 million of net intangible assets, of which $70.9 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Changes to intangible assets are as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 520.3      $ 505.1      $ 481.8  

Additions

     —          52.5        66.0  

Amortization expense

     (44.5      (48.4      (40.0

Currency translation and other

     (8.7      11.1        (2.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 467.1      $ 520.3      $ 505.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, additions to intangible assets represent the preliminary purchase price allocation related to the January 2020 acquisition of I&S. See discussion in Note 2, “Acquisitions” for further details.

A summary of intangible assets follows:

 

(in millions)

   Weighted Average
Amortization Period
of Finite Lived Assets
(in years)
     December 31, 2021      December 31, 2020  
   Gross
Asset
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Gross
Asset
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Intellectual property rights

     15.2      $ 136.8      $ 59.2      $ 77.6      $ 138.2      $ 58.4      $ 79.8  

Customer relationships and backlog

     18.4        651.7        308.8        342.9        663.6        280.6        383.0  

Drawings

     40.0        11.1        10.6        0.5        11.1        10.5        0.6  

Other

     11.8        142.1        96.0        46.1        144.9        88.0        56.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     17.9      $ 941.7      $ 474.6      $ 467.1      $ 957.8      $ 437.5      $ 520.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future amortization expense associated with intangibles is expected to be:

 

Year    (in millions)  

2022

   $ 43.0  

2023

   $ 42.5  

2024

   $ 41.7  

2025

   $ 36.1  

2026 and after

   $  233.2  

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The tables below provide the accumulated balances for each classification of accumulated other comprehensive loss, as reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

(in millions)

   Defined Benefit
Pension and Other
Postretirement
Items
     Currency
Translation
Adjustment
     Total (a)  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ (296.6    $ (151.0    $ (447.6

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (58.4      11.6        (46.8

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     10.7        —          10.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (47.7      11.6        (36.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     (344.3      (139.4      (483.7

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (67.4      70.9        3.5  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     13.8        —          13.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (53.6      70.9        17.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     (397.9      (68.5      (466.4

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     78.0        (69.8      8.2  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     18.0        —          18.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net period other comprehensive income (loss)

     96.0        (69.8      26.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ (301.9    $ (138.3    $ (440.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Net of tax benefit of $117.9 million, $148.2 million and $135.4 million for 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

The table below illustrates the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Amortization of pension and postretirement components have been recorded within “Miscellaneous income, net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

(in millions)

   Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 

December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Amortization of pension items:

        

Prior service costs

   $ (0.1    $ (0.3    $ (0.3

Net loss

     23.4        19.1        15.3  

Amortization of postretirement items:

        

Prior service costs

     (1.1      (1.1      (1.1

Net gain

     —          —          (0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total before tax

   $ 22.2      $ 17.7      $ 13.6  

Tax impact

     4.2        3.9        2.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reclassifications for the period

   $ 18.0      $ 13.8      $ 10.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Adopted

Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Certain amendments are to be applied prospectively, while other amendments are to be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. We have adopted this standard effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of this new standard did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans

In August 2018, the FASB issued amended guidance to add, remove, and clarify disclosure requirements related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The amended guidance removes the requirements to disclose: amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year; the amount and timing of plan assets expected to be returned to the entity; and the effects of a one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates. The amended guidance requires disclosure of an explanation of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Effective December 31, 2020, we adopted the amended guidance and applied the disclosure requirements on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. This amended guidance did not have a material effect on our disclosures.

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

In June 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance that changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade receivables, contract assets and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments, entities are required to use a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model that will immediately recognize an estimate of credit losses that are expected to occur over the life of the financial instruments that are in the scope of this update, including trade receivables. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to current practice, except that the losses will be recognized as an allowance. The CECL model is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect collectability.

On January 1, 2020, we adopted the new CECL standard and developed an expected impairment model based on our historical loss experience. We believe that our previous methodology to calculate credit losses is generally consistent with the new expected credit loss model and did not result in a material adjustment upon adoption. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $10.4 million and $10.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 2 – Acquisitions

Acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”). Accordingly, we make an initial allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition based upon our understanding of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. We obtain this information during due diligence and through other sources. In the months after closing, as we obtain additional information about these assets and liabilities, including through tangible and intangible asset appraisals, we are able to refine estimates of fair value and more accurately allocate the purchase price. Only items identified as of the acquisition date are considered for subsequent adjustment to the purchase price allocation. We will make appropriate adjustments to the purchase price allocation prior to completion of the measurement period, as required.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

In order to allocate the consideration transferred for our acquisitions, the fair values of all identifiable assets and liabilities must be established. For accounting and financial reporting purposes, fair value is defined under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure” as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or the amount paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results.

Instrumentation & Sampling Business Acquisition

On January 31, 2020, we completed the acquisition of I&S for $172.3 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis, subject to a later adjustment reflecting I&S’ net working capital, cash, the assumption of certain debt-like items, and I&S’ transaction expenses. We funded the acquisition through short-term borrowings consisting of $100 million of commercial paper and $67 million from our revolving credit facility, and cash on hand. In August 2020, we received $3.1 million related to the final working capital adjustment which resulted in net cash paid of $169.2 million.

I&S designs, engineers and manufactures a broad range of critical fluid control instrumentation and sampling solutions used in severe service environments which complements our existing portfolio of chemical, refining, petrochemical and upstream oil and gas applications. I&S has been integrated into the Process Flow Technologies segment. The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the expected sales synergies, manufacturing efficiency and procurement savings. Goodwill from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

Allocation of Consideration Transferred to Net Assets Acquired

The following amounts represent the determination of the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed from our acquisition of I&S. The fair value of certain assets and liabilities has been completed as required by ASC 805.

 

Net assets acquired (in millions)

      

Total current assets

   $ 21.0  

Property, plant and equipment

     11.0  

Other assets

     6.0  

Intangible assets

     52.5  

Goodwill

     106.0  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 196.5  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 8.1  

Other liabilities

     19.2  
  

 

 

 

Total assumed liabilities

   $ 27.3  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 169.2  
  

 

 

 

The amounts allocated to acquired intangible assets, and their associated weighted-average useful lives which were determined based on the period in which the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our future cash flows, consist of the following:

 

Intangible Assets (dollars in millions)

   Intangible
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average Life
 

Trademarks/trade names

   $ 2.6        13  

Customer relationships

     49.0        14  

Backlog

     0.9        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired intangible assets

   $ 52.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The fair values of the trademark and trade name intangible assets were determined by using an income approach, specifically the relief-from-royalty approach, which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. This approach is based on the assumption that in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of this asset. Therefore, a portion of I&S’ earnings, equal to the after-tax royalty that would have been paid for the use of the asset, can be attributed to our ownership. The trade names are being amortized on a straight-line basis (which approximates the economic pattern of benefits) over the estimated economic life of 13 years.

The fair values of the customer relationships and backlog intangible assets were determined by using an income approach which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. Under this approach, the net earnings attributable to the asset or liability being measured are isolated using the discounted projected net cash flows. These projected cash flows are isolated from the projected cash flows of the combined asset group over the remaining economic life of the intangible asset or liability being measured. Both the amount and the duration of the cash flows are considered from a market participant perspective. Our estimates of market participant net cash flows considered historical and projected pricing, operational performance including market participant synergies, aftermarket retention, product life cycles, material and labor pricing, and other relevant customer, contractual and market factors. Where appropriate, the net cash flows were adjusted to reflect the potential attrition of existing customers in the future, as existing customers are expected to decline over time. The attrition-adjusted future cash flows are then discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. The customer relationship asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis (which approximates the economic pattern of benefits) over the estimated economic life of 14 years.

Supplemental Pro Forma Data

I&S’ results of operations have been included in our financial statements for the period subsequent to the completion of the acquisition on January 31, 2020. Consolidated pro forma revenue and net income attributable to common shareholders has not been presented since the impact is not material to our financial results for either prior period.

Cummins-Allison Acquisition

On December 31, 2019 we completed the acquisition of Cummins-Allison. The base purchase price of the acquisition was $160 million on a cash-free, debt-free basis, subject to a later adjustment reflecting Cummins-Allison’s net working capital, cash, and Cummins-Allison’s transaction expenses. The amount paid, net of cash acquired, was $156.2 million. We issued $150 million of commercial paper and used cash on hand to fund the acquisition. In November 2020, we paid $0.2 million related to the final working capital adjustment which resulted in net cash paid of $156.4 million.

Cummins-Allison is a leading provider of high speed, cash and coin counting and sorting machines and retail cash office solutions which are primarily used in back-office applications. Cummins-Allison has been integrated into our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. Cummins-Allison also has a nationwide service network to support these hardware sales. The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the expected synergies related to material costs, supply chain manufacturing productivity and research and development. Goodwill from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

Allocation of Consideration Transferred to Net Assets Acquired

The following amounts represent the determination of the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed from our acquisition of Cummins-Allison. The fair value of certain assets and liabilities has been completed as required by ASC 805.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Net assets acquired (in millions)

      

Total current assets

   $ 91.6  

Property, plant and equipment

     26.3  

Other assets

     9.1  

Intangible assets

     66.0  

Goodwill

     60.3  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 253.3  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 71.6  

Other liabilities

     25.3  
  

 

 

 

Total assumed liabilities

   $ 96.9  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 156.4  
  

 

 

 

The amounts allocated to acquired intangible assets, and their associated weighted-average useful lives which were determined based on the period in which the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our future cash flows, consist of the following:

 

Intangible Assets (dollars in millions)

   Intangible
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average Life
 

Trademarks/trade names

   $ 3.0        7  

Customer relationships

     54.5        18  

Product technology

     8.5        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired intangible assets

   $ 66.0     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair values of the trademark and trade name intangible assets were determined by using an “income approach,” specifically the relief-from-royalty approach, which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. This approach is based on the assumption that in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of this asset. Therefore, a portion of Cummins-Allison’s earnings, equal to the after-tax royalty that would have been paid for the use of the asset, can be attributed to the firm’s ownership. The trade name Cummins-Allison is being amortized on a straight-line basis (which approximates the economic pattern of benefits) over the estimated economic life of seven years.

The fair values of the customer relationships intangible assets were determined by using an “income approach” which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. Under this approach, the net earnings attributable to the asset or liability being measured are isolated using the discounted projected net cash flows. These projected cash flows are isolated from the projected cash flows of the combined asset group over the remaining economic life of the intangible asset or liability being measured. Both the amount and the duration of the cash flows are considered from a market participant perspective. Our estimates of market participant net cash flows considered historical and projected pricing, operational performance including market participant synergies, aftermarket retention, product life cycles, material and labor pricing, and other relevant customer, contractual and market factors. Where appropriate, the net cash flows were adjusted to reflect the potential attrition of existing customers in the future, as existing customers are a “wasting” asset and are expected to decline over time. The attrition-adjusted future cash flows are then discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. The customer relationship is being amortized on a straight-line basis (which approximates the economic pattern of benefits) over the estimated economic life of 18 years.

The fair values of the product technology intangible assets were also determined by the relief-from-royalty approach. Similarly, this approach is based on the assumption that in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of the technology. Therefore, a portion of Cummins-Allison’s earnings, equal to the after-tax royalty that would have been paid for the use of the technology, can be attributed to the firm’s ownership of the technology. The technology assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis (which approximates the economic pattern of benefits) over the estimated economic life of 10 years.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Supplemental Pro Forma Data

The following unaudited pro forma combined information assumes that the acquisition was completed on January 1, 2019. The unaudited pro forma consolidated net sales for 2019 would have been $3,475.2 million. The unaudited pro forma consolidated net sales are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not indicative of our actual consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial position. Consolidated pro forma net income attributable to common shareholders has not been presented since the impact is not material to our financial results in any of the periods.

Acquisition-Related Costs

Acquisition-related costs are being expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recorded $12.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively, of integration and transaction costs. Acquisition-related costs are recorded within “Acquisition-related and integration charges” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Note 3 – Segment Information

In accordance with ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” for purposes of segment performance measurement, we do not allocate to the business segments items that are of a non-operating nature, including charges which occur from time to time related to our asbestos liability and our legacy environmental liabilities, as such items are not related to current business activities; or corporate organizational and functional expenses of a governance nature. “Corporate expenses-before asbestos and environmental charges” consist of corporate office expenses including, compensation, benefits, occupancy, depreciation, and other administrative costs. Assets of the business segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, insurance receivables, certain property, plant and equipment, and certain other assets.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We account for intersegment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties at current market prices.

Our segments are reported on the same basis used internally for evaluating performance and for allocating resources. We have four reporting segments: Process Flow Technologies, Payment & Merchandising Technologies, Aerospace & Electronics and Engineered Materials.

A brief description of each of our segments is as follows:

Aerospace & Electronics

The Aerospace & Electronics segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace and military aerospace and defense markets. Its brands have decades of proven experience, and in many cases invented the critical technologies in their respective markets. The business designs and delivers proven systems, reliable components, and flexible power solutions that excel in tough and mission-critical environments. Products and services are organized into six integrated solutions: Sensing Components & Systems, Electrical Power Solutions, Fluid Management Solutions, Landing & Control Systems, and Microwave Solutions.

Process Flow Technologies

The Process Flow Technologies segment is a provider of highly engineered Process Flow Technologies equipment for critical performance applications that require high reliability. The segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves, and Pumps and Systems. Process Valves and Related Products include on/off valves and related products for critical and demanding applications in the chemical, oil & gas, power, and general industrial end markets globally. Commercial Valves includes the manufacturing and distribution of valves and related products for the non-residential construction, general industrial, and to a lesser extent, municipal markets. Pumps and Systems include pumps and related products primarily for water and wastewater applications in the industrial, municipal, commercial and military markets.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

The Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment consists of Crane Payment Innovations (“CPI”) and Crane Currency. CPI provides high technology payment acceptance and dispensing products to original equipment manufacturers, and for certain vertical markets, it also provides currency handling and processing systems, complete cash and cashless payment and merchandising solutions, equipment service solutions, and fully connected managed service solutions. Crane Currency is a supplier of banknotes and highly engineered banknote security features.

Engineered Materials

The Engineered Materials segment manufactures fiberglass-reinforced plastic (“FRP”) panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of recreational vehicles (“RVs”), truck bodies and trailers (Transportation), with additional applications in commercial and industrial buildings (Building Products).

Financial information by reportable segment is set forth below:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net Sales:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 638.3      $ 650.7      $ 798.8  

Process Flow Technologies

     1,196.6        1,005.8        1,117.4  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     1,345.1        1,104.8        1,158.3  

Engineered Materials

     228.0        175.6        208.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NET SALES

   $ 3,408.0      $ 2,936.9      $ 3,283.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 110.0      $ 100.7      $ 189.4  

Process Flow Technologies

     182.5        97.7        131.7  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     307.5        100.6        177.3  

Engineered Materials

     26.9        22.7        26.8  

Corporate expense —before asbestos and environmental provisions

     (97.7      (58.8      (66.9

Corporate expense —asbestos provision, net

     —          —          (229.0

Corporate expense —environmental provision, net

     —          —          (18.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL OPERATING PROFIT

   $ 529.2      $ 262.9      $ 210.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 14.1      $ 9.8      $ 20.0  

Process Flow Technologies

     18.8        13.7        23.4  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     18.6        9.3        20.6  

Engineered Materials

     2.2        1.2        4.4  

Corporate

     0.2        0.1        0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

   $ 53.9      $ 34.1      $ 68.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 14.7      $ 14.2      $ 13.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     22.0        21.6        14.2  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     81.3        85.9        77.1  

Engineered Materials

     1.6        3.7        5.6  

Corporate

     1.5        2.1        3.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

   $ 121.1      $ 127.5      $ 113.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2021, operating profit included a restructuring gain of $16.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, operating profit included acquisition-related and integration charges of $12.9 million and net restructuring charges of $32.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating profit included a net asbestos provision of $229.0 million, a net environmental provision of $18.9 million, acquisition-related and integration charges of $5.2 million and net restructuring charges of $17.5 million. See Note 2, “Acquisitions” for discussion on the acquisition-related costs. See Note 15, “Restructuring” for discussion of the restructuring charges. See Note 12, “Commitments and Contingencies” for discussion of the asbestos provision and environmental provision.

Net sales by geographic region:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net sales (a)

        

United States

   $ 1,858.1      $ 1,862.7      $ 2,111.3  

Canada

     293.6        162.9        176.8  

United Kingdom

     140.9        270.9        393.6  

Continental Europe

     411.2        480.1        410.1  

Other international

     704.2        160.3        191.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NET SALES

   $ 3,408.0      $ 2,936.9      $ 3,283.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Net sales by geographic region are based on the destination of the sale.

Balance sheet items by reportable segment is set forth below:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Goodwill:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 202.5      $ 202.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     349.4        360.0  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     860.6        875.2  

Engineered Materials

     171.3        171.3  

TOTAL GOODWILL

   $ 1,583.8      $ 1,609.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 604.7      $ 593.9  

Process Flow Technologies

     1,240.4        1,106.1  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     2,096.5        2,215.3  

Engineered Materials

     220.5        217.3  

Corporate

     324.5        456.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 4,486.6      $ 4,588.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets by geographic region:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Long-lived assets (a)

     

United States

   $ 324.4      $ 339.2  

Canada

     18.2        15.8  

Europe

     231.3        266.6  

Other international

     62.8        60.7  

Corporate

     15.6        22.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LONG-LIVED ASSETS

   $ 652.3      $ 704.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Long-lived assets, net by geographic region are based on the location of the business unit.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Note 4—Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenues

The following table presents net sales disaggregated by product line for each segment:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Aerospace & Electronics

        

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 229.4      $ 226.4      $ 357.2  

Military Original Equipment

     239.7        258.7        217.2  

Commercial Aftermarket Products

     104.5        93.0        161.4  

Military Aftermarket Products

     64.7        72.6        63.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 638.3      $ 650.7      $ 798.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

        

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 717.1      $ 631.6      $ 685.1  

Commercial Valves

     374.2        286.3        332.1  

Pumps and Systems

     105.3        87.9        100.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Process Flow Technologies

   $ 1,196.6      $ 1,005.8      $ 1,117.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

        

Payment Acceptance and Dispensing Products

   $ 805.7      $ 670.8      $ 805.5  

Banknotes and Security Products

     539.4        434.0        352.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Payment & Merchandising Technologies

   $ 1,345.1      $ 1,104.8      $ 1,158.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Engineered Materials

        

FRP—Recreational Vehicles

   $ 102.5      $ 68.9      $ 84.5  

FRP—Recreational Products

     94.9        83.1        91.9  

FRP—Recreational Transportation

     30.6        23.6        32.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Engineered Materials

   $ 228.0      $ 175.6      $ 208.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 3,408.0      $ 2,936.9      $ 3,283.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Remaining Performance Obligations

The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents the transaction price of firm orders which have not yet been fulfilled, which we also refer to as total backlog. As of December 31, 2021, backlog was $1,275.8 million. We expect to recognize approximately 94% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue in 2022, an additional 5% by 2023 and the balance thereafter.

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

Contract assets represent unbilled amounts that typically arise from contracts for customized products or contracts for products sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, where revenue recognized using the cost-to-cost method exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract assets are assessed for impairment and recorded at their net realizable value. Contract liabilities represent advance payments from customers. Revenue related to contract liabilities is recognized when control is transferred to the customer. We report contract assets, which are included within “Other current assets” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and contract liabilities, which are included within “Accrued liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, on a contract-by-contract net basis at the end of each reporting period. Net contract assets and contract liabilities consisted of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Contract assets

   $ 73.0      $ 66.7  

Contract liabilities

   $ 101.1      $ 103.0  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

During 2021 we recognized revenue of $92.8 million related to contract liabilities as of December 31, 2020.

Note 5 – Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed when incurred.

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Research and Development Costs

   $ 82.7      $ 74.6      $ 74.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6 – Pension and Postretirement Benefits

Pension Plan

In the United States, we sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that covers approximately 16% of all U.S. employees. Effective January 1, 2013, pension eligible non-union employees no longer earn future benefits in the domestic defined benefit pension plan. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation on a final average pay basis, except for certain hourly employees where benefits are fixed per year of service. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by an independent actuary. Contributions are intended to provide for future benefits earned to date. Additionally, a number of our non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans that cover approximately 9% of all non-U.S. employees. The benefits are typically based upon years of service and compensation. Most of these plans are funded by company contributions to pension funds, which are held for the sole benefit of plan participants and beneficiaries.

Postretirement Plans

Postretirement health care and life insurance benefits are provided for certain employees hired before January 1, 1990, who meet minimum age and service requirements. As a result of the acquisition of Crane Currency, we also have postretirement medical and Medicare supplement that cover substantially all former full-time U.S. employees of Crane Currency.

A summary of the projected benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and funded status is as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2021      2020  

Change in benefit obligation:

           

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 1,259.8      $ 1,168.7      $ 30.0      $ 29.0  

Service cost

     6.0        6.4        0.3        0.3  

Interest cost

     18.4        26.1        0.6        0.9  

Plan participants’ contributions

     0.4        0.5        —          —    

Amendments

     (0.7      (0.2      —          —    

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (64.8      94.8        (0.2      2.0  

Settlements

     (6.1      (9.3      —          —    

Curtailments

     0.5        (3.5      —          —    

Benefits paid

     (49.5      (46.8      (2.6      (2.2

Foreign currency exchange and other

     (10.9      23.6        —          —    

Administrative expenses paid

     (1.0      (0.5      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 1,152.1      $ 1,259.8      $ 28.1      $ 30.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents
     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2021      2020  

Change in plan assets:

           

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 1,024.1      $ 965.8      $ —        $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     96.2        70.3        —          —    

Employer contributions

     26.7        26.1        2.6        2.2  

Plan participants’ contributions

     0.4        0.5        —          —    

Settlements

     (6.1      (9.3      —          —    

Benefits paid

     (49.5      (46.8      (2.6      (2.2

Foreign currency exchange and other

     (8.8      18.5        —          —    

Administrative expenses paid

     (1.6      (1.0      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 1,081.4      $ 1,024.1      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (70.7    $ (235.7    $ (28.1    $ (30.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the U.S., 2021 actuarial gains in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of an increase in the discount rate. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data and minor adjustments to actuarial assumptions generated combined losses of less than 1% of expected year end obligations. In the Non-U.S. countries, 2021 actuarial gains in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of increases in discount rates. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data, changes to forecast inflation, mortality table updates and minor adjustments to other actuarial assumptions generated combined gains of 2% of expected year end obligations.

In the U.S., 2020 actuarial losses in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of a decrease in the discount rate. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data and minor adjustments to actuarial assumptions generated combined losses of less than 1% of expected year end obligations. In the Non-U.S. countries, 2020 actuarial losses in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of decreases in discount rates. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data, changes to forecast inflation and minor adjustments to actuarial assumptions generated combined gains of 5% of expected year end obligations.

Amounts recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2021      2020  

Other assets

   $ 132.1      $ 62.6      $ —        $ —    

Current liabilities

     (1.5      (1.5      (2.5      (2.6

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     (201.3      (296.8      (25.6      (27.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (70.7    $ (235.7    $ (28.1    $ (30.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2021      2020  

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 400.0      $ 532.3      $ (1.1    $ (0.9

Prior service credit

     (1.6      (2.8      (3.1      (4.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 398.4      $ 529.5      $ (4.2    $ (5.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the U.S. and Non-U.S. plans, are as follows:

 

     Pension Obligations/Assets  
     U.S.      Non-U.S.      Total  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2021      2020      2021      2020  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 669.7      $ 699.1      $ 482.4      $ 560.7      $ 1,152.1      $ 1,259.8  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     669.7        699.1        473.6        548.9        1,143.3        1,248.0  

Fair value of plan assets

     522.2        482.8        559.2        541.3        1,081.4        1,024.1  

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 771.6      $ 1,060.4  

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 720.1      $ 1,049.5  

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 525.2      $ 762.5  

Components of net periodic (benefit) cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019     2021     2020     2019  

Net Periodic (Benefit) Cost:

            

Service cost

   $ 6.0     $ 6.4     $ 5.4     $ 0.3     $ 0.3     $ 0.3  

Interest cost

     18.4       26.1       32.7       0.6       0.9       1.1  

Expected return on plan assets

     (54.6     (57.5     (53.7     —         —         —    

Amortization of prior service cost

     (0.1     (0.3     (0.3     (1.1     (1.1     (1.1

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     23.4       19.1       15.3       —         —         (0.3

Recognized curtailment (gain) loss

     (1.3     (2.3     —         —         —         —    

Settlement loss

     1.4       1.7       —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic (benefit) cost

   $ (6.8   $ (6.8   $ (0.6   $ (0.2   $ 0.1     $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  

For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019     2021     2020     2019  

U.S. Plans:

            

Discount rate

     2.89     2.62     3.34     2.70     2.30     3.20

Rate of compensation increase

     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Interest credit rate

     1.47     0.93     2.83     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Non-U.S. Plans:

            

Discount rate

     1.58     1.07     1.70     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Rate of compensation increase

     3.08     3.10     2.89     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Interest credit rate

     0.33     0.29     0.22     N/A       N/A       N/A  

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  

For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019     2021     2020     2019  

U.S. Plans:

            

Discount rate

     2.62     3.34     4.36     2.30     3.20     4.10

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     6.50     7.25     7.25     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Rate of compensation increase

     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Interest credit rate

     0.93     2.83     2.40     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Non-U.S. Plans:

            

Discount rate

     1.07     1.70     2.42     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     4.45     5.31     5.34     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Rate of compensation increase

     3.10     2.89     3.06     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Interest credit rate

     0.29     0.22     0.84     N/A       N/A       N/A  

The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets assumptions were determined with input from independent investment consultants and plan actuaries, utilizing asset pricing models and considering historical returns. The discount rates used by us for valuing pension liabilities are based on a review of high-quality corporate bond yields with maturities approximating the remaining life of the projected benefit obligations.

In the U.S. plan, the 6.50% expected rate of return on assets assumption for 2021 reflected a long-term target comprised of an asset allocation range of 25%-75% equity securities, 15%-35% fixed income securities, 10%-35% alternative assets and 0%-10% cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2021, the actual asset allocation for the U.S. plan was 64.4% equity securities, 22.3% fixed income securities, 12.6% alternative assets and 0.7% cash and cash equivalents.

For the non-U.S. plans, the 4.45% expected rate of return on assets assumption for 2021 reflected a weighted average of the long-term asset allocation targets for our various non-U.S. plans. As of December 31, 2021, the actual weighted average asset allocation for the non-U.S. plans was 24.9% equity securities, 39.8% fixed income securities, 30.5% alternative assets/other and 4.8% cash and cash equivalents.

The assumed health care cost trend rates are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2021     2020  

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     7.25     6.50

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     4.50     4.50

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2033       2029  

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for our health care plans.

Plan Assets

Our pension plan target allocations and weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

     Target
Allocation
   Actual Allocation

Asset Category December 31,

  

 

   2021   2020

Equity securities

   15%-75%    44%   44%

Fixed income securities

   15%-75%    31%   26%

Alternative assets/Other

   0%-45%    22%   27%

Cash and money market

   0%-10%    3%   3%

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Independent investment consultants are retained to assist in executing the plans’ investment strategies. A number of factors are evaluated in determining if an investment strategy will be implemented in our pension trusts. These factors include, but are not limited to, investment style, investment risk, investment manager performance and costs. We periodically review investment managers and their performance in relation to our plans’ investment objectives.

The primary investment objective of our various pension trusts is to maximize the value of plan assets, focusing on capital preservation, current income and long-term growth of capital and income. The plans’ assets are typically invested in a broad range of equity securities, fixed income securities, alternative assets and cash instruments.

Equity securities include investments in large, mid, and small-capitalization companies located in both developed countries and emerging markets around the world. Fixed income securities include government bonds of various countries, corporate bonds that are primarily investment-grade, and mortgage-backed securities. Alternative assets include investments in real estate and hedge funds employing a wide variety of strategies. Equity securities include Crane common stock, which represents 4% of plan assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The fair value of our pension plan assets as of December 31, 2021, by asset category, are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
     Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
     Net Asset
Value
(“NAV”)
Practical
Expedient (a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Cash Equivalents and Money Markets

   $ 30.5      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 30.5  

Common Stocks

              

Actively Managed U.S. Equities

     112.8        —          —          —          112.8  

Commingled and Mutual Funds

              

U.S. Equity Funds

     129.1        —          —          —          129.1  

Non-U.S. Equity Funds

     93.7        —          —          139.3        233.0  

U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate

     116.2        —          —          —          116.2  

Registered Investment Company

     34.0        —          —          —          34.0  

Collective Trust

     —          —          21.7        19.0        40.7  

Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate

     —          —          —          222.6        222.6  

International Balanced Funds

     —          —          —          2.1        2.1  

Property Funds

     29.0        —          —          —          29.0  

Alternative Investments

              

Insurance / Annuity Contract(s)

     —          14.7        —          —          14.7  

Hedge Funds and LDI

     —          —          —          64.0        64.0  

International Property Funds

     —          —          —          52.7        52.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fair Value

   $ 545.3      $ 14.7      $ 21.7      $ 499.7      $ 1,081.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Investments are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient, and therefore, are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

In 2021, the pension plan’s asset classified as Level 3 constitutes an insurance contract valued annually on an actuarial basis.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

The fair value of our pension plan assets as of December 31, 2020, by asset category, are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Active
Markets
for
Identical
Assets
Level 1
     Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
     Net Asset
Value
(“NAV”)
Practical
Expedient (a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Cash Equivalents and Money Markets

   $ 30.1      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 30.1  

Common Stocks

              

Actively Managed U.S. Equities

     103.2        —          —          —          103.2  

Fixed Income Bonds and Notes

     —          0.1        —          —          0.1  

Commingled and Mutual Funds

              

U.S. Equity Funds

     117.3        —          —          —          117.3  

Non-U.S. Equity Funds

     53.2        —          —          178.0        231.2  

U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate

     76.6        —          —          —          76.6  

Registered Investment Company

     18.3        —          —          —          18.3  

Collective Trust

     —          —          22.8        19.2        42.0  

Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate

     —          —          —          186.5        186.5  

International Balanced Funds

     —          —          —          1.9        1.9  

Alternative Investments

              

Insurance / Annuity Contract(s)

     —          14.2        —          —          14.2  

Hedge Funds and LDI

     —          —          —          153.8        153.8  

International Property Funds

     —          —          —          48.9        48.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fair Value

   $ 398.7      $ 14.3      $ 22.8      $ 588.3      $ 1,024.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2020, the pension plan’s asset classified as Level 3 constitutes an insurance contract valued annually on an actuarial basis

The following table sets forth a summary of pension plan assets valued using NAV or its equivalent as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:

 

     Redemption
Frequency
     Unfunded
Commitment
     Other
Redemption
Restrictions
     Redemption
Notice Period
 

Non-U.S. Equity Funds (a)

     Immediate        None        None        None  

Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate (b)

     Immediate        None        None        None  

International Balanced Funds (c)

     Immediate        None        None        None  

Collective Trust Fund (d)

     Immediate        None        None        None  

International Property Funds (e)

     Immediate        None        None        None  

Hedge Funds and LDI (f)

     Immediate        None        None        None  

 

(a) 

These funds invest in corporate equity securities outside the United States.

(b) 

These funds invest in corporate and government fixed income securities outside the United States.

(c) 

These funds invest in a blend of equities, fixed income, cash and property outside the United States.

(d) 

These funds are managed in a collective trust under Australia’s Superannuation plan structure.

(e) 

These funds invest in real property outside the United States.

(f) 

These funds invest in strategies that seek to add diversification to a portfolio with uncorrelated risk profiles or are designed to track the duration of all or part of the underlying liability.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

We expect, based on current actuarial calculations, to contribute cash of approximately $18.9 million to our defined benefit pension plans during 2022. Cash contributions in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors including the investment performance of plan assets.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

Estimated future payments (in millions)

   Pension
Benefits
     Postretirement
Benefits
 

2022

   $ 53.6      $ 2.6  

2023

     53.2        2.6  

2024

     54.2        2.4  

2025

     56.4        2.3  

2026

     56.0        2.1  

2027 to 2031

     284.9        8.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total payments

   $ 558.3      $ 20.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

We also have a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The SERP, which is not funded, is intended to provide retirement benefits for certain executive officers who were formerly employees of Crane Currency. Benefit amounts are based upon years of service and compensation of the participating employees. There were no pre-tax settlement gains recorded in 2021 or 2020. We recorded a pre-tax settlement gain of $0.1 million in 2019. Accrued SERP benefits were $3.7 million and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Employer contributions made to the SERP were $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $2.2 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plans

We sponsor savings and investment plans that are available to our eligible employees including employees of our subsidiaries. We made contributions to the plans of $12.0 million, $11.8 million and $11.0 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

In addition to participant deferral contributions and company matching contributions on those deferrals, we provide a 3% non-matching contribution to eligible participants. We made non-matching contributions to these plans of $14.6 million, $14.5 million and $13.4 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Note 7 – Stock-Based Compensation Plans

At December 31, 2021, we had stock-based compensation awards outstanding under the following shareholder-approved plans: the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”), 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) and 2018 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (the “2018 Amended & Restated Plan”), applicable to employees and non-employee directors.

The 2013 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders at the annual meeting in 2013. The 2013 Plan originally authorized the issuance of up to 9,500,000 shares of stock pursuant to awards under the plan. In 2018, in view of the limited number of shares remaining available under the 2013 Plan, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved the adoption of the 2018 Plan which authorized the issuance of up to 6,500,000 shares of Crane stock. In 2021, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved the adoption of the 2018 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan which authorized the issuance of up to 4,710,000 shares of Crane stock. No further awards will be made under the 2013 Plan or 2018 Plan.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

The stock incentive plans are used to provide long-term incentive compensation through stock options, restricted share units, performance-based restricted share units and deferred stock units.

Stock Options

Options are granted under the Stock Incentive Plan to officers and other key employees and directors at an exercise price equal to the closing price on the date of grant. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee which administers the plan, options become exercisable at a rate of 25% after the first year, 50% after the second year, 75% after the third year and 100% after the fourth year from the date of grant. Options granted to officers and employees from 2004 to 2013 expire six years after the date of grant. All options granted to directors and options granted to officers and employees after 2014 expire 10 years after the date of grant.

We determine the fair value of each grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average assumptions for grants made during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

     2021     2020     2019  

Dividend yield

     3.06     3.05     2.20

Volatility

     36.28     27.15     25.17

Risk-free interest rate

     0.50     1.23     2.64

Expected lives in years

     5.2       5.2       4.2  

Expected dividend yield is based on our dividend rate. Expected stock volatility was determined based upon the historical volatility for the four-year period preceding the date of grant. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted, using U.S. constant maturities over the expected life of the option. The expected lives of the awards represent the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

Activity in our stock option plans for the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows:

 

Option Activity

   Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Options outstanding as of January 1, 2021

     2,876      $ 68.88     

Granted

     155        78.59     

Exercised

     (935      57.12     

Canceled

     (25      76.84     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2021

     2,071      $ 74.82        6.33  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2021

     1,161      $ 72.57        5.12  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in our share-based compensation was expense recognized for our stock option awards of $6.2 million, $6.6 million and $6.0 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $20.82, $15.18 and $15.79, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $6.3 million, $6.2 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $36.4 million, $4.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable options was $33.9 million, $29.5 million and $39.4 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

The total cash received from these option exercises during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $26.4 million, $8.9 million and $11.4 million, respectively. The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from these option exercises was $5.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $8.5 million of total future compensation cost related to unvested share-based awards to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.67 years.

Restricted Share Units and Performance-Based Restricted Share Units

Restricted share units vest at a rate of 25% after the first year, 50% after the second year, 75% after the third year and 100% after the fourth year from the date of grant and are subject to forfeiture restrictions which lapse over time. The vesting of performance-based restricted share units is determined in three years based on relative total shareholder return for Crane compared to the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group, with payout potential ranging from 0% to 200% but capped at 100% if our three year total shareholder return is negative.

Included in our share-based compensation was expense recognized for our restricted share unit and performance-based restricted share unit awards of $18.7 million, $15.7 million and $16.3 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The tax (detriment) benefit for the vesting of the restricted share units was $(0.1) million, $(0.1) million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $27.1 million of total future compensation cost related to restricted share unit and performance-based restricted share unit awards, to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.98 years.

Changes in our restricted share units for the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows:

 

Restricted Share Unit Activity

   Restricted
Share Units
(in 000’s)
     Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Restricted share units as of January 1, 2021

     485      $ 83.17  

Restricted share units granted

     225        80.38  

Restricted share units vested

     (144      77.34  

Restricted share units forfeited

     (23      81.13  

Performance-based restricted share units granted

     72        82.27  

Performance-based restricted share units vested

     (67      88.66  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted share units as of December 31, 2021

     548      $ 82.84  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 8—Leases

Arrangements that explicitly or implicitly relate to property, plant and equipment are assessed at inception to determine if the arrangement is or contains a lease. Generally, we enter into operating leases as the lessee and recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term.

We lease certain vehicles, equipment, manufacturing facilities, and non-manufacturing facilities. We have leases with both lease components and non-lease components, such as common area maintenance, utilities, or other repairs and maintenance. For all asset classes, we applied the practical expedient to account for each separate lease component and its associated non-lease component(s) as a single lease component.

We identify variable lease payments, such as maintenance payments based on actual activities performed or costs incurred, at lease commencement by assessing the nature of the payment provisions, including whether the payments are subject to a minimum.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Certain leases include options to renew for an additional term or company-controlled options to terminate. We generally determine it is not reasonably certain to assume the exercise of renewal options because there is no economic incentive to renew. As termination options often include penalties, we generally determine it is reasonably certain that termination options will not be exercised because there is an economic incentive not to terminate. Therefore, these options generally do not impact the lease term or the determination or classification of the right-of-use asset and lease liability.

In the third quarter of 2017, we entered into a seven-year lease for a used airplane which includes a maximum residual value guarantee of $11.1 million if the fair value of the airplane is less than $14.4 million at the end of the lease term. We do not believe it is probable that any amount will be owed under this guarantee. Therefore, no amount related to the residual value guarantee is included in the lease payments used to measure the right-of-use asset and lease liability. We have not entered into any other leases where a residual value guarantee is provided to the lessor.

Rental expense was $38.3 million, $40.3 million and $34.8 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

We do not enter into arrangements where restrictions or covenants are imposed by the lessor that, for example, relate to incurring additional financial obligations. Furthermore, we also have not entered into any significant sublease arrangements.

We use our collateralized incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date to determine the present value of future payments and the appropriate lease classification. The rate implicit in the lease is generally unknown, as we generally operate in the capacity of the lessee.

Our Consolidated Balance Sheet includes the following related to leases:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   Classification      2021      2020  

Assets

        

Operating right-of-use assets

     Other assets      $ 96.8      $ 104.2  

Liabilities

        

Current lease liabilities

     Accrued liabilities      $ 22.7      $ 23.4  

Long-term lease liabilities

     Other liabilities        79.4        86.5  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

      $ 102.1      $ 109.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of lease cost were as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Operating lease cost

   $ 31.9      $ 33.1      $ 32.6  

Variable lease cost

   $ 6.3      $ 7.2      $ 2.2  

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for our operating leases were as follows:

 

December 31,

   2021     2020  

Weighted-average remaining lease term—operating leases

     9.4       9.8  

Weighted-average discount rate—operating leases

     3.6     3.8

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Supplemental cash flow information related to our operating leases was as follows for periods ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of operating lease liabilities—operating cash flows

   $ 26.9      $ 26.5      $ 24.3  

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

   $ 17.0      $ 10.0      $ 21.0  

Future minimum operating lease payments are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   December 31,
2021
 

2022

   $ 25.7  

2023

     22.8  

2024

     17.5  

2025

     13.8  

2026

     9.4  

Thereafter

     48.2  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum operating lease payments

   $ 137.4  

Imputed interest

     35.3  
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities reported

   $ 102.1  
  

 

 

 

Note 9 – Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Our income before taxes is as follows:

 

(in millions) For year ended December 31,    2021      2020      2019  

U.S. operations

   $ 342.1      $ 124.9      $ 64.0  

Non-U.S. operations

     160.7        99.6        106.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 502.8      $ 224.5      $ 170.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Current:

        

U.S. federal tax

   $ 39.0      $ 11.3      $ 31.0  

U.S. state and local tax

     3.7        1.6        2.2  

Non-U.S. tax

     34.2        12.4        29.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     76.9        25.3        62.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

U.S. federal tax

     (8.2      16.5        (26.4

U.S. state and local tax

     (1.9      (0.1      3.0  

Non-U.S. tax

     0.6        1.7        (1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (9.5      18.1        (25.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes *

   $ 67.4      $ 43.4      $ 37.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

 

*

Included in the above amounts are excess tax benefits from share-based compensation of $5.5 million, $0.6 million and $3.8 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which were reflected as reductions in our provision for income taxes in 2021, 2020 and 2019.

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective tax rate is as follows:

 

For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

     21.0     21.0     21.0

Increase (reduction) from:

      

Income taxed at non-U.S. rates

     0.2     (3.1 )%      2.6

Non-U.S. income inclusion, net of tax credits

     (1.5 )%      2.3     3.4

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

     0.2     0.5     2.5

U.S. research and development tax credit

     (0.5 )%      (2.3 )%      (1.7 )% 

U.S. deduction for foreign—derived intangible income

     (1.0 )%      (0.5 )%      (5.1 )% 

Deferred tax asset related to the sale of a subsidiary

     (4.1 )%         

Other

     (0.9 )%      1.4     (1.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     13.4     19.3     21.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, we have made the following determinations with regard to our non-U.S. earnings:

 

(in millions)

   Permanently
reinvested
     Not
permanently
reinvested
 

Amount of earnings

   $ 333.2      $ 1,294  

Associated tax

     NA    $ 14.3  

 

*

Determination of U.S. income taxes and non-U.S. withholding taxes due upon repatriation of this $333.2 million of earnings is not practicable because the amount of such taxes depends upon circumstances existing in numerous taxing jurisdictions at the time the remittance occurs.

Tax Related to Comprehensive Income

During 2021, 2020 and 2019, tax (benefit) provision of $29.9 million, $(13.5) million and $(12.6) million, respectively, related to changes in pension and post-retirement plan assets and benefit obligations, were recorded to accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowances

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Asbestos-related liabilities

   $ 138.9      $ 150.3  

Tax loss and credit carryforwards

     111.2        124.5  

Pension and post-retirement benefits

     24.1        66.0  

Inventories

     29.3        29.8  

Deferred tax asset related to the sale of a subsidiary

     20.6        —    

Other

     35.9        41.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 360.0      $ 412.0  

Less: valuation allowance

     141.5        153.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

   $ 218.5      $ 258.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Basis difference in fixed assets

   $ (47.4    $ (60.6

Basis difference in intangible assets

     (208.2      (212.7

Other

     (22.1      (24.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (277.7    $ (297.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ (59.2    $ (38.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance sheet classification:

     

Long-term deferred tax assets

   $ 17.7      $ 14.9  

Long-term deferred tax liability

     (76.9      (53.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ (59.2    $ (38.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, we had U.S. federal, U.S. state and non-U.S. tax loss and credit carryforwards that will expire, if unused, as follows:

 

(in millions)

Year of expiration

   U.S.
Federal
Tax
Credits
    U.S.
Federal
Tax
Losses
    U.S.
State
Tax
Credits
    U.S.
State
Tax
Losses
    Non-U.S.
Tax
Losses
    Total  

2022-2026

   $ —       $ —       $ 2.7     $ 114.3     $ 5.3    

After 2026

     3.8       0.7       1.7       764.2       5.8    

Indefinite

     —         —         22.0       9.5       184.8    

Total tax carryforwards

   $ 3.8     $ 0.7     $ 26.4     $ 888.0     $ 195.9    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Deferred tax asset on tax carryforwards

   $ 3.8     $ 0.2     $ 21.1     $ 43.9     $ 42.2     $ 111.2  

Valuation allowance on tax carryforwards

     (3.8     (0.2     (20.3     (42.2     (39.9     (106.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset on tax carryforwards

   $ —       $ —       $ 0.8     $ 1.7     $ 2.3     $ 4.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we determined that it was more likely than not that $106.4 million and $118.3 million, respectively, of our deferred tax assets related to tax loss and credit carryforwards will not be realized. As a result, we recorded a valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets. We also determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of the benefit related to U.S. state and non-U.S. deferred tax assets other than tax loss and credit carryforwards will not be realized. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, a valuation allowance of $35.1 million and $35.1 million, respectively, was established against these U.S. state and non-U.S. deferred tax assets. Our total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $141.5 million and $153.4 million, respectively.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of our gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

(in millions)

   2021      2020      2019  

Balance of liability as of January 1,

   $ 34.0      $ 39.8      $ 42.0  

Increase as a result of tax positions taken during a prior year

     0.7        5.4        1.1  

Decrease as a result of tax positions taken during a prior year

     (0.3      (0.4      (0.5

Increase as a result of tax positions taken during the current year

     2.6        1.8        3.2  

Decrease as a result of settlements with taxing authorities

     (0.8      (2.5      —    

Reduction as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations

     (4.6      (10.1      (6.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance of liability as of December 31,

   $ 31.6      $ 34.0      $ 39.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate were $33.5 million, $32.6 million and $43.8 million, respectively. The difference between these amounts and those reflected in the table above relates to (1) offsetting tax effects from other tax jurisdictions, and (2) interest expense, net of deferred taxes and (3) unrecognized tax benefits whose reversals would be recorded to goodwill.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of our income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we recognized interest and penalty (income)/ expense of $(2.6) million, $(0.5) million and $0.8 million, respectively, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had accrued $4.9 million and $7.5 million, respectively, of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits could change by $6.6 million due to settlements of income tax examinations, the expiration of statutes of limitations or other resolution of uncertainties. However, if the ultimate resolution of income tax examinations results in amounts that differ from this estimate, we will record additional income tax expense or benefit in the period in which such matters are effectively settled.

Income Tax Examinations

Our income tax returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax authorities. With few exceptions, the years for which we filed returns that are open to examination are as follows:

 

Jurisdiction

   Year  

U.S. federal

     2018 -2020  

U.S. state and local

     2015 -2020  

Non-U.S.

     2015 -2020  

Currently, we and our subsidiaries are under examination in various jurisdictions, including Germany (2016 through 2019), Canada (2013 through 2015) and Luxembourg (2017 through 2018).

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Note 10 – Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Employee related expenses

   $ 181.9      $ 124.3  

Warranty

     8.6        9.4  

Current lease liabilities

     22.7        23.4  

Contract liabilities

     101.1        103.0  

Other

     128.4        135.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 442.7      $ 395.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We accrue warranty liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Warranty provision is included in “Cost of sales” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

A summary of the warranty liabilities is as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 9.4      $ 11.0      $ 18.2  

Expense

     7.8        8.2        8.9  

Changes due to acquisitions/divestitures

     (0.1      0.3        —    

Payments / deductions

     (8.5      (10.2      (16.0

Currency translation

     —          0.1        (0.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 8.6      $ 9.4      $ 11.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 11 – Other Liabilities

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Environmental

   $ 25.8      $ 29.4  

Long-term lease liabilities

     79.4        86.5  

Other

     56.0        55.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 161.2      $ 171.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies

Asbestos Liability

Information Regarding Claims and Costs in the Tort System

As of December 31, 2021, we were a defendant in cases filed in numerous state and federal courts alleging injury or death as a result of exposure to asbestos. Activity related to asbestos claims during the periods indicated was as follows:

 

For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Beginning claims

     29,138        29,056        29,089  

New claims

     2,975        2,620        2,848  

Settlements

     (980      (885      (983

Dismissals

     (1,175      (1,653      (1,898
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending claims

     29,958        29,138        29,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Of the 29,958 pending claims as of December 31, 2021, approximately 18,000 claims were pending in New York of which approximately 16,000 are non-malignancy claims that were filed over 15 years ago and have been inactive under New York court orders.

We have tried several cases resulting in defense verdicts by the jury or directed verdicts for the defense by the court. We further have pursued appeals of certain adverse jury verdicts that have resulted in reversals in favor of the defense. We have also tried several other cases resulting in plaintiff verdicts which we paid or settled after unsuccessful appeals.

The gross settlement and defense costs incurred (before insurance recoveries and tax effects) by us for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 totaled $55.2 million, $50.9 million and $66.2 million, respectively. In contrast to the recognition of settlement and defense costs, which reflect the current level of activity in the tort system, cash payments and receipts generally lag the tort system activity by several months or more, and may show some fluctuation from period to period. Cash payments of settlement amounts are not made until all releases and other required documentation are received by us, and reimbursements of both settlement amounts and defense costs by insurers may be uneven due to insurer payment practices, transitions from one insurance layer to the next excess layer and the payment terms of certain reimbursement agreements. Our total pre-tax payments for settlement and defense costs, net of funds received from insurers, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 totaled $44.9 million, $31.1 million and $41.5 million, respectively. Detailed below are the comparable amounts for the periods indicated.

 

(in millions)       

For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Settlement / indemnity costs incurred (a)

   $ 40.6      $ 35.3      $ 45.5  

Defense costs incurred (a)

     14.6        15.6        20.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs incurred

   $ 55.2      $ 50.9      $ 66.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Settlement / indemnity payments

   $ 42.6      $ 24.7      $ 38.9  

Defense payments

     15.4        16.7        21.4  

Insurance receipts

     (13.1      (10.3      (18.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax cash payments, net

   $ 44.9      $ 31.1      $ 41.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Before insurance recoveries and tax effects.

The amounts shown for settlement and defense costs incurred, and cash payments, are not necessarily indicative of future period amounts, which may be higher or lower than those reported.

Cumulatively through December 31, 2021, we have resolved (by settlement or dismissal) approximately 143,000 claims. The related settlement cost incurred by us and our insurance carriers is approximately $720 million, for an average settlement cost per resolved claim of approximately $5,000. The average settlement cost per claim resolved during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $18,800, $13,900, and $15,800, respectively. Because claims are sometimes dismissed in large groups, the average cost per resolved claim, as well as the number of open claims, can fluctuate significantly from period to period. In addition to large group dismissals, the nature of the disease and corresponding settlement amounts for each claim resolved will also drive changes from period to period in the average settlement cost per claim. Accordingly, the average cost per resolved claim is not considered in our periodic review of our estimated asbestos liability. For a discussion regarding the four most significant factors affecting the liability estimate, see “Effects on the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Effects on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have retained an independent actuarial firm to assist management in estimating our asbestos liability in the tort system. The actuarial consultants review information provided by us concerning claims filed, settled and dismissed, amounts paid in settlements and relevant claim information such as the nature of the asbestos-related

 

F-69


Table of Contents

disease asserted by the claimant, the jurisdiction where filed and the time lag from filing to disposition of the claim. The methodology used by the actuarial consultants to project future asbestos costs is based on our recent historical experience for claims filed, settled and dismissed during a base reference period. Our experience is then compared to estimates of the number of individuals likely to develop asbestos-related diseases determined based on widely used previously conducted epidemiological studies augmented with current data inputs. Those studies were undertaken in connection with national analyses of the population of workers believed to have been exposed to asbestos. Using that information, the actuarial consultants estimate the number of future claims that would be filed against us and estimates the aggregate settlement or indemnity costs that would be incurred to resolve both pending and future claims based upon the average settlement costs by disease during the reference period. This methodology has been accepted by numerous courts. After discussions with us, the actuarial consultants augment our liability estimate for the costs of defending asbestos claims in the tort system using a forecast from us which is based upon discussions with our defense counsel. Based on this information, the actuarial consultants compile an estimate of our asbestos liability for pending and future claims using a range of reference periods based on claim experience and claims expected to be filed through the indicated forecast period. The most significant factors affecting the liability estimate are (1) the number of new mesothelioma claims filed against us, (2) the average settlement costs for mesothelioma claims, (3) the percentage of mesothelioma claims dismissed against us and (4) the aggregate defense costs incurred by us. These factors are interdependent, and no one factor predominates in determining the liability estimate.

In our view, the forecast period used to provide the best estimate for asbestos claims and related liabilities and costs is a judgment based upon a number of trend factors, including the number and type of claims being filed each year; the jurisdictions where such claims are filed, and the effect of any legislation or judicial orders in such jurisdictions restricting the types of claims that can proceed to trial on the merits; and the likelihood of any comprehensive asbestos legislation at the federal level. In addition, the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system have been significantly affected by the substantial number of companies that have filed for bankruptcy protection, thereby staying any asbestos claims against them until the conclusion of such proceedings, and the establishment of a number of post-bankruptcy trusts for asbestos claimants, which have been estimated to provide $36 billion for payments to current and future claimants. These trend factors have both positive and negative effects on the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system and the related best estimate of our asbestos liability, and these effects do not move in a linear fashion but rather change over multi-year periods. Accordingly, management continues to monitor these trend factors over time and periodically assesses whether an alternative forecast period is appropriate.

Each quarter, the actuarial consultants compile an update based upon our experience in claims filed, settled and dismissed as well as average settlement costs by disease category (mesothelioma, lung cancer, other cancer, and non-malignant conditions including asbestosis). In addition to this claims experience, we also consider additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant appellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. As part of this process, we also consider trends in the tort system such as those enumerated above. Management considers all these factors in conjunction with the liability estimate of the actuarial consultants and determines whether a change in the estimate is warranted.

Liability Estimate. In June 2016, the New York State Court of Appeals issued its opinion in Dummitt v. Crane Co., affirming a 2012 verdict for $4.9 million against us. In that opinion, the court ruled that in certain circumstances we are legally responsible for asbestos-containing materials made and sold by third parties that others attached post-sale to our equipment. This decision provided clarity regarding the nature of claims that may proceed to trial in New York and greater predictability regarding future claim activity. We also reflected the impact of the Dummitt decision on our expected settlement values. Accordingly, on December 31, 2016, we updated and extended our asbestos liability estimate through 2059, the generally accepted end point.

Following our experience in the tort system post the Dummitt decision, we entered into several, increasingly similar, group settlements with various plaintiff firms and we expect this new trend of these types of group

 

F-70


Table of Contents

settlements to continue. Accordingly, effective as of December 31, 2019, we updated our estimate of the asbestos liability, including revised costs of settlement or indemnity payments and defense costs relating to currently pending claims and future claims projected to be filed against us through the same expected end point of 2059. Our estimate of the asbestos liability for pending and future claims through 2059 is based on the projected future asbestos costs resulting from our experience using a range of reference periods for claims filed, settled and dismissed. Based on this estimate, we recorded an additional liability of $255 million as of December 31, 2019.

An aggregate liability of $712 million was recorded as of December 31, 2019 to cover the estimated cost of asbestos claims now pending or subsequently asserted through 2059, of which approximately 85% is attributable to settlement and defense costs for future claims projected to be filed through 2059. The liability is reduced when cash payments are made in respect of settled claims and defense costs. The liability was $612 million and $670 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. It is not possible to forecast when cash payments related to the asbestos liability will be fully expended; however, it is expected such cash payments will continue for a number of years past 2059, due to the significant proportion of future claims included in the estimated asbestos liability and the lag time between the date a claim is filed and when it is resolved. None of these estimated costs have been discounted to present value due to the inability to reliably forecast the timing of payments. The current portion of the total estimated liability at December 31, 2021 and 2020 is $62.3 million and $66.5 million, respectively and represents our best estimate of total asbestos costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period. Such amount is based upon the actuarial model together with our prior year payment experience for both settlement and defense costs.

We have made our best estimate of the costs through 2059. Through December 31, 2021, our actual experience during the updated reference period for mesothelioma claims filed and dismissed generally approximated the assumptions in our liability estimate. In addition to this claims experience, we considered additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant appellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. Based on this evaluation, we determined that no change in the estimate was warranted for the period ended December 31, 2021.

Insurance Coverage and Receivables. Prior to 2005, a significant portion of our settlement and defense costs were paid by our primary insurers. With the exhaustion of that primary coverage, we began negotiations with our excess insurers to reimburse us for a portion of our settlement and/or defense costs as incurred. To date, we have entered into agreements providing for such reimbursements, known as “coverage-in-place,” with eleven of our excess insurer groups. Under such coverage-in-place agreements, an insurer’s policies remain in force and the insurer undertakes to provide coverage for our present and future asbestos claims on specified terms and conditions that address, among other things, the share of asbestos claims costs to be paid by the insurer, payment terms, claims handling procedures and the expiration of the insurer’s obligations. Similarly, under a variant of coverage-in-place, we have entered into an agreement with a group of insurers confirming the aggregate amount of available coverage under the subject policies and setting forth a schedule for future reimbursement payments to us based on aggregate indemnity and defense payments made. In addition, with ten of our excess insurer groups, we entered into agreements settling all asbestos and other coverage obligations for an agreed sum and received a total of $82.5 million in aggregate as a result of those settlements. Reimbursements from insurers for past and ongoing settlement and defense costs allocable to their policies have been made in accordance with these coverage-in-place and other agreements. All these agreements include provisions for mutual releases, indemnification of the insurer and, for coverage-in-place, claims handling procedures. With the agreements referenced above, we have concluded settlements with all but two of our solvent excess insurers with policies expected to respond to the aggregate costs included in the liability estimate. The first such insurer, which issued a single applicable policy, has been paying for many years the shares of defense and indemnity costs we have allocated to it, subject to a reservation of rights. The second insurer issued a single applicable policy in a layer of coverage that we do not anticipate reaching until many years from now, and, prior to the policy being reached, we anticipate opening a dialogue with that insurer about the execution of a suitable agreement. There are no pending legal proceedings between us and any insurer contesting our asbestos claims under our insurance policies.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

In conjunction with developing the aggregate updated liability estimate referenced above, we also developed an updated estimate of probable insurance recoveries for our asbestos liabilities. In developing this estimate, we considered our coverage-in-place and other settlement agreements described above, as well as several additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits. In addition, the timing and amount of reimbursements will vary because our insurance coverage for asbestos claims involves multiple insurers, with different policy terms and certain gaps in coverage. In addition to consulting with legal counsel on these insurance matters, we retained insurance consultants to assist management in the estimation of probable insurance recoveries based upon the aggregate liability estimate described above and assuming the continued viability of all solvent insurance carriers. Based upon the analysis of policy terms and other factors noted above by our legal counsel, and incorporating risk mitigation judgments by us where policy terms or other factors were not certain, our insurance consultants compiled a model indicating how our historical insurance policies would respond to varying levels of asbestos settlement and defense costs and the allocation of such costs between such insurers and us. Using the estimated liability as of December 31, 2019 (for claims filed or expected to be filed through 2059), the insurance consultant’s model forecasted that approximately 14% of the liability would be reimbursed by our insurers. While there are overall limits on the aggregate amount of insurance available to us with respect to asbestos claims, certain limits were not reached by the total estimated liability currently recorded by us, and such overall limits did not influence our determination of the asset amount to record. We allocate to ourselves the amount of the asbestos liability (for claims filed or expected to be filed through 2059) that is in excess of available insurance coverage allocated to such years. An asset of $98 million was recorded as of December 31, 2019 representing the probable insurance reimbursement for claims expected through 2059. The asset is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from insurers are received. The asset was $74 million and $87 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

We review the estimated reimbursement rate with our insurance consultants on a periodic basis in order to confirm overall consistency with our established reserves. The reviews encompass consideration of the performance of the insurers under coverage-in-place agreements and the effect of any additional lump-sum payments under other insurer agreements. Actual insurance reimbursements vary from period to period, and will decline over time, for the reasons cited above.

Uncertainties. Estimation of our ultimate exposure for asbestos-related claims is subject to significant uncertainties, as there are multiple variables that can affect the timing, severity and quantity of claims and the manner of their resolution. We caution that our estimated liability is based on assumptions with respect to future claims, settlement and defense costs based on past experience that may not prove reliable as predictors; the assumptions are interdependent and no single factor predominates in determining the liability estimate. A significant upward or downward trend in the number of claims filed, depending on the nature of the alleged injury, the jurisdiction where filed and the quality of the product identification, or a significant upward or downward trend in the costs of defending claims, could change the estimated liability, as would substantial adverse verdicts at trial that withstand appeal. A legislative solution, structured settlement transaction, or significant change in relevant case law could also change the estimated liability.

The same factors that affect developing estimates of probable settlement and defense costs for asbestos-related liabilities also affect estimates of the probable insurance reimbursements, as do a number of additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits and their interrelationships. In addition, due to the uncertainties inherent in litigation matters, no assurances can be given regarding the outcome of any litigation, if necessary, to enforce our rights under our insurance policies or settlement agreements.

Many uncertainties exist surrounding asbestos litigation, and we will continue to evaluate our estimated asbestos-related liability and corresponding estimated insurance reimbursement as well as the underlying assumptions and

 

F-72


Table of Contents

process used to derive these amounts. These uncertainties may result in our incurring future charges or increases to income to adjust the carrying value of recorded liabilities and assets, particularly if the number of claims and settlement and defense costs change significantly, or if there are significant developments in the trend of case law or court procedures, or if legislation or another alternative solution is implemented. Although the resolution of these claims will likely take many years, the effect on the results of operations, financial position and cash flow in any given period from a revision to these estimates could be material.

Other Contingencies

Environmental Matters

For environmental matters, we record a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of December 31, 2021 is substantially related to the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”) discussed below. On June 21, 2021, we completed the sale of substantially all of the property associated with what we have historically called the Goodyear Site for $8.7 million, retaining only a small parcel on which our remediation and treatment systems are located. We will continue to be responsible for all remediation costs associated with the Goodyear Site.

Goodyear Site

The Goodyear Site was operated by Unidynamics/Phoenix, Inc. (“UPI”), which became an indirect subsidiary in 1985 when we acquired UPI’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. UPI manufactured explosive and pyrotechnic compounds, including components for critical military programs, for the U.S. government at the Goodyear Site from 1962 to 1993, under contracts with the Department of Defense and other government agencies and certain of their prime contractors. In 1990, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued administrative orders requiring UPI to design and carry out certain remedial actions, which UPI has done. Groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been in operation at the Goodyear Site since 1994. On July 26, 2006, we entered into a consent decree with the EPA with respect to the Goodyear Site providing for, among other things, a work plan for further investigation and remediation activities (inclusive of a supplemental remediation investigation and feasibility study). During the third quarter of 2014, the EPA issued a Record of Decision (“ROD”) amendment permitting, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in us recording a charge of $49.0 million, extending the accrued costs through 2022. Following the 2014 ROD amendment, we continued our remediation activities and explored an alternative strategy to accelerate remediation of the site. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we received conceptual agreement from the EPA on our alternative remediation strategy which is expected to further reduce the contaminant plume. Accordingly, in 2019, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $18.9 million, net of reimbursements, to extend our forecast period through 2027 and reflect our revised workplan. The total estimated gross liability was $32.3 million and $39.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively and as described below, a portion is reimbursable by the U.S. Government. The current portion of the total estimated liability was $7.1 million and $10.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and represents our best estimate, in consultation with our technical advisors, of total remediation costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period. It is not possible at this point to reasonably estimate the amount of any obligation in excess of our current accruals through the 2027 forecast period because of the aforementioned uncertainties, in particular, the continued significant changes in the Goodyear Site conditions and additional expectations of remediation activities experienced in recent years.

On July 31, 2006, we entered into a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses us for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we recorded a receivable of $7.3 million and $7.8 million, respectively, for the expected reimbursements from the U.S. Government in respect of the aggregate liability as at that date. The receivable is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from the U.S. Government are received.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Other Environmental Matters

Marion, IL Site

We have been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to environmental contamination at the Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge Superfund Site (the “Crab Orchard Site”). The Crab Orchard Site is located near Marion, Illinois, and consists of approximately 55,000 acres. Beginning in 1941, the United States used the Crab Orchard Site for the production of ordnance and other related products for use in World War II. In 1947, about half of the Crab Orchard Site was leased to a variety of industrial tenants whose activities (which continue to this day) included manufacturing ordnance and explosives. A predecessor of us formerly leased portions of the Crab Orchard Site and conducted manufacturing operations at the Crab Orchard Site from 1952 until 1964. General Dynamics Ordnance and Tactical Systems, Inc. (“GD-OTS”) is in the process of conducting a remedial investigation and feasibility study for a portion of the Crab Orchard Site (the “AUS-OU”), which includes an area where we maintained operations, pursuant to an Administrative Order on Consent. A remedial investigation report was approved in February 2015, and work on the feasibility study is underway. It is unclear when the final feasibility study will be completed, or when a final Record of Decision may be issued.

GD-OTS has asked us to participate in a voluntary, multi-party mediation exercise with respect to response costs it has incurred or will incur with respect to the AUS-OU. We and other PRPs executed a non-binding mediation agreement on March 16, 2015, and the U.S. government executed the mediation agreement on August 6, 2015. The first phase of the mediation, involving certain former munitions or ordnance storage areas, began in November 2017, but did not result in a multi-party settlement agreement. Subsequently, we entered into discussions directly with GD-OTS and reached an agreement, as of July 13, 2021, to contribute toward GD-OTS’s past RI-FS costs associated with the first-phase areas for a non-material amount. We have also agreed to pay a modest percentage of future RI-FS costs and the United States’ claimed past response costs relative to the first-phase areas, a sum that we expect in the aggregate to be immaterial. We understand that GD-OTS has also reached agreements-in-principle with the U.S. Government and the other participating PRPs related to the first-phase areas of concern. Negotiations between GD-OTS and the U.S. Government are underway with respect to resolution of the remaining areas of the site, including those portions of the Crab Orchard Site where our predecessor conducted manufacturing and research activities. We at present cannot predict whether these further negotiations will result in an agreement, or when any determination of the ultimate allocable shares of the various PRPs, including the U.S. Government, is likely to be completed. It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the total amount of any obligation for remediation of the Crab Orchard Site as a whole because the allocation among PRPs, selection of remediation alternatives, and concurrence of regulatory authorities have not yet advanced to the stage where a reasonable estimate can be made. We notified our insurers of this potential liability and have obtained defense and indemnity coverage, subject to reservations of rights, under certain of our insurance policies.

Roseland, NJ Site

The Roseland Site was operated by Resistoflex Corporation (“Resistoflex”), which became an indirect subsidiary of ours in 1985 when we acquired Resistoflex’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. Resistoflex manufactured specialty lined pipe and fittings at the site from the 1950s until it was closed in the mid-1980s. We undertook an extensive soil remediation effort at the Roseland Site following our closure and had been monitoring the Site’s condition in the years that followed. In response to changes in remediation standards, in 2014 we began to conduct further site characterization and delineation studies at the Site. We are in the late stages of our remediation activities at the Site, which include a comprehensive delineation of contaminants of concern in soil, groundwater, surface water, sediment, and indoor air testing, all in accordance with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection guidelines and directives.

Other Proceedings

We regularly review the status of lawsuits, claims and proceedings that have been or may be asserted against us relating to the conduct of our business, including those pertaining to product liability, patent infringement,

 

F-74


Table of Contents

commercial, employment, employee benefits, environmental and stockholder matters. We record a provision for a liability for such matters when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If either or both of the criteria are not met, we assess whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional losses, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred for such matters, we disclose the estimate of the amount of loss or range of loss, disclose that the amount is immaterial, or disclose that an estimate of loss cannot be made, as applicable. We believe that as of December 31, 2021 2020 and 2019, there was no reasonable possibility that a material loss, or any additional material losses, may have been incurred for such matters, and that adequate provision has been made in our financial statements for the potential impact of all such matters.

Note 13 – Financing

Our debt as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Commercial paper

   $ —        $ 27.2  

2020 364-Day Credit Agreement

     —          348.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ —        $ 375.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4.45% notes due December 2023

   $ 299.4      $ 299.1  

6.55% notes due November 2036

     198.5        198.4  

4.20% notes due March 2048

     346.3        346.2  

Other deferred financing costs associated with credit facilities

     (1.8      (0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 842.4      $ 842.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  

Debt discounts and debt issuance costs totaled $5.7 million and $6.6 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and have been netted against the aggregate principal amounts of the related debt in the components of the debt table above.

Commercial paper program - On July 28, 2021, we increased the size of the commercial paper program (“CP Program”) to permit the issuance of short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $650 million at any time outstanding. We may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Prior to this increase, the CP Program permitted us to issue commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $550 million at any time outstanding. The other terms and conditions of the CP Program remain the same. Amounts available under the CP Program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. The notes will have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issue. The notes rank at least pari passu with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was $0.0 million and $27.2 million of outstanding borrowings, respectively. We issued $100 million in January 2020 and $150 million in December 2019 of commercial paper to fund the acquisitions of I&S and Cummins-Allison, respectively. See discussion in Note 2, “Acquisitions” for further details.

2020 364-Day Credit Agreement - On April 16, 2020, we entered into a new senior unsecured 364-day credit facility (the “2020 364-Day Credit Agreement”). We borrowed term loans denominated in dollars (the “Dollar Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to $300 million, and term loans denominated in euros (the “Euro Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to €40 million under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement. Interest on the Dollar Term Loans accrues at a rate per annum equal to (a) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin dependent upon ratings of our senior unsecured long-term debt (the “Index Debt Rating”) or (2) an adjusted LIBO rate (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by us, plus a margin

 

F-75


Table of Contents

dependent upon the Index Debt Rating. Interest on the Euro Term Loans accrues at an adjusted LIBO rate (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by us, plus a margin. The 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default and acceleration for credit facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2020, there was $348.5 million outstanding under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement. On April 15, 2021, we repaid the amount outstanding under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement with cash on hand and the issuance of commercial paper.

4.45% notes due December 2023 - In December 2013, we issued 10 year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $300 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations that mature on December 15, 2023 and bear interest at 4.45% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or part, at our option. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require us to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 4.56%. The notes were issued under an indenture dated as of December 13, 2013. The indentures contain certain restrictions, including a limitation that restricts our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to create or incur secured indebtedness, enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions, and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries.

6.55% notes due November 2036 - In November 2006, we issued 30 year notes having an aggregate principal amount of $200 million. The notes are unsecured, senior obligations of us that mature on November 15, 2036 and bear interest at 6.55% per annum, payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The notes have no sinking fund requirement, but may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of us. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require us to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 6.67%. The notes were issued under an indenture dated as of April 1, 1991. The indentures contain certain restrictions, including a limitation that restricts our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to create or incur secured indebtedness, enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions, and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries.

4.20% notes due March 2048 - On February 5, 2018, we completed a public offering of $350 million aggregate principal amount of 4.20% Senior Notes due 2048 (the “2048 Notes”). The 2048 Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.20% per annum and mature on March 15, 2048. Interest on the 2048 Notes is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2018. These notes do not contain any material debt covenants or cross default provisions. If there is a change in control of the Company, and if as a consequence, the notes are rated below investment grade by both Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s, then holders of the notes may require us to repurchase them, in whole or in part, for 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Debt issuance costs are deferred and included in long-term debt and are amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the notes. Including debt issuance cost amortization, these notes have an effective annualized interest rate of 4.29%. The notes were issued under an indenture dated as of February 5, 2018. The indentures contain certain restrictions, including a limitation that restricts our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to create or incur secured indebtedness, enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions, and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Other - As of December 31, 2021, we had open standby letters of credit of $49.5 million issued pursuant to a $162.7 million uncommitted Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, and certain other credit lines. As of December 31, 2020, we had open standby letters of credit of $57.9 million issued pursuant to a $183.4 million uncommitted Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, and certain other credit lines.

Revolving Credit Facility - On July 28, 2021, we entered into a $650 million, 5-year Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2021 Facility”), which replaced the $550 million revolving credit facility that we had entered into in December 2017. The 2021 Facility allows us to borrow, repay, or to the extent permitted by the agreement, prepay and re-borrow funds at any time prior to the stated maturity date. Interest on loans made under the 2021 Facility accrues, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to (1) a base rate, plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50% depending upon the ratings by S&P and Moody’s of our senior unsecured long-term debt (the “Index Debt Rating”), or (2) an adjusted LIBO rate or the applicable replacement rate (determined based on “hardwired” LIBOR transition provisions consistent with those published by the Alternative References Rates Committee) for an interest period to be selected by us, plus a margin ranging from 0.805% to 1.50% depending upon the Index Debt Rating. The 2021 Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on us and our subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets, transactions with affiliates and hedging arrangements. We must also maintain a debt to capitalization ratio not to exceed 0.65 to 1.00 at all times. The 2021 Facility also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by us or any of our material subsidiaries being false in any material respect, default under certain other material indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting us and our material subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of us. The undrawn portion of this revolving credit agreement is also available to serve as a backstop facility for the issuance of commercial paper. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no outstanding borrowings.

As of December 31, 2021, our total debt to total capitalization ratio was 31.5%, computed as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

Total long-term debt

   $ 842.4  

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,832.3  
  

 

 

 

Capitalization

   $ 2,674.7  
  

 

 

 

Total indebtedness to capitalization

     31.5
  

 

 

 

Note 14 - Fair Value Measurements

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are to be considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. The standards also establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

The standards describe three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities.

Level 2: Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include over-the-counter derivatives, principally forward foreign exchange contracts, whose value is determined using pricing models with inputs that are generally based on published foreign exchange rates and exchange traded prices, adjusted for other specific inputs that are primarily observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Valuation Technique

The carrying value of our financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, commercial paper and accounts payable approximate fair value, without being discounted, due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding.

We are exposed to certain risks related to our ongoing business operations, including market risks related to fluctuation in currency exchange. We use foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk of certain cross-currency business relationships to minimize the impact of currency exchange fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments had a notional value of $3.0 million and $34.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our derivative assets and liabilities include foreign exchange contract derivatives that are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as forward rates and interest rates. Based on these inputs, the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivative receivable amounts are recorded within “Other current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and were $0.0 million and $0.1 million as of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Such derivative liability amounts are recorded within “Accrued liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and were less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Available-for-sale securities consist of marketable debt securities and rabbi trusts investments. Marketable debt securities consist of commercial paper which are measured at fair value using prices for comparable securities in active markets and are therefore classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The fair value of the commercial paper was $30.0 million as of December 31, 2020. These investments are included in “Other current assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We also have two rabbi trusts that hold marketable securities for the benefit of participants in the SERP. These investments are measured at fair value using quoted market prices in an active market and are therefore classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. The fair value of available-for-sale securities was $1.6 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These investments are included in “Other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Long-term debt rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value for debt issues that are not quoted on an exchange. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is measured using Level 2 inputs and was $984.9 million and $954.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 15 – Restructuring

Overview

2020 Repositioning - In the second quarter of 2020, we initiated actions in response to the adverse economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and integration actions related to the Cummins-Allison acquisition. These actions include workforce reductions of approximately 1,200 employees, or about 11% of our global workforce, and the exiting of two leased office facilities and one leased warehouse facility. We do not expect to incur additional restructuring charges.

2019 Repositioning - In the fourth quarter of 2019, we initiated actions to consolidate two manufacturing operations in Europe within our Process Flow Technologies segment. In 2020, we recorded additional severance costs related to the final negotiation with the works council/union at both locations. These actions, taken together, included workforce reductions of approximately 180 employees, or less than 1% of our global workforce. We expect to complete the program in the fourth quarter of 2023.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

2017 Repositioning - In the fourth quarter of 2017, we initiated broad-based repositioning actions designed to improve profitability. These actions included headcount reductions of approximately 300 employees, or about 3% of our global workforce, and select facility consolidations in North America and Europe. In 2020, we adjusted the estimate downward to reflect the impact of employees that chose to voluntarily terminate prior to receiving severance at the conclusion of the actions in North America. In 2021, we recorded a gain on sale of real estate related to these actions. We expect to complete the program in the first quarter of 2022.

Acquisition-Related Restructuring - In the third quarter of 2018, we initiated actions within our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment related to the closure of Crane Currency’s printing operations in Sweden, which were transitioned to a new print facility in Malta. These actions included workforce reductions of approximately 170 employees, or less than 2% of our global workforce. We do not expect to incur additional restructuring charges.

Other Restructuring - In the second quarter of 2020, we recorded other restructuring costs within our Payment & Merchandising Technologies segment. We do not expect to incur additional restructuring charges.

Restructuring (Gains) Charges, Net

We recorded restructuring (gains) charges which are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, as follows:

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ —        $ 6.5      $ (0.4

Process Flow Technologies

     (13.2      6.1        10.5  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     (3.7      19.1        7.4  

Engineered Materials

     —          0.6        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring (gains) charges, net

   $ (16.9    $ 32.3      $ 17.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our restructuring (gains) charges by program, cost type and segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

     December 31, 2021     December 31, 2020     December 31, 2019  

(in millions)

   Severance     Other     Total     Severance     Other     Total     Severance      Other     Total  

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 6.5     $ —       $ 6.5     $ —        $ —       $ —    

Process Flow Technologies

     (0.1 )(a)      —         (0.1     3.8       —         3.8       —          —         —    

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     (0.8 )(a)      (2.8     (3.6     16.6       4.6 (b)      21.2       —          —         —    

Engineered Materials

     —         —         —         0.6       —         0.6       —          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2020 Repositioning

     (0.9 )(a)      (2.8     (3.7     27.5       4.6       32.1       —          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

     0.1       —         0.1       6.1 (a)      —         6.1       9.9        —         9.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

     0.1       —         0.1       6.1       —         6.1       9.9        —         9.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aerospace & Electronics

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —          (0.4     (0.4

Process Flow Technologies

     (0.4 )(a)      (12.7 )(c)      (13.1     (3.8 )(a)      —         (3.8     0.6        —         0.6  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     (0.2 )(a)      —         (0.2     (0.9 )(a)      (1.5 )(d)      (2.4     0.3        1.8       2.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

     (0.6 )(a)      (12.7 )(c)      (13.3     (4.7 )(a)      (1.5 )(d)      (6.2     0.9        1.4       2.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     —         —         —         —         —         —         1.7        3.6       5.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition-Related Restructuring

     —         —         —         —         —         —         1.7        3.6       5.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     —         —         —         0.3       —         0.3       —          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Restructuring

     —         —         —         0.3       —         0.3       —          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1.4   $ (15.5   $ (16.9   $ 29.2     $ 3.1     $ 32.3     $ 12.5      $ 5.0     $ 17.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Reflects changes in estimates for increases and decreases in costs related to our restructuring programs.

(b) 

Primarily reflects non-cash charges related to the impairment of ROU assets and leasehold improvements associated with the exit of the three leased facilities in 2020.

(c) 

Reflects a pre-tax gain related to the sale of real estate in 2021.

(d) 

Reflects a pre-tax gain related to the sale of a facility in 2020.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the cumulative restructuring costs incurred through December 31, 2021. We do not expect to incur additional facility consolidation costs to complete these actions as of December 31, 2021:

 

     Cumulative Restructuring Costs  

(in millions)

   Severance      Other      Total  

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 6.5      $ —        $ 6.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     3.7        —          3.7  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     15.8        1.8        17.6  

Engineered Materials

     0.6        —          0.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2020 Repositioning

   $ 26.6      $ 1.8      $ 28.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

   $ 16.1      $ —        $ 16.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

   $ 16.1      $ —        $ 16.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aerospace & Electronics

     1.3        (1.4      (0.1

Process Flow Technologies

     13.1        (12.7      0.4  

Payment & Merchandising Technologies

     11.5        0.7        12.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

   $ 25.9      $ (13.4    $ 12.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructuring Liability

The following table summarizes the accrual balances related to these restructuring charges by program:

 

(in millions)

   2020
Repositioning
    2019
Repositioning
    2017
Repositioning
    Other
Restructuring
    Total  

Severance:

          

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ —       $ 9.9     $ 12.5     $ —       $ 22.4  

Expense (a)

     27.5       —         —         0.3       27.8  

Adjustments (b)

     —         6.1       (4.7     —         1.4  

Utilization

     (23.3     —         (3.1     (0.3     (26.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020 (c)

   $ 4.2     $ 16.0     $ 4.7     $ —       $ 24.9  

Expense (a)

     —         0.1       —         —         0.1  

Adjustments (b)

     (0.9     —         (0.5     —         (1.4

Utilization

     (3.3     (4.6     (3.5     —         (11.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2021 (c)

   $ —       $ 11.5     $ 0.7     $ —       $ 12.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Included within “Restructuring (gains) charges, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations

(b) 

Included within “Restructuring (gains) charges, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and reflects changes in estimates for increases and decreases in costs related to our restructuring programs

(c) 

Included within Accrued Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Note 16—Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

 

(in millions, except per share data)

For year ended December 31,

   First
Quarter
     Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
     Full Year  

2021

              

Net sales

   $ 833.5      $ 855.5      $ 893.8      $ 825.2      $ 3,408.0  

Cost of sales

     513.6        523.5        556.4        526.8        2,120.3  

Gross profit

     319.9        332.0        337.4        298.4        1,287.7  

Operating profit

     146.6        144.5        144.8        93.3        529.2  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

     108.4        138.3        116.6        72.1        435.4  

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.86      $ 2.36      $ 1.99      $ 1.25      $ 7.46  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.84      $ 2.33      $ 1.96      $ 1.22      $ 7.36  

2020

              

Net sales

   $ 797.9      $ 677.9      $ 734.8      $ 726.3      $ 2,936.9  

Cost of sales

     510.8        451.7        478.5        489.7        1,930.7  

Gross profit

     287.1        226.2        256.3        236.6        1,006.2  

Operating profit

     88.6        30.5        84.9        58.9        262.9  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

     62.8        14.8        56.6        46.8        181.0  

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.07      $ 0.26      $ 0.97      $ 0.80      $ 3.10  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.05      $ 0.25      $ 0.97      $ 0.80      $ 3.08  

Note 17 – Subsequent Events

Termination of Agreement To Sell Engineered Materials

On May 16, 2021, we entered into an agreement to sell the Engineered Materials segment to Grupo Verzatec S.A. de C.V. for $360 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. In the second quarter of 2021, the assets and liabilities of the segment were classified as held for sale. On May 26, 2022, Verzatec terminated the sale agreement and paid $7.5 million to the Company in termination fees. As such, as of June 30, 2022, the Engineered Materials segment is no longer classified as assets held for sale and is presented herein as continuing operations for all periods presented.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022     2021  

Net sales

   $ 1,549.1     $ 1,551.4  

Operating costs and expenses:

    

Cost of sales

     1,010.6       1,029.9  

Selling, general and administrative

     364.1       325.4  

Restructuring gain, net

     —         (12.6

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

     162.4       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     12.0       208.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     2.3       1.0  

Interest expense

     (4.6     (4.7

Related party interest income

     10.9       11.9  

Gain on sale of business

     232.5       —    

Miscellaneous income, net

     19.5       14.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     260.6       22.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     272.6       231.0  

Provision for income taxes

     113.8       28.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 158.8     $ 202.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022     2021  

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 158.8     $ 202.5  

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    

Currency translation adjustment

     (52.2     (17.1

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     9.6       15.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (42.6     (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     116.2       201.1  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive (loss) income

     (0.3     0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 116.5     $ 200.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(UNAUDITED)

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
    December 31,
2021
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 242.2     $ 377.3  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7.2 as of September 30, 2022 and $4.8 as of December 31, 2021

     279.7       270.6  

Current insurance receivable - asbestos

     —         13.7  

Inventories, net:

    

Finished goods

     62.0       102.7  

Finished parts and subassemblies

     49.3       37.8  

Work in process

     30.6       28.7  

Raw materials

     158.6       140.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories, net

     300.5       310.1  

Other current assets

     81.0       78.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     903.4       1,050.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

    

Cost

     710.0       744.6  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     469.5       487.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     240.5       257.6  

Insurance receivable - asbestos

     —         60.0  

Long-term deferred tax assets

     45.1       124.1  

Other assets

     190.5       207.5  

Intangible assets, net

     71.9       78.5  

Goodwill

     678.7       723.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,130.1     $ 2,501.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Crane net investment

    

Current liabilities:

    

Short-term borrowings

   $ 399.5     $ —    

Accounts payable

     145.5       175.3  

Current asbestos liability

     —         62.3  

Accrued liabilities

     221.4       268.3  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     12.9       5.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     779.3       511.2  

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     163.2       200.2  

Long-term deferred tax liability

     62.1       37.9  

Long-term asbestos liability

     —         549.8  

Other liabilities

     107.3       118.6  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

    

Crane net investment:

    

Crane net investment

     1,426.1       1,448.8  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (410.4     (368.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Crane net investment

     1,015.7       1,080.7  

Noncontrolling interest

     2.5       2.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Crane net investment and noncontrolling interest

     1,018.2       1,083.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and Crane net investment and noncontrolling interest

   $ 2,130.1     $ 2,501.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022     2021  

Operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 158.8     $ 202.5  

Non-cash loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

     148.9       —    

Gain on sale of business

     (232.5     —    

Gain on sale of property

     —         (18.5

Depreciation and amortization

     30.5       30.6  

Stock-based compensation expense

     10.9       12.1  

Defined benefit plans and postretirement credit

     (10.3     (6.3

Deferred income taxes

     0.6       20.4  

Cash used for operating working capital

     (133.1     (29.2

Defined benefit plans and postretirement contributions

     (16.8     (20.5

Environmental payments, net of reimbursements

     (5.4     (4.6

Asbestos related payments, net of insurance recoveries

     (29.3     (29.6

Divestiture of asbestos related assets and liabilities

     (550.0     —    

Other

     19.7       (4.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (used for) provided by operating activities

   $ (608.0   $ 152.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

    

Proceeds from disposition of capital assets

     0.1       23.3  

Capital expenditures

     (24.6     (18.8

Proceeds from sale of business

     318.1       —    

Purchase of marketable securities

     —         (10.0

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

     —         40.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provided by investing activities

   $ 293.6     $ 34.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

    

Repayments of commercial paper with maturities greater than 90 days

     —         (27.1

Proceeds from term loan

     399.4       —    

Repayment of term loan

     —         (348.1

Net transfers (to) from parent

     (192.4     79.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provided by (used for) financing activities

   $ 207.0     $ (295.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (27.7     (6.6

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (135.1     (114.8

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     377.3       405.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 242.2     $ 291.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Detail of cash (used for) provided by operating working capital:

    

Accounts receivable

   $ (55.1   $ (72.2

Inventories

     (55.6     (34.2

Other current assets

     (3.9     1.2  

Accounts payable

     7.6       42.6  

Accrued liabilities

     (31.8     36.5  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     5.7       (3.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (133.1   $ (29.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Interest paid – third party

   $ 2.0     $ 3.2  

Income taxes paid

   $ 69.7     $ 23.6  

See Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Crane Company (A Business of Crane Holdings, Co.)

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

(All in Millions of Dollars, Unless Otherwise Stated)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial reporting and, therefore, reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods presented. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. These Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements and Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Crane Company (“the Business”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) is a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products. We are a combination of three businesses of Crane Holdings, Co. (“Crane” or the “Parent”) and consist of three reporting segments: Aerospace & Electronics (“A&E”), Process Flow Technologies (“PFT”), and Engineered Materials (“EM”). The Business has historically operated as part of Crane; consequently, stand-alone financial statements have not historically been prepared for the Business. The accompanying Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements have been prepared from the Parent’s historical accounting records and are presented on a stand-alone basis as if the Business’ operations had been conducted independently from the Parent.

The Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations include all revenues and costs directly attributable to the Business, including costs for facilities, functions and services used by the Business. Costs for certain functions and services performed by centralized Crane organizations are directly charged to the Business based on specific identification when possible or reasonable allocation methods such as net sales, headcount, usage or other allocation methods. The results of operations include allocations of costs for administrative functions and services performed on behalf of the Business by centralized groups within Crane (see Note 2, “Related Parties” for a description of the allocation methodologies). All charges and allocations for facilities, functions and services performed by Crane have been deemed settled in cash by the Business to Crane in the period in which the cost was recorded in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations. As more fully described in Note 7, “Income Taxes” current and deferred income taxes have been determined based on the stand-alone results of the Business. However, because the Business filed as part of Crane’s tax group in certain jurisdictions, the Business’ actual tax balances may differ from that reported. The Business’ portion of income taxes for certain jurisdictions is deemed to have been settled in the period the related tax expense was recorded.

Crane uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing its operations. Accordingly, the cash of Crane and any legal entities that participate in Crane’s centralized approach to cash management has been included in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements. The short-term third-party borrowings included in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements have been specifically identified as a liability of the Business. Transactions between Crane and the Business are deemed to have been settled immediately through Crane net investment. The net effect of the deemed settled transactions is reflected in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows as “Net transfers (to) from Parent” within financing activities and in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as “Crane net investment.” Other transactions, which have historically been cash-settled, are reflected in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets within “Accounts receivable, net” and “Accounts payable.”

All intracompany accounts and transactions within the Business have been eliminated in the preparation of the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements. The Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements of the Business include assets and liabilities that have been determined to be specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Business.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

All allocations and estimates in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable. However, the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements included herein may not be indicative of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Business in the future, or if the Business had been a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to totals we provide, and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

Divestiture of asbestos- related assets and liabilities

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co., and Redco Corporation (“Redco”), then a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that held liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Redco Purchase Agreement”) with Spruce Lake Liability Management Holdco LLC (“Redco Buyer”), an unrelated third party and long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities whereby Crane Company transferred to Redco Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares of Redco (the “Redco Sale”). In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co., on behalf of Crane Company, contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco, which was funded by a combination of short-term borrowings and cash on hand. As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets have been removed from Crane Company’s Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance sheet effective August 12, 2022. A loss on the divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities of $162.4 million was recognized in Crane Company’s Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

Sale of Crane Supply

On April 8, 2022, Crane entered into an agreement to sell the Crane Supply business for CAD 380 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. Subsequent to net working capital and other closing adjustments, the sale closed on May 31, 2022 for CAD 402 million. In August 2022, we received CAD 5 million related to a final working capital adjustment. We recognized a total gain on sale of $232.5 million.

Pending Separation

On March 30, 2022, Crane announced that its Board of Directors unanimously approved a plan to pursue a separation into two independent, publicly-traded companies (the “Separation”). The Separation is expected to occur through a tax-free distribution and is expected to be completed within approximately 12 months from date of announcement, subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions and final approval by Crane’s Board of Directors.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements – Adopted

Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes

In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Certain amendments are to be applied prospectively, while other amendments are to be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. We have adopted this standard effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of this new standard did not impact our Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

2. Related Parties

Historically, the Business has been managed and operated in the normal course of business with other affiliates of Crane. Accordingly, certain shared costs have been allocated to the Business and reflected as expenses in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Allocated Centralized Costs. The Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Crane.

Crane incurred corporate costs for services provided to the Business as well as other Crane businesses. These services include treasury, tax, accounting, human resources, audit, legal, purchasing, information technology and other such services. The costs associated with these services generally include all payroll and benefit costs, as well as overhead costs related to the support functions. Crane also allocated costs associated with corporate insurance coverage and medical, pension, post-retirement and other health plan costs for employees participating in Crane sponsored plans. Allocations are based on several utilization measures including headcount, proportionate usage and relative net sales. All such amounts have been deemed to have been incurred and settled by the Business in the period in which the costs were recorded.

The allocated functional service expenses and general corporate expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were $67.6 million and $41.9 million, respectively, and are included in “Selling, general and administrative” in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations. Included within “Selling, general and administrative” in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Statement of Operations were $14.6 million of Separation-related costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

In the opinion of management of the Parent and the Business, the expense and cost allocations have been determined on a basis considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided or the benefit received by the Business during 2022 and 2021. The amounts that would have been, or will be incurred, on a stand-alone basis could differ from the amounts allocated due to economies of scale, difference in management judgment, a requirement for more or fewer employees or other factors. Management does not believe, however, that it is practicable to estimate what these expenses would have been had the Business operated as an independent entity, including any expenses associated with obtaining any of these services from unaffiliated entities. In addition, the future results of operations, financial position and cash flows could differ materially from the historical results presented herein.

Cash Management and Financing. The Business participated in Crane’s centralized cash management and daily cash sweeps. Disbursements are made through centralized accounts payable systems which were operated by Crane. Cash receipts are transferred to centralized accounts, which were also maintained by Crane. As cash is received and disbursed by Crane, it is accounted for by the Business through Crane net investment. Historically, Crane has centrally managed and swept cash for most domestic and certain European entities. As such, the Business’ cash balance includes all cash on hand for all Crane entities that participate in the centralized cash management program, as well as those Crane Company legal entities that do not participate in the centralized cash management program.

Accounts Receivable and Payable. Certain related party transactions between the Business and Parent have been included within “Crane net investment” in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets in the historical periods presented when the related party transactions are not settled in cash. Crane net investment includes related party loans receivable due from Crane and its affiliates of $312.0 million and $335.0 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Crane net investment includes related party loans payable due to Crane and its affiliates of $23.7 million and $71.9 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, we recorded related party interest income related to the loan activity with Crane and its affiliates of $10.9 million and $11.9 million, respectively, which is included in the Business’ results as “Related party interest income” in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations. The total effect of the settlement of these related party transactions is reflected with Net transfers to Parent as a financing activity in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

Additionally, certain transactions between the Business and other Crane affiliates are cash-settled on a current basis and, therefore, are reflected in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets. Accounts receivable,

 

F-89


Table of Contents

net includes $1.4 million and $2.3 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and Accounts payable includes $0.1 million and $0.6 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, related to such transactions.

3. Segment Information

In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” for purposes of segment performance measurement, we do not allocate to the business segments items that are of a nonoperating nature, or corporate organizational and functional expenses of a governance nature. Assets of the business segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, certain property, plant and equipment, and certain other assets.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We account for intersegment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties at current market prices.

Our segments are reported on the same basis used internally for evaluating performance and for allocating resources. We have three reporting segments: Aerospace & Electronics, Process Flow Technologies, and Engineered Materials. Assets of the reportable segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash, deferred tax assets, insurance receivables, certain property, plant and equipment, and certain other assets. Corporate consists of corporate office expenses including compensation and benefits for corporate employees, occupancy, depreciation, and other administrative costs.

A brief description of each of our segments are as follows:

Aerospace & Electronics (A&E)

The Aerospace & Electronics segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace and military aerospace, defense and space markets. Products include a wide range of custom designed, highly engineered products used in landing systems, sensing and utility systems, fluid management, seat actuation, power and microelectronic applications, and microwave systems.

Process Flow Technologies (PFT)

The Process Flow Technologies segment is a provider of highly engineered fluid handling equipment for mission critical applications that require high reliability. The segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves, and Pumps and Systems. Process Valves and Related Products manufactures on/off isolation valves, instrumentation and controls, and related products for critical and demanding applications primarily in the chemical and petrochemical, general industrial, energy-related and pharmaceutical end markets. Commercial Valves is engaged primarily in the manufacturing of valves and related products for the non-residential construction, general industrial, and municipal markets, and the distribution of pipe, valves and fittings (PVF) for the non-residential construction market. Pumps and Systems manufactures pumps and related products for water and wastewater applications in the industrial, municipal, commercial and military markets.

Engineered Materials (EM)

The Engineered Materials segment manufactures fiberglass-reinforced plastic panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of recreational vehicles (“RVs”), and in commercial and industrial buildings applications, with some additional applications including trailers and other transportation-related products. Engineered Materials sells the majority of its products directly to RV, trailer, and truck manufacturers, and it uses distributors and retailers to serve the commercial and industrial construction markets.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Financial information by reportable segment is set forth below:

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022      2021  

Net sales:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 485.8      $ 480.2  

Process Flow Technologies

     857.4        897.9  

Engineered Materials

     205.9        173.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,549.1      $ 1,551.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss):

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 84.4      $ 89.3  

Process Flow Technologies

     130.9        140.9  

Engineered Materials

     26.9        20.7  

Corporate

     (230.2      (42.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12.0      $ 208.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income

     2.3        1.0  

Interest expense

     (4.6      (4.7

Related party interest income

     10.9        11.9  

Gain on sale of business

     232.5        —    

Miscellaneous income, net

     19.5        14.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 272.6      $ 231.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Assets:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 642.0      $ 604.7  

Process Flow Technologies

     1,057.8        1,241.4  

Engineered Materials

     226.9        220.5  

Corporate

     203.4        434.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,130.1      $ 2,501.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 202.2      $ 202.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     305.3        349.4  

Engineered Materials

     171.2        171.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 678.7      $ 723.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-91


Table of Contents

4. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenues

The following table presents net sales disaggregated by product line for each segment:

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022      2021  

Aerospace & Electronics:

     

Commercial Original Equipment

   $ 182.9      $ 170.5  

Military Original Equipment

     171.5        184.0  

Commercial Aftermarket Products

     92.5        75.1  

Military Aftermarket Products

     38.9        50.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 485.8      $ 480.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies:

     

Process Valves and Related Products

   $ 555.8      $ 535.4  

Commercial Valves

     205.8        283.3  

Pumps and Systems

     95.8        79.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Process Flow Technologies

   $ 857.4      $ 897.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Engineered Materials

     

FRP - Recreational Vehicles

   $ 92.8      $ 78.1  

FRP - Building Products

     88.2        72.0  

FRP - Transportation

     24.9        23.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Engineered Materials

   $ 205.9      $ 173.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 1,549.1      $ 1,551.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Remaining Performance Obligations

The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents the transaction price of firm orders which have not yet been fulfilled, which we also refer to as total backlog. As of September 30, 2022, backlog was $963.9 million. We expect to recognize approximately 39% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue in the fourth quarter of 2022, an additional 51% in 2023 and the balance thereafter.

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

Contract assets represent unbilled amounts that typically arise from contracts for customized products or contracts for products sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, where revenue recognized using the cost-to-cost method exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract assets are assessed for impairment and recorded at their net realizable value. Contract liabilities represent advance payments from customers. Revenue related to contract liabilities is recognized when control is transferred to the customer. We report contract assets, which are included within “Other current assets” in our Condensed Combined Balance Sheets, and contract liabilities, which are included within “Accrued liabilities” on our Condensed Combined Balance Sheets, on a contract-by-contract net basis at the end of each reporting period. Net contract assets and contract liabilities consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Contract assets

   $ 58.8      $ 46.8  

Contract liabilities

   $ 43.5      $ 40.3  

 

F-92


Table of Contents

We recognized revenue of $24.5 million during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2022 related to contract liabilities as of December 31, 2021.

5. Changes in Equity and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

A summary of changes in equity for the year-to-date interim periods ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 is provided below:

 

(in millions)

   Crane Net
Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Total
Crane Net
Investment
    Non-controlling
Interest
    Total
Crane Net
Investment and
Noncontrolling
interest
 

Balance December 31, 2021

   $ 1,448.8     $ (368.1   $ 1,080.7     $ 2.8     $ 1,083.5  

Net income

     158.8       —         158.8       —         158.8  

Stock-based compensation

     10.9       —         10.9       —         10.9  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —         9.6       9.6       —         9.6  

Currency translation adjustment

     —         (51.9     (51.9     (0.3     (52.2

Net transfers to Parent

     (192.4     —         (192.4     —         (192.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance September 30, 2022

   $ 1,426.1     $ (410.4   $  1,015.7     $ 2.5     $ 1,018.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

   Crane Net
Investment
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
    Total
Crane Net
Investment
    Non-controlling
Interest
     Total
Crane Net
Investment and
Noncontrolling
interest
 

Balance December 31, 2020

   $ 1,073.7      $ (433.1   $ 640.6     $ 2.2      $ 642.8  

Net income

     202.5        —         202.5       —          202.5  

Stock-based compensation

     12.1        —         12.1       —          12.1  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —          15.7       15.7       —          15.7  

Currency translation adjustment

     —          (17.7     (17.7     0.6        (17.1

Net transfers from Parent

     79.6        —         79.6       —          79.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance September 30, 2021

   $ 1,367.9      $ (435.1   $ 932.8     $ 2.8      $ 935.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below provides the accumulated balances for each classification of accumulated other comprehensive loss, as reflected on our Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets.

 

(in millions)

   Defined Benefit
Pension and
Postretirement
Items
    Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Total(a)  

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ (301.0   $ (67.1   $ (368.1

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     —         (51.9     (51.9

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     9.6       —         9.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net period other comprehensive income (loss)

     9.6       (51.9     (42.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2022

   $ (291.4   $ (119.0   $ (410.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Net of tax benefit of $106.3 million and $119.6 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. Amortization of pension components have been recorded within “Miscellaneous income, net” on our Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022      2021  

Amortization of pension items:

     

Prior service costs

   $ 0.5      $ 0.5  

Net loss

     12.2        18.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total before tax

   $ 12.7      $ 19.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax impact

     3.1        3.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reclassification for the period

   $ 9.6      $ 15.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Defined Benefit and Postretirement Benefits

The Business sponsors numerous single-employer international employee benefit plans. In addition, certain of our employees participate in employee benefit plans sponsored by Crane which include participants of other Crane businesses (the “Shared Plans”). We account for our participation in the Shared Plans as multiple employer benefit plans.

The components of net periodic benefit for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:

 

     Pension      Postretirement  

(in millions)

   2022      2021      2022      2021  

Net periodic (benefit) cost:

           

Service cost

   $ 2.6      $ 2.6      $ —        $ —    

Interest cost

     16.8        15.0        0.1        0.1  

Expected return on plan assets

     (41.3      (42.5      —          —    

Amortization of prior service cost

     0.5        0.5        —          —    

Amortization of net loss

     12.2        18.5        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic (benefit) cost

   $ (9.2    $ (5.9    $ 0.1      $ 0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of net periodic benefit, other than the service cost component, are included in “Miscellaneous income, net” in our Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations. Service cost is recorded within “Cost of sales” and “Selling, general and administrative” in our Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations.

We expect to contribute the following to our pension and postretirement plans:

 

Estimated Future Payments

   Pension      Postretirement  

Expected contributions in 2022

   $ 18.1      $ 0.7  

Amounts contributed during the nine months ended September 30, 2022

   $ 16.8      $ —    

7. Income Taxes

Effective Tax Rates

Our quarterly provision for income taxes is measured using an annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items within the period presented.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

Our effective tax rates are as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2022     2021  

Effective Tax Rate

     41.8     12.4

During the third quarter of 2022, the Business divested its asbestos-related assets and liabilities and recorded a pre-tax loss of $162.4 million. Based on existing U.S. income tax guidance, the Business did not record an income tax benefit related to this transaction. However, the Business released a valuation allowance previously recorded against certain state deferred tax assets based on available evidence indicating it to be more likely than not the Business will realize a state income tax benefit for certain non-asbestos related future tax deductions. Specifically, the Business considered the impact of the lack of future asbestos settlement and defense payments on state taxable income, projected future state taxable income exclusive of reversing deferred taxes, the Business’s U.S. business resulting net deferred tax liability position after the asbestos-related transaction, and the lack of separate state income tax filings.

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the prior year’s comparable period primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction and the reversal of a deferred tax asset established in a prior period that relates to the sale of a subsidiary, partially offset by the aforementioned release of a valuation allowance and statutory U.S. tax credits and a deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income.

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 is higher than the statutory U.S. federal tax rate of 21% primarily due to the absence of a tax benefit recorded against the asbestos-related transaction, earnings in jurisdictions with statutory tax rates higher than the United States, expenses that are statutorily non-deductible for income tax purposes and U.S. state taxes, partially offset by the aforementioned release of valuation allowance, excess shared-based compensation benefits, tax credit utilization, and the statutory U.S deduction related to our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ income. The Business conducts business globally and, as a result, files income tax returns in U.S. federal and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In certain jurisdictions, the Business’ operations are included in the combined tax returns with Crane.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, our gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, increased by $0.3 million, primarily due to increases in tax positions taken in the current period, partially offset by reductions from expiration of statutes of limitations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate increased by $0.6 million. The difference between these amounts relates to (1) offsetting tax effects from other tax jurisdictions, and (2) interest expense, net of deferred taxes.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2022, we recognized $0.4 million of interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in our Unaudited Condensed Combined Statement of Operations. As of September 30, 2022, and December 31, 2021, the total amount of accrued interest and penalty expense related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded in our Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets was $3.8 million and $3.4 million, respectively.

During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits may decrease by $3.2 million due to expiration of statutes of limitations and settlements with tax authorities. However, if the ultimate resolution of income tax examinations results in amounts that differ from this estimate, we will record additional income tax expense or benefit in the period in which such matters are effectively settled.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Our business acquisitions have typically resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets. We follow the provisions under ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” as it relates to the accounting for goodwill in our Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements. These provisions require that we, on at least an annual basis, evaluate the fair value of the reporting units to which goodwill is assigned and attributed and compare that fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if an impairment has occurred. We perform our annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter. Impairment testing takes place more often than annually if events or circumstances indicate a change in status that would indicate a potential impairment. We believe that there have been no events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value for our reporting units below its carrying value. A reporting unit is an operating segment unless discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by segment management for businesses one level below that operating segment (a “component”), in which case the component would be the reporting unit. As of September 30, 2022, we had four reporting units.

Intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names, are tested annually for impairment, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for impairment. If the carrying amount of an indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the intangible asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated using relief from royalty method. We amortize the cost of definite-lived intangibles over their estimated useful lives. We also review all of our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

Changes to goodwill are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Aerospace &
Electronics
    Process Flow
Technologies
    Engineered
Materials
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ 202.5     $ 349.4     $ 171.3     $ 723.2  

Currency translation

     (0.3     (21.8     (0.1     (22.2

Disposal on sale of business

     —         (22.3     —         (22.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2022

   $ 202.2     $ 305.3     $ 171.2     $ 678.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2022, we had $71.9 million of net intangible assets, of which $20.7 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives. As of December 31, 2021, we had $78.5 million of net intangible assets, of which $22.5 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives.

Changes to intangible assets are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2022
    Year Ended
December 31, 2021
 

Balance at beginning of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 78.5     $ 86.9  

Amortization expense

     (4.3     (7.3

Currency translation and other

     (2.3     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 71.9     $ 78.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-96


Table of Contents

A summary of intangible assets follows:

 

            September 30, 2022      December 31, 2021  
     Weighted Average
Amortization
Period of Finite
Lived Assets
(in years)
     Gross
Asset
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Gross
Asset
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Intellectual property rights

     18.8      $ 68.5      $ 44.6      $ 23.9      $ 71.5      $ 45.3      $ 26.2  

Customer relationships and backlog

     14.5        131.3        85.5        45.8        133.7        84.1        49.6  

Drawings

     40.0        11.1        10.7        0.4        11.1        10.6        0.5  

Other

     20.8        42.3        40.5        1.8        43.0        40.8        2.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     16.6      $ 253.2      $ 181.3      $ 71.9      $ 259.3      $ 180.8      $ 78.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future amortization expense associated with intangibles is expected to be:

 

Remainder of 2022

   $ 1.4  

2023

   $ 5.6  

2024

   $ 5.1  

2025

   $ 5.1  

2026

   $ 5.1  

2027 and after

   $ 28.9  

9. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of:

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

Employee related expenses

   $ 81.0      $ 121.8  

Warranty

     2.7        1.7  

Current lease liabilities

     11.3        14.4  

Contract liabilities

     43.4        40.3  

Other

     83.0        90.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 221.4      $ 268.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We accrue warranty liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Warranty provision is included in “Cost of sales” in our Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations.

A summary of the warranty liabilities is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022      2021  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1.7      $ 0.6  

Expense

     4.2        3.2  

Payments/deductions

     (3.4      (1.5

Currency translation

     0.2        (0.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 2.7      $ 2.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-97


Table of Contents

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Asbestos Liability

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co., and Redco, then a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that held liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into the Redco Purchase Agreement with Redco Buyer, an unrelated third party, and long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities whereby Crane Company transferred to Redco Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares of Redco. In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co., on behalf of Crane Company, contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco, which was funded by a combination of short-term borrowings and cash on hand. Concurrent with the completion of the Redco Sale, Redco Buyer contributed $83 million in cash to Redco. Pursuant to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement, Crane Company and Redco Buyer will each indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and obligations and certain liabilities, subject to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement. While indemnification by each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer to the other party for breach of representations and warranties is capped at $83 million, in each case, based on the terms and subject to certain limitations as set forth in the Redco Purchase Agreement, liability of each of Crane Company and Redco Buyer for breaches of covenants and obligations and for indemnified liabilities is generally uncapped. Such covenants and obligations include that Redco has agreed to indemnify Crane Company and its affiliates for all claims arising out of asbestos liabilities, and Crane Company has agreed to indemnify Redco and its affiliates for all other historical liabilities of Redco, which include certain potential environmental liabilities. Crane Holdings, Co. has guaranteed the full payment and performance of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Upon consummation of the previously announced separation transaction pursuant to which, among other things, all outstanding shares of Crane Company will be distributed to Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders, Crane Holdings, Co. will be released from its guarantee of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement.

As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets of Redco have been removed from Crane Company’s Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheet effective August 12, 2022. Crane Company no longer has any obligation with respect to pending and future asbestos claims. As such, Redco has been deconsolidated from our 2022 financial results, as we no longer maintain control of the entity. Therefore, for the period ending September 30, 2022, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets of Redco are no longer reported on Crane Company’s Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheet. Crane Company recorded a loss on the divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities of $162.4 million in the third quarter of 2022, including transaction expenses of $13.5 million.

The following is a summary of the loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities:

 

(in millions)

      

Cash

   $ (550.0

Current insurance receivable

     (13.8

Long-term insurance receivable

     (49.4

Deferred tax asset

     (107.9

Current asbestos liability

     62.5  

Long-term asbestos liability

     509.7  
  

 

 

 

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities, before transaction costs

     (148.9

Transaction costs

     (13.5
  

 

 

 

Loss on divestiture of asbestos-related assets and liabilities

   $ (162.4
  

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents

The gross settlement and defense costs incurred (before insurance recoveries and tax effects) by us during the period January 1, 2022 to August 11, 2022 and reflected in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021 totaled $35.8 million and $35.7 million, respectively. Our total pre-tax payments for settlement and defense costs, net of funds received from insurers, as of August 11, 2022 and reflected in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021 totaled $29.3 million and $29.6 million, respectively. Detailed below are the comparable amounts for the periods indicated.

 

     Year-to-Date Period Ended  
     August 11,
2022
     September 30,
2021
 

Settlement/indemnity costs incurred(a)

   $ 29.4      $ 24.5  

Defense costs incurred(a)

     6.4        11.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs incurred

   $ 35.8      $ 35.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Settlement/indemnity payments

   $ 33.8      $ 28.4  

Defense payments

     6.1        11.3  

Insurance receipts

     (10.6      (10.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax cash payments, net

   $ 29.3      $ 29.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Before insurance recoveries and tax effects.

Other Contingencies

Environmental Matters

For environmental matters, we record a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of September 30, 2022 is substantially related to the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”) discussed below. On June 21, 2021, we completed the sale of substantially all of the property associated with what we have historically called the Goodyear Site for $8.7 million, retaining only a small parcel on which our remediation and treatment systems are located. We will continue to be responsible for all remediation costs associated with the Goodyear Site.

As a preliminary matter, we note that on August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Holdings, Co., and Redco Corporation (f/k/a Crane Co., (“Redco”) a wholly-owned subsidiary of Crane Company that holds liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into the Redco Purchase Agreement with Redco Buyer, an unrelated third party and a long-term liability management company specializing in the acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities, whereby Crane Company transferred to Redco Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares of Redco (the “Redco Sale”). Pursuant to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement, Crane Company and Redco Buyer will each indemnify the other for breaches of representations and warranties, breaches of covenants and obligations and certain liabilities, subject to the terms of the Redco Purchase Agreement. Such covenants and obligations include that Crane Company has agreed to indemnify Redco and its affiliates for all other historical liabilities of Redco, which include certain potential environmental liabilities. Crane Holdings, Co. has guaranteed the full payment and performance of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Upon consummation of the previously announced separation transaction pursuant to which, among other things, all outstanding shares of Crane Company will be distributed to Crane Holdings, Co.’s stockholders, Crane Holdings, Co. will be released from its guarantee of Crane Company’s indemnification obligations under the Redco Purchase Agreement. Prior to the effective date of the Redco Sale, the U.S. Department of Justice agreed that Crane Holdings, Co. and ultimately Crane Company will be primarily liable for the Goodyear Site. The New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection agreed to transfer the liability of the Roseland Site to Crane Holdings, Co., and a further transfer of this environmental liability to Crane Company upon effectiveness of the

 

F-99


Table of Contents

separation transaction is expected. The potential liability for the Crab Orchard Site referenced below remains a direct obligation of Redco. As noted above, however, Crane Company, and Crane Holdings, Co. (as guarantor until the time of the separation transaction), have agreed to indemnify Redco Buyer against the Goodyear, Roseland, and Crab Orchard environmental liabilities. Thus, references below to “we”, and “us” refer to Crane Holdings, Co. in its capacity as the primarily responsible party for the Goodyear and Roseland Sites, and as indemnitor to the Redco Buyer on the Crab Orchard Site.

Goodyear Site

The Goodyear Site was operated by Unidynamics/Phoenix, Inc. (“UPI”), which became an indirect subsidiary in 1985 when we acquired UPI’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. UPI manufactured explosive and pyrotechnic compounds, including components for critical military programs, for the U.S. government at the Goodyear Site from 1962 to 1993, under contracts with the Department of Defense and other government agencies and certain of their prime contractors. In 1990, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued administrative orders requiring UPI to design and carry out certain remedial actions, which UPI has done. Groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been in operation at the Goodyear Site since 1994. On July 26, 2006, we entered a consent decree with the EPA with respect to the Goodyear Site providing for, among other things, a work plan for further investigation and remediation activities (inclusive of a supplemental remediation investigation and feasibility study). During the third quarter of 2014, the EPA issued a Record of Decision (“ROD”) amendment permitting, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in us recording a charge of $49.0 million, extending the accrued costs through 2022. Following the 2014 ROD amendment, we continued our remediation activities and explored an alternative strategy to accelerate remediation of the site. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we received conceptual agreement from the EPA on our alternative remediation strategy which is expected to further reduce the contaminant plume. Accordingly, in 2019, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $18.9 million, net of reimbursements, to extend our forecast period through 2027 and reflect our revised workplan. The total estimated gross liability was $26.0 million and $32.3 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively and as described below, a portion is reimbursable by the U.S. Government. The current portion of the total estimated liability was $7.8 million and $7.1 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and represents our best estimate, in consultation with our technical advisors, of total remediation costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period. It is not possible at this point to reasonably estimate the amount of any obligation in excess of our current accruals through the 2027 forecast period because of the aforementioned uncertainties, in particular, the continued significant changes in the Goodyear Site conditions and additional expectations of remediation activities experienced in recent years.

On July 31, 2006, we entered a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses us for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we recorded a receivable of $5.7 million and $7.3 million, respectively, for the expected reimbursements from the U.S. Government in respect of the aggregate liability as at that date. The receivable is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from the U.S. Government are received.

Other Environmental Matters

Roseland, NJ Site

The Roseland Site was operated by Resistoflex Corporation (“Resistoflex”), which became an indirect subsidiary of ours in 1985 when we acquired Resistoflex’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. Resistoflex manufactured specialty lined pipe and fittings at the site from the 1950s until it was closed in the mid-1980s. We undertook an extensive soil remediation effort at the Roseland Site following our closure and had been monitoring the Site’s condition in the years that followed. In response to changes in remediation standards, in 2014 we began to conduct further site characterization and delineation studies at the Site. We are in the late

 

F-100


Table of Contents

stages of our remediation activities at the Site, which include a comprehensive delineation of contaminants of concern in soil, groundwater, surface water, sediment, and indoor air testing, all in accordance with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection guidelines and directives.

Marion, IL Site

Crane Co. (n/k/a Redco) has been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to environmental contamination at the Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge Superfund Site (the “Crab Orchard Site”). The Crab Orchard Site is located near Marion, Illinois, and consists of approximately 55,000 acres. Beginning in 1941, the United States used the Crab Orchard Site for the production of ordnance and other related products for use in World War II. In 1947, about half of the Crab Orchard Site was leased to a variety of industrial tenants whose activities (which continue to this day) included manufacturing ordnance and explosives. Unidynamics Corporation of us formerly leased portions of the Crab Orchard Site and conducted manufacturing operations at the Crab Orchard Site from 1952 until 1964. General Dynamics Ordnance and Tactical Systems, Inc. (“GD-OTS”) is in the process of conducting a remedial investigation and feasibility study for a portion of the Crab Orchard Site (the “AUS-OU”), which includes an area where we maintained operations, pursuant to an Administrative Order on Consent. A remedial investigation report was approved in February 2015, and work on the feasibility study is underway. It is unclear when the final feasibility study will be completed, or when a final Record of Decision may be issued. As noted above, we have agreed to indemnify Redco Buyer against the Crab Orchard environmental liabilities, and accordingly we act as Redco’s agent with respect to such liabilities.

GD-OTS asked Crane Co. (n/k/a Redco) to participate in a voluntary, multi-party mediation exercise with respect to response costs that GD-OTS has incurred or will incur with respect to the AUS-OU, and Crane Co. (n/k/a Redco), the U.S. Government, and other PRPs entered into a non-binding mediation agreement in 2015. We have stepped into Redco’s position as a participant in the mediation. The first phase of the mediation, involving certain former munitions or ordnance storage areas, began in November 2017, but did not result in a multi-party settlement agreement. Subsequently, Redco entered discussions directly with GD-OTS and reached an agreement, as of July 13, 2021, to contribute toward GD-OTS’s past RI-FS costs associated with the first-phase areas for an immaterial amount. We, as indemnitor, have also agreed to pay a modest percentage of future RI-FS costs and the United States’ claimed past response costs relative to the first-phase areas, a sum that has proven to be and we expect to continue to be, in the aggregate, an immaterial amount. We understand that GD-OTS has also reached agreements with the U.S. Government and the other participating PRPs related to the first-phase areas of concern.

Negotiations between GD-OTS, the U.S. Government and remaining participants are underway with respect to resolution of the U.S. Government’s liability for, and contribution claims with respect to, the remaining areas of the site, including those portions of the Crab Orchard Site where Redco’s predecessor conducted manufacturing and research activities. We at present cannot predict whether these further negotiations will result in a definitive agreement, or when any determination of the ultimate allocable shares of GD-OTS and U.S. Government response costs for which we may be liable is likely to be completed. It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the total amount of any obligation for remediation of the Crab Orchard Site as a whole because the allocation among PRPs, selection of remediation alternatives, and concurrence of regulatory authorities have not yet advanced to the stage where a reasonable estimate can be made. Insurers with contractual coverage obligations for this site have been notified of this potential liability and have been providing defense and indemnity coverage, subject to reservations of rights.

Other Proceedings

We regularly review the status of lawsuits, claims and proceedings that have been or may be asserted against us relating to the conduct of our business, including those pertaining to product liability, patent infringement, commercial, employment, employee benefits, environmental and stockholder matters. We record a provision for a liability for such matters when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the

 

F-101


Table of Contents

loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If either or both of the criteria are not met, we assess whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional losses, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred for such matters, we disclose the estimate of the amount of loss or range of loss, disclose that the amount is immaterial, or disclose that an estimate of loss cannot be made, as applicable. We believe that as of September 30, 2022, there was no reasonable possibility that a material loss, or any additional material losses, may have been incurred for such matters, and that adequate provision has been made in our financial statements for the potential impact of all such matters.

11. Financing

Our debt, which was centrally managed as part of Crane’s centralized treasury function, as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   September 30,
2022
     December 31,
2021
 

2022 364-Day Credit Agreement

   $ 399.5      $ –    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 399.5      $ –    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2022 364-Day Credit Agreement – On August 11, 2022, Crane entered into a new senior unsecured 364-day credit facility (the “2022 364-Day Credit Agreement”). Crane borrowed term loans denominated in U.S. dollars (the “Term Loans”) in an aggregate principal amount of $400 million under the 364-Day Credit Agreement. Interest on the Term Loans accrues at a rate per annum equal to, at Crane’s option, (a) a base rate (determined in a customary manner), plus a margin of 0.25% or 0.50% that is determined based upon the ratings by S&P and Moody’s of Crane’s senior unsecured long-term debt (the “Index Debt Rating”) or (b) an adjusted Term SOFR (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by Crane, plus a margin of 1.25% or 1.50% that is determined based upon the Index Debt Rating. The 364-Day Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type.

Commercial Paper Program – On July 28, 2021, Crane increased the size of the commercial paper program (“CP Program”) to permit the issuance of short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $650 million at any time outstanding. Crane may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Prior to this increase, the CP Program permitted Crane to issue commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $550 million at any time outstanding. The other terms and conditions of the CP Program remain the same. Amounts available under the CP Program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. The notes will have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issue. The notes rank at least pari passu with all of Crane’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. As of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no outstanding borrowings under the commercial paper program.

12. Fair Value Measurements

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are to be considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. The standards also establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

The standards describe three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

Level 2 – Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include over-the-counter derivatives, principally forward foreign exchange contracts, whose value is determined using pricing models with inputs that are generally based on published foreign exchange rates and exchange traded prices, adjusted for other specific inputs that are primarily observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Valuation Technique

The carrying value of our financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, commercial paper and accounts payable approximate fair value, without being discounted, due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding.

We are exposed to certain risks related to our ongoing business operations, including market risks related to fluctuation in currency exchange. We use foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk of certain cross-currency business relationships to minimize the impact of currency exchange fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments had a notional value of $3.3 million and $3.0 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Our derivative assets and liabilities include foreign exchange contract derivatives that are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as forward rates and interest rates. Based on these inputs, the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivative receivable amounts are recorded within “Other current assets” on our Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets and were $0.7 million and $0.0 million as of the years ended September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Such derivative liability amounts are recorded within “Accrued liabilities” on our Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets and were $0.0 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Available-for-sale securities consist of rabbi trust investments that hold marketable securities for the benefit of participants in our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. These investments are measured at fair value using quoted market prices in an active market and are therefore classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. The fair value of available-for-sale securities was $0.4 million and $1.6 million as of September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. These investments are included in “Other assets” on our Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets

13. Restructuring Charges

Overview

2019 Repositioning – In the fourth quarter of 2019, we initiated actions to consolidate two manufacturing operations in Europe within our Process Flow Technologies segment. In 2020, we recorded additional severance costs related to the final negotiation with the works council/union at both locations. These actions, taken together, included workforce reductions of approximately 180 employees, or about 2% of our global workforce. We expect to complete the program in the fourth quarter of 2023.

2017 Repositioning – In the fourth quarter of 2017, we initiated broad-based repositioning actions designed to improve profitability. These actions included headcount reductions of approximately 240 employees, or about 3% of our global workforce, and select facility consolidations in North America and Europe. In 2020, we adjusted the estimate downward to reflect the impact of employees that chose to voluntarily terminate prior to receiving severance at the conclusion of the actions in North America. In 2021, we recorded a gain on sale of real estate related to these actions. We expect to complete the program in the first quarter of 2023.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

Restructuring (Gains) Charges, Net

We recorded restructuring (gains) charges which are reflected in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Operations, as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(in millions)

   2022      2021  

Process Flow Technologies

   $ —        $ (12.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring charges, net

   $ —        $ (12.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes our restructuring charges, net by program, cost type and segment for the nine months ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2022
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2021
 

(in millions)

   Severance      Other      Total      Severance      Other     Total  

Process Flow Technologies

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 0.1      $ —       $ 0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

     —          —          —          0.1        —         0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

     —          —          —          —          (12.7 )(a)      (12.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

     —          —          —          —          (12.7     (12.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 0.1      $ (12.7   $ (12.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Reflects a pre-tax gain related to the sale of a facility in 2021.

The following table summarizes the cumulative restructuring costs incurred through September 30, 2022. We do not expect to incur additional facility consolidation costs to complete these actions as of September 30, 2022:

 

     Cumulative Restructuring Costs  

(in millions)

   Severance      Other      Total  

Process Flow Technologies

   $ 16.1      $ —        $ 16.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

     16.1      $ —          16.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aerospace & Electronics

     1.3        (1.4      (0.1

Process Flow Technologies

     13.1        (12.7      0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

   $ 14.4      $ (14.1    $ 0.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructuring Liability

The following table summarizes the accrual balances related to these restructuring charges by program:

 

(in millions)

   2019
Repositioning
     2017
Repositioning
     Total  

Severance

        

Balance as of December 31, 2021(a)

   $ 11.5      $ 0.6      $ 12.1  

Utilization

     (7.1      (0.5      (7.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2022(a)

   $ 4.4      $ 0.1      $ 4.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Included within “Accrued Liabilities” in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

14. Subsequent Events

The Business evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to September 30, 2022 through November 23, 2022, the date the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements were available to be issued, and determined there were no subsequent material events requiring recognition or disclosure.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Crane Holdings, Co.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Crane Company (the “Business” or the “Company”), which consists of the Aerospace & Electronics, Process Flow Technologies and Engineered Materials businesses of Crane Holdings, Co., as of December 31, 2020 and 2021, the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in net investment, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Business as of December 31, 2020 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Asbestos Liability — Refer to Note 13, Commitments and Contingencies, to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company is a defendant in cases filed in numerous state and federal courts alleging injury or death of exposure to asbestos. The Company records an estimated liability related to the resolution cost of pending and

 

F-106


Table of Contents

future claims projected to be filed against the Company for which management believes are probable of occurring and reasonably estimable. The model utilized by the Company to estimate its asbestos liability has several factors that involve the application of significant judgement and estimates with a significant measurement of uncertainty. The most significant factors affecting the asbestos liability are (1) the number of new mesothelioma claims filed against the Company, (2) the average settlement costs for mesothelioma claims, (3) the percentage of mesothelioma claims dismissed against the Company and (4) the aggregate defense costs incurred by the Company. These factors are interdependent, and no one factor predominates in determining the liability estimate. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the asbestos liability. The current and non-current liability as of December 31, 2021 was $62.3 million and $549.8 million, respectively.

Given the subjectivity of estimating the asbestos liability, future claims, and underlying assumptions utilized by management, auditing management’s judgments regarding the significant factors listed above involved especially subjective auditor judgment, including the need to involve our actuarial specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures performed on the recorded asbestos liability included the following, among others:

We tested the design and effectiveness of controls over the asbestos liability, including those over the projection of settlement value of current and future claims.

 

   

We obtained the System and Organization Control Report (SOC) 1 reports for the outside service providers to evaluate the processes and controls relevant to the Company’s asbestos claims administration.

 

   

With the assistance of our internal actuarial specialists, we:

 

   

Evaluated the reasonableness of the underlying methodology for estimating the liability.

 

   

Tested the completeness and accuracy of underlying source data that served as the basis for the actuarial analysis and estimates, including historical claims, to test that the inputs to the actuarial estimate were reasonable.

 

   

Compared management’s prior-year assumptions of expected development and ultimate loss to actual incurred during the current year to identify potential bias in the determination of the liability.

 

   

We assessed the reasonableness of the forecast period used by the Company to estimate the liability.

 

   

Developed a range of independent estimates based on loss information and historical and industry claim development factors and compared our estimates to the Company’s estimates.

 

   

We considered the impact of changes in the regulatory and litigation environments on management’s assumptions by performing corroborating inquires with the Company’s internal and external legal counsel.

 

   

We evaluated management’s ability to accurately estimate the future liability by comparing actual results to management’s historical estimates.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

August 30, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

   2021     2020     2019  

Net sales

   $ 2,062.9     $ 1,833.8     $ 2,124.8  

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Cost of sales

     1,374.1       1,250.7       1,395.3  

Selling, general and administrative

     451.4       378.8       415.7  

Restructuring (gains) charges, net

     (13.2     13.2       10.1  

Acquisition-related and integration charges

     —         6.4       2.8  

Asbestos provisions, net

     —         —         229.0  

Environmental provision, net

     —         —         18.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     250.6       184.7       53.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     1.3       2.0       2.3  

Interest expense

     (5.1     (13.5     (2.4

Related party interest income

     16.1       15.9       15.1  

Miscellaneous income, net

     14.4       10.2       3.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     26.7       14.6       18.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     277.3       199.3       71.8  

Provision for income taxes

     42.9       33.2       10.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     234.4       166.1       61.1  

Less: Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries’ earnings

     —         0.1       0.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 234.4     $ 166.0     $ 60.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-108


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 

(in millions)

   2021     2020     2019  

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 234.4     $ 166.1     $ 61.1  

Components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

      

Currency translation adjustment

     (23.0     16.1       16.7  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     88.6       (49.6     (42.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     65.6       (33.5     (25.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     300.0       132.6       35.3  

Less: Noncontrolling interests in comprehensive income (loss)

     0.6       (0.4     0.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 299.4     $ 133.0     $ 35.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-109


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     Balance as of
December 31,
 

(in millions)

   2021     2020  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 377.3     $ 405.9  

Current insurance receivable – asbestos

     13.7       14.4  

Accounts receivable, net

     270.6       235.9  

Inventories, net

     310.1       285.7  

Other current assets

     78.6       103.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,050.3       1,045.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

     257.6       261.2  

Insurance receivable - asbestos

     60.0       72.5  

Long-term deferred tax assets

     124.1       132.5  

Intangible assets, net

     78.5       86.9  

Goodwill

     723.2       733.8  

Other assets

     207.5       146.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,501.2     $ 2,478.2  

Liabilities and Crane net investment

    

Current liabilities:

    

Short-term borrowings

   $ —       $ 375.7  

Accounts payable

     175.3       137.4  

Current asbestos liability

     62.3       66.5  

Accrued liabilities

     268.3       212.7  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     5.3       5.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     511.2       797.8  

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     200.2       290.7  

Long-term deferred tax liability

     37.9       24.1  

Long-term asbestos liability

     549.8       603.6  

Other liabilities

     118.6       119.2  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

    

Crane net investment:

    

Crane net investment

     1,448.8       1,073.7  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (368.1     (433.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Crane net investment

     1,080.7       640.6  

Noncontrolling interest

     2.8       2.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Crane net investment and noncontrolling interest

     1,083.5       642.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and Crane net investment and noncontrolling interest

   $ 2,501.2     $ 2,478.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-110


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

 

     For year ended December 31,  

(in millions)

     2021         2020         2019    

Operating activities:

      

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 234.4     $ 166.1     $ 61.1  

Asbestos provision, net

     —         —         229.0  

Environmental provision, net

     —         —         18.9  

Loss on deconsolidation of joint venture

     —         —         1.2  

Realized gain on marketable securities

     —         —         (1.1

Gain on sale of property

     (18.5     —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     39.4       41.1       33.5  

Stock-based compensation expense

     16.3       15.3       15.5  

Defined benefit plans and postretirement credit

     (6.7     (7.0     (1.6

Deferred income taxes

     (3.7     12.8       (32.7

Cash provided by operating working capital

     28.1       4.4       14.2  

Defined benefit plans and postretirement contributions

     (26.0     (25.3     (3.0

Environmental payments, net of reimbursements

     (5.8     (4.2     (8.2

Asbestos related payments, net of insurance recoveries

     (44.9     (31.1     (41.5

Other

     (3.0     (14.4     2.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provided by operating activities

   $ 209.6     $ 157.7     $ 287.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     —         (169.2     —    

Proceeds from disposition of capital assets

     23.6       4.5       3.1  

Capital expenditures

     (35.3     (24.8     (48.2

Purchase of marketable securities

     (10.0     (90.0     (8.8

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

     40.0       60.0       9.9  

Impact of deconsolidation of joint venture

     —         —         (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provided by (used for) investing activities

   $ 18.3     $ (219.5   $ (44.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Debt issuance costs

     —         (1.3     —    

Proceeds from issuance of commercial paper with maturities greater than 90 days

     —         251.3       25.0  

Repayments of commercial paper with maturities greater than 90 days

     (27.1     (296.7     —    

Net (repayments) proceeds from issuance of commercial paper with maturities of 90 days or less

     —         (76.8     124.4  

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

     —         77.2       —    

Repayments of revolving credit facility

     —         (77.2     —    

Proceeds from term loan

     —         343.9       —    

Repayment of term loan

     (348.1     —         —    

Net transfers from (to) parent

     124.4       (37.4     (383.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (used for) provided by financing activities

   $ (250.8   $ 183.0     $ (233.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

     (5.7     14.5       1.8  

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (28.6     135.7       11.9  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     405.9       270.2       258.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 377.3     $ 405.9     $ 270.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Detail of cash (used for) provided by operating working capital:

      

Accounts receivable

   $ (38.0   $ 78.4     $ 18.9  

Inventories

     (27.5     23.6       (22.9

Other current assets

     (3.6     (12.3     (5.6

Accounts payable

     39.5       (50.9     (13.4

Accrued liabilities

     61.2       (15.4     16.9  

U.S. and foreign taxes on income

     (3.5     (19.0     20.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28.1     $ 4.4     $ 14.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid – third party

   $ 3.2     $ 12.6     $ 2.4  

Income taxes paid

   $ 31.0     $ 38.4     $ 14.8  

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-111


Table of Contents

CRANE COMPANY (A BUSINESS OF CRANE HOLDINGS, CO.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET INVESTMENT

 

(in millions)

   Crane Net
Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total Crane
Net Investment
    Non-controlling
Interest
    Total Crane Net
Investment and
Noncontrolling
interest
 

BALANCE JANUARY 1, 2019

   $ 1,236.5     $ (374.4   $ 862.1     $ 2.9     $ 865.0  

Net income

     60.8       —         60.8       0.3       61.1  

Stock-based compensation

     15.5       —         15.5       —         15.5  

Deconsolidation of a joint venture

     —         —         —         (0.5     (0.5

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —         (42.5     (42.5     —         (42.5

Currency translation adjustment

     —         16.8       16.8       (0.1     16.7  

Net transfers to Parent

     (383.0     —         (383.0     —         (383.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2019

   $ 929.8     $ (400.1   $ 529.7     $ 2.6     $ 532.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     166.0       —         166.0       0.1       166.1  

Stock-based compensation

     15.3       —         15.3       —         15.3  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —         (49.6     (49.6     —         (49.6

Currency translation adjustment

     —         16.6       16.6       (0.5     16.1  

Net transfers to Parent

     (37.4     —         (37.4     —         (37.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2020

   $ 1,073.7     $ (433.1   $ 640.6     $ 2.2     $ 642.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     234.4       —         234.4       —         234.4  

Stock-based compensation

     16.3       —         16.3       —         16.3  

Changes in pension and postretirement plan assets and benefit obligation, net of tax

     —         88.6       88.6       —         88.6  

Currency translation adjustment

     —         (23.6     (23.6     0.6       (23.0

Net transfers from Parent

     124.4       —         124.4       —         124.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2021

   $ 1,448.8     $ (368.1   $ 1,080.7     $ 2.8     $ 1,083.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-112


Table of Contents

Crane Company (A Business of Crane Holdings, Co.)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(All in Millions of Dollars, Unless Otherwise Stated)

1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Crane Company (“the Business”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) is a diversified manufacturer of highly engineered industrial products. We are a combination of three businesses of Crane Holdings, Co. (“Crane” or the “Parent”) and consist of three reporting segments: Aerospace & Electronics (“A&E”), Process Flow Technologies (“PFT”), and Engineered Materials (“EM”). Our primary end markets include process industries (chemical production, oil and gas, power, and general industrial), nonresidential and municipal construction, aerospace, defense and space, along with a wide range of general industrial and certain consumer related end markets. See Note 4, “Segment Information” for the relative size of these segments in relation to the total company.

Basis of Presentation

The Business has historically operated as part of Crane Holdings, Co.; consequently, stand-alone financial statements have not historically been prepared for the Business. The accompanying Combined Financial Statements have been prepared from the Parent’s historical accounting records and are presented on a stand-alone basis as if the Business’ operations had been conducted independently from the Parent. These Combined Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The Combined Statements of Operations include all revenues and costs directly attributable to the Business, including costs for facilities, functions and services used by the Business. Costs for certain functions and services performed by centralized Crane organizations are directly charged to the Business based on specific identification when possible or reasonable allocation methods such as net sales, headcount, usage or other allocation methods. The results of operations include allocations of costs for administrative functions and services performed on behalf of the Business by centralized groups within Crane (see Note 2, “Related Parties” for a description of the allocation methodologies). All charges and allocations for facilities, functions and services performed by Crane have been deemed settled in cash by the Business to Crane in the period in which the cost was recorded in the Combined Statements of Operations. As more fully described in Note 10, “Income Taxes” current and deferred income taxes have been determined based on the stand-alone results of the Business. However, because the Business filed as part of Crane’s tax group in certain jurisdictions, the Business’ actual tax balances may differ from that reported. The Business’ portion of income taxes for certain jurisdictions is deemed to have been settled in the period the related tax expense was recorded.

Crane uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing its operations. Accordingly, the cash of Crane and any legal entities that participate in Crane’s centralized approach to cash management has been included in the Combined Financial Statements. The short-term third-party borrowings included in the Combined Financial Statements have been specifically identified as a liability of the Business. Transactions between Crane and the Business are deemed to have been settled immediately through Crane net investment. The net effect of the deemed settled transactions is reflected in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows as “Net transfers to Parent” within financing activities and in the Combined Balance Sheets as “Crane net investment.” Other transactions, which have historically been cash-settled, are reflected in the Combined Balance Sheets within “Accounts receivable, net” and “Accounts payable”.

All intracompany accounts and transactions within the Business have been eliminated in the preparation of the Combined Financial Statements. The Combined Financial Statements of the Business include assets and liabilities that have been determined to be specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the Business.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

All allocations and estimates in the Combined Financial Statements are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable. However, the Combined Financial Statements included herein may not be indicative of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Business in the future, or if the Business had been a separate, stand-alone entity during the years presented.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to totals we provide, and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Combination. The Combined Financial Statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and include the accounts of Crane Company and our subsidiaries.

Use of Estimates. Our accounting principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the Combined Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimated. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. Estimates are used when accounting for such items as asset valuations, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, impairment assessments, reserve for excess and obsolete inventory, reserve for warranty provision, restructuring provisions, employee benefits, taxes, asbestos liability and related insurance receivable, environmental liability and contingencies.

Currency Translation. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries that prepare financial statements in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date; results of operations are translated at the monthly average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The related translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of Crane net investment.

Revenue Recognition. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” we recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or services in a contract transfers to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. We account for a contract when both parties have approved and committed to the terms, each party’s rights and payment obligations under the contract are identifiable, the contract has commercial substance, and it is probable that we will collect substantially all the consideration. When shipping and handling activities are performed after the customer obtains control of the product, we elect to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the product. In determining the transaction price of a contract, we exercise judgment to determine the total transaction price when it includes estimates of variable consideration, such as rebates and milestone payments. We generally estimate variable consideration using the expected value method and consider all available information (historical, current, and forecasted) in estimating these amounts. Variable consideration is only included in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. We elect to exclude from the transaction price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by us from a customer.

We primarily generate revenue through the manufacture and sale of engineered industrial products. Each product within a contract generally represents a separate performance obligation, as we do not provide a significant service of integrating or installing the products, the products do not customize each other, and the products can function independently of each other. Control of products generally transfers to the customer at a point in time, as the customer does not control the products as they are manufactured. We exercise judgment and consider the timing of right to payment, transfer of risk and rewards, transfer of title, transfer of physical possession, and

 

F-114


Table of Contents

customer acceptance when determining when control transfers to the customer. As a result, revenue from the sale of products is generally recognized at a point in time – either upon shipment or delivery – based on the specific shipping terms in the contract. When products are customized or products are sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, revenue is recognized over time because control is transferred continuously to customers, as the contract progresses. We exercise judgment to determine whether the products have an alternative use to us. When an alternative use does not exist for these products and we are entitled to payment for performance completed to date which includes a reasonable profit margin, revenue is recognized over time. When a contract with the U.S. government or subcontract for the U.S. government contains clauses indicating that the U.S. government owns any work-in-progress as the contracted product is being built, revenue is recognized over time. The measure of progress applied by us is the cost-to-cost method as this provides the most faithful depiction of the pattern of transfer of control. Under this method, we measure progress by comparing costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to provide the performance obligation. This method effectively reflects our progress toward completion, as this methodology includes any work-in-process amounts as part of the measure of progress. Costs incurred represent work performed, which corresponds with, and thereby depicts, the transfer of control to the customer. Total revenue recognized and cost estimates are updated on a monthly basis.

When there are multiple performance obligations in a single contract, the total transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on their relative standalone selling prices. We maximize the use of observable data inputs and consider all information (including market conditions, segment-specific factors, and information about the customer or class of customer) that is reasonably available. The standalone selling price for our products and services is generally determined using an observable list price, which differs by class of customer.

Revenue recognized from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods (for example, due to changes in the transaction price or estimates), was not material in any period.

Payment for products is due within a limited time after shipment or delivery, and we do not offer extended payment terms. Payment is typically due within 30–90 calendar days of the respective invoice dates. Customers generally do not make large upfront payments. Any advanced payments received do not provide us with a significant benefit of financing, as the payments are meant to secure materials used to fulfill the contract, as opposed to providing us with a significant financing benefit.

When an unconditional right to consideration exists, we record these amounts as receivables. When amounts are dependent on factors other than the passage of time for payment from a customer to become due, we record a contract asset. Contract assets represent unbilled amounts that typically arise from contracts for customized products or contracts for products sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, where revenue recognized using the cost-to-cost method exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract assets are assessed for impairment and recorded at their net realizable value. Contract liabilities represent advance payments from customers. Revenue related to contract liabilities is recognized when control is transferred to the customer.

We pay sales commissions related to certain contracts, which qualify as incremental costs of obtaining a contract. However, the sales commissions generally relate to contracts for products or services satisfied at a point in time or over a period of less than one year. As a result, we apply the practical expedient that allows an entity to recognize incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that would have been recognized is one year or less.

See Note 5, “Revenue” for further details.

Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold includes the costs of inventory sold and the related purchase and distribution costs. In addition to material, labor and direct overhead and inventoried cost, cost of goods sold include allocations of other expenses that are part of the production process, such as inbound freight charges,

 

F-115


Table of Contents

purchasing and receiving costs, inspection costs, warehousing costs, amortization of production related intangible assets and depreciation expense. We also include costs directly associated with products sold, such as warranty provisions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses are charged to income as incurred, or as allocated based on methodologies further discussed in Note 2, “Related Parties.” Such expenses include the costs of promoting and selling products and include such items as compensation, advertising, sales commissions, and travel. Also included are costs related to compensation for other operating activities such as executive office administrative and engineering functions, as well as general operating expenses such as office supplies, non-income taxes, insurance, and office equipment rentals.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) which requires an asset and liability approach for the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These balances are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year(s) in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income taxes is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted.

Based on consideration of all available evidence regarding their utilization, we record net deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be realized. Where, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some amount of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance for the amount that, in management’s judgment, is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The evidence we consider in reaching such conclusions includes, but is not limited to, (1) future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, (2) future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences, (3) taxable income in prior carryback year(s) if carryback is permitted under the tax law, (4) cumulative losses in recent years, (5) a history of tax losses or credit carryforwards expiring unused, (6) a carryback or carryforward period that is so brief it limits realization of tax benefits, and (7) a strong earnings history exclusive of the loss that created the carryforward and support showing that the loss is an aberration rather than a continuing condition.

We account for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with ASC 740, which prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based solely on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit recognized is the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the “Provision for income taxes” line of our Combined Statement of Operations, while accrued interest and penalties are included within the “Other liabilities” line of our Combined Balance Sheets.

Income taxes as presented herein, attribute current and deferred income taxes of Crane to the Business’ stand-alone financial statements in a manner that is systematic, rational and consistent with the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740. Accordingly, the Business’ income tax provision was prepared following the separate return method. The separate return method applies ASC 740 to the stand-alone financial statements of each member of the consolidated group as if the group members were separate taxpayers. As a result, actual transactions included in the consolidated financial statements of Crane may not be included in the separate Combined Financial Statements of the Business. Similarly, the tax treatment of certain items reflected in the Combined Financial Statements of the Business may not be reflected in the consolidated financial statements and tax returns of Crane. Therefore, such items as net operating losses, credit carry forwards and valuation allowances may exist in the stand-alone financial statements that may or may not exist in Crane’s consolidated

 

F-116


Table of Contents

financial statements. As such, the income taxes of the Business as presented in the Combined Financial Statements may not be indicative of the income taxes that the Business will generate in the future.

Current obligations for income taxes in jurisdictions where the Business files a combined tax return with the Parent are deemed settled with the Parent and are reflected within “Net transfers to Parent” as a financing activity in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to cash and are not subject to significant risk from fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value. The Business participated in Crane’s centralized cash management and financing programs (see Note 2, “Related Parties” for additional information). The cash reflected on the Combined Balance Sheets represents all cash on hand for all Crane Company entities and Crane entities that participate in the centralized cash management program.

Accounts Receivable, Net. Accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.8 million and $6.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts activity was not material to our financial results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers and relatively small account balances within most of our customer base and their dispersion across different businesses. We periodically evaluate the financial strength of our customers and believe that our credit risk exposure is limited.

Inventories, Net. Inventories consist of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Finished goods

   $ 102.7      $ 85.2  

Finished parts and subassemblies

     37.8        36.8  

Work in process

     28.7        28.7  

Raw materials

     140.9        135.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories, net

   $ 310.1      $ 285.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories, net include the costs of material, labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Domestic inventories are stated at either the lower of cost or net realizable value using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method or the lower of cost or net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventories held in foreign locations are primarily stated at the lower of cost or market using the FIFO method. The LIFO method is not being used at our foreign locations as such a method is not allowable for income tax purposes. Changes in the levels of LIFO inventories have increased cost of sales by $2.6 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and reduced cost of sales by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The portion of inventories costed using the LIFO method was 39.4% and 43.0% of combined inventories as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. If inventories that were valued using the LIFO method had been valued under the FIFO method, they would have been higher by $17.9 million and $15.4 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was $69.5 million and $62.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets. We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future

 

F-117


Table of Contents

undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the long-lived asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups. If the future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value, then the long-lived asset is considered impaired and a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. Judgments which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and our ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets and are affected primarily by changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of long-lived assets, there is risk that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may require adjustment in future periods.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net. Property, plant and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Land

   $ 47.8      $ 54.4  

Buildings and improvements

     173.8        177.7  

Machinery and equipment

     523.0        510.1  

Gross property, plant and equipment

     744.6        742.2  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     487.0        481.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 257.6      $ 261.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from 10 to 25 years for buildings and improvements and three to 10 years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation expense was $31.0 million, $33.4 million and $29.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Our business acquisitions have typically resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets. We follow the provisions under ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (ASC 350) as it relates to the accounting for goodwill in the Combined Financial Statements. These provisions require that we, on at least an annual basis, evaluate the fair value of the reporting units to which goodwill is assigned and attributed and compare that fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit to determine if an impairment has occurred. We perform our annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter. Impairment testing takes place more often than annually if events or circumstances indicate a change in status that would indicate a potential impairment. We also performed our annual impairment assessment (as described below) and concluded that no impairment charges have been required during 2021. We believe that there have been no other events or circumstances which would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting units below its carrying value. A reporting unit is an operating segment unless discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by segment management for businesses one level below that operating segment (a component), in which case the component would be the reporting unit. As of December 31, 2021, we had five reporting units.

When performing our annual impairment assessment, we compare the fair value of each of our reporting units to our respective carrying value. Goodwill is considered to be potentially impaired when the net book value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair values are established primarily by discounting estimated future cash flows at an estimated cost of capital which varies for each reporting unit and which, as of our most recent annual impairment assessment, ranged between 9.5% and 11.5% (a weighted average of 10.2%), reflecting the respective inherent business risk of each of the reporting units tested. This methodology for valuing our reporting units (commonly referred to as the Income Method) has not changed since the adoption of the provisions under ASC 350. The determination of discounted cash flows is based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in

 

F-118


Table of Contents

the forecasts represent best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions. Profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting unit based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases/reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management judgment is necessary in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. In addition to the foregoing, for each reporting unit, market multiples are used to corroborate discounted cash flow results where fair value is estimated based on earnings multiples determined by available public information of comparable businesses. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of our reporting units, it is possible a material change could occur. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may then be determined to be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings. No impairment charges have been required during 2021, 2020 or 2019.

Changes to goodwill are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Aerospace &
Electronics
     Process Flow
Technologies
    Engineered
Materials
     Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2020

   $ 202.4      $ 240.9     $ 171.3      $ 614.6  

Additions

     —          106.1       —          106.1  

Currency translation

     0.1        13.0       —          13.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 202.5      $ 360.0     $ 171.3      $ 733.8  

Adjustments to purchase price allocations

     —          (0.1     —          (0.1

Currency translation

     —          (10.5     —          (10.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ 202.5      $ 349.4     $ 171.3      $ 723.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, additions to goodwill within the Process Flow Technologies segment were $106.1 million. These additions represent the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition of CIRCOR International, Inc.’s Instrumentation & Sampling Business (“I&S”). For the year ended December 31, 2021, adjustments within the Process Flow Technologies segment of $0.1 million represent the finalization of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition of I&S. See a discussion in Note 3, “Acquisitions” for further details.

Intangibles with indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the potential for impairment. If the carrying amount of an indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the intangible asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value is calculated using relief from royalty method. We amortize the cost of definite-lived intangibles over their estimated useful lives.

In addition to annual testing for impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, we review all our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Examples of events or changes in circumstances could include, but are not limited to, a prolonged economic downturn, current period operating or cash flow losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of an asset or asset group, or a current expectation that an asset or asset group will be sold or disposed of before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability is based upon projections of anticipated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the use and eventual disposal of the definite-lived intangible asset (or asset group), as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Reviews occur at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows associated with other long-lived assets or asset groups and include estimated future revenues, gross profit margins, operating profit margins and capital expenditures which are based on the businesses’ strategic plans and long-range planning forecasts, which change from year to year. The revenue growth rates included in the forecasts represent our best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are based on the current cost structure and anticipated net cost increases or reductions. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions, including changes in market conditions, and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis. If the future undiscounted cash

 

F-119


Table of Contents

flows are less than the carrying value, then the definite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired and a charge would be taken against net earnings based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. Judgments that we make which impact these assessments relate to the expected useful lives of definite-lived assets and its ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets and are affected primarily by changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in technology or development of alternative assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and changes in expected future cash flows. Since judgment is involved in determining the recoverable amount of definite-lived intangible assets, there is risk that the carrying value of our definite-lived intangible assets may require adjustment in future periods. Historical results to date have generally approximated expected cash flows for the identifiable cash flow generating level.

As of December 31, 2021, we had $78.5 million of net intangible assets, of which $22.5 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names and trademarks. As of December 31, 2020, we had $86.9 million of net intangible assets, of which $22.9 million were intangibles with indefinite useful lives, consisting of trade names and trademarks.

Changes to intangible assets, net are as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 86.9      $ 39.5      $ 43.8  

Additions

     —          52.5        —    

Amortization expense

     (7.3      (6.4      (4.1

Currency translation and other

     (1.1      1.3        (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period, net of accumulated amortization

   $ 78.5      $ 86.9      $ 39.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, additions to intangible assets represent the preliminary purchase price allocation related to the January 2020 acquisition of I&S. See discussion in Note 3, “Acquisitions” for further details.

A summary of intangible assets follows:

 

          December 31, 2021     December 31, 2020  

(in millions)

  Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period of
Finite Lived
Assets
(in years)
    Gross
Asset
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net     Gross
Asset
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Intellectual property rights

    19.3     $ 71.5     $ 45.3     $ 26.2     $ 72.5     $ 45.0     $ 27.5  

Customer relationships and backlog

    14.5       133.7       84.1       49.6       134.6       78.3       56.3  

Drawings

    40.0       11.1       10.6       0.5       11.1       10.5       0.6  

Other

    20.9       43.0       40.8       2.2       43.5       41.0       2.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    17.6     $ 259.3     $ 180.8     $ 78.5     $ 261.7     $ 174.8     $ 86.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-120


Table of Contents

Future amortization expense associated with intangibles is expected to be:

 

Year

   (in millions)  

2022

   $ 5.7  

2023

   $ 5.6  

2024

   $ 5.2  

2025

   $ 5.2  

2026 and after

   $ 34.3  

Crane Net Investment. Cranes net investment in the Business is presented as Crane net investment on the Combined Balance Sheets. The Combined Statements of Changes in Net Investment include net cash transfers between Crane and the Business as well as related party receivables and payables between the Business and other Crane affiliates that were settled on a current basis.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. The tables below provide the accumulated balances for each classification of accumulated other comprehensive loss, as reflected on the Combined Balance Sheets.

 

(in millions)

   Defined
Benefit
Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Items
     Currency
Translation
Adjustment
     Total(a)  

Balance as of January 1, 2019

   $ (297.5    $ (76.9    $ (374.4

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (53.9      16.8        (37.1

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     11.4        —          11.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (42.5      16.8        (25.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     (340.0      (60.1      (400.1

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (64.1      16.6        (47.5

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     14.5        —          14.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (49.6      16.6        (33.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     (389.6      (43.5      (433.1

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     70.4        (23.6      46.8  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

     18.2        —          18.2  

Net period other comprehensive income (loss)

     88.6        (23.6      65.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

   $ (301.0    $ (67.1    $ (368.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Net of tax benefit of $119.6 million, $142.4 million and $103.2 million for December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Amortization of pension and postretirement components have been recorded within “Miscellaneous income, net” on the Combined Statements of Operations.

 

    Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss
 

(in millions) December 31,

  2021     2020     2019  

Amortization of pension items:

     

Prior service costs

  $ 0.6     $ 0.6     $ 0.5  

Net loss

    21.9       18.0       14.4  

Amortization of postretirement items:

     

Prior service costs

    —         —         —    

Net gain

    —         —         (0.3

Total before tax

  $ 22.5     $ 18.6     $ 14.6  

Tax impact

    4.3       4.1       3.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reclassifications for the period

  $ 18.2     $ 14.5     $ 11.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements – Adopted

Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued amended guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Certain amendments should be applied prospectively, while other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. This amended guidance did not have a material effect on our combined financial statements and related disclosures when we adopted this standard effective January 1, 2021.

Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. In August 2018, the FASB issued amended guidance to add, remove, and clarify disclosure requirements related to defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The amended guidance removes the requirements to disclose: amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year; the amount and timing of plan assets expected to be returned to the entity; and the effects of a one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates. The amended guidance requires disclosure of an explanation of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020. Effective December 31, 2020, we adopted the amended guidance and applied the disclosure requirements on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. This amended guidance did not have a material effect on our disclosures.

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. In June 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance that changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade receivables, contract assets and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments, entities are required to use a current expected credit loss (CECL) model that will immediately recognize an estimate of credit losses that are expected to occur over the life of the financial instruments that are in the scope of this update, including trade receivables. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to current practice, except that the losses will be recognized as an allowance. The CECL model is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect collectability.

On January 1, 2020, we adopted the new CECL standard and developed an expected impairment model based on our historical loss experience. We believe that our previous methodology to calculate credit losses is generally

 

F-122


Table of Contents

consistent with the new expected credit loss model and did not result in a material adjustment upon adoption. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.8 million and $6.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

2. Related Parties

Historically, the Business has been managed and operated in the normal course of business with other affiliates of Crane. Accordingly, certain shared costs have been allocated to the Business and reflected as expenses in the Combined Financial Statements.

Allocated Centralized Costs. The Combined Financial Statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Crane.

Crane incurred corporate costs for services provided to the Business as well as other Crane businesses. These services include treasury, tax, accounting, human resources, audit, legal, purchasing, information technology and other such services. The costs associated with these services generally include all payroll and benefit costs, as well as overhead costs related to the support functions. Crane also allocated costs associated with corporate insurance coverage and medical, pension, post-retirement and other health plan costs for employees participating in Crane sponsored plans. Allocations are based on several utilization measures including headcount, proportionate usage and relative net sales. All such amounts have been deemed to have been incurred and settled by the Business in the period in which the costs were recorded.

The allocated functional service expenses and general corporate expenses for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were $62.2 million, $37.6 million, and $49.0 million, respectively, and are included in “Selling, general and administrative” in the Combined Statements of Operations.

In the opinion of management of the Parent and the Business, the expense and cost allocations have been determined on a basis considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided or the benefit received by the Business during 2021, 2020, and 2019. The amounts that would have been, or will be incurred, on a stand-alone basis could differ from the amounts allocated due to economies of scale, difference in management judgment, a requirement for more or fewer employees or other factors. Management does not believe, however, that it is practicable to estimate what these expenses would have been had the Business operated as an independent entity, including any expenses associated with obtaining any of these services from unaffiliated entities. In addition, the future results of operations, financial position and cash flows could differ materially from the historical results presented herein.

Cash Management and Financing. The Business participated in Cranes centralized cash management and daily cash sweeps. Disbursements are made through centralized accounts payable systems which were operated by Crane. Cash receipts are transferred to centralized accounts, which were also maintained by Crane. As cash is received and disbursed by Crane, it is accounted for by the Business through Crane net investment. Historically, Crane has centrally managed and swept cash for most domestic and certain European entities. As such, the Business’ cash balance includes all cash on hand for all Crane entities that participate in the centralized cash management program, as well as those Crane Company legal entities that do not participate in the centralized cash management program.

Accounts Receivable and Payable. Certain related party transactions between the Business and Parent have been included within “Crane net investment” in the Combined Balance Sheets in the historical periods presented when the related party transactions are not settled in cash. Crane net investment includes related party loans receivable due from Crane and its affiliates of $335.0 million and $536.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Crane net investment includes related party loans payable due to Crane and its affiliates of $71.9 million and $57.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we recorded related party interest

 

F-123


Table of Contents

income related to the loan activity with Crane and its affiliates of $16.1 million, $15.9 million, and $15.1 million, respectively, which is included in the Business’ results as “Related party interest income” in the Combined Statements of Operations. The total effect of the settlement of these related party transactions is reflected with Net transfers to Parent as a financing activity in the Combined Statements of Cash Flows.

Additionally, certain transactions between the Business and other Crane affiliates are cash-settled on a current basis and, therefore, are reflected in the Combined Balance Sheets. Accounts receivable, net includes $2.3 million and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and Accounts payable includes $0.6 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, related to such transactions.

3. Acquisitions

Acquisitions are accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” Accordingly, we make an initial allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition based upon our understanding of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. We obtain this information during due diligence and through other sources. In the months after closing, as we obtain additional information about these assets and liabilities, including through tangible and intangible asset appraisals, we can refine estimates of fair value and more accurately allocate the purchase price. Only items identified as of the acquisition date are considered for subsequent adjustment to the purchase price allocation. We make appropriate adjustments to the purchase price allocation prior to completion of the measurement period, as required.

To allocate the consideration transferred for our acquisitions, the fair values of all identifiable assets and liabilities must be established. For accounting and financial reporting purposes, fair value is defined under ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure,” as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or the amount paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are assumed to be buyers and sellers in the principal (most advantageous) market for the asset or liability. Additionally, fair value measurements for an asset assume the highest and best use of that asset by market participants. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield different results.

Instrumentation and Sampling Business Acquisition. On January 31, 2020, we completed the acquisition of CIRCOR International, Inc.’s Instrumentation & Sampling Business (“I&S”) for $172.3 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis, subject to a later adjustment reflecting I&S’ net working capital, cash, the assumption of certain debt-like items, and I&S’ transaction expenses. We funded the acquisition through short-term borrowings consisting of $100 million of commercial paper and $67.0 million from our revolving credit facility, and cash on hand. In August 2020, we received $3.1 million related to the final working capital adjustment which resulted in net cash paid of $169.2 million.

I&S designs, engineers, and manufactures a broad range of critical fluid control instrumentation and sampling solutions used in severe service environments which complements our existing portfolio of chemical, refining, petrochemical and upstream oil and gas applications. I&S has been integrated into the Process Flow Technologies segment. The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the expected sales synergies, manufacturing efficiency and procurement savings. Goodwill from this acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

Allocation of Consideration Transferred to Net Assets Acquired. The following amounts represent the determination of the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed from our acquisition of I&S. The fair value of certain assets and liabilities has been completed as required by ASC 805.

 

Net assets acquired (in millions)

      

Total current assets

   $ 21.0  

Property, plant, and equipment

     11.0  

Other assets

     6.0  

Intangible assets

     52.5  

Goodwill

     106.0  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 196.5  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   $ 8.1  

Other liabilities

     19.2  
  

 

 

 

Total assumed liabilities

   $ 27.3  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 169.2  
  

 

 

 

The amounts allocated to acquired intangible assets, and their associated weighted average useful lives which were determined based on the period in which the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to our future cash flows, consist of the following:

 

Intangible Assets: (dollars in millions)

   Intangible Fair
Value
     Weighted Average
Life in Years
 

Trademarks/trade names

   $ 2.6        13  

Customer relationships

     49.0        14  

Backlog

     0.9        1  
  

 

 

    

Total acquired intangible assets

   $ 52.5     
  

 

 

    

The fair values of the trademark and trade name intangible assets were determined by using an “income approach,” specifically the relief-from-royalty approach, which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. This approach assumes that in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty to exploit the related benefits of this asset. Therefore, a portion of I&S’s earnings, equal to the after-tax royalty that would have been paid for the use of the asset, can be attributed to the ownership. The trade names are being amortized on a straight-line basis (which approximates the economic pattern of benefits) over the estimated economic life of 13 years.

The fair values of the customer relationships and backlog intangible assets were determined by using an “income approach” which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. Under this approach, the net earnings attributable to the asset or liability being measured are isolated using the discounted projected net cash flows. These projected cash flows are isolated from the projected cash flows of the combined asset group over the remaining economic life of the intangible asset or liability being measured. Both the amount and the duration of the cash flows are considered from a market participant perspective. Our estimates of market participant net cash flows considered historical and projected pricing, operational performance including market participant synergies, aftermarket retention, product life cycles, material and labor pricing, and other relevant customer, contractual and market factors. Where appropriate, the net cash flows were adjusted to reflect the potential attrition of existing customers in the future, as existing customers are a diminishing asset and are expected to decline over time. The attrition-adjusted future cash flows are then discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. The customer relationship is being amortized on a straight-line basis (which approximates the economic pattern of benefits) over the estimated economic life of 14 years.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

Supplemental Pro Forma Data. I&S’ results of operations have been included in our Combined Financial Statements for the period after the completion of the acquisition on January 31, 2020. Combined pro forma revenue and net income attributable to Crane net investment have not been presented since the impact is not material to our financial results for either prior period.

Acquisition-Related Costs. Acquisition-related costs are being expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recorded $6.4 million, and $2.8 million, respectively, of integration and transaction costs. Acquisition-related costs for the year ended December 31, 2020 included $2.8 million of inventory step-up and backlog amortization. Acquisition-related costs are recorded within “Acquisition-related and integration charges” in our Combined Statements of Operations.

4. Segment Information

In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” for purposes of segment performance measurement, we do not allocate to the business segments items that are of a nonoperating nature, or corporate organizational and functional expenses of a governance nature. Assets of the business segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, certain property, plant and equipment, and certain other assets.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We account for intersegment sales and transfers as if the sales or transfers were to third parties at current market prices.

Our segments are reported on the same basis used internally for evaluating performance and for allocating resources. We have three reporting segments: Aerospace & Electronics, Process Flow Technologies, and Engineered Materials.

A brief description of each of our segments are as follows:

Aerospace & Electronics (A&E)

The Aerospace & Electronics segment supplies critical components and systems, including original equipment and aftermarket parts, primarily for the commercial aerospace and military aerospace and defense markets. Its brands have decades of proven experience, and in many cases invented the critical technologies in their respective markets. The business designs and delivers proven systems, reliable components, and flexible power solutions that excel in tough and mission-critical environments. Products and services include sensing components and systems, electrical power solutions, fluid management solutions, landing and control systems, and microwave solutions.

Process Flow Technologies (PFT)

The Process Flow Technologies segment is a provider of highly engineered Process Flow Technologies equipment for critical performance applications that require high reliability. The segment is comprised of Process Valves and Related Products, Commercial Valves, and Pumps and Systems. Process Valves and Related Products include on/off valves and related products for critical and demanding applications in the chemical, oil and gas, power, and general industrial end markets globally. Commercial Valves includes the manufacturing and distribution of valves and related products for the nonresidential construction, general industrial, and to a lesser extent, municipal markets. Pumps and Systems include pumps and related products primarily for water and wastewater applications in the industrial, municipal, commercial, and military markets.

Engineered Materials (EM)

The Engineered Materials segment manufactures fiberglass-reinforced plastic (“FRP”) panels and coils, primarily for use in the manufacturing of recreational vehicles (“RVs”), truck bodies and trailers (Transportation), with additional applications in commercial and industrial buildings (Building Products).

 

F-126


Table of Contents

Financial information by reportable segment is set forth below:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net sales:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 638.3      $ 650.7      $ 798.8  

Process Flow Technologies

     1,196.6        1,007.5        1,117.4  

Engineered Materials

     228.0        175.6        208.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NET SALES

   $ 2,062.9      $ 1,833.8      $ 2,124.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 110.0      $ 100.7      $ 189.4  

Process Flow Technologies

     182.5        101.0        131.7  

Engineered Materials

     26.9        22.7        26.8  

Corporate expense – before asbestos and environmental provisions

     (68.8      (39.7      (47.0

Corporate expense – asbestos provision, net

     —          —          (229.0

Corporate expense – environmental provision, net

     —          —          (18.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL OPERATING PROFIT

   $ 250.6      $ 184.7      $ 53.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 14.1      $ 9.8      $ 20.0  

Process Flow Technologies

     18.8        13.7        23.4  

Engineered Materials

     2.2        1.2        4.4  

Corporate

     0.2        0.1        0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

   $ 35.3      $ 24.8      $ 48.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization:

        

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 14.7      $ 14.2      $ 13.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     22.0        21.6        14.2  

Engineered Materials

     1.6        3.7        5.6  

Corporate

     1.1        1.6        0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

   $ 39.4      $ 41.1      $ 33.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, operating profit included a restructuring gain of $13.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, operating profit included acquisition-related and integration charges of $6.4 million and net restructuring charges of $13.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating profit included a net asbestos provision of $229.0 million, a net environmental provision of $18.9 million, acquisition-related and integration charges of $2.8 million and net restructuring charges of $10.1 million. See Note 3, “Acquisitions” for discussion on the acquisition-related costs. See Note 16, “Restructuring Charges” for discussion of the restructuring charges. See Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” for discussion of the asbestos provision and environmental provision.

Information by geographic region:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Net sales:(a)

        

United States

   $ 1,074.4      $ 980.9      $ 1,167.6  

Canada

     286.0        215.4        240.8  

United Kingdom

     110.0        101.9        131.0  

Continental Europe

     267.8        253.3        281.6  

Other international

     324.7        282.3        303.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL NET SALES

   $ 2,062.9      $ 1,833.8      $ 2,124.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Net sales by geographic region are based on the destination of the sale.

 

F-127


Table of Contents

Balance sheet items by reportable segment is set forth below:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Goodwill:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 202.5      $ 202.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     349.4        360.0  

Engineered Materials

     171.3        171.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL GOODWILL

   $ 723.2      $ 733.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets:

     

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 604.7      $ 593.9  

Process Flow Technologies

     1,241.4        1,124.0  

Engineered Materials

     220.5        217.3  

Corporate

     434.6        543.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 2,501.2      $ 2,478.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets by geographic region:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Long-lived assets:(a)

     

United States

   $ 180.0      $ 179.7  

Canada

     17.5        15.5  

Europe

     64.4        68.8  

Other international

     47.7        42.8  

Corporate

     15.6        22.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LONG-LIVED ASSETS

   $ 325.2      $ 329.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Long-lived assets, net by geographic region are based on the location of the business unit.

5. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenues

The following table presents net sales disaggregated by product line for each segment:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Aerospace & Electronics:

        

Commercial original equipment

   $ 229.4      $ 226.4      $ 357.2  

Military original equipment

     239.7        258.7        217.2  

Commercial aftermarket products

     104.5        93.0        161.4  

Military aftermarket products

     64.7        72.6        63.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 638.3      $ 650.7      $ 798.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies:

        

Process valves and related products

   $ 717.1      $ 631.6      $ 685.1  

Commercial valves

     374.2        288.0        332.1  

Pumps and systems

     105.3        87.9        100.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Process Flow Technologies

   $ 1,196.6      $ 1,007.5      $ 1,117.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-128


Table of Contents

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Engineered Materials

        

FRP - Recreational Vehicles

   $ 102.5      $ 68.9      $ 84.5  

FRP - Building Products

     94.9        83.1        91.9  

FRP - Transportation

     30.6        23.6        32.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Engineered Materials

   $ 228.0      $ 175.6      $ 208.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 2,062.9      $ 1,833.8      $ 2,124.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Remaining Performance Obligations

The transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations represents the transaction price of firm orders which have not yet been fulfilled, which we also refer to as total backlog. As of December 31, 2021, total backlog was $837.8 million. We expect to recognize approximately 91.0% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue in 2022, an additional 7.4% by 2023 and the balance thereafter.

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

Contract assets represent unbilled amounts that typically arise from contracts for customized products or contracts for products sold directly to the U.S. government or indirectly to the U.S. government through subcontracts, where revenue recognized using the cost-to-cost method exceeds the amount billed to the customer. Contract assets are assessed for impairment and recorded at their net realizable value. Contract liabilities represent advance payments from customers. Revenue related to contract liabilities is recognized when control is transferred to the customer. We report contract assets, which are included within “Other current assets” in our Combined Balance Sheets, and contract liabilities, which are included within “Accrued liabilities” on our Combined Balance Sheets, on a contract-by-contract net basis at the end of each reporting period. Net contract assets and contract liabilities consisted of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Contract assets

   $ 46.8      $ 46.3  

Contract liabilities

   $ 40.3      $ 29.6  

During 2021, we recognized revenue of $23.4 million related to contract liabilities as of December 31, 2020.

6. Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed when incurred.

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Research and development costs

   $ 49.5      $ 46.8      $ 37.4  

7. Pension and Postretirement Benefits

The Business sponsors numerous single-employer international employee benefit plans. In addition, certain of our employees participate in employee benefit plans sponsored by Crane which include participants of other Crane businesses (the “Shared Plans”). We account for our participation in the Shared Plans as multiple employer benefit plans.

Pension Plan

In the United States, Crane sponsors a defined benefit pension plan that covers approximately 17% of all U.S. Crane Company employees. Effective January 1, 2013, pension eligible nonunion employees no longer earn

 

F-129


Table of Contents

future benefits in the domestic defined benefit pension plan. The benefits are based on years of service and compensation on a final average pay basis, except for certain hourly employees where benefits are fixed per year of service. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by an independent actuary. Contributions are intended to provide for future benefits earned to date. Additionally, several of the Business’s non-U.S. subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans that cover approximately 10% of all non-U.S. Crane Company employees. The benefits are typically based upon years of service and compensation. Most of these plans are funded by Crane contributions to pension funds, which are held for the sole benefit of plan participants and beneficiaries.

Postretirement Plans

Postretirement health care and life insurance benefits are provided for certain employees hired before January 1, 1990, who meet minimum age and service requirements.

A summary of the projected benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and funded status is as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020          2021              2020      

Change in benefit obligation:

           

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 1,148.3      $ 1,059.5      $ 5.0      $ 5.0  

Service cost

     3.4        3.0        —          —    

Interest cost

     17.7        25.2        0.1        0.2  

Amendments

     —          0.1        —          —    

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (57.8      90.3        0.2        0.5  

Settlements

     (4.6      (1.3      —          —    

Curtailments

     1.0        —          —          —    

Benefits paid

     (46.9      (44.7      (0.6      (0.7

Foreign currency exchange and other

     (7.6      16.4        —          —    

Administrative expenses paid

     (0.7      (0.4      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 1,052.8      $ 1,148.1      $ 4.7      $ 5.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

           

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 919.0      $ 862.6      $ —        $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     89.5        66.1        —          —    

Employer contributions

     25.4        24.5        0.6        0.7  

Settlements

     (4.6      (1.3      —          —    

Benefits paid

     (46.9      (44.7      (0.6      (0.7

Foreign currency exchange and other

     (5.2      12.4        —          —    

Administrative expenses paid

     (1.1      (0.6      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 976.1      $ 919.0      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (76.7    $ (229.1    $ (4.7    $ (5.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the U.S., 2021 actuarial gains in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of a decrease in the discount rate. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data and minor adjustments to actuarial assumptions generated combined losses of less than 1% of expected year end obligations. In the Non-U.S. countries, 2021 actuarial losses in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of decreases in discount rates. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data, changes to forecast inflation and minor adjustments to actuarial assumptions generated combined gains of 2% of expected year end obligations.

In the U.S., 2020 actuarial losses in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of a decrease in the discount rate. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data and minor

 

F-130


Table of Contents

adjustments to actuarial assumptions generated combined losses of less than 1% of expected year end obligations. In the Non-U.S. countries, 2019 actuarial losses in the projected benefit obligation were primarily the result of decreases in discount rates. Other sources of gains or losses such as plan experience, updated census data and minor adjustments to actuarial assumptions generated combined gains of 5% of expected year end obligations.

Amounts recognized on our Combined Balance Sheets consist of:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) December 31

   2021      2020          2021              2020      

Other assets

   $ 120.0      $ 57.8      $ —        $ —    

Current liabilities

     (1.4      (1.5      (0.7      (0.6

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

     (195.3      (285.4      (4.0      (4.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (76.7    $ (229.1    $ (4.7    $ (5.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020          2021              2020      

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 387.2      $ 507.5      $ (1.8    $ (2.0

Prior service credit

     5.9        6.6        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 393.1      $ 514.1      $ (1.8    $ (2.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the U.S. and Non-U.S. plans, are as follows:

 

     Pension Obligations/Assets  
     U.S.      Non-U.S.      Total  

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2021      2020      2021      2020  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 669.7      $ 699.1      $ 383.0      $ 449.3      $ 1,052.7      $ 1,148.4  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     669.7        699.1        376.1        440.4        1,045.8        1,139.5  

Fair value of plan assets

     522.2        482.8        453.9        436.2        976.1        919.0  

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets is as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 721.8      $ 965.1  

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 715.3      $ 957.0  

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 525.2      $ 678.4  

 

F-131


Table of Contents

Components of net periodic (benefit) cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Postretirement Benefits  

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019     2021      2020      2019  

Net Periodic (Benefit) Cost:

              

Service cost

   $ 3.4     $ 3.0     $ 2.3     $ —        $ —        $ —    

Interest cost

     17.7       25.2       31.4       0.1        0.2        0.2  

Expected return on plan assets

     (51.8     (54.2     (50.6     —          —          —    

Amortization of prior service cost

     0.6       0.6       0.5       —          —          —    

Amortization of net loss (gain)

     21.9       18.0       14.4       —          —          (0.3

Recognized curtailment (gain) loss

     1.0       —         —         —          —          —    

Settlement costs

     1.3       0.4       —         —          —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic (benefit) cost

   $ (5.9   $ (7.0   $ (2.0   $ 0.1      $ 0.2      $ (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019      2021      2020      2019  

U.S. Plans:

                 

Discount rate

     2.89      2.62      3.34      2.70      2.30      3.20

Rate of compensation increase

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Interest credit rate

     1.47      0.93      2.83      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Non-U.S. Plans:

                 

Discount rate

     1.73      1.17      1.89      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Rate of compensation increase

     3.30      3.32      3.14      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Interest credit rate

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

The weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits      Postretirement Benefits  

For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019      2021      2020      2019  

U.S. Plans:

                 

Discount rate

     2.62      3.34      4.36      2.30      3.20      3.40

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     6.50      7.25      7.25      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Rate of compensation increase

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

Interest credit rate

     0.93      2.83      2.40      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Non-U.S. Plans:

                 

Discount rate

     1.17      1.89      2.65      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     4.85      5.82      5.81      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Rate of compensation increase

     3.32      3.14      3.37      N/A        N/A        N/A  

Interest credit rate

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A  

The long-term expected rate of return on plan assets assumptions were determined with input from independent investment consultants and plan actuaries, utilizing asset pricing models and considering historical returns. The discount rates used by us for valuing pension liabilities are based on a review of high-quality corporate bond yields with maturities approximating the remaining life of the projected benefit obligations.

In the U.S. plan, the 6.50% expected rate of return on assets assumption for 2021 reflected a long-term target comprised of an asset allocation range of 25%–75% equity securities, 15%–35% fixed income securities, 10%–35% alternative assets and 0%–10% cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2021, the actual asset allocation for the U.S. plan was 64.4% equity securities, 22.3% fixed income securities, 12.6% alternative assets and 0.7% cash and cash equivalents.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

For the non-U.S. plans, the 4.85% expected rate of return on assets assumption for 2021 reflected a weighted average of the long-term asset allocation targets for our various non-U.S. plans. As of December 31, 2021, the actual weighted average asset allocation for the non-U.S. plans was 26.8% equity securities, 42.0% fixed income securities, 25.5% alternative assets/other and 5.7% cash and cash equivalents.

The assumed health care cost trend rates are as follows:

 

December 31,

   2021     2020  

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     7.25     6.50

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     4.50     4.50

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2033       2029  

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for our health care plans.

Plan Assets

Our pension plan target allocations and weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

Asset Category December 31,

   Target
Allocation
    Actual Allocation  
  2021     2020  

Equity securities

     15%–75     47     47

Fixed income securities

     15%–75     31     25

Alternative assets/other

     0%–45     19     24

Cash and money market

     0%–10     3     3

Independent investment consultants are retained to assist in executing the plans’ investment strategies. Several factors are evaluated in determining if an investment strategy will be implemented in our pension trusts. These factors include, but are not limited to, investment style, investment risk, investment manager performance and costs. We periodically review investment managers and their performance in relation to our plans’ investment objectives.

The primary investment objective of our various pension trusts is to maximize the value of plan assets, focusing on capital preservation, current income and long-term growth of capital and income. The plans’ assets are typically invested in a broad range of equity securities, fixed income securities, alternative assets, and cash instruments.

Equity securities include investments in large, mid, and small-capitalization companies located in both developed countries and emerging markets around the world. Fixed income securities include government bonds of various countries, corporate bonds that are primarily investment-grade, and mortgage-backed securities. Alternative assets include investments in real estate and hedge funds employing a wide variety of strategies. Equity securities include Crane common stock, which represents 4.5% and 4.9% of plan assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-133


Table of Contents

The fair value of our pension plan assets as of December 31, 2021, by asset category, are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
Level 1
     Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
     Net Asset
Value
(NAV)
Practical
Expedient(a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Cash Equivalents and Money Markets

   $ 29.6      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 29.6  

Common Stocks:

              

Actively Managed U.S. Equities

     112.8        —          —          —          112.8  

Commingled and Mutual Funds:

              

U.S. Equity Funds

     129.1        —          —          —          129.1  

Non-U.S. Equity Funds

     93.7        —          —          121.5        215.2  

U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate

     116.2        —          —          —          116.2  

Registered Investment Company

     34.0        —          —          —          34.0  

Non-U.S. Fixed income, Government and Corporate

     —          —          —          190.6        190.6  

International Balanced Funds

     —          —          —          2.1        2.1  

Property Funds

     29.0        —          —          —          29.0  

Alternative Investments:

              

Insurance/Annuity Contract(s)

     —          2.7        —          —          2.7  

Hedge funds and LDI

     —          —          —          64.0        64.0  

International Property funds

     —          —          —          50.8        50.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fair Value

   $ 544.4      $ 2.7      $ —        $ 429.0      $ 976.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Investments are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient, and therefore, are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of our pension plan assets as of December 31, 2020, by asset category, are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
Level 1
     Other
Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
     Net Asset
Value
(NAV)
Practical
Expedient(a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Cash Equivalents and Money Markets

   $ 30.0      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 30.0  

Common Stocks:

              

Actively Managed U.S. Equities

     103.2        —          —          —          103.2  

Fixed Income Bonds and Notes

     —          0.1        —          —          0.1  

Commingled and Mutual Funds:

              

U.S. Equity Funds

     117.3        —          —          —          117.3  

Non-U.S. Equity Funds

     53.2        —          —          160.3        213.5  

U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate

     76.6        —          —          —          76.6  

Registered Investment Company

     18.3        —          —          —          18.3  

Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate

     —          —          —          154.4        154.4  

International Balanced Funds

     —          —          —          1.9        1.9  

Alternative Investments:

              

Insurance/Annuity Contract(s)

     —          2.5        —          —          2.5  

Hedge Funds and LDI

     —          —          —          153.8        153.8  

International Property Funds

     —          —          —          47.4        47.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fair Value

   $ 398.6      $ 2.6      $ —        $ 517.8      $ 919.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-134


Table of Contents

 

(a)

Investments are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient, and therefore, are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

The following table sets forth a summary of pension plan assets valued using NAV or its equivalent as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

    

Redemption
Frequency

  

Unfunded
Commitment

  

Other
Redemption
Restrictions

  

Redemption
Notice Period

Non-U.S. Equity Funds(a)

   Immediate    None    None    None

Non-U.S. Fixed Income, Government and Corporate(b)

   Immediate    None    None    None

International Balanced Funds(c)

   Immediate    None    None    None

Collective Trust Fund(d)

   Immediate    None    None    None

International Property Funds(e)

   Immediate    None    None    None

Hedge Funds and LDI(f)

   Immediate    None    None    None

 

 

(a) 

These funds invest in corporate equity securities outside the United States.

(b) 

These funds invest in corporate and government fixed income securities outside the United States.

(c) 

These funds invest in a blend of equities, fixed income, cash and property outside the United States.

(d) 

These funds are managed in a collective trust under Australia’s Superannuation plan structure.

(e) 

These funds invest in real property outside the United States.

(f) 

These funds invest in strategies that seek to add diversification to a portfolio with uncorrelated risk profiles or are designed to track the duration of all or part of the underlying liability.

Cash Flows

We expect, based on current actuarial calculations, to contribute cash of approximately $16.9 million to the defined benefit pension plans during 2022. Cash contributions in subsequent years will depend on several factors including the investment performance of plan assets.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

Estimated future payments (in millions)

   Pension
Benefits
     Postretirement
Benefits
 

2022

   $ 50.2      $ 0.7  

2023

     49.4        0.6  

2024

     50.6        0.5  

2025

     52.9        0.5  

2026

     52.8        0.4  

2027 to 2031

     265.4        1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total payments

   $ 521.3      $ 4.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Defined Contribution Plans

Crane sponsors savings and investment plans that are available to our eligible employees including employees of our subsidiaries. We made contributions to the plans of $8.0 million, $8.4 million, and $8.2 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

 

F-135


Table of Contents

In addition to participant deferral contributions and company matching contributions on those deferrals, we provide a 3% nonmatching contribution to eligible participants. We made nonmatching contributions to these plans of $9.7 million, $10.2 million, and $9.9 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

8. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Crane Company participates in Crane’s stock-based compensation plans which are used to provide long-term incentive compensation through stock options, restricted share units, performance-based restricted share units and deferred stock units. Stock-based compensation expense reflected in the accompanying Combined Financial Statements relates to stock plan awards of Crane awarded to Crane Company related employees and not stock awards of Crane Company as Crane Company does not grant stock awards. The following disclosures represent stock-based compensation expenses attributable to Crane Company based on the awards and terms previously granted under Crane’s stock-based compensation plans to Crane Company employees. Accordingly, the amounts presented are not necessarily indicative of future awards and do not necessarily reflect the results that Crane Company would have experienced as an independent company for the periods presented.

As of December 31, 2021, Crane had stock-based compensation awards outstanding under the following Crane shareholder-approved plans: the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”) and 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”), applicable to employees and nonemployee directors.

The 2013 Plan was approved by the Crane Board of Directors and stockholders at the annual meeting in 2013. The 2013 Plan originally authorized the issuance of up to 9,500,000 shares of stock pursuant to awards under the plan. In 2018, in view of the limited number of shares remaining available under the 2013 Plan, the Crane Board of Directors and stockholders approved the adoption of the 2018 Plan which authorized the issuance of up to 6,500,000 shares of Crane stock. No further awards will be made under the 2013 Plan. In 2021, the Crane Board of Directors and stockholders approved the adoption of the 2018 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan which authorized the issuance of up to 4,710,000 shares of Crane stock. No further awards will be made under the 2013 Plan or 2018 Plan.

Stock Options

Options are granted under the Stock Incentive Plan to officers and other key employees and directors at an exercise price equal to the closing price on the date of grant. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee which administers the plan, options become exercisable at a rate of 25% after the first year, 50% after the second year, 75% after the third year and 100% after the fourth year from the date of grant. Options granted to officers and employees from 2004 to 2013 expire six years after the date of grant. All options granted to directors and options granted to officers and employees after 2014 expire 10 years after the date of grant.

Crane determine the fair value of each grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions for grants made during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

 

     2021     2020     2019  

Dividend yield

     3.06     3.05     2.20

Volatility

     36.28     27.15     25.17

Risk-free interest rate

     0.50     1.23     2.64

Expected lives in years

     5.2       5.2       4.2  

Expected dividend yield is based on Crane’s dividend rate. Expected stock volatility was determined based upon the historical volatility for the four-year period preceding the date of grant. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted, using U.S. constant maturities over the expected life of the option. The expected lives of the awards represent the period that options granted are expected to be outstanding.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

Activity in Crane’s stock option plans related to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows:

 

Option Activity

   Number of
Shares
(in 000s)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 

Options outstanding as of January 1, 2021

     2,689      $ 68.61     

Granted

     146        78.59     

Exercised

     (913      56.88     

Canceled

     (46      75.64     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2021

     1,876      $ 74.94        5.90  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2021

     1,060      $ 72.46        5.03  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in our share-based compensation was expense recognized for our stock option awards of $4.2 million, $4.7 million, and $4.2 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. These amounts exclude $2.0 million, $1.9 million, and $1.8 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, of share-based compensation expense recognized for our stock option awards related to corporate employees that have been allocated to other affiliates of Crane.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $20.82, $15.24, and $15.80, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $5.8 million, $5.7 million, and $5.7 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $35.7 million, $3.6 million, and $6.1 million, respectively.

The total cash received from these option exercises during 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $24.9 million, $7.7 million, and $10.3 million, respectively. The tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises and vesting of restricted share units was $3.8 million, $0.3 million, and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable options was $31.7 million, $28.6 million and $37.9 million.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $7.7 million of total future compensation cost related to unvested share-based awards to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.67 years.

Restricted Share Units and Performance-Based Restricted Share Units

Restricted share units vest at a rate of 25% after the first year, 50% after the second year, 75% after the third year and 100% after the fourth year from the date of grant and are subject to forfeiture restrictions which lapse over time. The vesting of performance-based restricted share units is determined in three years based on relative total shareholder return for Crane compared to the S&P Midcap 400 Capital Goods Group, with payout potential ranging from 0% to 200% but capped at 100% if our three-year total shareholder return is negative.

Included in our share-based compensation was expense recognized for our restricted share unit and performance-based restricted share unit awards of $12.1 million, $10.6 million and $11.3 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. These amounts exclude $6.6 million, $5.1 million, and $5.0 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, of share-based compensation expense recognized for our restricted share unit and performance-based restricted share unit awards related to corporate employees that have been allocated to other affiliates of Crane. The tax (detriment) benefit for the vesting of the restricted share units was $(0.1) million, $0.1 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021, there was $21.9 million of total future compensation cost related to restricted share unit and performance-based restricted share unit awards, to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.93 years.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

Changes in Crane’s restricted share units related to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows:

 

Restricted Share Unit Activity

   Restricted
Share Units
(in 000’s)
     Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Restricted share units as of January 1, 2021

     402      $ 83.34  

Restricted share units granted

     176        80.88  

Restricted share units vested

     (117      76.30  

Restricted share units forfeited

     (21      81.24  

Performance-based restricted share units granted

     67        82.27  

Performance-based restricted share units vested

     (68      88.66  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted share units as of December 31, 2021

     439      $ 83.31  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Leases

Arrangements that explicitly or implicitly relate to property, plant and equipment are assessed at inception to determine if the arrangement is or contains a lease. Generally, we enter into operating leases as the lessee and recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term.

We lease certain vehicles, equipment, manufacturing facilities, and nonmanufacturing facilities. We have leases with both lease components and non-lease components, such as common area maintenance, utilities, or other repairs and maintenance. For all asset classes, we applied the practical expedient to account for each separate lease component and its associated non-lease component(s) as a single lease component.

We identify variable lease payments, such as maintenance payments based on actual activities performed or costs incurred, at lease commencement by assessing the nature of the payment provisions, including whether the payments are subject to a minimum.

Certain leases include options to renew for an additional term or company-controlled options to terminate. We generally determine it is not reasonably certain to assume the exercise of renewal options because there is no economic incentive to renew. As termination options often include penalties, we generally determine it is reasonably certain that termination options will not be exercised because there is an economic incentive not to terminate. Therefore, these options generally do not impact the lease term or the determination or classification of the right-of-use asset and lease liability.

In the third quarter of 2017, we entered a seven-year lease for a used airplane which includes a maximum residual value guarantee of $11.1 million if the fair value of the airplane is less than $14.4 million at the end of the lease term. We do not believe it is probable that any amount will be owed under this guarantee. Therefore, no amount related to the residual value guarantee is included in the lease payments used to measure the right-of-use asset and lease liability. We have not entered any other leases where a residual value guarantee is provided to the lessor.

Rental expense was $24.3 million, $23.7 million, and $23.9 million for 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

We do not enter into arrangements where restrictions or covenants are imposed by the lessor that, for example, relate to incurring additional financial obligations.

We use our collateralized incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date to determine the present value of future payments and the appropriate lease classification. The rate implicit in the lease is generally unknown, as we generally operate in the capacity of the lessee. Therefore, we do not use the implicit rate in calculating the present value of future payments.

 

F-138


Table of Contents

Our Combined Balance Sheet includes the following related to leases:

 

(in millions) December 31,

  

Classification

   2021      2020  

Assets

        

Operating right-of-use assets

   Other assets    $ 67.6      $ 67.9  

Liabilities

        

Current lease liabilities

   Accrued liabilities    $ 14.4      $ 14.0  

Long-term lease liabilities

   Other liabilities      55.7        55.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities

      $ 70.1      $ 69.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of lease cost were as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Operating lease cost

   $ 19.7      $ 18.9      $ 19.5  

Variable lease cost

   $ 4.6      $ 4.8      $ 4.4  

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for our operating leases were as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021     2020  

Weighted average remaining lease term – operating leases

     6.1       6.9  

Weighted average discount rate – operating leases

     3.0     3.4

Supplemental cash flow information related to our operating leases was as follows for periods ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

(in millions) December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of operating lease liabilities – operating cash flows

   $ 17.0      $ 16.8      $ 15.8  

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

   $ 15.6      $ 6.6      $ 15.5  

Future minimum operating lease payments as of December 31, 2021, are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   December 31, 2021  

2022

   $ 16.0  

2023

     15.0  

2024

     12.3  

2025

     9.6  

2026

     7.1  

Thereafter

     22.3  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum operating lease payments

   $ 82.3  

Imputed interest

     12.2  
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities reported

   $ 70.1  
  

 

 

 

 

F-139


Table of Contents

10. Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Our income before taxes is as follows:

 

(in millions) For the year Ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

U.S. operations

   $ 141.0      $ 91.9      $ (66.1

Non-U.S. operations

     136.3        107.4        137.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 277.3      $ 199.3      $ 71.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,

   2021      2020      2019  

Current:

        

U.S. federal tax

   $ 20.5      $ 7.2      $ 20.2  

U.S. state and local tax

     0.9        0.4        3.4  

Non-U.S. tax

     25.2        12.8        19.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     46.6        20.4        43.4  

Deferred:

        

U.S. federal tax

     (5.3      14.4        (34.4

U.S. state and local tax

     (0.2      (2.9      (0.2

Non-U.S. tax

     1.8        1.3        1.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     (3.7      12.8        (32.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes*

   $ 42.9      $ 33.2      $ 10.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

*

Included in the above amounts are excess tax benefits from share-based compensation of $3.7 million, $0.4 million, and $2.9 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, which were reflected as reductions in our provision for income taxes in 2021, 2020, and 2019.

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our effective tax rate is as follows:

 

For the year ended December 31,

   2021     2020     2019  

Statutory U.S. federal tax rate

     21.0     21.0     21.0

Increase (reduction) from:

      

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

     0.1     (0.6 )%      5.2

Income taxed at non-US rates

     (0.5 )%      (5.0 )%      (9.1 )% 

Non-U.S. income inclusion, net of tax credits

     2.9     2.8     11.3

U.S. research and development tax credit

     (1.2 )%      (1.0 )%      (2.9 )% 

U.S deduction for foreign derived intangible Income

     (0.6 )%      (1.8 )%      (6.2 )% 

Deferred tax asset related to the sale of a subsidiary

     (7.5 )%      0.0     0.0

Other

     1.3     1.3     (4.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     15.5     16.7     14.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-140


Table of Contents

Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowances

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our Combined Balance Sheets are as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,    2021      2020  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Asbestos-related liabilities

   $ 127.6      $ 136.3  

Tax loss and credit carryforwards

     85.9        89.0  

Inventories

     18.8        18.3  

Pension and post-retirement benefits

     13.8       
49.9
 

Employee compensation

     8.2        8.8  

Other

     4.1        21.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 258.4      $ 323.6  

Less: valuation allowance

     (101.3      (106.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

   $ 157.1      $ 217.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Basis difference in intangible assets

     (44.6      (66.3

Basis difference in fixed assets

     (19.0      (24.7

Other

     (7.3      (17.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ (70.9    $ (108.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 86.2      $ 108.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance Sheet classification:

     

Long-term deferred tax assets

     124.1        132.5  

Long-term deferred tax liability

     (37.9      (24.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 86.2      $ 108.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, we have made the following determinations with regard to our non-U.S. earnings:

 

(in millions)    Permanently
reinvested
     Not permanently
reinvested
 

Amount of earnings

   $ 323.6      $ 960.7  

Associated tax

     N/A *     $ 14.1  

 

 

*

Determination of U.S. income taxes and non-U.S. withholding taxes due upon repatriation of this $323.6 million of earnings is not practicable because the amount of such taxes depends upon circumstances existing in numerous taxing jurisdictions at the time the remittance occurs.

As of December 31, 2021, we had U.S. federal, U.S. state and non-U.S. tax loss and credit carryforwards that will expire, if unused, as follows:

 

Year of expiration (in millions)    U.S. Federal
Tax Credits
     U.S. Federal
Tax Losses
     U.S. State
Tax Credits
    U.S. State
Tax Losses
    Non- U.S.
Tax Losses
    Total  

2022–2026

   $ —        $ —        $ 1.9     $ 68.1     $ 0.7     $ 70.7  

After 2026

     —          —          0.6       744.4       2.6       747.6  

Indefinite

     —          —          21.8       10.4       123.5       155.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax carryforwards

   $ —        $ —        $ 24.3     $ 822.9     $ 126.8     $ 974.0  

Deferred tax asset on tax carryforwards

   $ —        $ —        $ 19.3     $ 38.3     $ 28.3     $ 85.9  

Valuation allowance on tax carryforwards

     —          —          (18.9     (37.3     (26.0     (82.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset on tax carryforwards

   $ —        $ —        $ 0.4     $ 1.0     $ 2.3     $ 3.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-141


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we determined that it was more likely than not that $82.2 million and $86.2 million, respectively, of our deferred tax assets related to tax loss and credit carryforwards will not be realized. As a result, we recorded a valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets. We also determined that it is more likely than not that a portion of the benefit related to U.S. state and non-U.S. deferred tax assets other than tax loss and credit carryforwards will not be realized. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, a valuation allowance of $19.1 million and $20.2 million, respectively, was established against these U.S. state and non-U.S. deferred tax assets. Our total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, was $101.3 million and $106.4 million, respectively.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of our gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

(in millions)    2021      2020      2019  

Balance of liability as of January 1,

   $ 22.7      $ 31.5      $ 33.2  

Increase as a result of tax positions taken during a prior year

     0.6        0.3        0.5  

Decrease as a result of tax positions taken during a prior year

     (0.3      (0.4      (0.5

Increase as a result of tax positions taken during the current year

     2.5        1.5        2.9  

Decrease as a result of settlements with taxing authorities

     —          (2.3      —    

Reduction as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations

     (4.1      (7.9      (4.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance of liability as of December 31,

   $ 21.4      $ 22.7      $ 31.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate were $22.7 million, $23.8 million, and $32.2 million, respectively. The difference between these amounts and those reflected in the table above relates to (1) offsetting tax effects from other tax jurisdictions, and (2) interest expense, net of deferred taxes and (3) unrecognized tax benefits whose reversals would be recorded to goodwill.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of our income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we recognized interest and penalty (income) expense of $(0.1) million, $(0.5) million, and $0.8 million, respectively, in our Combined Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had accrued $3.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively, of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on our Combined Balance Sheets.

During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits could change by $6.6 million due to settlements of income tax examinations, the expiration of statutes of limitations or other resolution of uncertainties. However, if the ultimate resolution of income tax examinations results in amounts that differ from this estimate, we will record additional income tax expense or benefit in the period in which such matters are effectively settled.

Income Tax Examinations

Our income tax returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax authorities. With few exceptions, the years open to examination are as follows:

 

Jurisdiction    Year  

U.S. federal

     2018—2021  

U.S. state and local

     2015—2021  

Non-U.S.

     2015—2021  

Currently, we and our subsidiaries are under examination in various jurisdictions, including Germany (2016 through 2019), Canada (2013 through 2015) and Luxembourg (2017 through 2018).

 

F-142


Table of Contents

11. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of:

 

(in millions) December 31,    2021      2020  

Employee related expenses

   $ 121.8      $ 79.5  

Warranty

     1.7        0.6  

Current lease liabilities

     14.4        14.0  

Contract liabilities

     40.3        29.6  

Other

     90.1        89.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 268.3      $ 212.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We accrue warranty liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Warranty provision is included in “Cost of sales” in our Combined Statements of Operations.

A summary of the warranty liabilities is as follows:

 

(in millions) December 31,    2021      2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 0.6      $ 1.5      $ 4.7  

Expense

     3.9        4.8        6.4  

Changes due to acquisitions/divestitures

     —          0.3        —    

Payments / deductions

     (2.8      (6.0      (9.4

Currency translation

     —          —          (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 1.7      $ 0.6      $ 1.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. Other Liabilities

 

(in millions) December 31,    2021      2020  

Environmental

   $ 25.8      $ 29.4  

Long-term lease liabilities

     55.7        55.9  

Other

     37.1        33.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 118.6      $ 119.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Asbestos Liability

Information Regarding Claims and Costs in the Tort System

As of December 31, 2021, we were a defendant in cases filed in numerous state and federal courts alleging injury or death as a result of exposure to asbestos. Activity related to asbestos claims during the periods indicated was as follows:

 

For the year ended December 31,    2021      2020      2019  

Beginning claims

     29,138        29,056        29,089  

New claims

     2,975        2,620        2,848  

Settlements

     (980      (885      (983

Dismissals

     (1,175      (1,653      (1,898
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending claims

     29,958        29,138        29,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-143


Table of Contents

Of the 29,958 pending claims as of December 31, 2021, approximately 18,000 claims were pending in New York of which approximately 16,000 are non-malignancy claims that were filed over 15 years ago and have been inactive under New York court orders.

We have tried several cases resulting in defense verdicts by the jury or directed verdicts for the defense by the court. We further have pursued appeals of certain adverse jury verdicts that have resulted in reversals in favor of the defense. We have also tried several other cases resulting in plaintiff verdicts which we paid or settled after unsuccessful appeals.

The gross settlement and defense costs incurred (before insurance recoveries and tax effects) by us for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 totaled $55.2 million, $50.9 million, and $66.2 million, respectively. In contrast to the recognition of settlement and defense costs, which reflect the current level of activity in the tort system, cash payments and receipts generally lag the tort system activity by several months or more and may show some fluctuation from period to period. Cash payments of settlement amounts are not made until all releases and other required documentation are received by us, and reimbursements of both settlement amounts and defense costs by insurers may be uneven due to insurer payment practices, transitions from one insurance layer to the next excess layer and the payment terms of certain reimbursement agreements. Our total pre-tax payments for settlement and defense costs, net of funds received from insurers, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 totaled $44.9 million, $31.1 million, and $41.5 million, respectively. Detailed below are the comparable amounts for the periods indicated.

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,    2021      2020      2019  

Settlement/indemnity costs incurred(a)

   $ 40.6      $ 35.3      $ 45.5  

Defense costs incurred(a)

     14.6        15.6        20.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs incurred

   $ 55.2      $ 50.9      $ 66.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(in millions) For the year ended December 31,    2021      2020      2019  

Settlement/indemnity payments

   $ 42.6      $ 24.7      $ 38.9  

Defense payments

     15.4        16.7        21.4  

Insurance receipts

     (13.1      (10.3      (18.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax cash payments, net

   $ 44.9      $ 31.1      $ 41.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Before insurance recoveries and tax effects.

The amounts shown for settlement and defense costs incurred, and cash payments, are not necessarily indicative of future period amounts, which may be higher or lower than those reported.

Cumulatively through December 31, 2021, we have resolved (by settlement or dismissal) approximately 143,000 claims. The related settlement cost incurred by us and our insurance carriers is approximately $720 million, for an average settlement cost per resolved claim of approximately $5,000. The average settlement cost per claim resolved during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $18,800, $13,900, and $15,800, respectively. Because claims are sometimes dismissed in large groups, the average cost per resolved claim, as well as the number of open claims, can fluctuate significantly from period to period. In addition to large group dismissals, the nature of the disease and corresponding settlement amounts for each claim resolved will also drive changes from period to period in the average settlement cost per claim. Accordingly, the average cost per resolved claim is not considered in our periodic review of our estimated asbestos liability. For a discussion regarding the four most significant factors affecting the liability estimate, see “Effects on the Combined Financial Statements.”

 

F-144


Table of Contents

Effects on the Combined Financial Statements

We have retained an independent actuarial firm to assist management in estimating our asbestos liability in the tort system. The actuarial consultants review information provided by us concerning claims filed, settled and dismissed, amounts paid in settlements and relevant claim information such as the nature of the asbestos-related disease asserted by the claimant, the jurisdiction where filed and the time lag from filing to disposition of the claim. The methodology used by the actuarial consultants to project future asbestos costs is based on our recent historical experience for claims filed, settled and dismissed during a base reference period. Our experience is then compared to estimates of the number of individuals likely to develop asbestos-related diseases determined based on widely used previously conducted epidemiological studies augmented with current data inputs. Those studies were undertaken in connection with national analyses of the population of workers believed to have been exposed to asbestos. Using that information, the actuarial consultants estimate the number of future claims that would be filed against us and estimates the aggregate settlement or indemnity costs that would be incurred to resolve both pending and future claims based upon the average settlement costs by disease during the reference period. This methodology has been accepted by numerous courts. After discussions with us, the actuarial consultants augment our liability estimate for the costs of defending asbestos claims in the tort system using a forecast from us which is based upon discussions with our defense counsel. Based on this information, the actuarial consultants compile an estimate of our asbestos liability for pending and future claims using a range of reference periods based on claim experience and claims expected to be filed through the indicated forecast period. The most significant factors affecting the liability estimate are (1) the number of new mesothelioma claims filed against us, (2) the average settlement costs for mesothelioma claims, (3) the percentage of mesothelioma claims dismissed against us and (4) the aggregate defense costs incurred by us. These factors are interdependent, and no one factor predominates in determining the liability estimate.

In our view, the forecast period used to provide the best estimate for asbestos claims and related liabilities and costs is a judgment based upon a number of trend factors, including the number and type of claims being filed each year; the jurisdictions where such claims are filed, and the effect of any legislation or judicial orders in such jurisdictions restricting the types of claims that can proceed to trial on the merits; and the likelihood of any comprehensive asbestos legislation at the federal level. In addition, the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system have been significantly affected by the substantial number of companies that have filed for bankruptcy protection, thereby staying any asbestos claims against them until the conclusion of such proceedings, and the establishment of a number of post-bankruptcy trusts for asbestos claimants, which have been estimated to provide $36 billion for payments to current and future claimants. These trend factors have both positive and negative effects on the dynamics of asbestos litigation in the tort system and the related best estimate of our asbestos liability, and these effects do not move in a linear fashion but rather change over multi-year periods. Accordingly, management continues to monitor these trend factors over time and periodically assesses whether an alternative forecast period is appropriate.

Each quarter, the actuarial consultants compile an update based upon our experience in claims filed, settled and dismissed as well as average settlement costs by disease category (mesothelioma, lung cancer, other cancer, and non-malignant conditions including asbestosis). In addition to this claims experience, we also consider additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant appellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. As part of this process, we also consider trends in the tort system such as those enumerated above. Management considers all these factors in conjunction with the liability estimate of the actuarial consultants and determines whether a change in the estimate is warranted.

Liability Estimate. In June 2016, the New York State Court of Appeals issued its opinion in Dummitt v. Crane Co., affirming a 2012 verdict for $4.9 million against us. In that opinion, the court ruled that in certain circumstances we are legally responsible for asbestos-containing materials made and sold by third parties that others attached post-sale to our equipment. This decision provided clarity regarding the nature of claims that may proceed to trial in New York and greater predictability regarding future claim activity. We also reflected the

 

F-145


Table of Contents

impact of the Dummitt decision on our expected settlement values. Accordingly, on December 31, 2016, we updated and extended our asbestos liability estimate through 2059, the generally accepted end point.

Following our experience in the tort system post the Dummitt decision, we entered into several, increasingly similar, group settlements with various plaintiff firms and we expect this new trend of these types of group settlements to continue. Accordingly, effective as of December 31, 2019, we updated our estimate of the asbestos liability, including revised costs of settlement or indemnity payments and defense costs relating to currently pending claims and future claims projected to be filed against us through the same expected end point of 2059. Our estimate of the asbestos liability for pending and future claims through 2059 is based on the projected future asbestos costs resulting from our experience using a range of reference periods for claims filed, settled and dismissed. Based on this estimate, we recorded an additional liability of $255 million as of December 31, 2019.

An aggregate liability of $712 million was recorded as of December 31, 2019 to cover the estimated cost of asbestos claims now pending or subsequently asserted through 2059, of which approximately 85% is attributable to settlement and defense costs for future claims projected to be filed through 2059. The liability is reduced when cash payments are made in respect of settled claims and defense costs. The liability was $612 million and $670 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. It is not possible to forecast when cash payments related to the asbestos liability will be fully expended; however, it is expected such cash payments will continue for a number of years past 2059, due to the significant proportion of future claims included in the estimated asbestos liability and the lag time between the date a claim is filed and when it is resolved. None of these estimated costs have been discounted to present value due to the inability to reliably forecast the timing of payments. The current portion of the total estimated liability as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 is $62.3 million and $66.5 million, respectively and represents our best estimate of total asbestos costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period. Such amount is based upon the actuarial model together with our prior year payment experience for both settlement and defense costs.

We have made our best estimate of the costs through 2059. Through December 31, 2021, our actual experience during the updated reference period for mesothelioma claims filed and dismissed generally approximated the assumptions in our liability estimate. In addition to this claims experience, we considered additional quantitative and qualitative factors such as the nature of the aging of pending claims, significant appellate rulings and legislative developments, and their respective effects on expected future settlement values. Based on this evaluation, we determined that no change in the estimate was warranted for the period ended December 31, 2021.

Insurance Coverage and Receivables. Prior to 2005, a significant portion of our settlement and defense costs were paid by our primary insurers. With the exhaustion of that primary coverage, we began negotiations with our excess insurers to reimburse us for a portion of our settlement and/or defense costs as incurred. To date, we have entered into agreements providing for such reimbursements, known as coverage-in-place, with eleven of our excess insurer groups. Under such coverage-in-place agreements, an insurers policies remain in force and the insurer undertakes to provide coverage for our present and future asbestos claims on specified terms and conditions that address, among other things, the share of asbestos claims costs to be paid by the insurer, payment terms, claims handling procedures and the expiration of the insurers obligations. Similarly, under a variant of coverage-in-place, we have entered into an agreement with a group of insurers confirming the aggregate amount of available coverage under the subject policies and setting forth a schedule for future reimbursement payments to us based on aggregate indemnity and defense payments made. In addition, with ten of our excess insurer groups, we entered into agreements settling all asbestos and other coverage obligations for an agreed sum and received a total of $82.5 million in aggregate as a result of those settlements. Reimbursements from insurers for past and ongoing settlement and defense costs allocable to their policies have been made in accordance with these coverage-in-place and other agreements. All these agreements include provisions for mutual releases, indemnification of the insurer and, for coverage-in-place, claims handling procedures. With the agreements referenced above, we have concluded settlements with all but two of our solvent excess insurers with policies expected to respond to the aggregate costs included in the liability estimate. The first such insurer, which issued a single applicable policy, has been paying for many years the shares of defense and indemnity costs we have

 

F-146


Table of Contents

allocated to it, subject to a reservation of rights. The second insurer issued a single applicable policy in a layer of coverage that we do not anticipate reaching until many years from now, and, prior to the policy being reached, we anticipate opening a dialogue with that insurer about the execution of a suitable agreement. There are no pending legal proceedings between us and any insurer contesting our asbestos claims under our insurance policies.

In conjunction with developing the aggregate updated liability estimate referenced above, we also developed an updated estimate of probable insurance recoveries for our asbestos liabilities. In developing this estimate, we considered our coverage-in-place and other settlement agreements described above, as well as several additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits. In addition, the timing and amount of reimbursements will vary because our insurance coverage for asbestos claims involves multiple insurers, with different policy terms and certain gaps in coverage. In addition to consulting with legal counsel on these insurance matters, we retained insurance consultants to assist management in the estimation of probable insurance recoveries based upon the aggregate liability estimate described above and assuming the continued viability of all solvent insurance carriers. Based upon the analysis of policy terms and other factors noted above by our legal counsel, and incorporating risk mitigation judgments by us where policy terms or other factors were not certain, our insurance consultants compiled a model indicating how our historical insurance policies would respond to varying levels of asbestos settlement and defense costs and the allocation of such costs between such insurers and us. Using the estimated liability as of December 31, 2019 (for claims filed or expected to be filed through 2059), the insurance consultant’s model forecasted that approximately 14% of the liability would be reimbursed by our insurers. While there are overall limits on the aggregate amount of insurance available to us with respect to asbestos claims, certain limits were not reached by the total estimated liability currently recorded by us, and such overall limits did not influence our determination of the asset amount to record. We allocate to ourselves the amount of the asbestos liability (for claims filed or expected to be filed through 2059) that is in excess of available insurance coverage allocated to such years. An asset of $98 million was recorded as of December 31, 2019 representing the probable insurance reimbursement for claims expected through 2059. The asset is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from insurers are received. The asset was $74 million and $87 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

We review the estimated reimbursement rate with our insurance consultants on a periodic basis in order to confirm overall consistency with our established reserves. The reviews encompass consideration of the performance of the insurers under coverage-in-place agreements and the effect of any additional lump-sum payments under other insurer agreements. Actual insurance reimbursements vary from period to period, and will decline over time, for the reasons cited above.

Uncertainties. Estimation of our ultimate exposure for asbestos-related claims is subject to significant uncertainties, as there are multiple variables that can affect the timing, severity and quantity of claims and the manner of their resolution. We caution that our estimated liability is based on assumptions with respect to future claims, settlement and defense costs based on past experience that may not prove reliable as predictors; the assumptions are interdependent and no single factor predominates in determining the liability estimate. A significant upward or downward trend in the number of claims filed, depending on the nature of the alleged injury, the jurisdiction where filed and the quality of the product identification, or a significant upward or downward trend in the costs of defending claims, could change the estimated liability, as would substantial adverse verdicts at trial that withstand appeal. A legislative solution, structured settlement transaction, or significant change in relevant case law could also change the estimated liability.

The same factors that affect developing estimates of probable settlement and defense costs for asbestos-related liabilities also affect estimates of the probable insurance reimbursements, as do a number of additional factors. These additional factors include the financial viability of the insurance companies, the method by which losses will be allocated to the various insurance policies and the years covered by those policies, how settlement and

 

F-147


Table of Contents

defense costs will be covered by the insurance policies and interpretation of the effect on coverage of various policy terms and limits and their interrelationships. In addition, due to the uncertainties inherent in litigation matters, no assurances can be given regarding the outcome of any litigation, if necessary, to enforce our rights under our insurance policies or settlement agreements.

Many uncertainties exist surrounding asbestos litigation, and we will continue to evaluate our estimated asbestos-related liability and corresponding estimated insurance reimbursement as well as the underlying assumptions and process used to derive these amounts. These uncertainties may result in our incurring future charges or increases to income to adjust the carrying value of recorded liabilities and assets, particularly if the number of claims and settlement and defense costs change significantly, or if there are significant developments in the trend of case law or court procedures, or if legislation or another alternative solution is implemented. Although the resolution of these claims will likely take many years, the effect on the results of operations, financial position and cash flow in any given period from a revision to these estimates could be material.

On August 12th, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co. completed the divestiture of a subsidiary that held Crane Company’s asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets. See Note 17, “Subsequent Events” for further discussion.

Other Contingencies

Environmental Matters

For environmental matters, we record a liability for estimated remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and they can be reasonably estimated. Generally, third party specialists assist in the estimation of remediation costs. The environmental remediation liability as of December 31, 2021 is substantially related to the former manufacturing site in Goodyear, Arizona (the “Goodyear Site”) discussed below. On June 21, 2021, we completed the sale of substantially all the property associated with what we have historically called the Goodyear Site for $8.7 million, retaining only a small parcel on which our remediation and treatment systems are located. We will continue to be responsible for all remediation costs associated with the Goodyear Site.

Goodyear Site

The Goodyear Site was operated by Unidynamics/Phoenix, Inc. (“UPI”), which became an indirect subsidiary in 1985 when we acquired UPI’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. UPI manufactured explosive and pyrotechnic compounds, including components for critical military programs, for the U.S. government at the Goodyear Site from 1962 to 1993, under contracts with the Department of Defense and other government agencies and certain of their prime contractors. In 1990, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued administrative orders requiring UPI to design and carry out certain remedial actions, which UPI has done. Groundwater extraction and treatment systems have been in operation at the Goodyear Site since 1994. On July 26, 2006, we entered a consent decree with the EPA with respect to the Goodyear Site providing for, among other things, a work plan for further investigation and remediation activities (inclusive of a supplemental remediation investigation and feasibility study). During the third quarter of 2014, the EPA issued a Record of Decision (“ROD”) amendment permitting, among other things, additional source area remediation resulting in us recording a charge of $49.0 million, extending the accrued costs through 2022. Following the 2014 ROD amendment, we continued our remediation activities and explored an alternative strategy to accelerate remediation of the site. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we received conceptual agreement from the EPA on our alternative remediation strategy which is expected to further reduce the contaminant plume. Accordingly, in 2019, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $18.9 million, net of reimbursements, to extend our forecast period through 2027 and reflect our revised workplan. The total estimated gross liability was $32.3 million and $39.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively and as described below, a portion is reimbursable by the U.S. Government. The current portion of the total estimated liability was $7.1 million and $10.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and represents our best estimate, in consultation with our technical

 

F-148


Table of Contents

advisors, of total remediation costs expected to be paid during the twelve-month period. It is not possible at this point to reasonably estimate the amount of any obligation in excess of our current accruals through the 2027 forecast period because of the aforementioned uncertainties, in particular, the continued significant changes in the Goodyear Site conditions and additional expectations of remediation activities experienced in recent years.

On July 31, 2006, we entered a consent decree with the U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the Department of Defense and the Department of Energy pursuant to which, among other things, the U.S. Government reimburses us for 21% of qualifying costs of investigation and remediation activities at the Goodyear Site. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, we recorded a receivable of $7.3 million and $7.8 million, respectively, for the expected reimbursements from the U.S. Government in respect of the aggregate liability as at that date. The receivable is reduced as reimbursements and other payments from the U.S. Government are received.

Other Environmental Matters

Marion, IL Site

We have been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to environmental contamination at the Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge Superfund Site (the “Crab Orchard Site”). The Crab Orchard Site is located near Marion, Illinois, and consists of approximately 55,000 acres. Beginning in 1941, the United States used the Crab Orchard Site for the production of ordnance and other related products for use in World War II. In 1947, about half of the Crab Orchard Site was leased to a variety of industrial tenants whose activities (which continue to this day) included manufacturing ordnance and explosives. A predecessor of us formerly leased portions of the Crab Orchard Site and conducted manufacturing operations at the Crab Orchard Site from 1952 until 1964. General Dynamics Ordnance and Tactical Systems, Inc. (“GD-OTS”) is in the process of conducting a remedial investigation and feasibility study for a portion of the Crab Orchard Site (the “AUS-OU”), which includes an area where we maintained operations, pursuant to an Administrative Order on Consent. A remedial investigation report was approved in February 2015, and work on the feasibility study is underway. It is unclear when the final feasibility study will be completed, or when a final Record of Decision may be issued.

GD-OTS has asked us to participate in a voluntary, multi-party mediation exercise with respect to response costs it has incurred or will incur with respect to the AUS-OU. We and other PRPs executed a nonbinding mediation agreement on March 16, 2015, and the U.S. government executed the mediation agreement on August 6, 2015. The first phase of the mediation, involving certain former munitions or ordnance storage areas, began in November 2017, but did not result in a multi-party settlement agreement. Subsequently, we entered into discussions directly with GD-OTS and reached an agreement, as of July 13, 2021, to contribute toward GD-OTS’s past RI-FS costs associated with the first-phase areas for a nonmaterial amount. We have also agreed to pay a modest percentage of future RI-FS costs and the United States’ claimed past response costs relative to the first-phase areas, a sum that we expect in the aggregate to be immaterial. We understand that GD-OTS has also reached agreements-in-principle with the U.S. Government and the other participating PRPs related to the first-phase areas of concern. Negotiations between GD-OTS and the U.S. Government are underway with respect to resolution of the remaining areas of the site, including those portions of the Crab Orchard Site where our predecessor conducted manufacturing and research activities. We at present cannot predict whether these further negotiations will result in an agreement, or when any determination of the ultimate allocable shares of the various PRPs, including the U.S. Government, is likely to be completed. It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the total amount of any obligation for remediation of the Crab Orchard Site as a whole because the allocation among PRPs, selection of remediation alternatives, and concurrence of regulatory authorities have not yet advanced to the stage where a reasonable estimate can be made. We notified our insurers of this potential liability and have obtained defense and indemnity coverage, subject to reservations of rights, under certain of our insurance policies.

Roseland, NJ Site

The Roseland Site was operated by Resistoflex Corporation (“Resistoflex”), which became an indirect subsidiary of ours in 1985 when we acquired Resistoflex’s parent company, UniDynamics Corporation. Resistoflex

 

F-149


Table of Contents

manufactured specialty lined pipe and fittings at the site from the 1950s until it was closed in the mid-1980s. We undertook an extensive soil remediation effort at the Roseland Site following our closure and had been monitoring the Site’s condition in the years that followed. In response to changes in remediation standards, in 2014 we began to conduct further site characterization and delineation studies at the RoselandSite. We are in the late stages of our remediation activities at the Roseland Site, which include a comprehensive delineation of contaminants of concern in soil, groundwater, surface water, sediment, and indoor air testing, all in accordance with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection guidelines and directives.

Other Proceedings

We regularly review the status of lawsuits, claims and proceedings that have been or may be asserted against us relating to the conduct of our business, including those pertaining to product liability, patent infringement, commercial, employment, employee benefits, environmental and stockholder matters. We record a provision for a liability for such matters when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as additional information becomes available. If either or both criteria are not met, we assess whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss, or additional losses, may have been incurred. If there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred for such matters, we disclose the estimate of the amount of loss or range of loss, disclose that the amount is immaterial, or disclose that an estimate of loss cannot be made, as applicable. We believe that as of December 31, 2021, there was no reasonable possibility that a material loss, or any additional material losses, may have been incurred for such matters, and that adequate provision has been made in our Combined Financial Statements for the potential impact of all such matters.

14. Financing

Crane’s debt, which was centrally managed as part of Crane’s centralized treasury function, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

 

(in millions) December 31,    2021      2020  

Commercial paper

   $ —        $ 27.2  

2020 364-Day Credit Agreement

     —          348.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ —        $ 375.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Paper Program - On July 28, 2021, Crane increased the size of the commercial paper program (CP Program) to permit the issuance of short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $650 million at any time outstanding. Crane may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Prior to this increase, the CP Program permitted Crane to issue commercial paper notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $550 million at any time outstanding. The other terms and conditions of the CP Program remain the same. Amounts available under the CP Program may be borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. The notes will have maturities of up to 397 days from date of issue. The notes rank at least pari passu with all of Cranes other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was $0.0 million and $27.2 million of outstanding borrowings, respectively. Crane issued $100 million in January 2020 and $150 million in December 2019 of commercial paper to fund acquisitions. See discussion in Note 3, Acquisitions for further details.

2020 364-Day Credit Agreement - On April 16, 2020, Crane entered into a new senior unsecured 364-day credit facility (the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement). Crane borrowed term loans denominated in dollars (the Dollar Term Loans) in an aggregate principal amount equal to $300 million, and term loans denominated in euros (the Euro Term Loans) in an aggregate principal amount equal to €40 million under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement. Interest on the Dollar Term Loans accrued at a rate per annum equal to (a) a base rate (determined in

 

F-150


Table of Contents

a customary manner), plus a margin dependent upon ratings of our senior unsecured long-term debt (the Index Debt Rating) or (2) an adjusted LIBO rate (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by Crane, plus a margin dependent upon the Index Debt Rating. Interest on the Euro Term Loans accrued at an adjusted LIBO rate (determined in a customary manner) for an interest period to be selected by Crane, plus a margin. The 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement contained customary affirmative and negative covenants and customary events of default and acceleration for credit facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2020, there was $348.5 million outstanding under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement. On April 15, 2021, Crane repaid the amount outstanding under the 2020 364-Day Credit Agreement with cash on hand and the issuance of commercial paper.

Other - As of December 31, 2021, Crane had open standby letters of credit of $49.5 million issued pursuant to a $162.7 million uncommitted Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, and certain other credit lines. As of December 31, 2020, Crane had open standby letters of credit of $57.9 million issued pursuant to a $183.4 million uncommitted Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, and certain other credit lines.

Revolving Credit Facility - On July 28, 2021, Crane entered into a $650 million, 5-year Revolving Credit Agreement (the “2021 Facility”), which replaced the $550 million revolving credit facility that Crane had entered into in December 2017. The 2021 Facility allows Crane to borrow, repay, or to the extent permitted by the agreement, prepay and re-borrow funds at any time prior to the stated maturity date. Interest on loans made under the 2021 Facility accrues, at Crane’s option, at a rate per annum equal to (1) a base rate, plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50% depending upon the ratings by S&P and Moody’s of our senior unsecured long-term debt (the “Index Debt Rating”), or (2) an adjusted LIBO rate or the applicable replacement rate (determined based on “hardwired” LIBOR transition provisions consistent with those published by the Alternative References Rates Committee) for an interest period to be selected by Crane, plus a margin ranging from 0.805% to 1.50% depending upon the Index Debt Rating. The 2021 Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type, including limitations on Crane and Crane’s subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness, liens, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, sales of all or substantially all assets, transactions with affiliates and hedging arrangements. Crane must also maintain a debt to capitalization ratio not to exceed 0.65 to 1.00 at all times. The 2021 Facility also provides for customary events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees when due, failure to comply with covenants, any representation or warranty made by Crane or any of Crane’s material subsidiaries being false in any material respect, default under certain other material indebtedness, certain insolvency or receivership events affecting Crane and Crane’s material subsidiaries, certain ERISA events, material judgments and a change in control of Crane. The undrawn portion of this revolving credit agreement is also available to serve as a backstop facility for the issuance of commercial paper. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no outstanding borrowings under the 2017 Facility.

15. Fair Value Measurements

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are to be considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. The standards also establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

The standards describe three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities.

Level 2 – Quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical or similar assets and liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include over-the-counter derivatives, principally forward foreign exchange contracts, whose value is

 

F-151


Table of Contents

determined using pricing models with inputs that are generally based on published foreign exchange rates and exchange traded prices, adjusted for other specific inputs that are primarily observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Valuation Technique

The carrying value of our financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, commercial paper and accounts payable approximate fair value, without being discounted, due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding.

We are exposed to certain risks related to our ongoing business operations, including market risks related to fluctuation in currency exchange. We use foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk of certain cross-currency business relationships to minimize the impact of currency exchange fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments had a notional value of $3.0 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our derivative assets and liabilities include foreign exchange contract derivatives that are measured at fair value using internal models based on observable market inputs such as forward rates and interest rates. Based on these inputs, the derivatives are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivative receivable amounts are recorded within “Other current assets” on our Combined Balance Sheets and were less than $0.0 million and $0.1 million as of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Such derivative liability amounts are recorded within “Accrued liabilities” on our Combined Balance Sheets and were $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Available-for-sale securities consist of marketable debt securities and rabbi trusts investments. Marketable debt securities consist of commercial paper which are measured at fair value using prices for comparable securities in active markets, and are therefore classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The fair value of the commercial paper was $30.0 million as of December 31, 2020. These investments are included in “Other current assets” on our Combined Balance Sheets. The fair value of available-for-sale securities was $1.6 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These investments are included in “Other assets” on our Combined Balance Sheets.

16. Restructuring Charges

Overview

2020 Repositioning - In the second quarter of 2020, we initiated actions in response to the adverse economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. These actions include workforce reductions of approximately 570 employees, or about 8% of our global workforce, and the exiting of two leased office facilities and one leased warehouse facility. We do not expect to incur additional restructuring charges.

2019 Repositioning - In the fourth quarter of 2019, we initiated actions to consolidate two manufacturing operations in Europe within our Process Flow Technologies segment. In 2020, we recorded additional severance costs related to the final negotiation with the works council/union at both locations. These actions, taken together, included workforce reductions of approximately 180 employees, or about 2% of our global workforce. We expect to complete the program in the fourth quarter of 2023.

2017 Repositioning - In the fourth quarter of 2017, we initiated broad-based repositioning actions designed to improve profitability. These actions included headcount reductions of approximately 240 employees, or about

 

F-152


Table of Contents

3% of our global workforce, and select facility consolidations in North America and Europe. In 2020, we adjusted the estimate downward to reflect the impact of employees that chose to voluntarily terminate prior to receiving severance at the conclusion of the actions in North America. In 2021, we recorded a gain on sale of real estate related to these actions. We completed the program in the first quarter of 2022.

Restructuring (Gains) Charges, Net

We recorded restructuring (gains) charges which are reflected in the Combined Statements of Operations, as follows:

 

(in millions) For the year ended December 31,    2021      2020      2019  

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ —        $ 6.5      $ (0.4

Process Flow Technologies

     (13.2      6.1        10.5  

Engineered Materials

     —          0.6        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring (gains) charges, net

   $ (13.2    $ 13.2      $ 10.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes our restructuring charges, net by program, cost type and segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

     December 31, 2021     December 31, 2020     December 31, 2019  
(in millions)    Severance     Other     Total     Severance     Other      Total     Severance      Other     Total  

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 6.5     $ —        $ 6.5     $ —        $ —       $ —    

Process Flow Technologies

     (0.1     —         (0.1     3.8       —          3.8       —          —         —    

Engineered Materials

     —         —         —         0.6       —          0.6       —          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2020 Repositioning

     (0.1     —         (0.1     10.9       —          10.9       —          —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Process Flow Technologies

     0.1       —         0.1       6.1 (a)      —          6.1       9.9        —         9.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

     0.1       —         0.1       6.1       —          6.1       9.9        —         9.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aerospace & Electronics

     —         —         —         —   (a)      —          —         —          (0.4     (0.4

Process Flow Technologies

     (0.4 )(a)      (12.8 )(b)      (13.2     (3.8     —          (3.8     0.6        —         0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

     (0.4 )(a)      (12.8     (13.2     (3.8     —          (3.8     0.6        (0.4     0.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (0.4   $ (12.8   $ (13.2   $ 13.2     $ —        $ 13.2     $ 10.5      $ (0.4   $ 10.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Reflects changes in estimates for increases and decreases in costs related to our restructuring programs.

(b) 

Reflects a pre-tax gain related to the sale of a facility in 2021.

The following table summarizes the cumulative restructuring costs incurred through December 31, 2021. We do not expect to incur additional facility consolidation costs to complete these actions as of December 31, 2021:

 

     Cumulative Restructuring Costs  
(in millions)    Severance      Other      Total  

Aerospace & Electronics

   $ 6.5      $ —        $ 6.5  

Process Flow Technologies

     3.7        —          3.7  

Engineered Materials

     0.6        —          0.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2020 Repositioning

     10.8        —          10.8  

Process Flow Technologies

     16.1        —          16.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2019 Repositioning

     16.1        —          16.1  

Aerospace & Electronics

     1.3        (1.4      (0.1

Process Flow Technologies

     13.1        (12.7      0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2017 Repositioning

   $ 14.4      $ (14.1    $ 0.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-153


Table of Contents

Restructuring Liability

The following table summarizes the severance accrual balances related to these restructuring charges by program:

 

     Repositioning         
(in millions)    2020      2019      2017      Total  

Balance at January 1, 2019

   $ —        $ —        $ 13.8      $ 13.8  

Expense(a)

     —          9.9        0.6        10.5  

Adjustments(b)

     —          —          —          —    

Utilization

     —          —          (3.5      (3.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   $ —        $ 9.9      $ 10.9      $ 20.8  

Expense(a)

     10.9        —          —          10.9  

Adjustments(b)

     —          6.1        (3.7      2.4  

Utilization

     (9.5      —          (3.0      (12.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 1.4      $ 16.0      $ 4.2      $ 21.6  

Expense(a)

     —          0.1        —          0.1  

Adjustments(b)

     (0.2      —          (0.3      (0.5

Utilization

     (1.2      (4.6      (3.2      (9.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021(c)

   $ —        $ 11.5      $ 0.7      $ 12.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) 

Included within “Restructuring (gains) charges, net” in the Combined Statements of Operations

(b) 

Included within “Restructuring (gains) charges, net” in the Combined Statements of Operations and reflects changes in estimates for increases and decreases in costs related to our restructuring programs

(c) 

Included within “Accrued Liabilities” in the Combined Balance Sheets

17. Subsequent Events

The Business evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to December 31, 2021 through August 30, 2022, the date the Combined Financial Statements were available to be issued.

Termination of Agreement to Sell Engineered Materials

On May 16, 2021, Crane entered into an agreement to sell the Engineered Materials segment to Grupo Verzatec S.A. de C.V. for $360 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. In the second quarter of 2021, the assets and liabilities of the segment were classified as held for sale. On May 26, 2022, Verzatec terminated the sale agreement and paid $7.5 million to Crane in termination fees. As such, the results of the Engineered Materials segment no longer met the criteria as held for sale and is therefore reflected as a part of continuing operations for all periods presented.

Sale of Crane Supply

On April 8, 2022, Crane entered into an agreement to sell Crane Supply for CAD380 million on a cash-free and debt-free basis. The sale closed on May 31, 2022. Crane Company recognized a gain on sale of approximately $230 million.

Sale of Asbestos Entity

On August 12, 2022, Crane Holdings, Co., Crane Company and Redco, a wholly owned subsidiary of Crane Company that holds liabilities including asbestos liabilities and related insurance assets, entered into the Redco Purchase Agreement with Redco Buyer, a long-term liability management company specializing in the

 

F-154


Table of Contents

acquisition and management of legacy corporate liabilities, for the Redco Sale. In connection with the Redco Sale, Crane Holdings, Co. contributed approximately $550 million in cash to Redco which was funded by a combination of Crane Holdings, Co.’s $400 million 364-day Term Loan issued on August 11, 2022 and cash on hand. Concurrent with the completion of the Redco Sale, Redco Buyer contributed $83 million in cash to Redco. Redco has agreed to indemnify Crane Holdings, Co. and its affiliates for all claims arising out of asbestos liabilities. This indemnification obligation is not subject to any cap or time limitation. As a result of the Redco Sale, all asbestos obligations and liabilities, related insurance assets and associated deferred tax assets have been removed from Crane Company’s combined balance sheet effective August 12, 2022. We estimate that we will record a loss on the transaction of $170.0 million in the third quarter of 2022.

 

F-155